REP1 Rules For Ships Part A 1.1.2023 Corr1
REP1 Rules For Ships Part A 1.1.2023 Corr1
REP1 Rules For Ships Part A 1.1.2023 Corr1
of Ships
Effective from 1 January 2023
Part A *
RINA
Via Corsica, 12 - 16128 Genova - Italy
Tel. +39 01053851 - Fax: +39 0105351000
E-MAIL info@rina.org - WEB www.rina.org
Part A
Classification and Surveys
Chapters 1 2 3 4 5 6
Appendix 1 CMS and PMS: Surveys Carried Out by the Chief Engineer
1 Documentation 117
1.1
2 Limits of the interventions 117
2.1
3 Procedure for carrying out surveys 117
3.1 General
3.2 Main diesel engines
3.3 Auxiliary diesel engines
3.4 Reciprocating compressors
3.5 Coolers, condensers, heaters
3.6 Electrical switchboard
3.7 a.c. and d.c. generators
3.8 Other items (pumps, electric motors, etc.)
4 Records of surveys carried out 118
4.1
5 Confirmatory survey 119
5.1
Section 1 General
1 General 255
1.1
2 Service notations subject to additional surveys 255
2.1
Section 7 Ro-ro Cargo Ships, Car Carrier Passenger Ships, Ro-ro Passenger
Ships
1 General 357
1.1
1.2 Application
1.3 Definitions
2 Ro-ro cargo ships, Car Carrier - Annual survey 358
2.1 Shell and inner doors
2.2 Internal platforms and ramps
2.3 Fire protection, detection and extinction
2.4 Drainage in ro-ro space/special category spaces protected by drenching system
3 Ro-ro cargo ships, Car Carrier - Class renewal survey 359
3.1 Shell and inner doors
3.2 Internal platforms and ramps
3.3 Fire protection, detection and extinction
4 Passenger ships - Annual survey 360
4.1 Watertight bulkheads
4.2 Openings in shell plating
4.3 Lightweight survey
5 Passenger ships - Class renewal survey 360
5.1
6 Ro-ro passenger ships - Annual and class renewal surveys 360
6.1
Section 1 General
1 General 431
1.1
2 Additional class notations subject to additional surveys 431
2.1
Section 9 Arrangements for Navigation in Ice - Ice Class and Polar Class
1 General 447
1.1
2 Class renewal survey 447
2.1 Thickness measurements
2.2 Sea chests
Section 11 Helideck
1 General 449
1.1 Application
2 Annual survey 449
2.1
3 Class renewal survey 450
3.1
Section 1 General
1 General 471
1.1
1.2 List of retroactive rule requirements
Section 4 Passenger Ships, Ro-ro Passenger Ships and Ro-ro Cargo Ships
1 General 488
1.1 Application
2 Increased stability and watertight integrity 488
2.1
3 Side Shell Doors, Stern Doors, Bow Doors and Inner Doors 489
3.1 Side Shell Doors and Stern Doors
3.2 Bow Doors and Inner Doors
Chapter 1
"Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil machinery and any other item covered by such
Tankers" adopted by IACS documents
• Surveyor means technical staff acting on behalf of the • the examination of plans and calculations and the
Society to perform tasks in relation to classification and surveys, checks and tests intended to ensure that the
survey duties ship meets the Rules (refer to Ch 2, Sec 1)
• Survey means an intervention by the Surveyor for • the assignment of class (see Ch 2, Sec 1) and issue of a
assignment or maintenance of class as defined in Certificate of Classification, where the above Rules are
Chapter 2, or interventions by the Surveyor within the met
limits of the tasks delegated by the Administrations
• the periodical, occasional and class renewal surveys
• Remote Survey is a process of verifying that a ship and performed to verify that the ship in service meets the
its equipment are in compliance with the Rules where conditions for maintenance of class (see Ch 2, Sec 2).
the verification is undertaken, or partially undertaken,
without attendance of the Surveyor on board. 1.3.2 The Rules, surveys performed, reports, certificates
and other documents issued by the Society, are in no way
Note 1: Remote classification activities not requiring a survey,
intended to replace or alleviate the duties and
such as some administrative tasks, are not to be considered as
responsibilities of other parties such as Administrations,
remote surveys.
Designers, Shipbuilders, Manufacturers, Repairers,
• Administration means the Government of the State Suppliers, Contractors or Sub-contractors, actual or
whose flag the ship is entitled to fly or the State under prospective Owners or Operators, Charterers, Brokers,
whose authority the ship is operating in the specific case Cargo-owners and Underwriters. The Society cannot
therefore assume the obligations arising from these
• Interested Party means a party, other than the Society, functions, even when the Society is consulted to answer
having responsibility for the classification of the ship, inquiries concerning matters not covered by its Rules, or
such as the Owner of the ship and his representatives, or other documents.
the Shipbuilder, or the Engine Builder, or the Supplier of
parts to be tested The activities of such parties which fall outside the scope of
the classification as set out in the Rules, such as design,
• QSCS Classification Society means a Classification engineering, manufacturing, operating alternatives, choice
Society which is subject to verification of compliance of type and power of machinery and equipment, number
with the IACS Quality System Certification Scheme and qualification of crew or operating personnel, lines of
(QSCS) the ship, trim, hull vibrations, spare parts including their
number, location and fastening arrangements, life-saving
• Owner means the Registered Owner or the Disponent appliances, and maintenance equipment, remain therefore
Owner or the Manager or any other party having the the responsibility of those parties, even if these matters may
responsibility to keep the ship seaworthy, having be given consideration for classification according to the
particular regard to the provisions relating to the type of ship or additional class notation assigned.
maintenance of class laid down in Chapter 2
The classification-related services and documents
• Approval means the examination and acceptance by the
performed and issued by the Society do not relieve the
Society of documents, procedures or other items related
parties concerned of their responsibilities or other
to classification, verifying solely their compliance with
contractual obligations expressed or implied or of any
the relevant Rules requirements, or other references
liability whatsoever, nor do they create any right or claim in
where requested
relation to the Society with regard to such responsibilities,
• Type approval means an approval process for verifying obligations and liabilities. In particular, the Society does not
compliance with the Rules of a product, a group of declare the acceptance or commissioning of a ship or any
products or a system, and considered by the Society as part of it, this being the exclusive responsibility of the
representative of continuous production Owner.
• Essential service is intended to mean a service necessary 1.3.3 Unless otherwise specified, the Rules do not deal
for a ship to proceed at sea, be steered or manoeuvred, with structures, pressure vessels, machinery and equipment
or undertake activities connected with its operation, and which are not permanently installed and used solely for
for the safety of life, as far as class is concerned. operational activities such as dredging or heavy load lifting,
workshops or welding equipment, except for their effect on
the classification-related matters, as declared by the
1.3 Meaning of classification, scope and
Interested Party, such as fire protection and ship’s general
limits strength.
1.3.1 The classification consists of: During periods of construction, modification or repair, the
unit is solely under the responsibility of the builder or the
• the development of Rules, guides and other documents repair yard. As an example, the builder or repair yard is to
relevant to the ship, structure, material, equipment, ensure that the construction, modification or repair
activities are compatible with the design strength of the ship Note 1:
and that no permanent deformations are sustained. a) The date of "contract for construction" of a ship is the date on
Note 1: Refer to [3.3] as regards the Owner’s responsibility for which the contract to build the ship is signed between the
maintenance and operation of the ship in relation to the prospective Owner and the shipbuilder. This date and the
maintenance of class. construction numbers (i.e. hull numbers) of all the ships
included are to be declared to the Society by the party applying
for the assignment of class to a new building.
1.4 Request for services
b) The date of "contract for construction" of a series of ships,
1.4.1 (1/1/2023) including specified optional ships for which the option is
ultimately exercised, is the date on which the contract to build
Requests for interventions by the Society, such as suveys
the series is signed between the prospective Owner and the
during construction, surveys of ships in service, tests, etc., shipbuilder. For the purpose of this issue, ships built under a
are in principle to be submitted in writing and signed by the single contract for construction are considered a "series of
Interested Party. Such request implies that the applicant will ships" if they are built to the same approved plans for
abide by all the relevant requirements of the Rules, classification purposes. However, ships within a series may
including its “General Conditions”. have design alterations from the original design provided:
In case the Interested Party requests a survey, test, etc. to be 1) such alterations do not affect matters related to
remotely carried out, the Society reserves to accept the classification, or
request in its absolute discretion. 2) if the alterations are subject to classification requirements,
either these alterations comply with the classification
A remote survey may be carried out if the ship complies requirements in effect on the date on which the alterations
with the requirements in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.1.9] and Ch 2, are contracted between the prospective Owner and the
App 5. shipbuilder or, in the absence of the alteration contract,
they comply with the classification requirements in effect
In case the Society accepts the remote survey request, the
on the date on which the alterations are submitted to the
Interested Party is to ensure compliance with the
Society for approval.
requirements in Ch 2, App 5, that imply the
Owner/Owner's representative responsibility. The optional ships will be considered part of the same series of
sister ships, if the option is exercised not later than one year
The Society reserves the right to refuse or withdraw the class after the contract to build the series was signed.
of any ship for which any applicable requirement of the c) If a contract for construction is later amended to include
Rules is not complied with. additional ships or additional options, the date of "contract for
construction" for such ships is the date on which the
amendment to the contract is signed between the prospective
1.5 Register of ships
Owner and the shipbuilder. The amendment to the contract is
to be considered as a "new contract" to which a) and b) above
1.5.1 A Register of Ships is published periodically by the apply.
Society. This publication, which is updated by the Society,
d) If a contract for construction is amended to change the ship
contains the names of ships which have received the
type, the date of "contract for construction" of this modified
Certificate of Classification, as well as particulars of the
ship, or ships, is the date on which the revised contract or new
class assigned and information concerning each ship. contract is signed between the Owner, or Owners, and the
shipbuilder.
2 Rules
2.2.3 Special consideration may be given to applying new
or modified rule requirements which entered into force
2.1 Equivalence subsequent to the date of the contract, at the discretion of
the Society and in the following cases:
2.1.1 The Society may consider the acceptance of
• when a justified written request is received from the
alternatives to these Rules, provided that they are deemed party applying for classification
to be equivalent to the Rules to the satisfaction of the
Society. • when the keel is not yet laid and more than one year has
elapsed since the contract was signed
• where it is intended to use existing previously approved
2.2 Effective date
plans for a new contract.
2.2.1
The effective date of entry into force of any amendments to 2.2.4 The above procedures for application of the Rules
the Rules is indicated on the inside front page of each Part are, in principle, also applicable to existing ships in the case
of the Rules. of major conversions and, in the case of alterations, to the
altered parts of the ship.
2.2.2 (1/7/2007)
In principle, the applicable Rules for assignment of class to 2.2.5 The rule requirements related to assignment,
a new ship are those in force at the date when the contract maintenance and withdrawal of the class of ships already in
for construction between the Owner and the shipbuilder is operation, are applicable from the date of their entry into
signed (see Note 1). force.
and structures with a view to carrying out class surveys. rectified and/or the necessary repair work is carried out
Arrangements of a special nature are to be brought to the within the due time.
attention of the Society.
Should the Owners fail to notify the Society of detention of
a ship, the Society reserves the right to suspend or withdraw
3.3 Operation and maintenance of ships its classification.
3.3.1 Operation of the ship (1/7/2001) 3.4.2 Co-operation with and assistance to
The classification of a ship is based on the understanding inspecting Authorities (1/7/2008)
that the ship is loaded and operated in a proper manner by The Society will co-operate during Port State Control
competent and qualified crew or operating personnel inspections by:
according to the loading, environmental, operating and a) liaising with Port State Control Authorities to ensure that
other criteria on which classification is based. Surveyors are called in as appropriate when deficiencies
In particular, it will be assumed that the draught of the ship related to class and statutory matters are found;
in operating conditions will not exceed that corresponding b) liaising with Port State Control Officers to ensure
to the freeboard assigned or the maximum approved for the uniformity of interpretation of class and statutory
classification, that the ship will be properly loaded taking requirements;
into account both its stability and the stresses imposed on
c) providing Port State Control Officers, upon request, with
its structures and that cargoes will be properly stowed and
background information, extracts from reports pertinent
suitably secured. That the speed and course of the ship are
to the inspection, and details of outstanding conditions
adapted to the prevailing sea and weather conditions
of class and statutory items;
according to the normal prudent seamanship and that the
ship is operated in accordance with the applicable d) liaising with the flag State in accordance with any prior
international and national regulations for the prevention agreement, and the Owner's representative and/or
and containment of marine pollution. Company, in order to ensure that both parties are fully
aware of actions being taken that affect safety-related
3.3.2 Maintenance of the ship matters of either a class or statutory nature.
Any document issued by the Society in relation to its Any request received from a Port State to attend on board a
interventions reflects the condition of the ship as found at the ship is dealt with promptly and efficiently by the Society in
time and within the scope of the survey. It is the Interested Party’s order to assist in the rectification of reported hardware
responsibility to ensure proper maintenance of the ship until the deficiencies or other discrepancies.
next survey required by the Rules. It is the duty of the Interested Before attending on the ship, the Society will inform the
Party to inform the Surveyor when he boards the ship of any Company, either directly or through the Owner's
events or circumstances affecting the class. representative, of the purpose of the visit.
3.3.3 Hull inspection and maintenance
schemes (1/7/2008) 3.5 Use of measuring equipment and of
Hull inspection and maintenance schemes may be adopted service suppliers
by the Owner as a means for maintaining compliance with
classification and statutory requirements between surveys. 3.5.1 General
However, these schemes will not be accepted as an Firms providing services on behalf of the Interested Party,
alternative to, or a substitute for, the performance of such as measurements, tests and servicing of safety systems
required classification and/or statutory surveys of the hull and equipment, the results of which may form the basis for
by the Surveyors of the Society, or of another duly the Surveyor’s decisions, are subject to the acceptance of
authorised Society (see Note 1). No information received the Society, as deemed necessary.
from the Owner indicates that, where adopted, these The equipment used during tests and inspections in
schemes have proven to be be free from any deficiencies. workshops, shipyards and on board ships, the results of
Note 1: The Surveyors may be assisted, where appropriate, by which may form the basis for the Surveyor’s decisions, is to
service suppliers as defined in the "Rules for the certification of be customary for the checks to be performed. Firms are to
service suppliers. individually identify and calibrate to a recognised national
or international standard each piece of such equipment.
3.4 Flag and Port State Control inspections
3.5.2 Simple measuring equipment
3.4.1 Owner's duties (1/7/2012) The Surveyor may accept simple measuring equipment (e.g.
When a ship is detained further to an inspection by a Port rulers, tape measures, weld gauges, micrometers) without
State Authority or the flag Administration, Owners are to: individual identification or confirmation of calibration,
provided it is of standard commercial design, properly
• immediately report the outcome of this inspection to the maintained and periodically compared with other similar
Society, and equipment or test pieces.
• ask the Society to perform an occasional survey in order
to verify that the deficiencies, when related to the class 3.5.3 Shipboard measuring equipment
of the ship or to the statutory certificates issued by the The Surveyor may accept measuring equipment fitted on
Society on behalf of the flag Administration, are board a ship (e.g. pressure, temperature or rpm gauges and
the class. The procedures under which the ship is assigned 4 Service notations
one of the construction marks are detailed in Ch 2, Sec 1.
4.1 General
3.1.2 One of the construction marks defined below is
assigned separately to the hull of the ship and its 4.1.1 The service notations define the type and/or service
appendages, to the machinery installation, and to some of the ship which have been considered for its
installations for which an additional classification notation classification, according to the request for classification
(see [6] below) is assigned. signed by the Interested Party. At least one service notation
The construction mark is placed before the symbol HULL is to be assigned to every classed ship.
for the hull, before the symbol MACH for the machinery Note 1: The service notations applicable to existing ships conform
installations, and before the additional class notation to the Rules of the Society in force at the date of assignment of
granted, when such a notation is eligible for a construction class. However, the service notations of existing ships may be
mark. updated according to the current Rules, as far as applicable, at the
request of the Interested Party.
When the same construction mark is assigned to both hull
4.1.2 (1/4/2006)
and machinery, the construction mark is assigned globally
to the ship without indication HULL and MACH after the The assignment of any service notation to a new ship is
main class symbol. subject to compliance with general Rule requirements laid
down in Part B, Part C and Part D of the Rules and, for some
If the ship has no machinery installations covered by service notations, the additional requirements laid down in
classification, the symbol MACH is not granted and the Part E and in the Common Structural Rules for bulk carriers
construction mark will be placed before the symbol HULL. and double hull oil tankers.
3.1.3 The construction marks refer to the original 4.1.3 A ship may be assigned several different service
condition of the ship. However, the Society may change the notations. In such case, the specific rule requirements
construction mark where the ship is subjected to repairs, applicable to each service notation are to be complied
conversion or alterations. with. However, if there is any conflict in the application of
the requirements applicable to different service notations,
the Society reserves the right to apply the most appropriate
3.2 List of construction marks requirements or to refuse the assignment of one of the
requested service notations.
3.2.1 The mark is assigned to the relevant part of the
4.1.4 (1/7/2013)
ship, when it has been surveyed by the Society during its
construction in compliance with the new building A service notation may be completed by one or more
procedure detailed in Ch 2, Sec 1, [2.1]. additional service features, giving further precision
regarding the type of service of the ship, for which specific
3.2.2 (1/7/2011) rule requirements are applied.
The mark is assigned to the relevant part of the ship, For each service notation, the different service features
when the latter is classed after construction in compliance which may be assigned are indicated in this item [4].
with the procedure detailed in Ch 2, Sec 1, [3.2] and it was However, at the request of the Interested Parties, an
built under the survey of a QSCS Classification Society and additional service feature may be assigned together with
was assigned by this Society a class deemed equivalent to service notations different from those for which the
that described in the Rules. additional service feature is specifically foreseen in this item
[4], upon acceptance of the Society, taking into account the
This mark is assigned to ships: service of the ship for which the assignment of the
a) admitted to class in the course of construction surveyed additional service feature is required.
by another QSCS Classification Society; 4.1.5 (1/7/2009)
b) for which the procedure detailed in Ch 2, Sec 1, [3.2] The different service notations which may be assigned to a
does not apply, as it was disclassed from a QSCS ship are listed in [4.2] to [4.12], according to the category
Classification Society for a period longer than six to which they belong. These service notations are also listed
months, but which was built according to the Rules and in alphabetical order in Tab 1.
under the survey of a QSCS Classification Society. In this As a rule, all notations in [4.2], [4.3], [4.5] and [4.6] are
case, the admission to class survey is to confirm that the only to be assigned to self-propelled units.
ship has not undergone conversions or modifications or
alterations, which were not approved by a QSCS 4.1.6 (1/7/2009)
Classification Society. The list of the service notations which may be assigned in
accordance with separate Rules is indicated in Tab 2.
3.2.3 The mark is assigned to the relevant part of the In addition, for ships engaged in inland navigation the
ship, where the procedure for the assignment of relevant list of service notations is given in the specific
classification is other than those detailed in [3.2.1] and "Rules for the classification of inland waterway ships and for
[3.2.2], but however deemed acceptable. conformity to Directive 2016/1629/EU".
Table 1 : List of service notations assigned in accordance with the requirements of these Rules (1/1/2022)
Table 2 : List of service notations assigned in accordance with the requirements of separate Rules (1/1/2022)
MODU Rules for the classification of floating offshore units at fixed locations and mobile offshore
drilling units
Fixed platform Rules for the Classification of Steel Fixed Offshore Platforms
FPSO: assigned to units intended for the Rules for the classification of floating offshore units at fixed locations and mobile offshore
production, storage and off-loading of drilling units
liquid hydrocarbons
FSO : assigned to units intended for the
storage and off-loading of liquid hydro-
carbons
FSRU: assigned to units intended for
off-loading, storage and/or regasifica-
tion of liquefied natural gas (LNG)
and/or liquefied petroleum gas (LPG)
FLNG: assigned to units intended for
liquefaction, storage and off-loading of
natural gas (LNG)
(1) The notation is completed by one of the following additional service features, specifying the category of the craft in accordance
with the IMO "International Code of Safety for High Speed Craft" :
• A for a passenger craft which can be defined according to the Code as category A
• B for a passenger craft which can be defined according to the Code as category B
• C for a cargo craft which can be defined according to the Code as category C.
(2) The notation may also be completed by one of the following additional service features specifying the type of construction:
• MON if the craft is a monohull
• CAT if the craft is a catamaran
• HYF if the craft is a hydrofoil
• ACV if the craft is an air-cushion vehicle
• SES if the craft is a surface effect ship
• SWATH if the craft is a twin hull small waterplane vehicle.
(3) The notation may be followed by the service notations specified in [4], as applicable; for example by the notation ro-ro passen-
ger ship for a passenger craft specially equipped to load trains or wheeled vehicles.
(4) The notation may be completed by the following additional service features:
• 12 m SI for boats of 12-metre international rating class
• 6 m SI for boats of 6-metre international rating class.
(5) The notation may be completed by the following additional service features:
• Crew Transfer Vessel - CTV: when workboat is designed to transport technician and other personnel out to sites.
• Dive Support Vessel - DSV: when workboat is designed to support the offshore diving operation.
• MULTICAT: when the workboat are designed as multi-purpose workboat for offshore works and transport. Normally a mul-
ticat is equipped with one or more winches and cranes as well as a spacious flat deck.
• Patrol and Guard Vessel: when the workboat is designed to patrol a coastal area or site for security, observation and
defense.
• Pilot boats: when workboat is designed to transport maritime pilots from harbors to ships that need piloting, or vice versa.
• Seismic and Geotechnical Survey Vessel: when workboat is designed for the purpose of research, seismic survey and map-
ping at seas
• Taxi: when the workboat is designed to transport paying passengers on rivers, canals, or sea coastal area.
• Windfarm Service Vessel - WSV: when workboat is designed to transport technician and other personnel to offshore wind
farm and to support operations of wind farm maintenance and survey.
(6) The notation may be completed by the following additional service features:
• passenger ship WIG - TYPE Afor a WIG which can be defined according to MSC.1/Circ.1592 as a Type A and which carry
more than 12 passengers
• cargo shipWIG - TYPE A for a WIG which h can be defined according to MSC.1/Circ.1592 as a Type A and which carry
not more than 12 passengers
• passenger shipWIG -TYPE B for a WIG which can be defined according to MSC.1/Circ.1592 as a Type B and which carry
more than 12 passengers
• WIG -TYPE B cargo ship for a WIG which can be defined according to MSC.1/Circ.1592 as a Type B and which carry not
more than 12 passengers
- dedicated cement carriers The service notation may be completed by the additional
service features as per [4.2.15], as applicable.
- livestock carriers
4.2.9 (1/7/2015)
- deck cargo ships (a "deck cargo ship" is a ship that is designed
to carry cargo exclusively above deck without any access for fly ash carrier, for ships intended for the carriage of fly ash
cargo below deck), in bulk and provided with loading and unloading
- general cargo ships of double side-skin construction, with arrangements such that these operations are not carried out
double side-skin extending for the entire length of the cargo by grabs heavier than 10 t, power shovels or other means
area, and for the entire height of the cargo hold to the upper which frequently damage cargo hold structures.
deck,
The service notation may be completed by the additional
- sugar carriers, service features as per [4.2.15], as applicable.
- fly ash carriers. 4.2.10 (1/7/2015)
4.2.3 (1/7/2015) cement carrier, for ships specially intended to carry cement
ro-ro cargo ship, for ships specially intended to carry in bulk in holds and equipped with fixed arrangements for
vehicles, trains or loads on wheeled beds. The additional that purpose. The additional requirements of Part E,
requirements of Part E, Chapter 1 are applicable to these Chapter 23 are applicable to these ships.
ships. The service notation may be completed by the The service notation may be completed by the additional
additional service features as per [4.2.15], as applicable. service features as per [4.2.15], as applicable.
4.2.4 (1/7/2016) 4.2.11 (1/7/2012)
car carrier, fofor ro-ro cargo ships specially intended with compressed natural gas carrier, for ships specially intended
multi deck ro-ro spaces designed for the carriage of empty to carry compressed natural gas (CNG ships) in specifically
cars and trucks as cargo. designed cargo tanks. The additional requirements of Part E,
Chapter 24 are applicable to these ships.
The service notation may be completed by the additional
service features in [4.2.15], as applicable. 4.2.12 (1/7/2015)
deck cargo ship, for ships intended to carry solid general
4.2.5 (1/7/2015)
cargo exclusively above deck without any access for cargo
refrigerated cargo ship, for ships specially intended to carry below deck.
refrigerated cargo. No additional requirements are specified
The service notation may be completed by the additional
in Part E for this service notation; however, the requirements
service features as per [4.2.15], as applicable.
of Part F, Chapter 8 for the assignment of the additional
class notation REF-CARGO are to be applied. The service 4.2.13 (1/7/2015)
notation may be completed by the additional service general cargo ship - double side-skin, for ships intended to
features as per [4.2.15], as applicable. carry solid general cargo of double side-skin construction,
with double side-skin extending for the entire length of the
4.2.6 (1/7/2015)
cargo area, and for the entire height of the cargo hold to the
container ship, for ships specially intended to carry upper deck.
containers in holds or on decks. The additional
The service notation may be completed by the additional
requirements of Part E, Chapter 2 are applicable to these
service features as per [4.2.15], as applicable.
ships.
4.2.14 (1/7/2015)
The service notation may be completed by the additional
service feature OPEN TOP. The additional service feature is wood chip carrier, for ships intended for the carriage of
assigned to container ships that are specially designed so wood chip.
that one or more of the cargo holds need not be fitted with The service notation may be completed by the additional
hatch covers. The requirements for the assignment of this service features in [4.2.15], as applicable.
midship section arrangements may be accepted, if deemed conditions are listed in the reviewed loading manual.
equivalent by the Society. This notation can be completed with the indication of
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 4 are the different maximum loads allowed in each hold and
applicable to these ships. which holds may be empty, if appropriate.
Note 1: For bulk carriers with hybrid cargo hold arrangements, i.e. • double skin, when the ship is constructed in accordance
with some cargo holds of single side skin and others of double side with the definition given in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.2.21].
skin, the requirements of Ch 4, Sec 2 are to apply to cargo holds of
single side skin and those of Ch 4, Sec 9 to cargo holds of double 4.3.5 (1/1/2005)
side skin. The notation ore carrier ESP, or equivalent, is to be
assigned to self-propelled ships which are constructed
4.3.3 (1/4/2006)
generally with single deck, two longitudinal bulkheads and
bulk carrier ESP CSR, for self-propelled ships which are a double bottom throughout the cargo length area and
constructed generally with single deck, double bottom, intended primarily to carry ore cargoes in the centre holds
hopper side tanks and topside tanks and with single or only. Typical midship sections are given in Fig 2. However,
double side skin construction in the cargo length area and other midship section arrangements may be accepted, if
intended primarily to carry dry cargoes in bulk (see Note 1), deemed equivalent by the Society.
with unrestricted worldwide navigation, having length L of
90 m or greater, contracted for construction on or after 1 The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 5 are
April 2006. Typical midship sections are given in Fig 1. applicable to these ships.
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 4 are Figure 2 : Typical midship section of ship
applicable to these ships with the limitations indicated with service notation ore carrier ESP (1/1/2005)
therein.
Note 1: For bulk carriers with hybrid cargo hold arrangements, i.e.
with some cargo holds of single side skin and others of double side
skin, the requirements of Ch 4, Sec 2 are to apply to cargo holds of
single side skin and those of Ch 4, Sec 9 to cargo holds of double
side skin.
4.3.6 (1/1/2012)
combination carrier/OBO ESP for self-propelled ships
intended to carry both oil and dry cargoes in bulk; these
cargoes are not carried simultaneously, with the exception
of oily mixture retained in slop tanks. This notation is
assigned to ships which are constructed generally with
single deck, double bottom, hopper side tanks and topside
Left: Single side skin construction
tanks and with single or double side skin construction in the
Right: Double side skin construction cargo length area, and intended primarily to carry oil or dry
4.3.4 (1/4/2006) cargoes, including ore, in bulk. Typical midship sections are
The service notations in [4.3.2] and [4.3.3] may be given in Fig 3. The additional requirements of Part E,
completed by the following additional service features, as Chapter 6 are applicable to these ships.
applicable: Note 1: Combination carriers/OBO that do not comply with
MARPOL I/19 may be subject to international and/or national
• heavycargo [HOLDi, Xi kN/m , i kN/m - HATCHi, Y i
2 3
regulations requiring phase out.
kN/m2], when the ship's structure designed to support
heavy cargoes fulfils the appropriate Rule requirements. Figure 3 : Typical midship section of ship
The values Xi and Yi indicate, respectively, the with service notation combination carrier/OBO
maximum allowable local pressures on the inner ESP (1/1/2005)
bottoms of the various HOLDi and on the hatch covers
HATCHi where the cargo is intended to be stowed and
i is the maximum density of the bulk cargo allowable
for carriage in the relevant HOLDi. The requirements for
the assignment of this additional service feature are
given in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [4.8];
• nonhomload, when the ship has been designed in such
a way that the cargo spaces may be loaded non-
homogeneously, including cases where some holds may
be empty, at a draught up to the scantling draught and
fulfil the appropriate Rule requirements for general Left: Single side skin construction
strength, and when the corresponding loading Right: Double side skin construction
b) BC-B: for bulk carriers designed to carry dry bulk • flash point > 60°C, where the ship is intended to carry
cargoes of cargo density of 1,0 t/m3 and greater with all only such type of products, under certain conditions
cargo holds loaded in addition to BC-C conditions. • double hull, when the ship is constructed in accordance
c) BC-C: for bulk carriers designed to carry dry bulk with the definition given in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.2.18]
cargoes of cargo density less than 1,0 t/m3. • double hull (heavy grades), when the ship is
The following additional service features are to be provided constructed in accordance with the definition given in
giving further detailed description of limitations to be Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.2.20]
observed during operation as a consequence of the design • double hull (independent tanks), when the ship is
loading condition applied during the design in the constructed in accordance with the definition given in
following cases: Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.2.19]
• maximum cargo density (in t/m3) for notations BC-A and • product, where the ship is intended to carry only
BC-B, if the maximum cargo density is less than 3.0 t/m3 products other than crude oil.
• no MP for all notations, when the vessel has not been
designed for loading and unloading in multiple ports in The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 7 are
accordance with the conditions specified in Pt E, Ch 4, applicable to these ships.
Sec 3, [4.5.4] 4.5.3 (1/7/2016)
• allowed combination of specified empty holds for The service notation oil tanker ESP is always completed by
notation BC-A. the additional service feature CSR for oil tankers built in
Note 1: The requirements of this item [4.4] are not intended to
accordance with:
prevent any other loading conditions being included in the loading • the "Common Structural Rules for Double Hull Oil
manual, for which calculations are to be submitted as required; nor Tankers" (i.e double hull oil tankers, having length L of
are they intended to replace in any way the required loading 150 m or greater, contracted for construction on or after
manual/instrument. 1 April 2006 but before 1 July 2015), or
Note 2: A bulk carrier in actual operation may be loaded differently
• the "Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil
from the design loading conditions specified in the loading
manual, provided limitations for longitudinal and local strength as
Tankers" (i.e. double hull oil tankers, self-propelled with
defined in the loading manual and loading instrument on board unrestricted navigation, having length L of 150 m or
and applicable stability requirements are not exceeded. greater, contracted for construction on or after 1 July
2015).
4.5 Ships carrying liquid cargo in bulk Example: oil tanker ESP CSR
4.5.1 (1/5/2013) The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 7 are
The service notations related to self-propelled ships (see applicable to these ships with the limitations indicated
Note 1) intended for the carriage of liquid cargo in bulk are therein.
listed in [4.5.2] to [4.5.10] below.
4.5.4 (1/8/2022)
Note 1: Self-propelled ships are ships with mechanical means of
propulsion not requiring assistance from another ship during chemical tanker, for self-propelled ships which intended
normal operation. primarily to carry in bulk chemical products presenting
The service notations related to assisted propulsion units safety and/or pollution hazards. This notation is to be
(see [4.9.4]) intended for the carriage of liquid cargo in bulk assigned to tankers of both single and double hull
are listed in [4.5.11] and [4.5.12] below. construction, as well as tankers with alternative structural
arrangements, provided they are deemed equivalent by the
4.5.2 (1/1/2012)
Society.
oil tanker, for self-propelled ships which are intended
primarily to carry in bulk crude oil or other oil products For chemical tankers with integral cargo tanks, the service
having any flash point, liquid at atmospheric pressure and notation chemical tanker is always completed by the
ambient temperature (or thus maintained by heating). additional service feature ESP (i.e. chemical tanker ESP),
which means that these ships are submitted to the Enhanced
This notation is to be assigned to tankers of both single and Survey Program as laid down in Ch 4, Sec 5.
double hull construction, as well as tankers with alternative
structural arrangements, provided they are deemed The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 8 are
equivalent by the Society. applicable to these ships.
For oil tankers with integral cargo tanks, the service The list of products the ship is allowed to carry is attached
notation oil tanker is always completed by the additional to the Certificate of Classification or the Certificate of
service feature ESP (i.e. oil tanker ESP), which means that Fitness, where issued by the Society, including, where
these ships are submitted to the Enhanced Survey Program necessary, the maximum allowable specific gravity and/or
as laid down in Ch 4, Sec 3 or Ch 4, Sec 4, as applicable. temperature.
Note 1: Oil tankers that do not comply with MARPOL I/19 may be The service notation may be completed by the additional
subject to international and/or national regulations requiring phase service feature IMO 1, IMO 2 or IMO 3, when the ship
out under MARPOL I/20 and/or MARPOL I/21. complies with the requirements for the assignment of type
The service notation may be completed by the following 1, type 2 or type 3, respectively, in accordance with Chap-
additional service features, as applicable: ter 2 of the IBC Code.
Ships assigned with the service notation chemical tanker 4.5.7 tanker, for ships intended to carry non-flammable
and the additional service feature IMO 2 or IMO 3 may be liquid cargoes in bulk other than those covered by the
completed by the additional service feature IMO 1 (tank service notations in [4.5.2] to [4.5.6] above, such as wine
name), when the ship complies with the requirements for or water.
the assignment of type 1, according to Chapter 2 paragraphs
2.5, 2.7, 2.8 and 2.9 of the IBC Code, and the location of The list of cargoes the ship is allowed to carry may be
the named tank complies with the requirements for a type 1 attached to the Certificate of Classification.
ship in paragraph 2.6 of the IBC Code.
For ships intended to carry only one type of cargo, the
Ships assigned with the service notation chemical tanker service notation may be completed by the additional
and the additional service feature IMO 3 may be completed service feature indicating the type of product carried, e.g.
by the additional service feature IMO 2 (tank name), when tanker-potable water.
the ship complies with the requirements for the assignment
of type 2, according to Chapter 2 paragraphs 2.5, 2.7, 2.8 The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 10 are
and 2.9 of the IBC Code, and the location of the named applicable to these ships.
tank complies with the requirements for a type 2 ship in
4.5.8 (1/7/2018)
paragraph 2.6 of the IBC Code.
asphalt tanker, for self-propelled ships which are
4.5.5 (1/1/2021)
constructed with independent, non-integral cargo tanks,
liquefied gas carrier, for ships specially intended to carry intended to only carry such type of products, under certain
liquefied gases or other substances listed in Pt E, Ch 9, Sec conditions. The maximum cargo temperature will be
1. The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 9 are indicated on the Certificate of Classification.
applicable to these ships.
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 7 are
The list of products the ship is allowed to carry is attached applicable to these ships.
to the Certificate of Classification or the Certificate of
Fitness, where issued by the Society, including, where For asphalt tankers assigned with other service notations,
necessary, the conditions of transportation (pressure, asphalt carrier may be used at the request of the Interested
temperature, filling limits). Party in lieu of asphalt tanker provided that all the
requirements applicable to asphalt tankers are applicable to
The service notation may be completed by the following these ships.
additional service features:
4.5.9 (1/7/2011)
a) LNG BUNKER when the ship is in compliance with the
requirements in Pt E, Ch 9, App 1; and For asphalt tankers intended to only carry such type of
products under certain conditions, but with integral cargo
b) REGASIFICATION SYSTEM when the ship is fitted with tanks, the service notation asphalt tanker is always
a regasification system in compliance with the completed by the additional service feature ESP (i.e. asphalt
requirements in Pt E, Ch 9, App 2. tanker ESP), which means that these ships are submitted to
the Enhanced Survey Program as laid down in Ch 4, Sec 3.
4.5.6 (1/4/2006) The maximum cargo temperature will be indicated on the
Certificate of Classification.
FLS tanker, for ships specially intended to carry in bulk
flammable liquid products other than those covered by the The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 7 are
service notations oil tanker ESP, oil tanker ESP CSR, applicable to these ships.
chemical tanker ESP or liquefied gas carrier
The list of products the ship is allowed to carry may be 4.5.10 Refer also to [4.3.6] and [4.3.7] for combination
attached to the Certificate of Classification, including, carrier intended to carry alternatively oil products and dry
where necessary, the maximum allowable specific gravity cargo in bulk in cargo holds/tanks.
and/or temperature.
4.5.11 (1/5/2013)
The service notation may be completed by the additional
service feature flash point > 60°C, where the ship is Oil carrier - assisted propulsion, for assisted propulsion
intended to carry only such type of products, under certain ships (see [4.9.4]) of limited size (DWT<10000 tonnes)
conditions. which are intended primarily to carry in bulk crude oil or
other oil products having any flash point, liquid at
For ships intended to carry only one type of cargo, the atmospheric pressure and ambient temperature (or thus
service notation may be completed by the additional maintained by heating) in restricted areas.
service feature indicating the type of product carried, e.g.
FLS tanker-acetone. This notation is to be assigned to ships of both single and
double hull construction, as well as ships with alternative
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 7 are structural arrangements, provided they are deemed
applicable to these ships. equivalent by the Society.
The service notation may be completed by the following trains or wheeled vehicles. The additional requirements of
additional service features, as applicable: Part E, Chapter 12 are applicable to these ships.
• flashpoint > 60°C, where the ship is intended to carry The service notation may be completed by the additional
only such type of products, under certain conditions service feature < 36 passengers, where the ship is intended
• double hull, when the ship is constructed in accordance to carry only such a limited number of passengers.
with the definition given in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.2.18]
• double hull (heavy grades), when the ship is 4.7 Ships for dredging activities
constructed in accordance with the definition given in
4.7.1 The service notations related to ships specially
Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.2.20]
intended for dredging activities are listed in [4.7.2]. The
• product, where the ship is intended to carry only additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 13 are applicable
products other than crude oil. to these ships.
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 25 are
4.7.2 The following notations are provided:
applicable to these ships with the limitations indicated
therein. a) dredger, for ships specially equipped only for dredging
activities (excluding carrying dredged material)
4.5.12 (1/5/2013)
b) hopper dredger, for ships specially equipped for
Palm oil carrier- assisted propulsion, for assisted propulsion
dredging activities and carrying spoils or dredged
ships (see [4.9.4]) of limited size (DWT<10000 tonnes)
material
which are intended primarily to carry in restricted areas
palm oil in bulk. This notation is to be assigned to ships of c) hopper unit, for ships specially equipped for carrying
both single and double hull construction, as well as ships spoils or dredged material
with alternative structural arrangements, provided they are d) split hopper unit, for ships specially equipped for
deemed equivalent by the Society. carrying spoils or dredged material and which open
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 26 are longitudinally, around hinges
applicable to these ships with the limitations indicated e) split hopper dredger, for ships specially equipped for
therein. dredging and for carrying spoils or dredged material and
4.5.13 (9/12/2019) which open longitudinally, around hinges.
Marine mobile desalination unit, for ships intended for 4.7.3 These ships which are likely to operate at sea within
production by means of desalination system, storage and specific limits may, under certain conditions, be granted an
carriage of potable water. The additional requirements of operating area notation. For the definition of operating area
Part E, Chapter 30 are applicable to these ships. notation, reference should be made to [5.3].
4.5.14 (1/1/2021)
Chemical tanker - assisted propulsion, for assisted 4.8 Working ships
propulsion ships (see [4.9.4]) of limited size (DWT<10000 4.8.1 (1/1/2022)
tonnes) which are intended primarily to carry in restricted The service notations related to ships specially intended for
areas in bulk chemical products presenting safety and/or different working services are listed in [4.8.2] to [4.8.12]
pollution hazards. This notation is to be assigned to ships of
below.
both single and double hull construction, as well as ships
with alternative structural arrangements, provided they are 4.8.2 (1/7/2022)
deemed equivalent by the Society. The service notations for ships intended to tow and/or push
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 31 are other ships or units are:
applicable to these ships with the limitations indicated a) tug, for ships specially equipped for towing and/or
therein. pushing
b) salvage tug, for ships specially equipped for towing
4.6 Ships carrying passengers and/or pushing having specific equipment for salvage
c) escort tug, for ships specially equipped for towing
4.6.1 The service notations related to ships specially and/or pushing having specific equipment for escorting
intended for the carriage of passengers are listed in [4.6.2] ships or units during navigation.
to [4.6.3] below.
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 14 are
applicable to these ships.
4.6.2 passenger ship, for ships intended to carry more than
12 passengers. The additional requirements of Part E, These service notations may be completed by the additional
Chapter 11 are applicable to these ships. service features:
The service notation may be completed by the additional • anchor handling, when the ship visibility from the
service feature < 36 passengers, where the ship is intended bridge and equipment are specially designed for anchor
to carry only such a limited number of passengers. handling operation. The additional requirements of Pt E,
Ch 14, Sec 2, [1.1.1] are applicable to this ship; or
4.6.3 ro-ro passenger ship, for ships intended to carry • anchor handling stab, when the ship is specially
more than 12 passengers and specially equipped to load designed and equipped for anchor handling operation
and also fulfils specific stability requirements related to The service notation is to be completed by the additional
this service. The additional requirements of Pt E, Ch 14, service feature standby, when the ship is also specially
Sec 2, [1.1.1] are applicable to this ship. intended to perform rescue and standby services for
• barge combined, when ships are designed to be offshore installations (e.g. supply vessel - standby).
connected with barges and comply with the relevant The service notation is completed by the additional service
requirements of Pt E, Ch 14, Sec 3. The barges to which feature rescue, when the ship is specially equipped for
the tug can be connected are specified in an annex to rescue of shipwrecked persons and for their
the Certificate of Classification. accommodation.
• Crew Transfer Vessel - CTV, when ships are specially The service notation is completed by the additional service
intended to transport technician and other personnel features:
out to sites. • anchor handling, when the ship visibility from the
• Dive Support Vessel - DSV, when ships are specially bridge and equipment are specially designed for anchor
intended to support the offshore diving operation. handling operation; or
• Patrol and Guard Vessel, when ships are specially • anchor handling stab, when the ship is specially
intended to patrol a coastal area or site for security, designed and equipped for anchor handling operation
observation and defense. and also fulfils specific stability requirements related to
this service.
• rescue, when ships are specially equipped for rescue of
shipwrecked persons and for their accommodation in • Crew Transfer Vessel - CTV, when ships are specially
accordance with Pt E, Ch 14, Sec 2, [2.10.2]. intended to transport technician and other personnel
• standby, when the ship is also specially intended to out to sites.
perform rescue and standby services (e.g. tug-standby). • Dive Support Vessel - DSV, when ships are specially
• rescue (X, Y), when ships are specially equipped for intended to support the offshore diving operation.
rescue of shipwrecked persons and for their • heavycargo (X kN/m2), when the weather deck
accommodation in specified geographical areas, where intended to support heavy cargoes fulfills the
Pt E, Ch 14, Sec 2, [2.10.3] applies. appropriate structural rule requirements. The value X
The values X and Y indicate, respectively: indicates the maximum allowable local pressure in
X : maximum number of shipwrecked persons kN/m2, which is to be greater than 10 kN/m2. The
for which the unit is designed; requirements for the assignment of this additional
service feature are given in Pt B, Ch 5, Sec 6, [4.1.1]
Y : indication of the geographical areas and/or and Part B, Chapter 7 or Part B, Chapter 8, as
the maximum distance from the shore applicable.
where the rescue operations are performed.
• heavyliquid (X t/m3), when the ship is designed with
• Seismic and Geotechnical Survey Vessel - SGSV, when
specified cargo tanks strengthened to carry heavy
ships are specially intended for the purpose of research,
liquids (i.e liquids having density greater than the one of
seismic survey and mapping at seas.
the sea water) that fulfill the appropriate structural rule
• Windfarm Service Vessel - WSV, when ships are requirements. The value X indicates the maximum
specially intended to transport technician and other density in t/m3 of the liquids that can be carried in the
personnel to offshore wind farm and to support specified tanks 98% full. The requirements for the
operations of wind farm maintenance and survey. assignment of this additional service feature are given in
The relevant arrangements and equipment are recorded in Part B, Chapter 5 and Part B, Chapter 7 or Part B,
the ship's status. Chapter 8, as applicable.
• Patrol and Guard Vessel, when ships are specially
4.8.3 (1/7/2022)
intended to patrol a coastal area or site for security,
The service notation supply vessel is assigned to ships observation and defense.
specially intended for the carriage and/or storage of special
• Seismic and Geotechnical Survey Vessel - SGSV, when
material and equipment and/or which are used to provide
ships are specially intended for the purpose of research,
facilities and assistance for the performance of specified
seismic survey and mapping at seas.
activities.
• Windfarm Service Vessel - WSV, when ships are
When the above ships are primarily designed for offshore specially intended to transport technician and other
support services, the service notation Offshore Support personnel to offshore wind farm and to support
Vessel (OSV) is assigned. operations of wind farm maintenance and survey.
The service notation is to be completed by the additional
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 15 are
service feature oil product, when the ship is also specially
applicable to these ships.
intended to carry oil products having any flash point.
The service notation is to be completed by the additional 4.8.4 The service notation fire-fighting ship is assigned to
service feature chemical product, when the ship is also ships specially intended and equipped for fighting fire. The
specially intended to carry chemical products having any additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 16 are applicable
flash point. to these ships.
The service notation may be completed by the following The service notation may be completed by the following
additional service features, as applicable: additional service features:
• 1 or 2 or 3, when the ship complies with the applicable • those described in [4.8.3]
requirements of Pt E, Ch 16, Sec 3 and Pt E, Ch 16,
• W2W, when the ship is equipped with a Walk-to-Work
Sec 4
(W2W) system such as a motion compensated gangway
• E when the characteristics of the fire-fighting system are used for personnel transfer from a mobile unit to an
not those required for the assignment of the additional offshore facility (e.g. a wind farm) or to another mobile
service features 1, 2 or 3, and when the system is unit
specially considered by the Society
• WIND TURBINE MAINTENANCE, for ships specially
• water-spraying when the ship is fitted with a self- equipped for maintenance activities of Wind farms.
protection water-spraying system complying with the
applicable requirements of Pt E, Ch 16, Sec 4, [3]. Wind farm maintenance may include:
• being a mother craft for smaller craft transferring
4.8.5 (1/1/2012) technicians to and from offshore wind turbines
The service notation oil recovery ship is assigned to ships
• transferring technicians directly to the wind turbine
specially equipped with fixed installations and/or mobile
equipment for the removal of oil from the sea surface and its • transferring supplies to the wind turbine
retention on board, carriage and subsequent unloading. The • perform smaller lifting operations onto the wind
additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 17 are applicable turbine.
to these ships.
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 32 are
The service notation may be completed by the additional
applicable to these ships.
service feature flash point > 60°C, where the ship collects
only oil with flash point exceeding 60°C. 4.8.12 (1/1/2022)
4.8.6 (15/2/2016) The service notation wind turbine installation vessel is
The service notation chemical recovery ship is assigned to assigned to ships specially equipped with fixed installations
ships designed for operation in hazardous atmosphere in and/or mobile equipment for the installation of fix or
case of accident involving chemical products and specially floating wind turbine.
equipped with fixed installations and/or mobile equipment The service notation is to be completed by the additional
for the removal of chemical products from the sea surface service feature W2W, when the ship is equipped with a
and its retention on board, carriage and subsequent Walk-to-Work system such as a motion compensated
unloading. The additional requirements of Part E, gangway used for personnel transfer from the ship to the
Chapter 28 are applicable to these ships. wind turbine installation.
4.8.7 (1/1/2022) The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 33 are
The service notation cable laying unit is assigned to ships applicable to these ships.
specially equipped for the carriage and/or laying, hauling
and repair of submarine cables. The additional 4.9 Non-propelled and assisted propulsion
requirements of Part E, Chapter 18 are applicable to these units, sailing ships
ships.
4.8.8 (1/7/2004) 4.9.1 Barge (1/9/2022)
The service notation research ship is assigned to ships The service notation barge is assigned to non-propelled
specially intended for scientific or technological research. units intended to carry (dry or liquid) cargo inside holds or
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 21 are tanks. This service notation may be completed by additional
applicable to these ships. service features depending on the type of cargo as follows:
4.8.9 (1/1/2022) barge-oil, barge-liquefied gas, barge-LNG bunker, barge-
chemical, barge-general cargo. The additional
The service notation pipe laying unit is assigned to ships
requirements of Part E, Chapter 19 are applicable to these
specially equipped for the carriage and/or laying, hauling
ships.
and repair of submarine pipes. The additional requirements
of Part E, Chapter 22 are applicable to these ships. This service notation may be completed by the additional
service feature tug combined when units are designed to be
4.8.10 (1/4/2016)
connected with tugs, and comply with the relevant
The service notation well stimulation is assigned to ships
requirements of Pt E, Ch 14, Sec 3. The tugs to which the
specially equipped permanently with specific systems for
barge can be connected are specified in an annex to the
the stimulation of the well to improve their productivity.
Certificate of Classification.
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 29 are
In the case of barges equipped with specific arrangements
applicable to these ships.
for accommodating on board, when moored, persons other
4.8.11 (1/1/2022) than crew, the additional service feature accommodation is
The service notation Offshore Support Vessel (OSV) is added to the notation barge (i.e. barge-accommodation). It
assigned to ships primarily designed for offshore support covers units such as floating hotels used for different
services. purposes like offshore industry support or other commercial
uses. The notation barge accommodation is completed by 4.9.7 Engine powered sailing ship (1/7/2009)
the additional class notation MOORING. The additional service feature engine powered sailing ship
This service notation may be completed by the additional is assigned to ships propelled primarily by internal
service feature equipped for carriage of containers when combustion engines of power adequate to maintain a speed
the ship's fixed arrangements comply with the applicable of at least 7 knots (at continuous service rating, when the
requirements in Part E, Chapter 2. ship is fully loaded, in smooth water) when not under sail,
but which are provided with sails as an emergency means
4.9.2 Pontoon (1/9/2022) of propulsion.
The service notation pontoon is assigned to non-propelled
units intended to carry cargo and/or equipment on deck
4.10 Fishing vessels
only. This service notation may be completed by the
additional service feature crane when a cargo lifting 4.10.1 The service notation fishing vessel is assigned to
appliance, such as crane or derrick, is permanently fitted on ships specially equipped for catching and storing fish or
board, the cargo lifting appliance is to be certified by the other living resources of the sea. The additional
Society according to the "Rules for loading and unloading requirements of Part E, Chapter 20 are applicable to these
arrangements and for other lifting appliances on board of ships.
ships", or certified by another QSCS Classification Society
Note 1: Units solely dedicated to service in a fishing flotilla by
according to its equivalent rules.
means of cold storage and/or transformation of fish are not covered
This service notation may be completed by the additional by the service notation fishing vessel. They will be considered with
service feature equipped for carriage of containers when the service notation special service.
the ship's fixed arrangements comply with the applicable
requirements in Part E, Chapter 2. 4.11 Units intended for the transhipment of
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 19 are dry cargo in bulk
applicable to these ships.
4.11.1 (1/7/2020)
4.9.3 Other units The following service notations are assigned to units
Any non-propelled units other than those covered by the specially intended for the transhipment of dry cargo in bulk:
service notations listed above will be assigned the a) transhipping unit, for units specially intended to
additional service feature no propulsion, to be added to tranship the cargo from one delivering unit to one
their own service notation, e.g. dredger-no propulsion. receiving unit; these units may either have or not have
cargo storage capability
4.9.4 Assisted propulsion units (1/7/2017)
Any units having a propulsion system not enabling them to b) transhipping floating terminal, for units specially
proceed at a speed greater than 7 knots, used for short intended to tranship the cargo between more than one
transit voyages, will be assigned the additional service delivering and receiving units simultaneously; these
feature assisted propulsion to be added to their own service units are normally to have cargo storage capability.
notation, e.g. dredger - assisted propulsion. Self-propelled units are allowed to perform transfer voyages
In case of units classified with a navigation not more than of very limited extension, between locations in the same
Coastal area and provided with propulsion system not area of operation, for loading/unloading operations or
enabling them to proceed at a speed greater than 7 knots, safety reasons. Longer voyages in ballast conditions may be
without any limitation of the length of the voyage, the accepted by the Society on a case-by-case basis. The
additional service feature assisted propulsion unlimited will departure and arrival locations are to be communicated by
be assigned. the Owner/Designer to the Society.
These service notations may be completed by the following
4.9.5 Sailing ships (1/7/2009)
service features:
The additional service feature sailing ships is assigned to
ships having no means of propulsion other than sails. These • buffer [X t, HOLD/DECK] when the unit has bulk cargo
ships are to comply with the requirements of the "Rules for storage capacity and is thus able to allow significant
masting and rigging of sailing ships", issued separately by buffer capacity, ensuring continuous operation. The X
the Society. value indicates the cargo mass, in t, which can be stored
in holds or on deck (HOLD/DECK)
4.9.6 Engine assisted sailing ship (1/7/2017) • heavycargo [HOLDi, Xi kN/m2, i kN/m3 - DECK, Yi
The additional service feature engine assisted sailing ship is kN/m2] when the ship structure designed to support
assigned to ships which are mainly propelled by sails heavy cargoes fulfils the appropriate Rule requirements.
complying with the following requirement: The values Xi and Yi indicate, respectively, the
As > 7,0 (Dmax)2/3 maximum allowable local pressures on the inner
bottoms of the various HOLDi and on the deck areas
where:
DECKi, where the cargo is intended to be stowed and i
As : sails surface, in m2 is the maximum density of the bulk cargo allowable for
Dmax : maximum displacement, in tons [t], carriage in the relevant HOLDi. The requirements for
and provided with internal combustion engine for auxiliary the assignment of this additional service feature are
and emergency propulsion. given in Pt E, Ch 27, Sec 3, [3.2].
The service notation of units operating permanently 5.2.3 The navigation notation tropical zone is assigned to
anchored or moored in a fixed location is competed by the ships intended to operate only within the geographical
additional class notation “MOORING“. limits as defined in ILLC 1966 for the Tropical zones.
The service notation of units provided with at least one
5.2.4 The navigation notation coastal area is assigned to
crane, fitted with a grab or a bucket, is completed by the
ships intended to operate only within 20 nautical miles
additional class notation “CARGO HANDLING”.
from the shore and with a maximum sailing time of six
hours from a port of refuge or safe sheltered anchorage.
4.12 Miscellaneous units
5.2.5 The navigation notation sheltered area is assigned to
4.12.1 The service notation special service is assigned to ships intended to operate in sheltered waters , i.e. harbours,
ships which, due to the peculiar characteristics of their estuaries, roadsteads, bays, lagoons and generally calm
activity, are not covered by any of the notations mentioned stretches of water and when the wind force does not exceed
above. The classification requirements of such units are 6 Beaufort scale.
considered by the Society on a case by case basis. 5.2.6 (1/7/2009)
This service notation may apply, for instance, to ships The navigation notations defined in these items [5.2.1] to
engaged in research, expeditions and survey, ships for [5.2.5] are those considered as "normal". Where particular
training of marine personnel, whale and fish factory ships cases of navigation are to be assigned which are not
not engaged in catching, ships processing other living included among those so defined, the navigation notation
resources of the sea, and other ships with design features special is assigned, followed by specified restrictions (such
and modes of operation which may be referred to the same as the designation of the geographical area, distance from
group of ships. the shore and/or the most unfavourable sea conditions
considered).
An additional service feature may be specified after the
notation (e.g. special service - training, special service - 5.2.7 (1/7/2009)
ship lift, special service - fish factory) to identify the The Society may assign navigation notations provided by
particular service in which the ship is intended to trade. The the regulations of the flag Administration, which may be
scope and criteria of classification of such units are different from those defined in [5.2.1] to [5.2.6].
indicated in an annex to the Certificate of Classification.
5.3 Operating area notations
5 Navigation and operating area 5.3.1 The operating area notation expresses the specified
notations area where some service units are likely to operate at sea
within specific restrictions which are different from normal
5.1 Navigation notations navigation conditions.
The operating area notation is, in principle, solely granted
5.1.1 Every classed ship is to be assigned one navigation to working units, such as dredgers and crane pontoons.
notation as listed in [5.2]. This operating area notation is indicated after the navigation
notation.
5.1.2 The assignment of a navigation notation, including Example: unrestricted navigation - “operating area
the reduction of scantlings or specific arrangements for notation”
restricted navigation notations, is subject to compliance
with the requirements laid down in Part B, Part C, Part D 5.3.2 The following operating area notations may be
and Part E of the Rules. assigned:
a) notation specified operating area, where the specific
5.1.3 The assignment of a navigation notation does not operating conditions which have been considered by
absolve the Interested Party from compliance with any the Society are described in an annex to the Certificate
international and national regulations established by the of Classification (i.e. distance from shore or from port of
Administrations for a ship operating in national waters, or a refuge, weather or sea conditions)
specific area, or a navigation zone. Neither does it waive b) notation operation service within ’x’ miles from shore,
the requirements in Sec 1, [3.3.1]. where the operating service is limited to a certain
distance from the shore.
5.2 List of navigation notations
6 Additional class notations
5.2.1 The navigation notation unrestricted navigation is
assigned to a ship intended to operate in any area and any 6.1 General
period of the year.
6.1.1 An additional class notation expresses the
5.2.2 The navigation notation summer zone is assigned to classification of additional equipment or specific
ships intended to operate only within the geographical arrangement, which has been requested by the Interested
limits as defined in ILLC 1966 for the Summer zones. Party.
6.1.2 The assignment of such an additional class notation In compliance with [6.1.3], these notations are assigned a
is subject to the compliance with additional rule construction mark, as defined in [3].
requirements, which are detailed in Part F of the Rules. The requirements for the assignment of these notations are
given in Part F, Chapter 2.
6.1.3 Some additional class notations, due to the
importance of relevant equipment or arrangements, are 6.3.2 AVM-APS (Alternative propulsion
assigned a construction mark, according to the principles system) (1/7/2008)
given in [3.1.2]. This is indicated in the definition of the The additional class notation AVM-APS or AVM-APS-NS are
relevant additional class notations. assigned to ships which are fitted with systems and/or
arrangements enabling them to maintain operating condi-
6.1.4 The different additional class notations which may tions with some limitations in speed, range and comfort, in
be assigned to a ship are listed in [6.2] to [6.14], according the case of any single failure of items relative to the propul-
to the category to which they belong. These additional class sion.
notations are also listed in alphabetical order in Tab 3. When the auxiliary propulsion system is designed for use in
conditions other than an emergency, the additional class
6.2 System of Trace and Analysis of notation AVM-APS-NS is assigned.
Records (STAR) 6.3.3 AVM-IAPS (Independent alternative
propulsion system) (1/7/2008)
6.2.1 General (1/7/2008) The additional class notation AVM-IAPS is assigned to ships
STAR is a System of Trace and Analysis of Records which are fitted with an independent propulsion system
integrating rational analysis with data and records from enabling them to maintain operating conditions with some
ship-in-service concerning planned inspection and ship limitations in power, speed, range and comfort, in the case
maintenance. of any single failure of items relative to the propulsion.
The requirements for the assignment of these notations are 6.3.4 AVM-DPS (Duplicated propulsion
given in Part F, Chapter 1. system) (1/7/2008)
The additional class notation AVM-DPS or AVM-DPS-NS
6.2.2 STAR-HULL (1/10/2000) are assigned to ships which are fitted with a duplicated pro-
The additional class notation STAR-HULL is assigned to pulsion system enabling them to maintain operating condi-
ships on which an Inspection and Maintenance Plan (IMP) tions with some limitations in power (but 50% of the main
for the hull is implemented. power is to be maintained), speed, range and comfort, in
the case of any single failure of items relative to the propul-
The notation may be completed by the suffix NB when a
sion.
structural tridimensional analysis has been performed for
the hull structures, as defined in Pt B, Ch 7, App 1 or Pt B, When the duplicated propulsion system is designed for use
Ch 7, App 2 or Pt B, Ch 7, App 3, as applicable, at the new in conditions other than an emergency, the additional class
building stage. The suffix NB is removed when the ship notation AVM-DPS-NS is assigned.
enters the STAR-HULL survey programme through the
6.3.5 AVM-IPS (Independent propulsion
implementation of the Inspection and Maintenance Plan
system) (1/7/2008)
(IMP).
The additional class notation AVM-IPS is assigned to ships
6.2.3 STAR-MACH (1/7/2003) which are fitted with an independent propulsion system
enabling them to maintain operating conditions with some
The additional class notation STAR-MACH is assigned to limitations in power (but 50% of the main power is to be
ships on which an Inspection and Maintenance Plan (IMP) maintained), speed, range and comfort, in the case of any
for the machinery is implemented. This plan is based on a single failure of items relative to the propulsion.
risk analysis review of the installation.
6.8.4 Sea and air pollution prevention (GREEN ucts having flashpoint > 60°C or liquefied gas carrier, the
PLUS - GREEN STAR 3 DESIGN - GREEN assignment of the notation VCS (Vapour Control System) is a
STAR 3 - GREEN STAR 3 (TOC)) (1/7/2020) prerequisite for the assignment of the notation GREEN STAR 3.
However, the notation VCS may also be assigned as a single
a) GREEN PLUS
notation as described in [6.14.7].
The additional class notation GREEN PLUS is assigned
e) GREEN STAR 3 (TOC)
to ships designed and provided with systems, compo-
nents and procedural means to control and prevent the The additional class notation GREEN STAR 3 (TOC) can
emission of polluting substances into the sea, the air and be assigned to ships transferred to RINA class from
more in general the environment, in accordance with another IACS classification society if, at the time of the
the requirements in Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 1. transfer of class, they hold a sea and air pollution pre-
vention class notation of the previous society
b) GREEN PLUS T
The additional class notation GREEN PLUS T is assigned 6.8.5 Green and certified cargo handling systems
to units: (GC CARGO HANDLING) (1/7/2013)
• intended to operate at a fixed location; The additional class notation GC CARGO HANDLING is
• provided with facilities to load and unload other assigned to ships provided with systems for handling solid
units (e.g. bulk carriers, dry cargo ships carrying bulk cargo which may be a source of sea or air pollution
solid materials in bulk) (e.g. those handling coal, iron ore, sulphur, etc), designed to
minimize their environmental impact. The requirements for
complying with the provision in a) and provided with the assignment of this notation are given in Pt F, Ch 7,
solid bulk cargo handling systems designed to minimize Sec 6.
their environmental impact according to Pt F, Ch 7,
Sec 6.
6.9 Refrigerating installations
c) GREEN STAR 3 DESIGN
When ships are assigned the notations CLEAN-SEA and 6.9.1 General
CLEAN-AIR, the two separate notations are superseded The notations dealt with under this heading are relevant to
by the cumulative additional class notation GREEN refrigerating installations fitted on board ships, including
STAR 3 DESIGN. machinery and storing equipment or arrangements.
d) GREEN STAR 3 In compliance with [6.1.3], these notations are assigned a
The additional class notation GREEN STAR 3 is assigned construction mark, as defined in [3].
to ships provided with equipment and procedural The requirements for the assignment of these notations are
means to prevent pollution of the sea and of the air. This given in Part F, Chapter 8.
is achieved by compliance with the applicable require-
ments of Annexes I to VI of MARPOL Convention, rele- 6.9.2 Refrigerating installations for cargo (REF-
vant to ship's liquid, solid and gas releases, as well as CARGO)
additional requirements related to prevention of sea and The additional class notation REF-CARGO is assigned to
air pollution as follows: ships fitted with refrigerating plants and holds intended to
• prevention of accidental pollution by means of on carry cargoes, with the condition that the number and the
board equipment to combat oil spills; power of the refrigerating units are such that the specified
temperatures can be maintained with one unit on standby.
• prevention of operational pollution by means of
procedures, bilge water separation and filtering, 6.9.3 Refrigerating installations for insulated
holding tanks for treated sewage and grey water, containers (REF-CONT)
development of an Environmental Management Plan
The additional class notation REF-CONT is assigned to
and availability on board of an Environmental Ship
ships fitted with refrigerating plants intended to supply
Manager, use of refrigerants and fixed fire-fighting
refrigerated air to insulated containers carried in holds of
means with zero ozone depleting potential and low
container ships.
global warming potential, and use of procedures to
control leakage; 6.9.4 Refrigerating installations for domestic
• prevention of transfer of harmful organisms and supplies (REF-STORE)
pathogens in the ballast water; The additional class notation REF-STORE is assigned to
• prevention of pollution by tributyltin by means of ships fitted with refrigerating plants and spaces exclusively
TBT free antifouling paints; intended for the preservation of ship’s domestic supplies.
• prevention of pollution by solid garbage by means of
6.9.5 The above may also be completed by the following
proper storage of such waste, and for passenger
notations:
ships other than ro-ro passenger, by means of a
strategy of waste recycling; a) -PRECOOLING when the refrigerating plants are
• ship recycling. designed to cool down a complete cargo of fruit and/or
vegetables to the required temperature of transportation
Note 1: For ships with the service notation oil tanker, combination
carrier/OBO, combination carrier/OOC, chemical tanker, b) -QUICKFREEZE for the refrigerating plants of fishing
FLS tanker, excluding those intended for the carriage of prod- vessels and fish factory ships where the design and
equipment of such plants have been recognised suitable 6.11 Navigation in ice (POLAR CLASS)
to permit quick-freezing of fish in specified conditions
6.11.1 (1/1/2022)
c) -AIRCONT when the refrigerating plants are equipped The following additional class notations are assigned to
with controlled atmosphere installations or any other ships intended for navigation in ice-infested polar waters:
indication related to the specific features of the • POLAR CLASS PC1
installation, when these features have been specially
• POLAR CLASS PC2
examined by the Society
• POLAR CLASS PC3
• POLAR CLASS PC4
6.10 Navigation in ice (ICE CLASS)
• POLAR CLASS PC5
6.10.1 (1/7/2020)
• POLAR CLASS PC6
The notations dealt with under [6.10.2] are relevant to ships • POLAR CLASS PC7
strengthened for navigation in ice in accordance with the
“Finnish-Swedish Ice Class Rules 2017” as adopted on 1 The requirements for the assignment of these notations are
December 2017 by the Finnish Transport Safety Agency given in Part F, Chapter 10.
(TRAFI). The above class notations may also be completed by the
The requirements for the assignment of these notations are additional notation "Icebreaker" for any ship with an opera-
given in Part F, Chapter 9. tional profile that includes escort or ice management func-
tions, having powering and dimensions that allow it to
These requirements reproduce the provisions of the Finnish- undertake aggressive operations in ice-covered waters,
Swedish Ice Class Rules cited above. complying with the relevant requirements in Pt F, Ch 10,
Sec 2 and Pt F, Ch 10, Sec 3.
6.10.2 The following additional class notations are
assigned: 6.12 WINTERIZATION (temp)
a) ICE CLASS IA SUPER, for navigation in extreme ice 6.12.1 (1/7/2014)
conditions The additional class notation WINTERIZATION (temp) is
assigned to ships intended to be operated in a cold climate
b) ICE CLASS IA, for navigation in severe ice conditions
over long periods.
c) ICE CLASS IB, for navigation in medium ice conditions The value temp, in brackets, is the design temperature in °C
and is to be taken as the lowest mean daily average air tem-
d) ICE CLASS IC, for navigation in light ice conditions.
perature in the area where the ship is intended to operate
Note 1: Attention is drawn to paragraph 9 of the 1985 Finnish- (see Pt F, Ch 11, Sec 1, [2]).
Swedish Ice Class Rules, where it is stated that these notations are
assigned to the maximum permissible draught according to the
In order for the WINTERIZATION (temp) notation to be
Tonnage and Loadline Certificates. granted, the ship is to be assigned the additional class nota-
tion GREEN PLUS or GREEN STAR 3 DESIGN or equivalent
Note 2: Attention is drawn to paragraph 2 of the above Rules, and one of the following class notations:
where it is stated that the requirements of Finnish-Swedish Ice Class
Rules published on 6th April 1971 are still in force for ships whose • POLAR CLASS
keel was laid, or at a similar stage of construction, before • ICE CLASS IA SUPER
November 1st 1986.
• ICE CLASS IA
6.10.3 (1/1/2001) • ICE CLASS IB
The additional class notation ICE CLASS ID is assigned to • ICE CLASS IC
ships whose reinforcements for navigation in ice are differ-
The requirements for the assignment of this notation are
ent from those required for the assignment of the notations
given in Part F, Chapter 11.
defined in [6.10.2], but which comply with the specific
requirements detailed in Part F, Chapter 9.
6.13 Planned maintenance scheme and
6.10.4 (1/5/2016) condition based maintenance
The above may also be completed by the notation - HULL (PMS/CBM)
when the reinforcements for navigation in ice are relevant
to hull only, according to the relevant requirements in Pt F, 6.13.1 General (1/7/2009)
Ch 9, Sec 1 and Pt F, Ch 9, Sec 2. The notations dealt with under this item [6.13] are assigned
to ships where a Planned Maintenance Scheme (hereinafter
6.10.5 (1/1/2001)
denominated PMS) has been implemented according to the
The additional class notation ICE is assigned to ships whose requirements given in Part F, Chapter 12.
reinforcements for navigation in ice are different from those
required for the assignment of the notations defined in 6.13.2 PMS (1/7/2009)
[6.10.2] and [6.10.3], when this has been specially consid- Where a Planned Maintenance Scheme is approved by the
ered by the Society. Society the additional class notation PMS is assigned. An
implementation survey is to be carried out to confirm the 6.14.2 Loading by grabs (1/4/2006)
validity of the additional class notation. a) The additional class notation GRABLOADING may be
The requirements for the assignment of this notation are assigned to ships with hold tank tops specially rein-
given in Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 1. forced for loading/unloading cargoes by means of grabs
or buckets.
6.13.3 PMS-CM(PROP) (1/7/2009) The requirements for the assignment of this notation are
given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 2.
Where a Planned Maintenance Scheme approved by the
Society is implemented and Condition Based Maintenance However, this does not preclude ships not assigned with
complying with the requirements of Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 2 rele- this notation from being loaded/unloaded with grabs.
vant to the propulsion system is applied, the additional b) The additional class notation GRAB [X] may be assigned
class notation PMS-CM(PROP) is assigned. to ships with hold tank tops designed for load-
ing/unloading cargoes by means of grabs having a maxi-
6.13.4 PMS-CM(HVAC) (1/7/2009) mum mass of [X] tonnes.
Where a Planned Maintenance Scheme approved by the The requirements for the assignment of this notation are
Society is implemented, and Condition Based Maintenance given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 2 (see also Note 2).
complying with the requirements of Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 3 rele- Note 1: These additional class notations may only be assigned to
vant to the heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) ships with the service notation general cargo ship (intended to
system is applied, the additional class notation PMS- carry dry bulk cargoes), bulk carrier, ore carrier, combination car-
CM(HVAC) is assigned. rier/OBO or combination carrier/OOC.
Note 2: The specific requirements for the assignment of the nota-
6.13.5 PMS-CM(CARGO) (1/7/2009) tion GRAB [X] to bulk carriers with the service feature CSR are
given in the Common Structural Rules (Ch 1, Sec 1, [3]).
Where a Planned Maintenance Scheme approved by the
Society is implemented, and Condition Based Maintenance 6.14.3 In-water survey
complying with the requirements of Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 4 rele- The additional class notation INWATERSURVEY may be
vant to the cargo system is applied, the additional class assigned to ships provided with suitable arrangements to
notation PMS-CM(CARGO) is assigned. facilitate the in-water surveys as provided in Ch 2, Sec 2,
[7.1.4].
6.13.6 PMS-CM(ELE) (1/7/2009)
The requirements for the assignment of this notation are
Where a Planned Maintenance Scheme approved by the given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 3.
Society is implemented, and Condition Based Maintenance
complying with the requirements of Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 5 rele- 6.14.4 Single point mooring
vant to electrical switchboards is applied, the additional The additional class notation SPM (Single Point Mooring)
class notation PMS-CM(ELE) is assigned. may be assigned to ships fitted with a specific mooring
installation.
6.13.7 PMS-CM(FDS) (1/7/2009)
The requirements for the assignment of this notation are
Where a Planned Maintenance Scheme approved by the given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 4.
Society is implemented, and Condition Based Maintenance
These requirements reproduce the provisions of
complying with the requirements of Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 6 rele-
“Recommendations for Equipment Employed in the
vant to the fire detection system is applied, the additional
Mooring of Ships at Single Point Mooring” (3rd edition
class notation PMS-CM(FDS) is assigned.
1993), issued by OCIMF (Oil Companies International
Marine Forum).
6.13.8 PMS-CM (1/1/2020)
Where a Planned Maintenance Scheme approved by the 6.14.5 Container lashing equipment (1/7/2017)
Society is implemented, and Condition Based Maintenance The additional class notation LASHING is assigned to ships
complying with the requirements of Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 7 rele- initially fitted with mobile container lashing equipment that
vant to individual items selected by the Owner is applied, is documented, tested and checked.
the additional class notation PMS-CM is assigned. The notation ROUTE DEPENDENT LASHING (start date -
end date) is assigned to ships initially fitted with mobile
6.14 Other additional class notations container lashing equipment that is documented, tested and
checked for specific routes and for the period of year
6.14.1 Strengthened bottom - Not always afloat but defined by the specification start date - end date.
safe aground (NAABSA) (15/10/2019) These notation are assigned only to ships having the service
The additional class notation STRENGTHBOTTOM- notation container ship or the additional service feature
NAABSA may be assigned to ships built with specially equipped for carriage of containers.
strengthened bottom structures so as to be able to be loaded The requirements for the assignment of the notations are
and/or unloaded when properly stranded. given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 5.
The requirements for the assignment of this notation are This equipment, however, will not be verified any longer at
given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 1. the periodical class surveys to which the ship is submitted.
6.14.6 Dynamic positioning (1/1/2021) with requirements beyond those for the DYNAPOS
a) The additional class notation DYNAPOS may be notations.
assigned to ships equipped with a dynamic positioning
system. 6.14.7 Vapour control system (1/10/2000)
In compliance with [6.1.3], this notation is assigned a The additional class notation VCS (Vapour Control System)
construction mark, as defined in [3]. may be assigned to ships equipped with cargo vapour con-
The additional class notation DYNAPOS is assigned, in trol systems both in way of midship cargo crossovers and in
accordance with [6.1.3], to ships fitted with dynamic way of stern cargo manifolds. The notation -MIDSHIP is
positioning installations complying with the require- added to the notation where the ship is equipped with
ments of this Section, as follows: cargo vapour control systems only in way of cargo midship
crossovers. The notation -TRANSFER is added to the nota-
• DYNAPOS-SAM
tion where, in addition, the ship is fitted with specific
• DYNAPOS-DP1 arrangements for transferring cargo vapours to another ship.
• DYNAPOS-DP2
This notation is assigned only to ships having the service
• DYNAPOS-DP3 notation oil tanker, combination carrier/OBO, combina-
DYNAPOS-SAM (semi-automatic control): the control tion carrier/OOC, liquefied gas carrier, chemical tanker or
system of installation is to be achieved by automatic FLS tanker.
conversion of the instructions issued by the operator in
thruster commands: the operator's manual intervention The requirements for the assignment of this notation are
is necessary for position keeping. given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 7.
DYNAPOS-DP1 (automatic control): position keeping is 6.14.8 Cofferdam ventilation (1/7/2001)
automatically achieved and loss of position and/or
heading may occur in the event of a single failure. The additional class notation COVENT (Cofferdam Ventila-
tion) may be assigned to ships having all cofferdams
DYNAPOS-DP2 (automatic control): position keeping is
(including ballast tanks) in the cargo area provided with
automatically achieved, but loss of position and/or
fixed ventilation systems or having movable components
heading is not to occur in the event of a single failure in
included in the ship equipment complying with the require-
any active component or system.
ments of Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 8.
DYNAPOS-DP3 (automatic control): position keeping is
automatically achieved, but loss of position and/or This notation is assigned only to ships having the service
heading is not to occur in the event of a single failure of notation bulk carrier, ore carrier, oil tanker, combination
any active component or system, any static component carrier/OBO, combination carrier/OOC, liquefied gas car-
or loss of any one watertight compartment and any one rier, chemical tanker or FLS tanker.
fire sub-division, due to fire or flooding. The requirements for the assignment of this notation are
The scope of the notation, including the additional keys given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 8.
for the description of capability of the installation and
the requirements for assignment, are given in Pt F, 6.14.9 Centralised cargo control
Ch 13, Sec 6.
The additional class notation CARGOCONTROL may be
The notations may be completed by the feature SKC (L, assigned to ships (carrying liquid cargo in bulk) equipped
I1, I2, I3, I4), which provides information about the with a centralised system for handling cargo and ballast liq-
position keeping ability of the ship at the most unfavour- uids.
able heading for specified limiting environmental con-
ditions; it is defined in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 10. In principle, this notation is assigned only to ships having
the service notation oil tanker, combination carrier/OBO,
b) The additional class notation DP PLUS may be assigned
combination carrier/OOC, chemical tanker or FLS tanker.
to ships having the additional class notation DYNAPOS-
DP2 or DYNAPOS-DP3 when the dynamic positioning The requirements for the assignment of this notation are
system is in compliance with the requirements in Pt F, given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 9.
Ch 13, Sec 6, [11]. The DP PLUS notation may be
assigned as addendum of DYNAPOS notation as fol- 6.14.10 Ship manoeuvrability (1/7/2009)
lows: The additional class notation MANOVR may be assigned to
• DP PLUS - DFS ships complying with manoeuvring capability standards,
• DP PLUS - FFP defined in IMO Resolution MSC.137(76) - “Standards for
• DP PLUS - PRD Ship Manoeuvrability”.
DP PLUS-DFS (Dual Feeding System): dual feeding The requirements for the assignment of this notation are
operation of thrusters is allowed. given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 10.
DP PLUS-FFP (Fire and Flooding Protection): fire and These requirements reproduce the provisions of IMO
flooding characteristics of machinery space are beyond Resolution MSC.137(76) and are applicable to ships of all
those for the DYNAPOS notations. rudder and propulsion types, of 100 m in length and over,
DP PLUS-PRD (Predictive): power generation system and to chemical tankers and gas carriers regardless of the
and power distribution of the main switchboard comply length, which were constructed on or after 1 July 1994.
6.14.11 Damage stability (1/10/2005) ments" as adopted by IMO on 13 February 2004, by means
The additional class notation DMS may be assigned to ships of a Ballast Water Treatment system.
complying with the damage stability requirements given in
Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 11. 6.14.16 Crew Accommodation and Recreational
Facilities according to the Marine Labour
6.14.12 Protective coatings in water ballast Convention, 2006 (MLCDESIGN) (1/7/2008)
tanks (1/7/2006) The additional class notation MLCDESIGN is assigned to
The additional class notation COAT-WBT may be assigned ships having crew accommodation and recreational facili-
to ships surveyed during construction by the Society, whose ties complying with the Marine Labour Convention, 2006 -
water ballast tanks have been provided with protective Title 3 and with the requirements of Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 13.
coatings complying with the requirements for the assign-
6.14.17 Ships equipped to support diving
ment of this notation given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 12.
operations (1/7/2009)
The notation may be assigned to ships having any service The additional class notation DIVINGSUPPORT is assigned
notation. to ships equipped to support diving operations, which are
provided with a diving system.
6.14.13 Fatigue Life (1/2/2008)
The additional class notation FATIGUELIFE (Y) is assigned Diving systems installed on ships classified by the Society
to ships designed for a fatigue life greater than Y years. In assigned the DIVINGSUPPORT notation are to be certified
general, Y is to be greater than 20 years; for ships with one by the Society according to the "Rules for the classification
of the service notations bulk carrier ESP CSR or oil tanker of underwater units". Certificates issued by another QSCS
ESP CSR, Y is to be greater than 25 years. Classification Society may be accepted.
The fatigue life is to be calculated in accordance with the The requirements for the assignment of this notation are
applicable criteria defined in the Rules. given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 14.
For Y greater than 30 years, the strength calculation and 6.14.18 High Voltage Shore Connection (HVSC-NB
construction criteria are to be defined by the Society on a and HVSC) (1/5/2022)
case-by-case basis. The additional class notations HVSC-NB and HVSC are
assigned to ships fitted with high voltage shore connection
6.14.14 Permanent means of access (1/2/2008)
systems complying with the requirements given in Pt F,
The additional class notation PMA is assigned to cargo ships Ch 13, Sec 15.
that are provided with permanent means of access comply-
ing with SOLAS Regulation II-1/3-6, as amended by Resolu- 6.14.19 Helicopter facilities (1/7/2010)
tion MSC 151(78), with the associated "Technical provisions The additional class notation HELIDECK may be assigned to
for means of access for inspections" in IMO Resolution MSC ships fitted with helicopter facilities. In particular, the nota-
158(78) and the relevant interpretations in IACS UI SC191. tion HELIDECK-H is assigned to ships fitted with helicopter
Note 1: For bulk carriers (as defined in SOLAS Regulation IX/1-6) of facilities including hangar and refuelling or maintenance
20000 GT or more and oil tankers of 500 GT or more, compliance facilities, while the notation HELIDECK is assigned when
with the above is requested by SOLAS Regulation II-1/3-6. the helicopter facilities do not include hangar and refuelling
or maintenance facilities.
6.14.15 Ballast water management (1/2/2008)
The additional class notation BWM-E is assigned to ships The requirements for the assignment of these notations are
complying with the "International Convention for the Con- given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 16.
trol and Management of Ship's Ballast Water and Sedi-
6.14.20 Inert gas systems (1/7/2016)
ments" as adopted by IMO on 13 February 2004, by means
The additional class notation INERTGAS-A may be assigned
of a Ballast Water Exchange system.
to ships having the service notation:
The notation is to be completed by one of the following
a) built before 1 January 2016 having the service notation:
features, as applicable:
• oil tanker, combination carrier/OBO, combination
• sequential when the Ballast Water Exchange system is of
carrier/OOC, FLS tanker, having deadweight equal
sequential type
to or greater than 20,000 tonnes, or
• flow-through when the Ballast Water Exchange system
• chemical tanker and liquefied gas carrier, having
is of flow-through type
deadweight equal to or greater than 20,000 tonnes
• dilution when the Ballast Water Exchange system is of but not complying with Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1, [8.2.4] b)
dilution type.
b) built on or after 1 January 2016:
Note 1: according to the above Convention, Ballast Water • oil tanker, combination carrier/OBO, combination
Exchange will be phased out as an acceptable method, depending
carrier/OOC, FLS tanker, having deadweight equal
on the ballast water capacity and date of delivery of the vessel.
to or greater than 8,000 tonnes, or
After phasing out, the only acceptable method will be Ballast
Water Treatment. Therefore the class notation BWM-E will be • chemical tanker and liquefied gas carrier, having
withdrawn when the Ballast Water Exchange is phased out. deadweight equal to or greater than 8,000 tonnes
The additional class notation BWM-T is assigned to ships but not complying with Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1, [8.2.4]
complying with the "International Convention for the Con- for which the installation of the inert gas system is
trol and Management of Ship's Ballast Water and Sedi- compulsory.
The installed inert gas system is to comply with Pt C, Ch 4, 6.14.22 Fire Protection (FIRE) (1/1/2020)
Sec 1, [9] except Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1, [9.6]. The following additional class notations are assigned to
The additional class notation INERTGAS-B may be assigned ships having enhanced features relevant to fire protection:
to ships: • FIRE
a) built before 1 January 2016 having the service notation: • FIRE-AS
• oil tanker, combination carrier/OBO, combination • FIRE-MS
carrier/OOC, FLS tanker, whose deadweight is less • FIRE-MS (hot-spots)
than 20,000 tonnes, or
• FIRE-CS.
• chemical tanker and liquefied gas carrier, having
deadweight equal to or greater than 20,000 tonnes The requirements for the assignment of these notations are
but complying with Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1, [8.2.4] b) or given in Part F, Ch 13, Sec 17.
having deadweight less than 20,000 tonnes
6.14.23 LNG Fuelled and CNG Fuelled (1/1/2023)
b) built on or after 1 January 2016:
a) LNG FUELLED and CNG FUELLED
• oil tanker, combination carrier/OBO, combination
The additional class notation LNG FUELLED or CNG
carrier/OOC, FLS tanker, whose deadweight is less
FUELLED is assigned to ships operating with liquefied or
than 8,000 tonnes, or
compressed natural gas, respectively, as fuel for their
• chemical tanker and liquefied gas carrier, having internal combustion engines or boilers, complying with
deadweight equal to or greater than 8,000 tonnes the design and constructional requirements of:
but complying with Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1, [8.2.4] b) or
• Pt E, Ch 9, Sec 16, for liquefied gas carriers,
having deadweight less than 8,000 tonnes
• Pt C, Ch 1, App 7, for other ship types.
for which the installation of the inert gas system is not com-
pulsory but fitted with an inert gas system complying with b) LNG FUELLED (Main) and CNG FUELLED (Main)
the requirements in Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1, [9.6]. The additional class notation LNG FUELLED (Main) or
The additional class notation INERTGAS-C may be assigned CNG FUELLED (Main) is assigned to ships operating
to ships having the service notation: with liquefied or compressed natural gas, respectively,
as fuel for their internal combustion main engines, com-
a) built before 1 January 2016 having the service notation: plying with the design and constructional requirements
• oil tanker, combination carrier/OBO, combination of:
carrier/OOC, FLS tanker, whose deadweight is less • Pt E, Ch 9, Sec 16, for liquefied gas carriers,
than 20,000 tonnes, or
• Pt C, Ch 1, App 7, for other ship types.
• chemical tanker and liquefied gas carrier, having
c) LNG FUELLED (Aux) and CNG FUELLED (Aux)
deadweight equal to or greater than 20,000 tonnes
but complying with Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1, [8.2.4] b) or The additional class notation LNG FUELLED (Aux) or
having deadweight less than 20,000 tonnes CNG FUELLED (Aux) is assigned to ships operating with
liquefied or compressed natural gas, respectively, as fuel
b) built on or after 1 January 2016: for their internal combustion auxiliary engines, comply-
• oil tanker, combination carrier/OBO, combination ing with the design and constructional requirements of:
carrier/OOC, FLS tanker, whose deadweight is less • Pt E, Ch 9, Sec 16, for liquefied gas carriers,
than 8,000 tonnes, or
• Pt C, Ch 1, App 7, for other ship types.
• chemical tanker and liquefied gas carrier, having
deadweight equal to or greater than 8,000 tonnes 6.14.24 Carriage of specific solid cargoes in
but complying with Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1, [8.2.4] b) or bulk (1/8/2011)
having deadweight less than 8,000 tonnes The additional class notation IMSBC-A is assigned to ships
for which the installation of the inert gas system is not com- specially constructed or fitted for the carriage of cargoes
pulsory but fitted with an inert gas system complying with belonging to Group A as defined in the IMSBC Code (see
the requirements in Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1, [9] except Pt C, Ch 4, Note 1) at a moisture content in excess of their Transporta-
Sec 1, [9.6]. ble Moisture Limit (TML).
The additional class notation IMSBC-nitrate is assigned to
6.14.21 Safe return to port, orderly evacuation and ships intended for the carriage of nitrate cargoes, belonging
abandonment (SRTP) (1/7/2010)
to Group B of the IMSBC Code, for which a fixed gas fire-
The additional class notation SRTP is assigned to passenger extinguishing system is ineffective and for which a water
ships complying with SOLAS Regulations II-1/8-1, II-2/21 fire-extinguishing system is provided (see Note 2).
and 22 and with the "Interim Explanatory Notes for the
The additional class notation IMSBC-non cohesive is
assessment of passenger ship systems' capabilities after a
fire or a flooding casualty" as per IMO MSC.1/Circ. 1369. assigned to ships intended for the carriage of non-cohesive
cargoes with an angle of repose less than or equal to 30°.
Solutions providing an equivalent level of safety as those
contained in the above-mentioned IMO MSC.1/Circ. 1369 The cargoes for which each of the above notations is
may be accepted by the Society, on a case-by-case basis. granted are to be listed in the Certificate of Classification.
The requirements for the assignment of these additional 6.14.30 Cargo Handling and Personnel
class notations are given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 18. Lifting (1/1/2023)
b) the equipment that is fitted inside the holds (horizontal • Red Sea
and vertical conveyors) is certified and tested in • Arabian Sea along the South-East Coast of the Arabian
compliance with a recognised standard. Peninsula.
6.14.27 Technical Advisor Service (TAS) (1/7/2013) The additional class notation SAHARA is assigned to
ships with unrestricted navigation notation.
The additional class notation TAS is assigned to ships whose
The additional class notation SAHARA is assigned to ships
approved geometry and structural data are stored in a data-
for which navigation in the Arabian Sea along the South-
base in order to allow the Society to provide, through dedi-
East Coast of the Arabian Peninsula is limited to sea states
cated computer programs, the necessary assistance in the
with significant wave height not greater than 2 meters and
event of damage.
intended to operate only within 50 nautical miles from the
shore. For these ships, according to [5.2.6], the navigation
6.14.28 Efficient ship (S, DWT) (1/2/2014) notation special (Arabian Peninsula) is assigned and the
The additional class notation EFFICIENT SHIP (S, DWT) is specific restrictions (wave height, operating distance from
assigned to ships achieving a level of efficiency as required the shore or any specific operating area) are to be indicated.
by Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 19.
6.14.32 Risk of failure reduction (RISK
The notation is completed by two numbers, between MITIGATION) (1/1/2015)
brackets, which represent the reference speed S and The additional class notation RISK MITIGATION (...) is
deadweight DWT at which the ship has been evaluated. assigned to ships for which additional measures are
adopted in order to reduce the risk of failures in specific
6.14.29 Mooring (1/7/2014) technical matters such as fire protection, propulsion sys-
tems, etc. which are indicated between brackets in the
The additional class notation MOORING is assigned to
notation itself.
units provided with arrangements for permanent mooring
(anchoring) at a certain location. The mooring arrangement Details of the adopted measures are indicated in an annex
is to comply with Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 21. to the Certificate of Classification of the ship.
6.14.33 Indoor Air Quality Monitoring (AIR quences (RISKS) of a possible major accident, as defined by
MON) (1/7/2015) the Designer.
The additional class notation AIR MON is assigned to ships The design of the temporary refuge ship is to be developed
for which an air quality management system is imple- in accordance with the criteria of a recognised standard and
mented and verified by the Society according to the require- is to include:
ments of Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 22.
• the identification and quantification of the risks by the
6.14.34 DANGEROUS GOODS (1/7/2015) Designer and the duration of exposure to these risks,
The additional class notation DANGEROUS GOODS is • the assessment of its protection characteristics and
assigned to ships that comply with the provisions for the capabilities effectiveness with respect to their
carriage of dangerous goods given in SOLAS Regulation II- progressive impairment,
2/19. • the adoption of an appropriate programme of tests,
inspections, maintenance, repair and replacement,
6.14.35 INF 1, INF 2, INF 3 (1/7/2015)
which contribute to the impairment detection,
The additional class notations INF 1, INF 2, INF 3 are prevention and mitigation.
assigned to ships that comply with the requirements of the
International Code for the Safe Carriage of Packaged Irradi- 6.14.39 DOLPHIN QUIET SHIP or DOLPHIN TRANSIT
ated Nuclear Fuel, Plutonium and High-level Radioactive SHIP (1/3/2017)
Wastes on Board Ships (INF Code). The additional class notations DOLPHIN QUIET SHIP or
The notation INF 1 is assigned to ships that are certified to DOLPHIN TRANSIT SHIP are assigned to ships whose
carry packaged irradiated nuclear fuel, plutonium and high- design is such as to ensure a low environmental impact
level radioactive wastes with an aggregate activity less than originated from underwater noise radiation.
4000 TBq. The requirements for the assignment of this additional class
The notation INF 2 is assigned to ships that are certified to notation are given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 25.
carry packaged irradiated nuclear fuel or high-level radio-
active wastes with an aggregate activity less than 2 x 106 6.14.40 GREAT LAKES ST LAWRENCE SEAWAY
TBq and ships which are certified to carry plutonium with (1/7/2017)
an aggregate activity less than 2 x 105 TBq. The additional class notation GREAT LAKES ST LAWRENCE
SEAWAY is assigned to ships whose design and equipment
The notation INF 3 is assigned to ships that are certified to
is in compliance with the applicable requirements issued by
carry packaged irradiated nuclear fuel or high-level radio-
issued by "The St. Lawrence Seaway Management Corpora-
active wastes and ships which are certified to carry pluto-
tion and the Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corpora-
nium with no restriction of the maximum aggregate activity
tion". The relevant arrangements and equipment are
of the materials.
recorded in the ship's status.
6.14.36 Dedicated Oil Recovery System
(DORS) (15/7/2015) 6.14.41 EGCS-SOX/NOX (1/7/2017)
The additional class notation DORS is assigned to ships The additional class notation EGCS-SOX and/or EGCS-
with cargo tanks and fuel oil tanks provided with two or NOX are assigned to ships equipped respectively with
more connectors in order to allow the recovery of the con- exhaust gas cleaning systems suitable to reduce the SOx
tent of the tanks. emissions (i.e. typically scrubbers) and the NOx emissions
(i.e typically Selective Catalytic Reduction systems) .
The requirements for the assignment of this additional class
notation are given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 23. The requirements for the assignment of this additional class
notation are given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 26.
6.14.37 LNG READY (X1, X2, X3…) and CNG READY
(X1, X2, X3…) (1/1/2023) 6.14.42 BATTERY POWERED SHIPS (1/1/2019)
The additional class notation LNG READY (X1, X2, X3…) or The additional class notation BATTERY POWERED SHIPS,
CNG READY (X1, X2, X3…) is assigned to ships whose is assigned to ships where batteries, other than Lead and
design is in compliance with the applicable Rules for LNG Nickel-Cadmium batteries, having a capacity of 50 kWh or
and CNG Fuelled Ships, and the relevant systems and above are installed to supply essential or not-essential ser-
arrangement are partially installed on board, thus easing a vices and emergency services, in compliance with the
future ship conversion into a LNG Fuelled Ship or CNG requirements of Pt C, Ch 2, App 2.
Fuelled Ship.
6.14.43 Man Overboard Detection System (MOB)
The requirements for the assignment of this additional class (1/11/2018)
notation are given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 24.
The additional class notation MOB is assigned to ships
6.14.38 Temporary Refuge (RISKS) (1/7/2016) equipped with a Man Overboard Detection System capable
of detecting persons that pass through the MOB detection
The additional class notation TEMPORARY REFUGE
zone while going overboard.
(RISKS) is assigned to ships whose design includes specific
characteristics and facilities in order to safely accommodate The requirements for the assignment of this additional class
persons, granting temporary protection from the conse- notation are given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 27.
6.14.44 Hybrid Propulsion Ship (HYB-…) (1/1/2019) is barrier free passage in public spaces on board and in
escape routes to muster stations.
The additional class notation HYBRID PROPULSION SHIP
(HYB-…) is assigned to ships equipped with an hybrid pro- The requirements for the assignment of this additional class
pulsion system. notation are given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 32.
The requirements for the assignment of this additional class 6.14.49 BIOSAFE SHIP (15/6/2020)
notation are given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 28.
The additional class notation BIOSAFE SHIP is assigned to:
6.14.45 Cyber Resilience (1/1/2019) • Cruise ships and ro-ro passenger ships with sleeping
facilities for passengers
The additional class notations CYR (Cyber resilience), CYR-
OT (Cyber resilience of Operational Technology) and CYR- • Passenger ships, high-speed passenger craft and ro-ro
IT (Cyber resilience of Information Technology) assigned to passenger ships in short sea voyages
ships complying with the cyber resilience requirements
• Cargo ships
given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 29.
designed and provided with systems, components and
6.14.46 Digital Ship (1/1/2023) operative procedures to control and prevent possible on
The additional class notation DIGITAL SHIP (ADC) is board infection outbreak.
assigned to ships fitted with an automatic data collection The requirements for the assignment of this additional class
system enabling the collection of navigation and machinery notation are given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 33.
data and capable of transferring ashore the data (either as
collected or elaborated as necessary). 6.14.50 REMOTE SURVEYABLE SHIP
(REMOTE) (1/1/2023)
The requirements for the assignment of the DIGITAL SHIP
(ADC) additional class notation are given in Pt F, Ch 13, The additional class notation REMOTE is assigned to ships
Sec 30. complying with the requirements given in Pt F, Ch 13,
Sec 34 to facilitate the execution of remote surveys
The additional class notation DIGITAL SHIP (D) is assigned described in Ch 2, App 5.
to ships fitted with one or more approved electronic
system/digital tool: 6.14.51 LPG Fuelled (1/5/2021)
• enabling the collection on board of documentary data The additional class notation LPG FUELLED is assigned to
in place of paper copies; ships operating with LPG as fuel for their internal combus-
tion engines or boilers, complying with the design and con-
• duplicated by a secondary mean or by the possibility to structional requirements of Pt C, Ch 1, App 13.
transmit data ashore keeping synchronized the two data
storage databases; 6.14.52 NH3 Fuelled (1/5/2021)
• capable of sharing stored data with the Society. The additional class notation NH3 FUELLED is assigned to
ships operating with Ammonia as fuel for their internal
The requirements for the assignment of the DIGITAL SHIP combustion engines or boilers, complying with the design
(D) additional class notation are given in Pt F, Ch 13, and constructional requirements of Pt C, Ch 1, App 13.
Sec 44.
6.14.53 NH3 FUELLED READY (X1, X2, X3) (1/5/2021)
6.14.47 AIr Lubrication System (AIR LUB) (1/4/2019)
The additional class notation NH3 FUELLED READY (X1,
The additional class notation AIR LUB is assigned to ships X2, X3…) is assigned to ships whose design is in compli-
equipped with an air lubrication system according to Pt F, ance with Pt C, Ch 1, App 13, and the relevant systems and
Ch 13, Sec 31. arrangement are partially installed on board, thus easing a
future ship conversion into a NH3 Fuelled Ship.
An air lubrication system is an energy saving system
utilizing microbubbles to reduce hull skin friction. The The requirements for the assignment of this additional class
consistent release of microbubbles forms an air-water layer notation are given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 35.
around the hull that can result in reduced skin friction for
ships. 6.14.54 SUSTAINABLE SHIP (1/1/2023)
The additional class notation SUSTAINABLE SHIP is
6.14.48 Persons with reduced mobility (PMR-ITA) assigned to ships complying with the sustainability criteria
(13/12/2019) given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 36 relevant to:
The additional class notation PMR-ITA is assigned to ships a) design and provision of systems, components and pro-
designed in such a way that a person with reduced mobility cedural means to control and prevent the emission of
can embark and disembark easily and safely and that there polluting substances into the sea, the air and, more in
general, the environment (reference is made to GREEN 6.14.58 METHYL/ETHYL ALCOHOL FUELLED
PLUS additional class notation) (1/1/2022)
b) underwater noise limitation (reference is made to DOL- The additional class notation METHYL/ETHYL ALCOHOL
PHIN additional class notations) FUELLED is assigned to ships using methyl/ethyl alcohol as
fuel, complying with the design and constructional require-
c) noise and vibration limitation on board (reference is ments of Pt C, Ch 1, App 15.
made to COMF-NOISE and COMF-VIB additional class
notations) 6.14.59 METHYL/ETHYL ALCOHOL FUELLED READY
d) compliance with NOISE-PORT-OUT(X) or NOISE- (X1, X2, X3) (1/1/2022)
PORT-IN(X) additional class notations The additional class notation METHYL/ETHYL ALCOHOL
FUELLED READY (X1, X2, X3…) is assigned to ships whose
e) compliance with MLCDESIGN additional class notation design is in compliance with Pt C, Ch 1, App 15, and the
f) compliance with BIOSAFE SHIP additional class nota- relevant systems and arrangement are partially installed on
tion board, thus easing a future ship conversion into a
METHYL/ETHYL ALCOHOL FUELLED ship.
g) achievement of EEDI and EEXI values 40% lower than
those in Phase 0 EEDI reference lines (see Note 1) in The requirements for the assignment of this additional class
MARPOL Annex VI, according to the 2030 target in notation are given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 39.
Initial IMO strategy on reduction of GHG emissions
from ships (Res. MEPC.304(72)). 6.14.60 ENHANCED MAINTENANCE (EM) (1/11/2022)
Note 1: For ro-ro cargo ships and ro-ro passenger ships, reference The additional class notation ENHANCED MAINTENANCE
is made to Phase 2 EEDI reference lines (EM) is assigned to ships subject to enhanced maintenance
including:
6.14.55 Maritime Autonomous Surface Ship • a three-dimensional model structural analysis
(MASS) (1/10/2021)
performed for the hull,
The additional class notations MASS are assigned to ships
• a Planned Maintenance Scheme (PMS) approved by the
having one of the following degrees of autonomy:
Society enhanced by a risk analysis of the essential
• MASS-ADS: ship with Automated processes and Deci- systems, and
sion Support: seafarers are on board to operate and con-
• periodical and corrective maintenance, as well as
trol shipboard systems and functions. Some operations
periodical and occasional surveys of hull structures and
may be automated and at times be unsupervised but
equipment performed according to approved
with seafarers on board ready to take control.
procedures included in the Inspection and Maintenance
• MASS-RCM: Remotely Controlled Manned ship: the Plan (IMP), together with audits at the Owner's office.
ship is controlled and operated from another location.
Seafarers are available on board to take control and to The requirements for the assignment of this additional class
operate the shipboard systems and functions. notation are given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 40.
• MASS-RCU: Remotely Controlled Unmanned ship: the
6.14.61 FUEL CELL POWERED SHIP (1/1/2023)
ship is controlled and operated from another location.
There are no seafarers on board. The additional class notation FUEL CELL POWERED SHIP is
assigned to ships where fuel cells are installed to supply
• MASS-FAS: Fully Autonomous Ship: the operating sys- essential or not-essential services, in compliance with the
tem of the ship can make decisions and determine design and constructional requirements of Pt C, Ch 2,
actions by itself. App 3, as follows:
For the assignment of the additional class notations MASS, • FUEL CELL POWERED SHIP (E) when fuel cell is used
in its variants, the ship is to comply with the requirements to power at least one of the essential services defined in
given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 37. Pt C, Ch 2, Sec 1, [3.2.1] and contributes to the compli-
ance of the main source of electrical power to the
6.14.56 H2 FUELLED (1/10/2021) requirements in Pt C, Ch 2, Sec 3, [2.2.3]
The additional class notation H2 FUELLED is assigned to • FUEL CELL POWERED SHIP (NE) when fuel cell is used
ships using hydrogen as fuel, complying with the design to power only services not falling under the definition of
and constructional requirements of Pt C, Ch 1, App 14. essential services in Pt C, Ch 2, Sec 1, [3.2.1].
6.14.57 H2 FUELLED READY (X1, X2, X3) (1/10/2021) 6.14.62 Reduced Weight of anchor (RW) and Super
The additional class notation H2 FUELLED READY (X1, X2, Reduced Weight of anchor (SRW) (1/1/2023)
X3…) is assigned to ships whose design is in compliance The additional class notations RW or SRW may be assigned
with Pt C, Ch 1, App 14, and the relevant systems and to ships using high holding power (HHP) anchors or super
arrangement are partially installed on board, thus easing a high holding power (SHHP) anchors as defined in Pt B,
future ship conversion into a H2 FUELLED ship. Ch 10, Sec 4, [3.2.3], respectively.
The requirements for the assignment of this additional class The reduction in the weight of anchors is to comply with
notation are given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 38. the requirements in Pt B, Ch 10, Sec 4, [3.2.3].
6.14.63 NOx-Tier III (1/1/2023) 6.14.66 Coating performance standard in cargo oil
The additional class notation NOx-Tier III may be assigned tanks (CPS-COT) (1/1/2023)
to ships having all marine diesel engines with power output The additional class notation CPS-COT is assigned to crude
greater than 130 kW - other than those exempted as per oil tankers surveyed during construction by the Society,
Para 1.2 of Reg. 13 of MARPOL Annex VI, as applicable - whose cargo oil tanks have been provided with protective
certified for compliance with Para 5.1 of Reg. 13 of MAR- coatings complying with the requirements for the assign-
POL Annex VI and provided with an approved NOx Techni- ment of this notation given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 43.
cal File and Engine International Air Pollution (EIAPP)
6.14.67 FUEL SAMPLING (1/1/2023)
certification.
The additional class notation FUEL SAMPLING is assigned
6.14.64 EEDI-Ph3 (1/1/2023) to ships having the fuel oil supply system provided with
The additional class notation EEDI-Ph3 may be assigned to sampling points complying with the requirements in Pt C,
ships whose verified attained Energy Efficiency Design Ch 1, Sec 10, [11.10.5] and the additional ones in Pt F,
Index (EEDI) value is less than or equal to the required value Ch 13, Sec 45.
for EEDI Phase 3 in Reg.24 of MARPOL Annex VI, as
amended by IMO Resolution MEPC.328(76). 7 Other notations
6.14.65 Cargo Piping Protected (CPP) (1/1/2023) 7.1
The additional class notation CPP is assigned to ships hav-
ing all cargo piping and valve control piping located above 7.1.1 The Society may also define other notations by
the double bottom and complying with the requirements for means of provisional requirements and guidelines, which
the assignment of this notation given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 41. may then be published in the form of tentative rules.
Reference for
Additional class notation Reference Remarks
definition
AIR LUBRICATION SYS- [6.14.47] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 31
TEM (AIR LUB)
AIR-MON [6.14.33] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 22
AUT-CCS [6.4.3] Pt F, Ch 3, Sec 2 (1)
AUT-PORT [6.4.4] Pt F, Ch 3, Sec 3 (1)
AUT-UMS [6.4.2] Pt F, Ch 3, Sec 1 (1)
AVM-APS or AVM-APS-NS [6.3.2] Pt F, Ch 2, Sec 1 (1)
AVM-IAPS [6.3.3] Pt F, Ch 2, Sec 2 (1)
AVM-DPS or AVM-DPS-NS [6.3.4] Pt F, Ch 2, Sec 3 (1)
AVM-IPS [6.3.5] Pt F, Ch 2, Sec 4 (1)
BATTERY POWERED SHIPS [6.14.42] Pt C, Ch 2, App 2
BIOSAFE SHIP [6.14.49] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 33
BWM-E [6.14.15] Pt C, Ch 1, Sec 10, (5)
[7]
BWM-T [6.14.15] Pt C, Ch 1, App 8
CARGOCONTROL [6.14.9] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 9
CARGO HANDLING [6.14.30] NA
CARGO PIPING [6.14.65] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 41
PROTECTED (CPP)
CLEAN-AIR [6.8.3] Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 3 (4)
CLEAN-SEA [6.8.2] Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 4 (4)
COAT-WBT [6.14.12] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 12
(1) A construction mark is added to this notation.
(2) This notation may be completed by the specific notations -PRECOOLING, -QUICKFREEZE and/or -AIRCONT (see [6.9.5]).
(3) This notation may be completed by the specific notations -MIDSHIP and -TRANSFER (see [6.14.7]).
(4) When ships are assigned the notations CLEAN-SEA and CLEAN-AIR, the two separate notations are superseded by the cumula-
tive additional class notation GREEN STAR 3 DESIGN (see [6.8.4]).
(5) This notation may be completed by the specific features: sequential, flow-through, dilution.
(6) This notation may be completed by the specific notation -HULL (see [6.10.4]).
(7) This notation may be completed by the specific notation Icebreaker (see [6.11.1]).
Reference for
Additional class notation Reference Remarks
definition
COATING PERFORMANCE [6.14.66] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 43
STANDARD IN CARGO OIL
TANKS (CPS-COT)
COMF-AIR [6.7.4] Pt F, Ch 6, Sec 3
COMF-NOISE [6.7.2] Pt F, Ch 6, Sec 1
COMF-VIB [6.7.3] Pt F, Ch 6, Sec 2
COVENT [6.14.8] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 8
CYBER RESILIENCE (CYR, [6.14.45] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 29
CYR-OT and CYR-IT)
DANGEROUS GOODS [6.14.34] NA
DIGITAL SHIP (ADC) [6.14.46] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 30
DIGITAL SHIP (D) [6.14.46] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 44
DIVINGSUPPORT [6.14.17] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 14
DOLPHIN QUIET SHIP or [6.14.39] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 25
DOLPHIN TRANSIT SHIP
DORS [6.14.36] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 23
DMS [6.14.11] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 11
DYNAPOS [6.14.6] a) Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 6 (1)
DP PLUS [6.14.6] b) Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 6
EEDI-Ph3 [6.14.64] NA
EGCS-SOX and/or EGCS- [6.14.41] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 26
NOX
EFFICIENT SHIP (S, DWT) [6.14.28] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 19
ENHANCED [6.14.60] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 40
MAINTENANCE (EM)
FATIGUELIFE (Y) [6.14.13] NA
FIRE [6.14.22] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 17
FIRE-AS [6.14.22] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 17
FIRE-MS [6.14.22] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 17
FIRE-MS (hot-spots) [6.14.22] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 17
FIRE-CS [6.14.22] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 17
FUEL CELL POWERED SHIP [6.14.61] Pt C, Ch 2, App 3
(E)
FUEL CELL POWERED SHIP
(NE)
FUEL SAMPLING [6.14.67] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 45
GRABLOADING and GRAB [6.14.2] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 2
(X)
GREAT LAKES ST LAW- [6.14.41] NA
RENCE SEAWAY
GREEN PLUS [6.8.4] a) Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 1
GREEN PLUS T [6.8.4] b) Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 1
and Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 6
GREEN STAR 3 DESIGN [6.8.4] c) Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 2 This cumulative notation supersedes the notations CLEAN-
SEA and CLEAN-AIR, when both are assigned
GREEN STAR 3 [6.8.4] d) Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 5
GREEN STAR 3 (TOC) [6.8.4] e) -
GC CARGO HANDLING [6.8.5] Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 6
(1) A construction mark is added to this notation.
(2) This notation may be completed by the specific notations -PRECOOLING, -QUICKFREEZE and/or -AIRCONT (see [6.9.5]).
(3) This notation may be completed by the specific notations -MIDSHIP and -TRANSFER (see [6.14.7]).
(4) When ships are assigned the notations CLEAN-SEA and CLEAN-AIR, the two separate notations are superseded by the cumula-
tive additional class notation GREEN STAR 3 DESIGN (see [6.8.4]).
(5) This notation may be completed by the specific features: sequential, flow-through, dilution.
(6) This notation may be completed by the specific notation -HULL (see [6.10.4]).
(7) This notation may be completed by the specific notation Icebreaker (see [6.11.1]).
Reference for
Additional class notation Reference Remarks
definition
H2 FUELLED [6.14.56] Pt C, Ch 1, App 14
H2 FUELLED READY (X1, [6.14.57] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 38
X2, X3)
HELIDECK [6.14.19] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 16
HELIDECK-H [6.14.19] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 16
HYBRID PROPULSION [6.14.44] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 28 (1)
SHIP (HYB-…)
HVSC [6.14.18] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 15
HVSC-NB [6.14.18] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 15
ICE [6.10.5] -
ICE CLASS IA [6.10.2] Part F, Chapter 9 (6)
ICE CLASS IA SUPER [6.10.2] Part F, Chapter 9 (6)
ICE CLASS IB [6.10.2] Part F, Chapter 9 (6)
ICE CLASS IC [6.10.2] Part F, Chapter 9 (6)
ICE CLASS ID [6.10.3] Part F, Chapter 9 (6)
IMSBC-A [6.14.24] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 18
IMSBC-nitrate [6.14.24] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 18
IMSBC-non cohesive [6.14.24] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 18
INERTGAS-A [6.14.20] Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1
INERTGAS-B [6.14.20] Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1
INERTGAS-C [6.14.20] Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1
INWATERSURVEY [6.14.3] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 3
INF 1, INF 2, INF 3 [6.14.35] NA (1)
LASHING [6.14.5] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 5
LNG FUELLED or [6.14.23] a) Pt C, Ch 1, App 7
CNG FUELLED and Pt E, Ch 9,
Sec 16
LNG FUELLED (Main) or [6.14.23] b) Pt C, Ch 1, App 7
CNG FUELLED (Main) and Pt E, Ch 9,
Sec 16
LNG FUELLED (Aux) or [6.14.23] c) Pt C, Ch 1, App 7
CNG FUELLED (Aux) and Pt E, Ch 9,
Sec 16
LNG READY (X1, X2, X3…) [6.14.37] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 24
or
CNG READY (X1, X2, X3…)
LPG FUELLED [6.14.51] Pt C, Ch 1, App 13
MAN OVERBOARD DETEC- [6.14.43] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 27
TION SYSTEM (MOB)
MANOVR [6.14.10] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 10
MASS-ADS [6.14.55] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 37
MASS-RCM
MASS-RCU
MASS-FAS
METHYL/ETHYL ALCOHOL [6.14.58] Pt C, Ch 1, App 15
FUELLED
(1) A construction mark is added to this notation.
(2) This notation may be completed by the specific notations -PRECOOLING, -QUICKFREEZE and/or -AIRCONT (see [6.9.5]).
(3) This notation may be completed by the specific notations -MIDSHIP and -TRANSFER (see [6.14.7]).
(4) When ships are assigned the notations CLEAN-SEA and CLEAN-AIR, the two separate notations are superseded by the cumula-
tive additional class notation GREEN STAR 3 DESIGN (see [6.8.4]).
(5) This notation may be completed by the specific features: sequential, flow-through, dilution.
(6) This notation may be completed by the specific notation -HULL (see [6.10.4]).
(7) This notation may be completed by the specific notation Icebreaker (see [6.11.1]).
Reference for
Additional class notation Reference Remarks
definition
METHYL/ETHYL ALCOHOL [6.14.59] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 39
FUELLED READY (X1, X2,
X3)
MLCDESIGN [6.14.16] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 13
MON-HULL [6.6.2] Pt F, Ch 5, Sec 1
MON-SHAFT [6.6.3] Pt F, Ch 5, Sec 2
MOORING [6.14.29] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 21
NH3 FUELLED [6.14.52] Pt C, Ch 1, App 13
NH3 FUELLED READY (X1, [6.14.53] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 35
X2, X3)
NOx-Tier III [6.14.63] NA
NOISE-PORT-OUT(X) [6.7.5] Pt F, Ch 6, Sec 4
NOISE-PORT-IN(X)
PERSONNEL LIFTING [6.14.30] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 42
PERSONS WITH REDUCED [6.14.48] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 32
MOBILITY (PMR-ITA)
PMA [6.14.14] NA
PMS [6.13.2] Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 1
PMS-CM(PROP) [6.13.3] Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 2
PMS-CM(HVAC) [6.13.4] Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 3
PMS-CM(CARGO) [6.13.5] Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 4
PMS-CM(ELE) [6.13.6] Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 5
PMS-CM(FDS) [6.13.7] Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 6
PMS-CM [6.13.8] Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 7
POLAR CLASS [6.11.1] Part F, Chapter 10 (7)
REDUCED WEIGHT OF [6.14.62] NA
ANCHOR (RW) AND
SUPER REDUCED WEIGHT
OF ANCHOR (SRW)
REF-CARGO [6.9.2] Pt F, Ch 8, Sec 2 (1) (2)
REF-CONT [6.9.3] Pt F, Ch 8, Sec 3 (1) (2)
REF-STORE [6.9.4] Pt F, Ch 8, Sec 4 (1) (2)
REMOTE SURVEYABLE SHIP [6.14.50] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 34
(REMOTE)
RISK MITIGATION (...) [6.14.33] NA
ROUTE DEPENDENT LASH- [6.14.5] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 5
ING (start date - end date)
SAHARA [6.14.31] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 20
SAHARA
SELF-UNLOADING [6.14.26] NA
SPM [6.14.4] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 4
SPS [6.14.25] NA
SRTP [6.14.21] NA
STAR [6.2.4] Part F, Chapter 1 This cumulative notation supersedes the notations STAR-
HULL and STAR-MACH, when both are assigned
STAR-HULL [6.2.2] Pt F, Ch 1, Sec 1
STAR-MACH [6.2.3] Pt F, Ch 1, Sec 2
(1) A construction mark is added to this notation.
(2) This notation may be completed by the specific notations -PRECOOLING, -QUICKFREEZE and/or -AIRCONT (see [6.9.5]).
(3) This notation may be completed by the specific notations -MIDSHIP and -TRANSFER (see [6.14.7]).
(4) When ships are assigned the notations CLEAN-SEA and CLEAN-AIR, the two separate notations are superseded by the cumula-
tive additional class notation GREEN STAR 3 DESIGN (see [6.8.4]).
(5) This notation may be completed by the specific features: sequential, flow-through, dilution.
(6) This notation may be completed by the specific notation -HULL (see [6.10.4]).
(7) This notation may be completed by the specific notation Icebreaker (see [6.11.1]).
Reference for
Additional class notation Reference Remarks
definition
STRENGTHBOTTOM- [6.14.1] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 1
NAABSA
SUSTAINABLE SHIP [6.14.54] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 36
SYS-COM [6.5.4] Pt F, Ch 4, Sec 3
SYS-IBS [6.5.3] Pt F, Ch 4, Sec 2 (1)
SYS-NEQ [6.5.2] Pt F, Ch 4, Sec 1 (1)
SYS-NEQ-1
TAS [6.14.27] NA
TEMPORARY REFUGE [6.14.38] NA
(RISKS)
VCS [6.14.7] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 7 (3)
WINTERIZATION (temp) [6.12.1] Part F, Chapter 11
(1) A construction mark is added to this notation.
(2) This notation may be completed by the specific notations -PRECOOLING, -QUICKFREEZE and/or -AIRCONT (see [6.9.5]).
(3) This notation may be completed by the specific notations -MIDSHIP and -TRANSFER (see [6.14.7]).
(4) When ships are assigned the notations CLEAN-SEA and CLEAN-AIR, the two separate notations are superseded by the cumula-
tive additional class notation GREEN STAR 3 DESIGN (see [6.8.4]).
(5) This notation may be completed by the specific features: sequential, flow-through, dilution.
(6) This notation may be completed by the specific notation -HULL (see [6.10.4]).
(7) This notation may be completed by the specific notation Icebreaker (see [6.11.1]).
Chapter 2
1.1 Main cases of assignment of class 2.1 Ships surveyed by the Society during
construction
1.1.1 Assignment of class (1/2/2021)
2.1.1 When a ship is surveyed by the Society during con-
Class is assigned to a ship upon a survey, with the associ- struction, it is to comply with those requirements of the
ated operations, which is held in order to verify whether it is Rules which are in force and applicable depending on the
eligible to be classed on the basis of the Rules of the Society class of the ship, taking into account the provisions of Ch 1,
(see Ch 1, Sec 1, [1.3.2]). This may be achieved through: Sec 1, [2.2].
• the completion of the new building, during which a
survey has been performed, or 2.1.2 The Society:
• the completion of the new building, during which the • approves the plans and documentation submitted as
survey has been carried out according to IACS Proce- required by the Rules
dural Requirement PR 1B when the Society's class is • proceeds, if required, with the appraisal of the design of
assigned under double class or dual class regime with materials and equipment used in the construction of the
another QSCS Classification Society, or ship and their inspection at works
• a survey carried out according to the IACS Procedural • carries out surveys or obtains appropriate evidence to
Requirement PR 1A, when ships change class from one satisfy itself that the scantlings and construction meet
QSCS Classification Society (see Note 1) to the Society the rule requirements in relation to the approved draw-
or ings
• a survey carried out according to the IACS Procedural • attends tests and trials provided for in the Rules
Requirement PR 1B, when the Society's class is added • assigns the construction mark ; refer to Ch 1, Sec 2,
to a ship already in class with another QSCS Classifica- [3.2.1].
tion Society, or
• a survey carried out according to the IACS Procedural 2.1.3 The Society defines in specific Rules which materials
Requirement PR1D, when ships change class from one and equipment used for the construction of ships built
non-QSCS Classification Society (see Note 1) to the under survey are, as a rule, subject to appraisal of their
Society or is not classed at all. design and to inspection at works, and according to which
particulars.
Note 1: The obligations of the Procedural Requirements PR1A,
PR1B and PR1D apply as pertinent to QSCS Classification Socie- 2.1.4 Determination of number of Surveyor(s)
ties. (1/7/2016)
When a Tanker or a Bulk Carrier, subjected to SOLAS Chap-
1.1.2 Reassignment of class (1/1/2015) ter II-1 Part A-1 Regulation 3-10, is surveyed by the Society
Reassignment of class is that part of the process of classifi- during construction, the Society will assign adequate num-
cation consisting in all the steps aimed at issuing a Certifi- ber of suitable qualified surveyor(s) for new building pro-
cate of Classification to a ship previously classed with the jects according to the construction progress of the ship to
Society but which had the class withdrawn. meet appropriate coverage of the examination and testing
activities as agreed in the Survey Plan.
Four cases are considered for reassignment of class:
2.1.5 As part of his interventions during the ship’s con-
a) ship in service classed by another QSCS Classification struction, the Surveyor will:
Society,
• conduct an overall examination of the parts of the ship
b) ship in service not classed by another QSCS Classifica- covered by the Rules
tion Society,
• examine the construction methods and procedures
c) ship no longer in service since the withdrawal of the when required by the Rules
class by the Society, • check selected items covered by the rule requirements
d) ship no longer in service since the withdrawal of the • attend tests and trials where applicable and deemed
class by another Society, QSCS or not. necessary.
2.1.6 Use of materials, machinery, appliances and The certificate is issued with a letter where all outstanding
items conditions of class and significant memoranda are
As a general rule, all materials, machinery, boilers, auxiliary recorded; class notations requested by the shipyard and not
installations, equipment, items etc. (generally referred to as assigned due to pending items are clearly indicated together
"products") which are covered by the class and used or fit- with the relevant pending items.
ted on board ships surveyed by the Society during construc- It is the shipyard's duty to provide the Owner with the
tion are to be new and, where intended for essential interim Certificate of Classification and a copy of the letter.
services as defined in Ch 1, Sec 1, [1.2.1], tested by the
Society. 2.1.11 Certificate of Classification (1/7/2020)
Second hand materials, machinery, appliances and items Upon satisfactory review of the survey reports, the Society
may be used subject to the specific agreement of the Soci- issues to the shipyard the Certificate of Classification valid
ety and the Owner. for the whole period of class. The certificate indicates the
class notations.
The requirements for the selection of materials to be used in
the construction of the various parts of a ship, the character- The Certificate of Classification may be provided directly to
istics of products to be used for such parts and the checks the Owner upon request, subject to written authorisation
required for their acceptance are to be as stated in Part C from the shipyard.
and Part D, as applicable, or in other Parts of the Rules or as All outstanding conditions of class, significant memoranda
specified on approved plans. In particular, the testing of and pending items for class notations not assigned are made
products manufactured according to quality assurance pro- available in the ship status.
cedures approved by the Society and the approval of such
procedures are governed by the requirements of Pt D, Ch 1, 2.2 Other cases
Sec 1, [3] of the Rules.
2.2.1 When the procedure adopted does not comply with
2.1.7 Defects or deficiencies and their repair that detailed in [2.1] but the Society deems that it is accept-
The Society may, at any time, reject items found to be able for the assignment of class, the construction mark ? is
defective or contrary to rule requirements or require supple- assigned in accordance with Ch 1, Sec 2, [3.2.3].
mentary inspections and tests and/or modifications, not-
withstanding any previous certificates issued.
2.3 Documentation
All repairs are subject to the preliminary agreement of the
Society. When the limits of tolerance for defects are speci- 2.3.1 Documentation relevant to the class applied for is to
fied in the Rules concerned or by the Manufacturer, they are be submitted for the approval of the Society.
to be taken into account for repairs. 2.3.2 (1/7/2009)
It is incumbent upon the Interested Party to notify the Soci- The design data, calculations and plans to be submitted are
ety of any defects noted during the construction of the ship listed in the relevant chapters of the Rules.
and/or of any item not complying with the applicable The Society may also call for additional information accord-
requirements or in any case unsatisfactory. Proposals ing to the specific nature of the ship to be classed.
regarding remedial actions intended to be adopted to elimi-
The documentation requested in the various Chapters of the
nate such defects or unsatisfactory items are to be submitted
Rules in hard copy may, as an alternative, be submitted in
to the Society and, if accepted, carried out to the Surveyor’s
electronic format to be agreed with the Society.
satisfaction.
2.3.3 The documentation submitted to the Society is
2.1.8 Equivalence of Rule testing under certain
conditions examined in relation to the class applied for in the request
for classification.
Notwithstanding the provisions of [2.1.6], the Society may,
at its discretion and subject to conditions and checks Note 1: Should the Interested Party subsequently wish to have the
class, in particular the service notation or navigation notation,
deemed appropriate, accept certain materials, appliances or
granted to the ship modified, plans and drawings are generally to
machinery which have not been subjected to rule testing. be re-examined.
2.1.9 Equivalence of design approval by another 2.3.4 A copy of the submitted plans will be returned duly
QSCS Classification Society under certain
stamped, with remarks related to the compliance with the
conditions (1/7/2009)
rule requirements should the need arise.
The Society may, at its discretion and subject to conditions
and checks deemed appropriate, accept the plans and doc- 2.3.5 As a rule, modifications of the approved plans
umentation approved by another QSCS Classification Soci- regarding items covered by classification are to be submit-
ety, as far as classification is concerned and according to ted.
the principle of equivalence of Rules in Ch 1, Sec 1, [2.1]
2.3.6 Design data to be submitted to the Society are to
2.1.10 Interim Certificate of Classification (1/7/2020) incorporate all information necessary for the assessment of
Upon satisfactory completion of the survey during construc- the design of the ship for the purpose of assignment of class.
tion, the Surveyor issues to the shipyard an interim Certifi- It is the responsibility of the Interested Party to ascertain that
cate of Classification valid not more than 5 months. This the design data are correct, complete and compatible with
certificate indicates the class notations. the use of the ship.
2.3.7 Design calculations are to be provided, when called Whenever the Societies are requested by a Shipyard/Owner
for, as supporting documents to the submitted plans. to accept a new building into their class under dual class:
a) each Society is to share information and records related
2.3.8 Design data and calculations are to be adequately
to new construction such as plan approval including fol-
referenced. It is the duty of the Interested Party to ascertain
lowing up and closing of comments imposed, surveys,
that the references used are correct, complete and applica-
inspection, witnesses and tests etc., to perform the sur-
ble to the design of the ship.
veys and verify compliance with the relevant require-
2.3.9 The submitted plans are to contain all necessary ments; and
information for checking the compliance with the require- b) each Society is to issue a certificate of classification for
ments of the Rules. the vessel upon satisfactory completion of new con-
struction survey process.
2.3.10 In the case of conflicting information, submitted
Note 1: "First Certificate of Classification" means either the Interim
documentation will be considered in the following order of Certificate of Classification or full term Certificate of Classification
precedence: design data, plans, design calculations. or another document serving the same purpose.
request, the Society may utilise the losing Society's survey 3.2.5 Surveys (1/7/2007)
status information provided by the Owner and, after com-
The Surveyor:
plying with the other relevant provisions of the Procedural
Requirement, issue an Interim Certificate of Classification. a) checks that the outcome of the design assessment (if
In such cases the conditions in [3.2.2] are still applicable (a any), survey instructions and losing Society's ship status
statement is normally included in the Interim Certificate of are available,
Classification for this purpose).
b) surveys the ship to check that it complies with the out-
The Society cannot issue an Interim Certificate of Classifica- come of the design assessment (if any) and with the
tion, or other documents enabling the ship to trade: requirements of Ch 3, Sec 2, [1.1.2].
1) until all overdue surveys and all overdue conditions of 3.2.6 Interim Certificate of Classification (1/7/2020)
class previously issued against the subject ship, as spec-
ified to the Owner by the losing Society, have been Upon satisfactory completion of the survey for assignment
completed and rectified either by the Society for ships of class, the Surveyor issues to the Owner an interim Certifi-
cate of Classification valid not more than 5 months, pro-
less than 15 years of age or by the losing Society for
vided that the conditions in [3.2.2] to [3.2.5] are met. This
ships 15 years of age and above;
certificate indicates the class notations.
2) until all relevant surveys specified in Ch 3, Sec 2,
The certificate is issued with a Survey Endorsement Sheet
[1.1.2] have been satisfactorily completed; when facili- where all outstanding conditions of class and significant
ties are not available in the first port of survey, an memoranda are recorded; class notations requested by the
Interim Certificate of Classification may be issued to Owner and not assigned due to pending items are clearly
allow the ship to undertake a direct voyage to a port indicated together with the relevant pending items.
where facilities are available to complete surveys
required in Ch 3, Sec 2, [1.1.2]. In such cases the sur- 3.2.7 Certificate of Classification (1/7/2020)
veys specified in Ch 3, Sec 2, [1.1.2] are to be carried
out to the maximum extent practicable at the first port of Upon satisfactory review of the survey reports, the Society
issues to the Owner the Certificate of Classification valid for
survey, but in no case less than the scope of annual hull
the whole period of class, provided that the conditions in
surveys and machinery surveys as required in Ch 3,
[3.2.2] to [3.2.5] are met. The certificate indicates the class
Sec 2, [1.1.2] b); notations.
3) before giving the opportunity to the flag Administration All outstanding conditions of class, significant memoranda
to provide any further instructions within 3 working and pending items for class notations not assigned are made
days, in compliance with the requirements of Art. 10.5 available in the ship status.
of the Regulation (EC) No 391/2009.
Whenever the Society is requested by an Owner to accept a class previously issued against the ship being completed by
ship into class at its delivery, the Society immediately noti- the due dates and as specified by the losing Society. Any
fies the Owner in writing that: outstanding conditions of class with their due dates and
a) any outstanding conditions of class are to be dealt with information normally contained in the classification status
by their due dates; are to be clearly stated on the:
b) copies of the plans listed in [3.2.1] are to be provided to a) first Certificate of Classification or an attachment to the
the Society as a prerequisite to obtaining a full term Cer- first Certificate of Classification and/or the Survey
tificate of Classification. Endorsement Sheet available on board
If the Owner is unable to provide all of the required plans, b) survey status when the full term Certificate of Classifica-
the Society requests that the Owner authorises the losing tion is issued.
Society to transfer copies of such of these plans as it may
possess directly to and upon request from the Society, with 3.3.5 Surveys (1/1/2008)
the advice that the losing Society will invoice the Society The Surveyor:
and the Society may, in turn, charge the associated costs to a) checks that the outcome of the design assessment (if
the Owner. any), survey instructions and the first Certificate of Clas-
Note 1: “At ship's delivery” means that the new construction survey sification or an attachment to the first Certificate of Clas-
process is completed and the ship has not departed from the yard. sification and/or a class survey record from the losing
Note 2: “First Certificate of Classification” means either the Interim Society are available,
Certificate of Classification or full term Certificate of Classification
or another document serving the same purpose.
b) surveys the ship to check that it complies with the out-
come of the design assessment (if any) and with the
3.3.3 Conditions of IACS Procedural Requirement requirements of Ch 3, Sec 2, [1.2.1].
No. 1A, preventing issue of the Interim
Certificate of Classification (1/7/2020) 3.3.6 Interim Certificate of Classification (1/7/2020)
Prior to issuing an Interim Certificate of Classification on the Upon satisfactory completion of the survey for assignment
date of the ship's delivery, the Society is to obtain: of class, the Surveyor issues to the Owner an Interim Certifi-
a) from the Owner, a written request for transfer of class at cate of Classification valid not more than 5 months, pro-
ship's delivery, containing an authorisation for the Soci- vided that the conditions in [3.3.2] to [3.3.5] are met. This
ety to obtain a copy of the first Certificate of Classifica- certificate indicates the class notations.
tion from the losing Society; and The certificate is issued with a Survey Endorsement Sheet
b) the first Certificate of Classification from the Headquar- where all outstanding conditions of class and significant
ters of the losing Society or one of its designated control memoranda are recorded; class notations requested by the
or management centres or from the attending Surveyor Owner and not assigned due to pending items are clearly
at the builder's yard, including any outstanding condi- indicated together with the relevant pending items.
tions of class and information normally contained in the
3.3.7 Certificate of Classification (1/7/2020)
classification status.
Upon satisfactory review of the survey reports, the Society
If the Society does not receive the above documents
issues to the Owner the Certificate of Classification valid for
from the losing Society on the date of the ship's delivery,
the whole period of class, provided that the conditions in
the Society may utilise the losing Society's said docu-
[3.3.2] to [3.3.5] are met. The certificate indicates the class
ments provided by the Owner and, after complying with
notations.
the other relevant provisions of this Procedural Require-
ment, issue an Interim Certificate of Classification on All outstanding conditions of class, significant memoranda
the date of the ship's delivery. In such cases, the condi- and pending items for class notations not assigned are made
tions in [3.3.2] are still applicable (a statement is nor- available in the ship status.
mally included in the Interim Certificate of
Classification for this purpose). 3.4 Addition of the Society's class to a ship
The Society cannot issue an Interim Certificate of Classifica- in service classed by another QSCS
tion, or other documents enabling the ship to trade: Classification Society and in full compli-
1) until all relevant surveys specified in Ch 3, Sec 2, ance with all applicable and relevant
[1.2.1] have been satisfactorily completed; and IACS Resolutions (IACS PR 1B)
2) before giving the opportunity to the flag Administration
to provide any further instructions within 3 working 3.4.1 Documentation to be submitted and design
days, in compliance with the requirements of Art. 10.5 assessment (1/7/2007)
of the Regulation (EC) No 391/2009. The requirements of [3.2.1] apply.
3.3.4 Limitations of IACS Procedural Requirement 3.4.2 Basic conditions of IACS Procedural
No. 1A for the Certificate of Requirement No. 1B (1/7/2020)
Classification (1/7/2020) This Procedural Requirement is applicable, unless stated
The validity of the Interim Certificate of Classification and otherwise, to ships of over 100 GT of whatever type, self-
the subsequent full term Certificate of Classification issued propelled or not, restricted or unrestricted service, except
by the Society is subject to any outstanding conditions of for "inland waterway" ships.
The obligations of the Procedural Requirement continue to outstanding conditions of class previously issued against the
apply when a ship's class is suspended by the first Society ship being completed by the due dates and as specified by
and for 6 months following withdrawal of a ship's class by the first Society. Any outstanding conditions of class with
the first Society. their due dates are stated on the Survey Endorsement Sheets
Cases concerning ships of 100 GT or less are dealt with by and ship status when the full term Certificate of Classifica-
the Society on a case-by-case basis. tion is issued.
Whenever the Society is requested by an Owner to accept a 3.4.5 Surveys (1/7/2007)
ship in service already classed by another QSCS Classifica- The Surveyor:
tion Society into its class under double or dual class
arrangement, the following applies: a) checks that the outcome of the design assessment (if
any), survey instructions and first Society's ship status
a) the Society only accepts a ship that is free from any are available,
overdue surveys or conditions of class;
b) surveys the ship to check that it complies with the out-
b) the Owner is to inform the first Society of his request to come of the design assessment (if any) and with the
the Society; requirements of Ch 3, Sec 2, [1.1.2].
c) the Owner is to authorise the first Society to submit to
the Society its current classification status and docu- 3.4.6 Interim Certificate of Classification (1/7/2020)
ments as listed in Annex 3 of IACS PR1 Annex - "Con- Upon satisfactory completion of the survey for assignment
tent of Vessel's History Report Regarding Class Items" of class, the Surveyor issues to the Owner an Interim Certifi-
for information and use by the Society in conducting its cate of Classification valid not more than 5 months, pro-
assignment of class surveys; vided that the conditions in [3.4.2] to [3.4.5] are met. This
d) when the Owner decides to leave the double or dual certificate indicates the class notations.
class arrangement and prior to withdrawing from the The certificate is issued with a Survey Endorsement Sheet
class of either of the Societies, he is to inform the Socie- where all outstanding conditions of class and significant
ties of his intended actions; memoranda are recorded; class notations requested by the
e) when the Owner is advised that one of the Societies Owner and not assigned due to pending items are clearly
involved in double or dual class arrangement is sus- indicated together with the relevant pending items.
pending or withdrawing class, he is to inform the
3.4.7 Certificate of Classification (1/7/2020)
remaining Society of the action taken by the other Soci-
ety without delay; Upon satisfactory review of the survey reports, the Society
issues to the Owner the Certificate of Classification valid for
f) copies of the plans listed in [3.2.1] are to be provided to the whole period of class, provided that the conditions in
the Society as a prerequisite to obtaining a full term Cer- [3.4.2] to [3.4.5] are met. The Certificate indicates the class
tificate of Classification. If the Owner is unable to pro- notations.
vide all of the required plans, the first Society is to be
authorised by the Owner to transfer copies of such of All outstanding conditions of class, significant memoranda
these plans as it may possess directly to and upon and pending items for class notations not assigned are made
request from the Society. available in the ship status.
3.4.3 Conditions of IACS Procedural Requirement 3.5 Addition of the Society's class to a ship
No. 1B, preventing issue of the Interim surveyed during construction by
Certificate of Classification (1/7/2020)
another QSCS Classification Society
Prior to issuing an Interim Certificate of Classification the
Society is to: and in full compliance with all applicable
and relevant IACS Resolutions, at the
a) obtain from the Owner, a written application for entry
into the Society's class, containing an authorisation for
ship's delivery (IACS PR 1B)
the Society to obtain the current classification status 3.5.1 Documentation to be submitted and design
from the first Society; assessment (1/1/2008)
b) obtain the first Certificate of Classification from the The requirements of [3.2.1] apply.
Headquarters of the first Society or from one of its desig-
nated control or management centres or from the 3.5.2 Basic conditions of IACS Procedural
attending Surveyor at the yard of the builders, including Requirement No. 1B (1/7/2009)
any outstanding conditions of class and information The Procedural Requirements for adding class at ship's
normally contained in the classification status; and delivery are applicable when the Society which carried out
c) carry out and satisfactorily complete all relevant surveys the new construction technical review and surveys (i.e. the
specified in Ch 3, Sec 2, [2.1]. first Society) has issued its first Certificate of Classification
(see Note 2 to item [3.3.2]). Unless stated otherwise, the
3.4.4 Limitations of IACS Procedural Requirement provisions apply to ships of over 100 GT of whatever type,
No. 1B for the Certificate of Classification self-propelled or not, restricted or unrestricted service,
(1/7/2020) except for "inland waterway" ships. Cases concerning ships
The validity of the Interim Certificate of Classification and of 100 GT or less are dealt with by the Society on a case-by-
the subsequent Certificate of Classification is subject to any case basis.
Whenever the Society is requested by an Owner to accept a sification and/or a class survey record from the first
ship already classed by another QSCS Classification Society Society are available,
(the first Society) into its class under double or dual class
b) surveys the ship to check that it complies with the out-
arrangement at ship's delivery, the following applies:
come of the design assessment (if any) and with the
a) the Owner is to inform the first Society of his request to requirements of Ch 3, Sec 2, [2.2.1].
the Society;
3.5.6 Interim Certificate of Classification (1/7/2020)
b) the Owner is to authorise the first Society to submit to
Upon satisfactory completion of the survey for assignment
the Society its Certificate of Classification;
of class, the Surveyor issues to the Owner an interim Certifi-
c) when the Owner decides to leave the double or dual cate of Classification valid not more than 5 months, pro-
class arrangement and prior to withdrawing from the vided that the conditions in [3.5.2] to [3.5.5] are met. This
class of either of the Societies, he is to inform the Socie- certificate indicates the class notations.
ties of his intended actions;
The certificate is issued with a Survey Endorsement Sheet
d) when the Owner is advised that one of the Societies where all outstanding conditions of class and significant
involved in double or dual class arrangement is sus- memoranda are recorded; class notations requested by the
pending or withdrawing class. he is to inform the Owner and not assigned due to pending items are clearly
remaining Society of the action taken by the other Soci- indicated together with the relevant pending items.
ety without delay;
3.5.7 Certificate of Classification (1/7/2020)
e) copies of the plans listed in [3.2.1] are to be provided to
Upon satisfactory review of the survey reports, the Society
the Society as a prerequisite to obtaining a full term Cer-
issues to the Owner the Certificate of Classification valid for
tificate of Classification. If the Owner is unable to pro-
the whole period of class, provided that the conditions in
vide all of the required plans, the Society requests that
[3.5.2] to [3.5.5] are met. The certificate indicates the class
the Owner authorise the first Society to transfer copies
notations.
of such of these plans as it may possess directly to and
upon request from the Society, with the advice that the All outstanding conditions of class, significant memoranda
first Society will invoice the Society and the Society and pending items for class notations not assigned are made
may, in turn, charge the associated costs to the Owner. available in the ship status.
3.5.3 Conditions of IACS Procedural Requirement 3.6 Ships in service classed with a QSCS
No. 1B, preventing issue of the Interim
Certificate of Classification (1/7/2020) Classification Society but not in full
compliance with all applicable and rele-
Prior to issuing an Interim Certificate of Classification on the
date of the ship's delivery, the Society is:
vant IACS Resolutions or not classed
with a QSCS Classification Society or
a) obtain from the Owner, a written request for entry into not classed at all (PR1D)
the Society's class at ship's delivery, containing an
authorisation for the Society to obtain a copy of the first 3.6.1 General (1/7/2019)
Certificate of Classification from the first Society; and
In the case of a ship:
b) obtain the first Certificate of Classification from the • classed with a QSCS Classification Society but not in
Headquarters of the first Society or one of its designated full compliance with all applicable and relevant IACS
control or management centres or from the attending Resolutions; or,
Surveyor at the builder's yard, including any outstand-
ing conditions of class and information normally con- • not classed with a QSCS Classification Society; or,
tained in the classification status; • not classed at all,
c) carry out and satisfactorily complete all relevant surveys the requirements of [3.6.2] to [3.6.10] apply.
specified in Ch 3, Sec 2, [2.2.1].
3.6.2 Documentation to be submitted and design
3.5.4 Limitations of IACS Procedural Requirement assessment (1/7/2020)
No. 1B for the Certificate of Classification As a rule, the minimum documentation to be supplied is
(1/1/2008)
listed hereinafter. The Society will carry out a plan appraisal
Prior to final entry into its class, the Society is obligated to before the Interim Certificate of Classification is issued:
obtain plans and information in accordance with the
a) Main plans:
requirements of [3.2.1].
1) general arrangement,
3.5.5 Surveys (1/1/2008)
2) capacity plan,
The Surveyor:
3) loading manual, where required, which is to con-
a) checks that the outcome of the design assessment (if tain, as a minimum, loading cases, calculations of
any), survey instructions and the first Certificate of Clas- still water bending moments, and relevant docu-
sification or an attachment to the first Certificate of Clas- ments, particulars of loading calculator and instruc-
tion booklet as per the Society's requirements, 1) pumping arrangement at the forward and after ends
according to the case, and drainage of cofferdams and pump rooms.
4) hydrostatic curves and stability documentation, as g) Additional plans required in order to assign unattended
applicable (refer to Part B, Chapter 3), machinery space notation:
5) damage stability calculations, where required. 1) instrument and alarm list;
b) Hull structure plans: 2) fire alarm system;
1) midship section, 3) list of automatic safety functions (e.g. slowdowns,
2) scantling plans, shutdowns, etc.);
d) Electrical installation plans and wiring diagrams: a) the relevant surveys specified in Ch 3, Sec 2, [3.1.2] are
to be satisfactorily completed for entry into class;
1) master plan of power distribution, lighting and
emergency power circuits, b) the copies of the plans listed in [3.6.2] are to be pro-
vided to the gaining Society as a prerequisite to obtain-
2) single line diagram of networks and switchboards, ing an Interim or Full Term Certificate of Class;
3) location and arrangement of electrical equipment in c) required plan appraisal is to be satisfactorily completed
hazardous areas. for entry into class.
e) Additional requirements for vessels with ice class nota-
tion: 3.6.4 Conditions of IACS Procedural Requirement
PR1D, preventing issue of the Interim
1) plans for flexible couplings and/or torque limiting Certificate of Classification (1/7/2020)
shafting devices in the propulsion line shafting (or Prior to issuing an Interim Certificate of Classification, the
manufacturer make, model and rating information). Society is to obtain a written request to class the vessel from
f) Additional plans required for oil tankers: the Owner.
The Society cannot issue an Interim Certificate of Classifica- mer Classification Society, if any, and statutory certificates
tion, or other documents enabling the ship to trade under its issued by the flag Administration or by a recognised organi-
classification: sation on its behalf; moreover, other documents and/or
a) until all required surveys specified in Ch 3, Sec 2, plans may be specifically required to be supplied to the
[3.1.2] have been completed, Society in individual cases.
The requirements of [3.6.2] apply. A double class ship is an existing one which is classed by
two Societies, where each one acts independently when the
5.2.2 Conditions, Surveys and Certificate of ship is in service.
Classification (1/7/2020)
6.1.2 Dual class (1/2/2021)
The requirements of [3.6.3] to [3.6.10] apply.
A dual class ship is an existing one which is classed by two
Societies and
5.3 Ships in service not classed by a QSCS
Classification Society, but previously a) each Society acts on behalf of the other Society in
accordance with the bilateral agreement adopted by the
classified by a QSCS Classification
two Societies. This agreement shall clearly define the
Society scope of work of each Society;
5.3.1 General (1/7/2020) b) each Society is to review whether the work undertaken
by other Society on its behalf has been completed as
The following two cases are considered: agreed.
a) the date of the class withdrawal, by the last QSCS Clas-
sification Society, falls within the time window of six 6.2 Procedures
months counted from the date of the classification
request: the provisions of [5.1] apply; 6.2.1 (1/7/2009)
b) the date of the class withdrawal, by the last QSCS Clas- The procedures of admission to class of a ship already
sification Society, does not fall within the time window classed with another QSCS Classification Society under
of six months counted from the date of the classification double or dual class arrangement are those indicated in
request: the provisions of [5.2] apply. [3.4] and [3.5].
1 General principles of surveys The surveys are to be carried out in accordance with the
relevant requirements in order to confirm that the hull,
machinery, equipment and appliances comply with the
1.1 Survey types applicable Rules and will remain in satisfactory condition
based on the understanding and assumptions mentioned in
1.1.1 Classed ships are submitted to surveys for the Ch 1, Sec 1, [3.3].
maintenance of class. These surveys include the class
Where the conditions for the maintenance of main class,
renewal survey, intermediate and annual survey, bottom service notations and additional class notations are not
survey (either survey in dry condition or in-water survey), complied with, the main class and/or the service notation
tailshaft survey, boiler survey, and surveys for the and/or the additional class notations as appropriate will be
maintenance of additional class notations, where suspended and/or withdrawn in accordance with the
applicable. Such surveys are carried out at the intervals and applicable Rules given in Sec 3.
under the conditions laid down in this Section. In addition
Note 1: It is understood that requirements for surveys apply to
to the above periodical surveys, ships are to be submitted to
those items that are required according to the Rules or, even if not
occasional surveys whenever the circumstances so require; required, are fitted on board.
refer to [11].
1.1.3 Unless specified otherwise, any survey other than
1.1.2 The different types of periodical surveys are bottom survey and tailshaft survey may be effected by
summarised in Tab 1. The intervals at which the periodical carrying out partial surveys at different times to be agreed
surveys are carried out are given in the items referred to in upon with the Society, provided that each partial survey is
the second column of Tab 1. The relevant extent and scope adequately extensive. The splitting of a survey into partial
are given in Chapter 3 and Chapter 4 for all ships and for surveys is to be such as not to impair its effectiveness.
service notations, respectively, while surveys related to
additional class notations are given in Chapter 5.
1.2 Change of periodicity, postponement or
Where there are no specific survey requirements for advance of surveys
additional class notations assigned to a ship, equipment
and/or arrangements related to these additional class 1.2.1 The Society reserves the right, after due
notations are to be examined, as applicable, to the consideration, to change the periodicity, postpone or
Surveyor’s satisfaction at each class renewal survey for the advance surveys, taking into account particular
main class. circumstances.
1.4.3 In accordance with the provisions of Ch 1, Sec 1, 2.1.4 Overdue surveys (1/7/2001)
[3.1.5], the Society will, at the request of the Owner, apply Each periodical survey is assigned a limit date specified by
the regulations of Administrations concerning the scope the relevant requirements of the Rules (end of survey
and periodicity of surveys when they differ from those laid interval or end date of window) by which it is to be
down in Part A. completed.
A survey becomes overdue when it has not been completed
1.4.4 During the surveys, the Surveyor does not check that
by its limit date.
the spare parts are kept on board, maintained in working
order and suitably protected and lashed. Examples:
• Anniversary date: 15th April "Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers" in force at
The 2000 annual survey can be validly carried out from the date of contract for construction;
16th January 2000 to 15th July 2000. If not completed • for oil tankers, having notation "oil tanker ESP CSR",
by 15th July 2000, the annual survey becomes overdue. contracted for construction on or after 1 April 2006 but
• Last bottom survey 20th October 2000 (periodicity 2.5 before 1 July 2015, reference is to be made to the
years, with a maximum interval between successive "Common Structural Rules for Double Hull Oil Tankers"
examinations not exceeding 3 years) in force at the date of contract for construction; and
The next bottom survey is to be carried out before 20th • for bulk carriers, having notation "bulk carrier ESP CSR"
October 2003. If not completed by 20th October 2003, and oil tankers, having notation "oil tanker ESP CSR",
the bottom survey becomes overdue. contracted for construction on or after 1 July 2015,
reference is to be made to the "Common Structural
2.1.5 Conditions of class (1/7/2020) Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers" in force at the
A condition of class is a requirement to the effect that date of contract for construction.
specific measures, repairs and/or surveys are to be carried
out within a specific time limit in order to retain 2.2.2 Ballast tanks (1/1/2023)
classification. A condition of class is pending until it is a) Ships with the ESP notation:
cleared. Where it is not cleared by its limit date, the
As far as oil tankers and chemical tankers are
condition of class is overdue.
concerned, a Ballast Tank is a tank which is used
primarily for the carriage of salt water ballast.
2.1.6 Memoranda (1/7/2020)
Those defects and/or deficiencies which do not affect the As far as oil tankers and chemical tankers are
maintenance of class and which may therefore be cleared at concerned, a Combined Cargo/Ballast Tank is a tank
the Owner’s convenience and any other information which is used for the carriage of cargo or ballast water
deemed noteworthy for the Society’s convenience are as a routine part of the vessel's operation and will be
indicated as memoranda. Memoranda are not to be treated as a Ballast Tank. Cargo tanks in which water
regarded as conditions of class. ballast might be carried only in exceptional cases
according to MARPOL I/18.3 are to be treated as cargo
2.1.7 Exceptional circumstances (1/7/2005) tanks.
Exceptional circumstances' means unavailability of dry- As far as bulk carriers are concerned, a Ballast Tank is a
docking facilities; unavailability of repair facilities; tank which is used solely for salt water ballast, or, where
unavailability of essential materials, equipment or spare applicable, a space which is used for both cargo and
parts; or delays incurred by action taken to avoid severe ballast will be treated as a Ballast tank when substantial
weather conditions. corrosion has been found in that space.
As far as double skin bulk carriers are concerned, a
2.1.8 Force Majeure (1/7/2005)
Ballast Tank is a tank which is used solely for salt water
'Force Majeure' means damage to the ship; unforeseen ballast, or, where applicable, a space which is used for
inability of the Society to attend the ship due to government both cargo and ballast will be treated as a Ballast tank
restrictions on right of access or movement of personnel; when substantial corrosion has been found in that
unforeseeable delays in port or inability to discharge cargo space. A Double Side Tank is to be considered as a
due to unusually lengthy periods of severe weather, strikes separate tank even if it is in connection with either the
or civil strife; acts of war; or other force majeure. topside tank or the hopper side tank.
2.1.9 Remote surveys (1/1/2023) b) Other ships:
Remote Survey is a process of verifying that a ship and its A Ballast Tank is a tank that is being used primarily for
equipment are in compliance with the Rules where the salt water ballast.
verification is undertaken, or partially undertaken, without
attendance on board by a Surveyor. 2.2.3 Spaces (1/1/2008)
Note 1: Remote classification activities not requiring a survey, such Spaces are separate compartments including holds, tanks,
as some administrative tasks, are not to be considered as remote cofferdams and void spaces bounding cargo holds, decks
surveys. and the outer hull.
2.2.11 Critical Structural Area (1/7/2006) 2.2.18 Double hull oil tanker (1/7/2008)
Critical Structural Areas are locations which have been A double hull oil tanker is a ship which is constructed
identified from calculations to require monitoring and/or primarily for the carriage of oil (see Note 1) in bulk, which
which, from the service history of the subject ship or from has the cargo tanks protected by a double hull which
similar or sister ships (if available), have been identified as extends for the entire length of the cargo area, consisting of
sensitive to cracking, buckling or corrosion which would double sides and double bottom spaces for the carriage of
impair the structural integrity of the ship. water ballast or spaces other than tanks that carry oil (see
Note 1).
2.2.12 Corrosion Prevention System (1/7/2008)
Note 1: MARPOL Annex I cargoes. The requirements relevant to
A Corrosion Prevention System is normally considered a full these ships given in Ch 4, Sec 4 are also applicable to existing
hard protective coating. double hull tankers not complying with MARPOL Regulation 13F,
but having a U-shaped midship section.
Hard Protective Coating is usually to be epoxy coating or
equivalent. Other coating systems which are neither soft nor 2.2.19 Double hull oil tanker with independent
semi-hard coatings may be considered acceptable as tanks (1/1/2009)
alternatives provided that they are applied and maintained
A double hull oil tanker with independent tanks is a ship
in compliance with the Manufacturer's specifications.
which is constructed for the carriage of oil, as per MARPOL
Annex I cargoes, in bulk, which is fitted with independent
2.2.13 Coating condition (1/7/2006)
cargo tanks located at distances from the outer shell in
Coating condition is defined as follows: accordance with the requirements of MARPOL Annex I
• good: condition with only minor spot rusting Regulation 19, for the entire length of the cargo area.
2.2.20 Double hull oil tanker for heavy grade 2.2.22 Bulk carrier (1/7/2012)
oils (1/7/2008)
A double hull oil tanker for heavy grade oils is a ship which A bulk carrier is a ship which is constructed generally with
is constructed primarily for the carriage of oil (see Note 1) single deck, double bottom, topside tanks and hopper side
in bulk, which has the cargo tanks dedicated to the carriage tanks in cargo spaces, and is intended primarily to carry dry
of heavy grade oils (see Note 2) protected by a double hull cargo in bulk. Combination carriers are included (see
which extends for the entire length of the cargo area, Note 1). Ore and combination carriers are not covered by
consisting of the following: the Common Structural Rules.
• double bottom spaces for the carriage of water ballast or Note 1: For single skin combination carriers, survey requirements
spaces other than tanks that carry oil and are specified in both Ch 4, Sec 2 and Ch 4, Sec 3.
• double side spaces for the carriage of water ballast or
spaces other than tanks that carry heavy grade oils. 2.2.23 Special consideration (1/7/2006)
3
The capacity of each cargo tank is not to exceed 700 m . Special consideration or specially considered (in
Note 1: MARPOL Annex I cargoes. The requirements relevant to connection with close-up surveys and thickness
these ships given in Ch 4, Sec 4 are also applicable to existing measurements) means sufficient close-up inspection and
double hull tankers not complying with MARPOL Regulation 13F, thickness measurements are to be taken to confirm the
but having a U-shaped midship section. actual average condition of the structure under the coating.
Note 2: MARPOL Annex I Regulation 21.2. Heavy grade oil means
any of the following:
2.2.24 Pitting corrosion (1/7/2012)
• crude oils having a density at 15°C higher than 900 kg/m3;
• oils, other than crude oils, having either a density at 15°C Pitting corrosion is defined as scattered corrosion
higher than 900 kg/m3 or a kinematic viscosity at 50°C higher spots/areas with local material reductions which are greater
than 180 mm2/s; or than the general corrosion in the surrounding area. Pitting
• bitumen, tar and their emulsions. intensity is defined in App 2, Fig 12.
2.2.21 Double skin bulk carrier (1/7/2012)
A double skin bulk carrier is a ship which is constructed 2.2.25 Edge corrosion (1/7/2012)
generally with single deck, double bottom, topside tanks Edge corrosion is defined as local corrosion at the free
and hopper side tanks in cargo spaces, and is intended edges of plates, stiffeners, primary support members and
primarily to carry dry cargo in bulk, including such types as around openings. An example of edge corrosion is shown
ore carriers and combination carriers (see Note 1), in in Fig 1.
which all cargo holds are bounded by a double side skin
(regardless of the width of the wing space).
2.2.26 Grooving corrosion (1/7/2012)
Ore and combination carriers are not covered by the
Common Structural Rules. Grooving corrosion is typically local material loss adjacent
Note 1: For combination carriers with longitudinal bulkheads, sur to weld joints along abutting stiffeners and at stiffener or
vey requirements are specified in both Ch 4, Sec 2 and Ch 4, Sec 3 plate butts or seams. An example of groove corrosion is
or Ch 4, Sec 4, as applicable. shown in Fig 2.
Inverted angle
Flatbar
hstf or built-up
stiffener
stiffener
0,25hstf
0,25bstf
bstf
Groove Groove
breadth breadth
Attached plating
Flatbar
stiffener
2.2.27 Air pipe heads (1/7/2006) Communication with the thickness measurement
Air pipe heads installed on exposed decks are those operator(s) and Owner's representative(s) is to be agreed
extending above the freeboard deck or superstructure during the meeting, with respect to the following:
decks. a) reporting of thickness measurements on a regular basis
2.2.28 Remote Inspection Technique (1/1/2019) to the attending Surveyor
Remote Inspection Technique (RIT) is a means of survey that b) prompt notification to the Surveyor in the case of
enables examination of any part of the structure without the following findings:
need for direct physical access of the Surveyor. Remote 1) excessive and/or extensive corrosion or
Inspection Technique may include the use of unmanned pitting/grooving of any significance
robot arm, Remotely Operated Vehicles (ROV), unmanned
aerial vehicles/drones or other means acceptable to the 2) structural defects like buckling, fractures and
Society. deformed structures
3) detached and/or holed structure
2.3 Procedural requirements for thickness
4) corrosion of welds.
measurements
When thickness measurements are taken in association
2.3.1 Control of the process (1/7/2008) with intermediate or renewal survey, a documented record
When required as per the scope of surveys defined below, indicating where and when the meeting took place and
thickness measurements are normally to be carried out who attended (the name of the surveyor(s), the master of the
under the responsibility of the Owner, in the presence of the ship or an appropriately qualified representative appointed
Surveyor. by the master or Company, the owner’s representative(s) and
the representative(s) of the thickness measurement firm(s)) is
The thickness measurements required, if not carried out by
to be maintained.
the Society itself are to be witnessed by a Surveyor of the
Society. The Surveyor is to be on board to the extent
2.3.3 Thickness measurements and close-up
necessary to control the process. surveys (1/7/2020)
This also applies to thickness measurements taken during In any kind of survey, i.e. renewal, intermediate, annual or
voyages. The attendance of the Surveyor will be recorded. other surveys having the scope of the foregoing, thickness
Note 1: Also refer to IACS Recommendation no. 77 "Guidelines for measurements of structures in areas where close-up surveys
the Surveyor on how to control the thickness measurement are required are to be carried out simultaneously with
process".
close-up surveys.
2.3.2 Survey meeting (1/1/2010) For close-up surveys of ships other than those subject to the
Prior to commencement of the intermediate and class requirements of Ch 4, Sec 2, 3, 4 and 9, consideration may
renewal surveys, a meeting is to be held between the be given by the Surveyor to allow use of Remote Inspection
attending Surveyor(s), the master of the ship or an Technique (RIT) as an alternative to close-up survey. Surveys
appropriately qualified representative appointed by the conducted using a RIT are to be completed to the
master or Company, the Owner's representative(s) in satisfaction of the Surveyor. When RIT is used for a close-up
attendance and the thickness measurement firm's survey, temporary means of access for the corresponding
representative(s) so as to ensure the safe and efficient thickness measurements are to be provided unless such RIT
execution of the surveys and thickness measurements to be is also able to carry out the required thickness
carried out on board. measurements.
In all cases the extent of the thickness measurements is to equipment, the names and the qualification of the operators
be sufficient as to represent the actual average condition. and their signatures.
For structure built with a material other than steel, The report is validated by the Surveyor.
alternative thickness measurement requirements may be For ships with the ESP notation and those ships subject to
developed and applied as deemed necessary by the Society. the requirements of Ch 4, Sec 8, the Surveyor is to review
the final thickness measurement report and countersign the
2.3.4 Approval of thickness measurement
cover page.
firms (1/7/2006)
Thickness measurements are to be carried out by a firm 2.3.8 Acceptance criteria (1/7/2013)
approved by the Society in accordance with the "Rules for For acceptance criteria applicable to structural corrosion
the Certification of Service Suppliers", except that in respect diminution levels, reference is to be made to:
of measurements of non-ESP ships less than 500 gross • App 2,
tonnage and all fishing vessels, the firm need not be so
• App 3, for ships built under Common Structural Rules
approved.
(ships having their service notation completed by the
2.3.5 Monitoring of the thickness measurement additional service feature CSR).
process on board (1/7/2008)
2.3.9 Evaluation of longitudinal strength (1/7/2013)
The Surveyor will decide the final extent and location of
The ship's longitudinal strength is to be evaluated by using
thickness measurements after overall survey of
the thickness of structural members measured, renewed and
representative spaces on board.
reinforced, as appropriate, during the class renewal survey
If the Owner prefers to commence the thickness carried out after the ship reached 10 years of age in
measurements prior to the overall survey then the Surveyor accordance with the criteria for longitudinal strength of the
will advise that the planned extent and locations of ship's hull girder specified in App 4.
thickness measurements are subject to confirmation during
the overall survey. 2.4 Agreement of firms for in-water survey
Based on findings, the Surveyor may require additional 2.4.1 (1/1/2019)
thickness measurements to be taken.
The in-water surveys referred to in the Rules are to be
The Surveyor will direct the gauging operation by selecting carried out by a firm approved by the Society in accordance
locations such that, on average, readings taken represent with the "Rules for the Certification of Service Suppliers".
the condition of the structure for that area.
Thickness measurements taken mainly to evaluate the 2.5 Conditions for surveys
extent of corrosion which may affect the hull girder strength 2.5.1 (1/1/2015)
are to be carried out systematically in all longitudinal The Owner is to provide the necessary facilities for the safe
structural members that are required to be gauged by the execution of the surveys, as per Ch 1, Sec 1, [3.2.2].
relevant provisions of the Rules.
a) In order to enable the attending Surveyors to carry out
Where thickness measurements indicate substantial the survey, provisions for proper and safe access are to
corrosion or wastage in excess of allowable diminution, the be agreed between the Owner and the Society, these are
Surveyor will direct locations for additional thickness also to be in accordance with the provisions of IACS PR
measurements in order to delineate areas of substantial 37;
corrosion and to identify structural members for
repairs/renewals. b) in the case of ESP ships, details of the means of access
are to be provided in the Survey Planning Questionnaire
2.3.6 Review and verification (1/7/2008) (see Ch 4, Sec 2, [4.10.3], Ch 4, Sec 3, [6.9.3], Ch 4,
Upon completion of the thickness measurements, the Sec 4, [4.9.3], Ch 4, Sec 5, [6.9.3], Ch 4, Sec 9, [4.9.3]);
Surveyor will confirm that no further gaugings are needed, c) in cases where the provisions made for safety and
or specify additional gaugings. required access are judged by the attending Surveyors to
be inadequate, the survey of the spaces involved is not
If, where special consideration is allowed by the Rule
to proceed.
requirements, the extent of thickness measurements is
reduced, the Surveyor's special consideration will be 2.5.2 (1/1/2008)
reported. Cargo holds, tanks and spaces are to be safe for access, gas-
free and properly ventilated. Prior to entering a tank, void or
If thickness measurements are partly carried out, the extent
enclosed space, it is to be verified that the atmosphere in
of the remaining measurements will be reported for the use
that space is free from hazardous gas and contains sufficient
of the next Surveyor.
oxygen.
2.3.7 Thickness measurement report (1/7/2006) 2.5.3 (1/1/2008)
A thickness measurement report is to be prepared. The In preparation for survey and thickness measurements and
report is to give the location of measurements, the thickness to allow for a thorough examination, all spaces are to be
measured and the corresponding original thickness. cleaned, including removal from surfaces of all loose
Furthermore, the report is to include the date when the accumulated corrosion scale. Spaces are to be sufficiently
measurements were carried out, the type of measuring clean and free from water, scale, dirt, oil residues etc. to
reveal corrosion, deformation, fractures, damage, or other acceptance in advance of the survey, so that satisfactory
structural deterioration as well as the condition of the arrangements can be agreed on with the Society.
coating. However, those areas of structure whose renewal Prior to the commencement of the survey, a meeting is to be
has already been decided by the Owner need only be held between the RIT operator, the owner's representative
cleaned and descaled to the extent necessary to determine and the Surveyor for the purpose of ascertaining that all the
the limits of the areas to be renewed. arrangements detailed in the inspection plan are in place,
2.5.4 (1/7/2006) so as to ensure the safe and efficient conduct of the survey
Sufficient illumination is to be provided to reveal corrosion, to be carried out. The equipment and procedure for
deformation, fractures, damage or other structural observing and reporting the survey using a RIT are to be
deterioration. discussed and agreed with the parties involved prior to the
RIT survey, and suitable time is to be allowed to set-up,
2.5.5 (1/7/2011) calibrate and test all equipment beforehand.
When examination of associated structure is required, the
A RIT survey used as an alternative to a close-up survey, if
following applies:
not carried out by the Society itself, is to be conducted by a
a) ceilings in holds and floors in the engine room are to be firm approved by the Society in accordance with the "Rules
lifted to the necessary extent for examination of the for the Certification of Service Suppliers" and to be
structure witnessed by a Surveyor of the Society.
b) cement or other protective sheathing is to be removed The structures to be examined using a RIT are to be
when there is any doubt as to the condition of the sufficiently clean and the visibility is to be sufficient, to
plating underneath or when adherence to plating is not permit a meaningful examination. The Society is to be
tight satisfied with the methods of orientation on the structures.
c) in the case of solid ballast spaces, the solid ballast is to The Surveyor is to be satisfied with the method of data
be partially removed for examination of the condition of presentation including pictorial representation, and a good
the structure in way. Should doubts arise, the Surveyor two-way communication between the Surveyor and the RIT
may require more extensive removal of the solid ballast operator is to be provided.
d) in refrigerated cargo spaces the condition of the coating Confirmatory surveys/close-up surveys may be carried out
behind the insulation is to be examined at by the Surveyor at selected locations to verify the results of
representative locations. The examination may be the remote inspection technique.
limited to verification that the protective coating Confirmatory thickness measurements may be requested by
remains effective and that there are no visible structural the Surveyor appropriately.
defects. Where poor coating condition is found, the
The use of RIT may be restricted or limited where there is a
examination is to be extended as deemed necessary by
record or indication of abnormal deterioration or damage to
the Surveyor. The condition of the coating is to be
the structures or the items to be surveyed.
reported. If indents, scratches, etc. are detected during
surveys of shell plating from the outside, insulations in The RIT may not be applicable if there are conditions of
way are to be removed as required by the Surveyor, for class for repairs or conditions affecting the class of the
further examination of the plating and adjacent frames vessel are found during the course of the survey.
e) where soft or semi-hard coatings have been applied, If the RIT reveals damage or deterioration that requires
safe access is to be provided for the Surveyor to verify attention, the Surveyor may require traditional survey
the effectiveness of the coating and to carry out an without the use of a RIT to be undertaken.
assessment of the conditions of internal structures which
may include spot removal of the coating. When safe 2.7 Access to structures
access cannot be provided, the soft or semi-hard
coating is to be removed 2.7.1 For overall survey, means are to be provided to
enable the Surveyor to examine the structure in a safe and
f) casings, ceilings or linings, and loose insulation, where
practical way.
fitted, are to be removed, as required by the Surveyor,
for examination of plating and framing. Compositions 2.7.2 (1/7/2014)
on plating are to be examined and sounded, but need For close-up survey, one or more of the following means for
not be disturbed if found adhering satisfactorily to the access, acceptable to the Surveyor, is to be provided:
plating. • permanent staging and passages through structures
• temporary staging and passages through structures
2.6 Surveys by use of a Remote Inspection • hydraulic arm vehicles such as conventional cherry
Technique (RIT) pickers, lifts and moveable platforms
2.6.1 (1/7/2020) • boats or rafts
The survey conducted by use of a RIT is to provide the • portable ladders
information normally obtained from a close-up survey. • other equivalent means (see Note 1).
An inspection plan for the use of a RIT, including any Note 1: For guidance refer to IACS Recommendation No. 91
confirmatory survey/close-up survey/thickness “Guidelines for Approval / Acceptance of Alternative Means of
measurements, is to be submitted for review and Access".
This system is also to include the personnel in charge of b) if a permanent means of access is provided in each bay
ballast pump handling if boats or rafts are used. to allow safe entry and exit.
2.13 Survey attendance requirements been agreed upon by the two Surveyors required during
the course of the surveys.
2.13.1 Attendance by two exclusive Surveyors
(1/7/2020) 2.13.3 Qualification of Surveyors (1/7/2008)
On ships 20,000 tonnes dwt and above, subject to ESP, Surveyors used to fulfil this requirement are to be qualified
starting with class renewal survey no.3 at class renewal and for the survey processes involved.
intermediate, the survey of hull structure and piping systems
(see Note 1) is to be carried out by at least two exclusive 2.13.4 Documentation of attendance on board
Surveyors. On bulk carriers 100,000 dwt and above of (1/7/2008)
single side skin construction at the intermediate hull survey The attendance on board of the Surveyors will be
between 10 and 15 years of age the survey of hull structure documented according to the Society's procedures.
and piping systems (see Note 1) is to be performed by at
least two exclusive Surveyors. 2.14 Procedure for imposing and clearing
This requires that at least two exclusive Surveyors attend on conditions of class
board at the same time to perform the required survey. This
also applies to surveys carried out during voyages. Where 2.14.1 Reasons for imposing conditions of class
compatible with relevant laws and regulations, on dual (1/7/2020)
class ships, the requirement for two Surveyors may be Conditions of class are to be imposed for the following
fulfilled by having one Surveyor attend from each Society. reasons:
Though each attending Surveyor is not required to perform a) repairs and/or renewals related to damage that affect
all aspects of the stipulated survey, they are required to classification (e.g. grounding, structural damage,
consult with each other and to do joint overall and close-up machinery damage, wastage over the allowable limits,
surveys to the extent necessary to determine the condition etc.);
of the vessel areas subjected to survey (see Note 1). The b) supplementary survey requirements;
extent of these surveys will be sufficient for the Surveyors to
c) temporary repairs.
agree on actions required to complete the survey with
respect to renewals, repairs and other conditions of class. 2.14.2 Conditions of class for repairs (1/7/2020)
Each Surveyor will co-sign the survey report or indicate
For repairs not completed at the time of survey, a condition
their concurrence in an equivalent manner.
of class is to be imposed. In order to provide adequate
Note 1: hull structures and piping systems in way of cargo holds information to the Surveyor attending for survey of the
and/or cargo tanks, cofferdams, cargo pump rooms, pipe tunnels,
repairs, the condition of class is to be sufficiently detailed
void spaces, within the cargo length area and all ballast tanks. In
the case of Bulk Carriers, selected fuel oil tanks within the cargo
with identification of items to be repaired. For identification
length area might be part of the areas to be surveyed according to of extensive repairs, reference may be given to the survey
the applicable provisions of the Ch 4, Sec 2 or Ch 4, Sec 9. report.
2.13.2 Surveys witnessed by one Surveyor 2.14.3 Conditions of class with service limitations
(1/7/2008) (1/7/2020)
The following surveys may be witnessed by a single Conditions of class may require imposing limitations related
Surveyor: to navigation and operation that are deemed necessary for
a) thickness measurements in accordance with the continued operation under classification (e.g. loss of anchor
procedural requirements given in [2.3]; and/or chain, etc.).
b) tank testing in accordance with the applicable Rules for 2.14.4 Issue of conditions of class (1/7/2020)
ESP ships; Conditions of class are to be given in writing with a time
c) repairs carried out in association with intermediate and limit for completion to the Owner's representatives/Ship's
class renewal hull surveys, the extent of which have Master, and are to be clearly stated on the Certificate of
Classification or an attachment to the Certificate of 3.2.2 During the class period, a Certificate of
Classification and/or class survey status or report. Classification is valid when it is not expired.
2.14.5 Notification of conditions of class (1/7/2020) The class is maintained during a certain period or at a given
date, when during the said period or at such date the
Owners will be notified of these dates and that the vessel's conditions for suspension or withdrawal of class are not
class will be subject to a suspension procedure if the item is met.
not dealt with, or postponed, by the due date (refer to Sec 3,
[1.2.12]). 3.2.3 At the request of the Owner, a statement confirming
the maintenance of class may be issued by the Society
2.14.6 Clearance of conditions of class (1/7/2020)
based on the information in its records for that ship at the
Clearance of conditions of class is to be supported by a time.
survey report giving details of all associated repairs and/or
renewals, or of the supplemental surveys carried out. This statement is issued on the assumption that the Owner
Repairs carried out are to be reported with identification of: has complied with the Rules, in particular with [11].
a) compartment and location Should any information which would have prevented the
Society from issuing the statement and which was not
b) structural member
available at the time subsequently come to light, the
c) repair method statement may be cancelled.
d) repair extent Attention is drawn to Sec 3, [1.2], whereby the Society,
e) NDT/Tests. upon becoming aware of a breach of the Rules, is
empowered to suspend class from the date of the breach,
2.14.7 Conditions of class partially dealt which may be prior to the date of the statement.
with (1/7/2020)
3.2.4 (1/7/2020)
Partially dealt with conditions of class are be supported by a
survey report giving details of repairs and/or renewals, or of According to the same conditions as in [3.2.3], a statement
that part of the supplemental surveys carried out and those declaring that the class is maintained “clean and free from
parts remaining outstanding. condition of class’’ may be issued by the Society when there
is no pending condition of class at that date.
2.15 Remote surveys 3.2.5 Classification-related documents and information
2.15.1 (1/1/2023) are liable to be invalidated by the Society whenever their
For carrying out remote surveys the requirements in App 5 object is found to differ from that on which they were based
are to be complied with. or to be contrary to the applicable requirements. The
Owner is liable for any damage which may be caused to
any third party from improper use of such documents and
3 Certificate of Classification: issue, information.
validity, endorsement and renewal
3.3 Endorsements of Class
3.1 Issue of Certificate of Classification
3.1.1 (1/1/2001) 3.3.1 Purpose of endorsements (1/7/2011)
A Certificate of Classification, bearing the class notations The endorsements of class give official evidence of:
assigned to the ship and an expiry date, is issued to any a) class surveys carried out,
classed ship.
b) class validity, and
3.1.2 (1/1/2001)
A Provisional Certificate of Classification may serve as a c) conditions imposed and/or main items out of service (if
Certificate of Classification in some cases, such as after an any).
admission to class survey, or when the Society deems it
necessary. 3.3.2 Direct endorsement of the Certificate of
Classification (1/7/2011)
3.1.3 (1/1/2001)
The Certificate of Classification is directly endorsed before
The Certificate of Classification or Provisional Certificate of
the vessel sails where an annual, intermediate or class
Classification is to be made available to the Society’s
renewal survey is completed, using the appropriate section
Surveyors upon request.
of the Certificate of Classification.
3.2 Validity of Certificate of Classification, A section is also available to record postponement of the
class renewal survey.
maintenance of class
3.2.1 According to Ch 1, Sec 1, [2.4], the Society alone is 3.3.3 Class Survey Endorsement Sheet (1/7/2011)
qualified to confirm the class of the ship and the validity of In addition to the direct endorsement of the Certificate of
its Certificate of Classification. Classification as described in [3.3.2], a Class Survey
Endorsement Sheet is issued before the ship sails where any 4.1.5 (1/1/2009)
class survey is carried out. Concurrent crediting to both intermediate survey and class
The Class Survey Endorsement Sheet is an attachment to the renewal survey for surveys and thickness measurements of
Certificate of Classification and, as such, it is to be available spaces is not acceptable.
on board at any time.
4.2 Normal system
3.3.4 Possible modifications to endorsements
4.2.1 When the normal system is applied, the class
The Society reserves the right to modify the endorsements
renewal survey may be commenced at the fourth annual
made by Surveyors.
survey and continued during the following year with a view
to completion by its due date. In this case the survey may be
3.4 Status of surveys and conditions of carried out by partial surveys at different times. The number
class of checks to be performed at each partial survey and the
interval between partial surveys are to be agreed by the
3.4.1 (1/7/2020)
Society. In general, the first partial survey should include a
Information given in the Certificate of Classification, significant number of thickness measurements, where
associated endorsements, Rules and specific documents required by the Rules.
enables the Owner to identify the status of surveys and
conditions of class. 4.2.2 A class renewal survey may be commenced before
3.4.2 (1/7/2020) the fourth annual survey at the request of the Owner. In this
case, the survey is to be completed within fifteen months.
The omission of such information does not absolve the The conditions for the execution of partial surveys are the
Owner from ensuring that surveys are held by the limit same as those referred to in [4.2.1].
dates and pending conditions of class are cleared to avoid
any inconvenience which is liable to result from the
suspension or withdrawal of class; see Sec 3.
4.3 Continuous survey system
4.3.1 The request by the Owner for admission to the
4 Class renewal survey continuous survey system will be considered by the Society
and agreement depends on the type and age of hull and
machinery. This system may apply to the class renewal
4.1 General principles survey of hull (CHS) and/or machinery (CMS).
4.1.1 (1/7/2002)
4.3.2 The continuous survey system is not applicable to
The first class renewal survey is to be completed within 5
the class renewal survey of the hull of those ships subject to
years from the date of the initial classification survey and
the Enhanced Survey Program (ESP), i.e. ships with the
thereafter 5 years from the credited date of the previous
service notation oil tanker, combination carrier, bulk
class renewal survey. However, consideration may be given
carrier, ore carrier or chemical tanker.
by the Society to granting an extension for a maximum of
three months after the limit date, in exceptional 4.3.3 (1/7/2016)
circumstances and provided that the ship is attended and In addition to the ships indicated in [4.3.2], the continuous
the attending Surveyor so recommends. In such cases the survey system is not applicable to the class renewal survey
next period of class will start from the limit date for the of the hull of those ships subject to the requirements of
previous class renewal survey before the extension was Ch 4, Sec 8, i.e. general dry cargo ships.
granted.
4.3.4 For ships other than those referred to in [4.3.2] and
4.1.2 For surveys completed within three months before [4.3.3], the continuous survey system is not applicable to
the limit date of the class renewal survey, the next period of the class renewal survey of the hull of ships over 20 years
class will start from this limit date. For surveys completed old. However, consideration may be given, at the discretion
more than three months before the limit date, the period of of the Society, to the applicability of the continuous survey
class will start from the survey completion date. system to the class renewal survey of the hull of ships over
20 years old.
4.1.3 (1/1/2015)
4.3.5 (1/7/2006)
In cases where the vessel has been laid up or has been out
For ships more than 10 years of age, the ballast tanks are to
of service for a considerable period because of a major
be internally examined twice in each five-year class period,
repair or modification and the owner elects to carry out
i.e. once within the scope of the intermediate survey and
only the overdue surveys, the next period of class will start
once within the scope of the continuous system for the class
from the expiry date of the renewal survey. If the owner
renewal survey of hull.
elects to carry out the next special survey due, the period of
class will start from the survey completion date. 4.3.6 When the continuous survey system is applied,
appropriate notations are entered in the Register of Ships.
4.1.4 A new period of class is assigned to the ship after the
satisfactory completion of the class renewal survey, and a 4.3.7 Ships subject to the continuous survey system are
new Certificate of Classification with relevant annexes is provided with lists of items to be surveyed under this
issued for the new period of class. system.
4.3.15 The continuous survey system may be discontinued 6.1.2 The intermediate survey is applicable at any period
at any time at the discretion of the Society, or at the request of class to ships with the service notations oil tanker,
of the Owner, and a specific arrangement devised. chemical tanker, FLS tanker, liquefied gas carrier,
combination carrier/OBO and combination carrier/OOC.
4.4 Planned maintenance scheme
6.1.3 The intermediate survey is applicable at any period
(PMS/CBM) for machinery of class to ships other than those indicated in [6.1.2] which
are five years old and over.
4.4.1 A planned maintenance scheme may be considered
as an alternative to the continuous survey system for 6.1.4 (1/7/2020)
machinery and is limited to components and systems The internal examination of ballast tanks, overall and/or
covered by it. When such a system approved by the Society close-up survey of ballast tanks and cargo holds or tanks, as
is implemented, a survey scheme other than those normally applicable, carried out at the 2nd or 3rd annual survey are
adopted and with intervals different from those of the also credited towards the intermediate survey.
• ships operating in fresh water If temporary repairs carried out to any underwater parts are
accepted, these shall be made permanent within a due date
• ships operating in certain harbours decided by the surveyor.
• non-propelled units.
The following ships are not eligible for the EDD scheme:
In the above cases, the duration of intervals is defined by • passenger vessels;
the Society on a case by case basis, taking into account:
• ships subject to enhanced survey program;
• the age of the ship or unit,
• general dry cargo ships;
• the operating history.
• ships fitted with propulsion thrusters, unless machinery
If necessary, in the above cases it is not required to meet the condition monitoring is implemented or other
alternate examinations as mentioned in [7.1.4]. alternative arrangements are adopted, deemed
equivalent by the Society in accordance with Ch 1, thrusters shall be arranged for inspection from inside the
Sec 1, [2.1.1]; hull without opening up from the seaside.
• ships where the propeller connection is by means of a • The hull maintenance scheme implemented on board in
keyed taper; accordance with Safety Management System's
• high speed crafts. requirements is to take in high consideration the
maintenance and inspection of all the compartments
7.2.2 Application of the EDD scheme (1/2/2019) adjacent to the outer hull.
Owners requesting a ship be considered for the EDD • The protective coating of the inner side of the side shell
scheme are to apply to the Society in writing, confirming below the deepest load waterline is to be maintained in
and describing compliance with the requirements specified GOOD condition for the whole period for which the
in [7.2.4]. scheme is applied.
Upon review of the submitted documentation and the ship • Service experience to-date with hull coating system is to
survey records, the Society will decide upon acceptance of be provided to the Society, covered by the
the ship into the EDD scheme. manufacturer's guarantee that the underwater coatings
Prior to accepting a ship into the EDD scheme, the Society used are designed to last for the extended period since
shall obtain the written agreement from the flag the coating is to remain effective for the extended dry
Administration. docking period.
7.2.3 Termination of the EDD scheme (1/2/2019) Compliance with the above requirements shall be verified
before the ship enters the EDD scheme.
The EDD scheme will be terminated in case of any change
to the vessel's owner, management or flag, or if the
requirements for applying the EDD scheme are no longer 8 Shaft survey
complied with.
Once the conditions for the EDD scheme are no longer 8.1 General
present, the ship will return to the normal docking interval
and any due bottom survey in dry-dock shall be carried out 8.1.1 (1/1/2016)
by the due date. Shaft survey means survey of propeller shafts and tube
shafts as well as survey of other propulsion systems.
7.2.4 Requirements (1/2/2019)
Ships eligible for the EDD scheme are to comply with the 8.2 Surveys of Propeller Shafts and Tube
requirements given here below; other equivalent alternative Shafts
arrangements may be considered by the Society in
accordance with Ch 1, Sec 1, [2.1.1]. 8.2.1 Application (1/1/2016)
• The ship is to be assigned the additional class notation Unless alternative means are provided to ensure the
INWATERSURVEY. condition of the propeller shaft assembly, these
• The ship is to be assigned the additional class notation requirements apply to all vessels with conventional shafting
MONSHAFT. fitted with a propeller.
• An impressed cathodic corrosion protection system is to Three survey methods, as detailed in Ch 3, Sec 7, [2], are
be provided or, alternatively, the external hull sacrificial considered for shafts lubricated by oil or fresh water in a
anodes are to be capable of being renewed when the closed loop system. The methods are to be applied
ship is afloat. according to the provisions of [8.2.3].
• The impressed cathodic corrosion protection system, if One survey method, as detailed in Ch 3, Sec 7, [2], is
any, is to be monitored for effectiveness as a part of the considered for shafts lubricated by water in an open loop
hull maintenance scheme implemented on board in system. The methods are to be applied according to the
accordance with the Safety Management System's provisions of [8.2.4].
requirements.
For surveys completed within 3 months before the shaft
• Means are to be provided on all sea chests for the survey due date, the next period will start from the shaft
examination, when the ship is afloat, of the external survey due date.
sides of the sea connections and the sea valves.
Three kinds of survey extensions, as detailed in Ch 3, Sec 7,
• Arrangements are to be provided for the inspection, [1.6] may be applied to shafts lubricated by oil or fresh
when the ship is afloat, of all sea valves, including water in a closed loop system, according to the provisions
scuppers, sanitary discharges and box coolers if any. of [8.2.3], in order to extend the shaft survey due date.
• Arrangements are to be provided for the maintenance of
Two kinds of survey extensions, as detailed in Ch 3, Sec 7,
electric/electronic sensors, e.g. echo sounders, speed
[1.6] may be applied to shafts lubricated by water in an
logs, draught readings, etc., when the ship is afloat.
open loop system, according to the provisions of [8.2.4], in
• Arrangements are to be provided for the maintenance of order to extend the shaft survey due date.
thrusters and stabilizers, if any, when the ship is afloat.
• Lube oil analyses from auxiliary thrusters are to be 8.2.2 Definitions (see also Fig 4) (1/1/2016)
provided at every bottom survey; alternatively, auxiliary a) Shaft
q) Keyed connection Shafting arrangements such as, but not limited to, an
Keyed connection is the forced coupling methodology approved Condition Monitoring Scheme and / or other
between the shaft and the propeller with a key and reliable approved means for assessing and monitoring
keyway, achieved through the interference fit of the the condition of the tail shaft, bearings, sealing devices
propeller boss on the shaft tapered end. and the stern tube lubricant system capable to assure
the condition of the propeller shaft assembly with an
r) Flanged connection equivalent level of safety as obtained by survey methods
Flanged connection is the coupling methodology, as applicable in IACS UR Z21.
between the shaft and the propeller, achieved by a The shaft to which the additional class notation MON-
flange, built in at the shaft aft end, bolted to the SHAFT is assigned is to be considered as shafting having
propeller boss. a configuration other than described in the present
s) Alternative means paragraph.
8.2.3 Oil Lubricated Shafts or Closed Loop System b) Fresh water lubricated shafts (closed loop system) survey
Fresh Water Lubricated Shafts (refer also to intervals
Table 2) (1/1/2016)
For all types of coupling, the maximum interval
a) Oil lubricated shaft survey intervals between two surveys carried out according to method 1
1) Flanged propeller connection is not to exceed 15 years. An extension for no more than
three months can be granted
The following methods are applicable:
1) Flanged propeller connection
• Method 1 every 5 years, or
The following methods are applicable:
• Method 2 every 5 years (pre-requisites have to
be fulfilled), or • Method 1 every 5 years, or
• Method 3 every 5 years (pre-requisites have to • Method 2 every 5 years (pre-requisites have to
be fulfilled) be fulfilled), or
The maximum interval between two surveys carried • Method 3 every 5 years with the maximum of
out according to method 1 or method 2 is not to two consecutive method 3 surveys (pre-
exceed 15 years, except in the case when one requisites have to be fulfilled).
extension for no more than three months is granted 3) Keyed propeller connection
3) Keyed propeller connection The following methods are applicable:
The following methods are applicable: • Method 1 every 5 years, or
• Method 1 every 5 years, or • Method 2 every 5 years (pre-requisites have to
• Method 2 every 5 years (pre-requisites have to be fulfilled).
be fulfilled). c) Survey extensions
For all types of propeller connections, the interval requirements of the "one year extension" or "2.5
between two consecutive surveys may be extended after years extension" are to be carried out and the shaft
the execution of the extension survey as follows: survey due date prior to the previous extension is
1) Extension up to a maximum of 2.5 years, no more extended for a maximum of one year or 2.5 years.
than one extension can be granted. No further The extension survey should normally be carried out
extension, of other type, can be granted. within 1 month of the shaft survey due date and the
2) Extension up to a maximum of 1 year, no more than extension counts from the shaft survey due date.
two consecutive extensions can be granted. In the If the extension survey is carried out more than 1 month
event an additional extension is requested the prior to the shaft survey due date, then the period of
requirements of the "2.5 year extension" are to be extension counts from the date the extension survey was
carried out and the shaft survey due date, prior to completed.
the previous extension(s), is extended for a For fresh water lubricated shafts (closed loop system),
maximum of 2.5 years. the maximum interval between two surveys carried out
3) Extension up to a maximum of 3 months, no more according to method 1 is not to exceed 15 years, except
than one "three months extension" can be granted. in the case when one extension for no more than three
In the event an additional extension is requested the months is granted.
8.2.4 Water Lubricated Shafts (open loop systems) For all types of propeller connections, the interval
(refer also to Table 3) (1/1/2016) between two consecutive surveys may be extended after
The following survey intervals between surveys according the execution of the extension survey as follows:
to Method 4 are applicable to all types of propeller 1) Extension up to a maximum of 1 year, no more than
connections. For keyless propeller connections, the one extension can be granted. No further extension,
maximum interval between two consecutive dismantling of other type, can be granted.
and verifications of the shaft cone by means of non-
2) Extension up to a maximum of 3 months: no more
destructive examination (NDE) is not to exceed 15 years.
than one "three month extension" can be granted. In
a) Configurations allowing 5 year intervals the event an additional extension is requested, the
1) Single shaft operating exclusively in fresh water. requirements of the "one year extension" are to be
carried out and the shaft survey due date prior to the
2) Single shaft provided with adequate means of previous extension is extended for a maximum of
corrosion protection, single corrosion resistant shaft. one year.
3) All kinds of multiple shaft arrangements. The extension survey should normally be carried out
within 1 month of the shaft survey due date and the
b) Other systems (3 year intervals)
extension counts from the shaft survey due date.
Shaft not belonging to one of the configurations listed in
If the extension survey is carried out more than 1 month
[8.2.4]a) is to be surveyed according to Method 4 every
prior to the shaft survey due date, then the period of
3 years.
extension counts from the date the extension survey was
c) Survey extensions completed.
Notes:
(1) unless an Extension type (Extension 1 Y, Extension 3 M) is applied in between
(2) no more than one extension can be granted. No further extension, of other type, can be granted
(3) no more than one extension can be granted. In the event an additional extension is requested, the requirements of the one year
extension are to be carried out and the shaft survey due date prior to the previous extension is extended for a maximum of one
year
(4) for keyless propeller connections, the maximum interval between two consecutive dismantling and verifications of the shaft
cone by means of non-destructive examination (NDE) is not to exceed 15 years.
9 Boiler survey for review by the attending Surveyor prior to crediting the
Annual Survey of Machinery.
9.1.2 For ships of eight years of age and over fitted with
one single boiler supplying steam for main propulsion, the
interval between two boiler surveys may be specially
considered.
9.1.3 (1/7/2006)
Figure 5 : Links between anniversary date and annual, intermediate and class renewal surveys (1/7/2002)
years 0 1 2 2 .5 3 4 5
annual survey
-,+ 3 m -,+ 3 m -,+ 3 m -,+ 3 m -3 m
intermerdiate survey
-,+ 9 m
11.2.2 If, after sustaining damage, the ship calls at a port 12 Change of ownership
where the Society is not represented, the Owner is to notify
the Society forthwith, supply all available information 12.1
regarding the damage and make arrangements for the ship
to be surveyed in the nearest port where the Society is 12.1.1 In the case of change of ownership, the ship retains
represented. its current class with the Society provided that:
• the Society is informed of the change sufficiently in
11.2.3 All repairs to hull, machinery and equipment which
advance to carry out any survey deemed appropriate,
may be required in order for a ship to retain its class are to
and
be to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
• the new Owner signs the appropriate request, involving
During repairs or maintenance work, the Owner is to acceptance of the Society’s general conditions and
arrange so that any damage, defects or non-compliance Rules. This request covers inter alia the condition of the
with the rule requirements are reported to the Surveyor ship when changing ownership.
during his survey.
Note 1: The ship’s class is maintained without prejudice to those
11.2.4 (1/7/2020) provisions in the Rules which are to be enforced in cases likely to
Damages and partial or temporary repairs considered cause suspension or withdrawal of the class such as particular
acceptable by the Surveyor for a limited period of time are damages or repairs to the ship of which the Society has not been
the subject of an appropriate condition of class. advised by the former or, as the case may be, new Owner.
Note 2: No information whatsoever related to the class of the ship
11.2.5 (1/7/2020)
will be provided or confirmed to any third party, unless the
Damages or repairs required by the Surveyor to be re- appropriate request for information is duly completed and signed
examined after a certain period of time are the subject of an by the party making the request and the authorisation of the current
appropriate condition of class. Owner is obtained.
Figure 6 : Survey scheme of a case of a lay-up going beyond the expiry date of the period of class, when the "next
due" renewal survey is carried out (1/7/2022)
Figure 7 : Survey scheme of a case of a lay-up going beyond the expiry date of the period of class, when the
overdue renewal survey is carried out (1/7/2022)
sion is in no case to be longer than three months after the need not be suspended when surveys addressed above
original due date of the class renewal survey. become overdue. However, ships which are laid-up after
being suspended as a result of surveys going overdue,
1.2.4 Suspension and reinstatement of class in the remain suspended until the overdue surveys are completed.
case of overdue intermediate
survey (1/1/2019) 1.2.9 Voyage to demolition (1/7/2005)
The Certificate of Classification becomes invalid, and classi-
When it is intended to take a ship on a demolition voyage
fication is automatically suspended, if the intermediate sur-
with any periodical survey overdue, the ship's class suspen-
vey has not been completed within three (3) months of the
sion may be held in abeyance and consideration may be
due date of the third annual survey in each periodical sur-
given to allowing the ship to proceed on a single direct bal-
vey cycle, unless the ship is under attendance for comple-
last voyage from the lay-up or final discharge port to the
tion of the intermediate survey but notwithstanding the
demolition yard. In such cases a short-term Certificate of
above, classification will be automatically suspended if the
Classification with conditions for the voyage noted may be
ship resumes trading prior to completion.
issued provided the attending Surveyor finds the ship in sat-
Classification will be reinstated upon satisfactory comple- isfactory condition to proceed on the intended voyage.
tion of the surveys due. Such surveys are to be credited from
the date originally due. 1.2.10 Force Majeure (1/7/2020)
If, due to circumstances beyond the Owner's or the Soci-
1.2.5 Suspension and reinstatement of class in the
ety's control, as defined in Sec 2, [2.1.9], the ship is not in
case of overdue annual survey (1/1/2019)
a port where the overdue surveys can be completed at the
The Certificate of Classification becomes invalid, and classi- expiry of the periods allowed above, the Society may allow
fication is automatically suspended, if the annual survey has the ship to sail, in class, directly to an agreed disharge port,
not been completed within three (3) months of the due date and if necessary, from there, in ballast, to an agreed port at
of the annual survey, unless the ship is under attendance for which the survey will be completed, provided the Society:
completion of the annual survey but notwithstanding the
above, Classification will be automatically suspended if the a) examines the ship's records;
ship resumes trading prior to completion.
b) carries out the due and/or overdue surveys and exami-
Classification will be reinstated upon satisfactory comple- nation of conditions of class at the first port of call when
tion of the surveys due. Such surveys are to be credited from there is unforeseen inability of the Society to attend the
the date originally due. ship in the present port, and
1.2.6 Suspension of class in the case of overdue c) has satisfied itself that the ship is in condition to sail for
continuous survey item(s) (1/7/2005) one trip to a discharge port and subsequent ballast voy-
age to a repair facility if necessary. (Where there is
Continuous survey item(s) due or overdue at the time of the unforeseen inability of the Society to attend the ship in
annual survey is (are) to be dealt with. The ship's class will the present port, the Master is to confirm that his ship is
be subject to a suspension procedure if the item(s) is (are) in condition to sail to the nearest port of call.)
not surveyed, or postponed by agreement.
The surveys to be carried out are to be based upon the sur-
1.2.7 Other cases of suspension of class (1/1/2019) vey requirements at the original date due and not on the
age of the vessel when the survey is carried out. Such sur-
In addition to the circumstances for which automatic sus-
veys are to be credited from the date originally due.
pension may apply, the class of a ship may also be sus-
pended following the decision of the Society: If class has already been automatically suspended in such
• when one or more surveys are not held by their limit cases, it may be reinstated subject to the conditions pre-
dates -see Sec 2, [2.1.4]- or the dates stipulated by the scribed in this item.
Society also taking into account any extensions granted
in accordance with the provisions of Part A 1.2.11 Single voyage for laid-up ships (1/7/2020)
• when, due to reported defects, the Society considers When a ship is intended for a single voyage from laid-up
that a ship is not entitled to retain its class even on a position to a repair yard or another place of lay-up with any
temporary basis (pending necessary repairs or renewals, periodical survey overdue, the ship's class suspension may
etc.) be held in abeyance and consideration may be given to
allowing the ship to proceed on a single direct ballast voy-
• in other circumstances which the Society will consider
age from the site of lay-up to a repair yard or another place
on their merits (e.g. in the event of non-payment of fees
of lay-up, upon agreement with the Flag Administration,
or where the Owner fails to subject the ship to the occa-
provided the Society finds the ship in satisfactory condition
sional survey as per the requirement in Sec 2, [11.2.1]).
after surveys, the extent of which are to be based on surveys
overdue and duration of lay-up. A short-term Class Certifi-
1.2.8 Laid-up ships (1/7/2009)
cate with conditions for the intended voyage may be issued.
Ships laid-up in accordance with the requirements indi- This is not applicable to ships whose class was already sus-
cated in Sec 2, [13.1.1] prior to surveys becoming overdue pended prior to being laid-up.
1.2.12 Suspension and reinstatement of class in the 1.3.2 When the withdrawal of class of a ship comes into
case of overdue conditions of class (1/7/2020) effect, the Society will:
Each condition of class will be assigned a due date for com- • forward the Owner written notice
pletion. The ship's class will be subject to a suspension pro-
cedure if the condition of class is not dealt with, or • delete the ship from the Register of Ships
postponed by agreement, by the due date.
• notify the flag Administration
Classification will be reinstated upon verification that the • make the information available to the Underwriters, at
overdue condition of class has been satisfactorily dealt their request.
with.
1.2.13 Suspension and reinstatement of class of dual 1.4 Reassignment of class following class
classed vessels (1/1/2019) withdrawal
When a ship is dual classed and in the event that the Soci- 1.4.1 (1/1/2019)
ety takes action to suspend the class of the vessel for techni-
cal reasons, the Society will advise the "Other Society" (see At the request of the Owner, a ship which was previously
Note 1) of the reasons for such action and the full circum- classed with the Society, subsequently withdrawn from
stances within five (5) working days. class and that has not been further classed i.e.
If the Society is advised that the "Other Society" has sus- • has never resumed its trade
pended the class for technical reasons, the Society will, • has not been classified by any other Classification Soci-
upon receipt of this advice, also suspend the class of the ety
vessel, unless it can otherwise document that such suspen-
sion is incorrect. may have the class reassigned but the Society shall have the
When the Society decides to reinstate class, it is to inform right to decline an application for re-assignment of class.
the “Other Society”. 1.4.2 (1/7/2020)
Note 1: "Other Society" means, the other classification Society The reassignment of Class may take place upon satisfactory:
which is involved in the dual class.
• removal of the causes that led to class withdrawal
1.3 Withdrawal of class • execution of all the surveys and conditions of class
which became overdue during the period of class with-
1.3.1 (1/1/2019)
drawal
The Society will withdraw the class of a ship in the follow-
• verification of additional ascertainments as deemed
ing cases:
necessary by the Society according to the provisions of
• at the request of the Owner Ch 3, Sec 2, [4.1].
• when the causes that have given rise to a suspension The new period of Class and the validity of the Certificate of
currently in effect have not been removed within six Classification will be considered by the Society on a case
months of the date of suspension. However, the Society by case basis.
may withdraw the class of the ship before the end of the
six-month period where it deems it appropriate.
1.5 Suspension/withdrawal of additional
A longer suspension may be granted at the Society’s dis- class notations
cretion when the ship is not trading as in cases of lay-
up, awaiting disposition in the case of a casualty or
1.5.1 If the survey requirements related to maintenance of
attendance for reinstatement
additional class notations are not complied with, the sus-
• in case of transfer of ownership when the requirements pension or withdrawal may be limited to the notations con-
under Sec 2, [12.1.1] are not complied with cerned.
• when the ship is reported as a constructive total loss The same procedure may apply to service notations of ships
which are assigned with more than one service notation.
• when the ship is lost
• when the ship is reported scrapped. 1.5.2 The suspension or withdrawal of an additional class
notation or a service notation (where a ship is assigned with
Withdrawal of class takes effect from the date on which the more than one service notation) generally does not affect
circumstances causing such withdrawal occur. the class.
included) in the event of damage to the unit(s) remaining in 3.5 Coolers, condensers, heaters
service.
3.5.1 The survey is to include:
Some guidelines for the Chief Engineer relevant to the dis-
mantling and inspections of main components of the • the dismantling of the covers
machinery installation are given below. • the examination of the nest of tubes
The items and/or machinery which, as a result of the sur- • the testing of the nest of tubes, if necessary.
veys, are replaced due to wear, damage or defects, are to be
kept on board until they are inspected by a Surveyor of the
3.6 Electrical switchboard
Society.
3.6.1 The survey is to include:
3.2 Main diesel engines • the cleaning of the switchboard
3.2.1 The following items are to be surveyed as indicated: • the verification of the connection assemblies, locking
device tightening and busbar tightening
• the top and bottom halves of the main bearings are to be
removed and inspected, and the clearances are to be • the examination of the condition of the circuit-breakers,
taken, recorded and compared with the limits recom- switches and fuses
mended by the engine builder • the verification of the contacts and screens
• the top and bottom halves of crankpin bearings are to be • the checking of the measuring instruments, which are to
examined, and the clearances are to be taken, recorded be re-calibrated or replaced, if inaccurate
and compared with the limits recommended by the • the megger test.
engine builder
• crankpins, journals and webs are to be examined for 3.7 a.c. and d.c. generators
crack detection, mainly at the fillets and in the vicinity
of the lubricating oil holes 3.7.1 The survey is to include:
• crankshaft deflections are to be taken and recorded at • the removal of protection plates and brush carriers
regulars intervals, enabling verification of the trend
• the cleaning of field coils and armature windings
when they are taken in the presence of the Society’s Sur-
veyor. This operation is to be effected bearing in mind • the verification of proper contact of brushes, which are
that during the readings the journals are to be steady on to be renewed if excessively worn
their bearings • the verification of commutators and sliprings
• other parts exposed to wear or operating incidents are to • the measurement of air gap clearances
be carefully examined and the results recorded. In par- • the checking of journals and bearings
ticular, the wear of liners is to be measured and
recorded. • the megger test.
3.3 Auxiliary diesel engines 3.8 Other items (pumps, electric motors,
etc.)
3.3.1 The survey generally consists in the complete dis-
mantling of the engine and a careful examination of those 3.8.1 The survey is generally to include the complete dis-
items most liable to be exposed to wear or operating inci- mantling for inspection of the main parts exposed to wear
dents. In particular: or operating incidents, such as bearings, casings, impellers
and rotors.
• crankshaft deflections and wear of cylinder liners are to
be measured
• the crankshaft is to be checked by means of dye pene-
4 Records of surveys carried out
trant in way of fillets and lubricating oil holes
4.1
• all top halves of the main bearings together with at least
two bottom halves are to be dismantled
4.1.1 The surveys carried out by the Chief Engineer are to
• crankcase explosion relief valves, if fitted, are to be be recorded in the engine/machinery log-book and a survey
checked. report is to be prepared for each item surveyed.
The report is generally to be drawn up in English; however,
3.4 Reciprocating compressors for ships trading in specific restricted areas the use of the
language of the country concerned will be accepted.
3.4.1 The survey is to include:
The report may be provided in hard copy or using a com-
• the dismantling of pistons and valves for inspection puterised recording system.
• the examination and testing of the nest of cooler tubes 4.1.2 (1/7/2017)
• the verification of safety relief valves after reassembling. The report is to indicate the following information:
• identification data: Engineer, and, in any case, in the first port which is
- name of ship and register number under the jurisdiction of an Office of the Society;
- name of Chief Engineer • for ships under the PMS, at the next annual survey (see
- date and place (port or voyage leg) of the survey Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 1, [4.3]).
- reference of the item in the CMS or PMS list, and
5.1.2 The Surveyor is to be supplied with a copy of this
description of the item
survey report and also shown the engine log-book.
• inspection conducted:
- the type of inspection carried out: visual external 5.1.3 The Surveyor carries out an external examination of
examination, internal examination after dismantling, the relevant items and parts replaced and, if applicable,
overhaul attends running tests. If doubts arise, the Surveyor may
- readings performed, when applicable: clearances, request dismantling as deemed necessary.
measurements, working pressure, or other working
parameters of the equipment 5.1.4 If the persons on board are authorised to survey the
main engine crankshaft and bearings (see [2.1.2]), the Sur-
- inspection findings: corrosion, fractures, pieces of
veyor performs the following:
equipment worn out, broken or missing
• maintenance and repairs carried out and parts replaced • check of condition monitoring records (see Pt F, Ch 12,
Sec 1, [6])
• results of tests performed after the inspection, such as
working test, pressure test. • check of crankshaft deflection readings
For sake of completeness, other documentation such as • check of bearing clearances (where possible)
sketches, photos, measurement reports may be attached to • checks for signs of wiped or broken white metal in the
the report. crankcase or filters
The report is to be signed by the Chief Engineer. • check of the witness marks of shrink fits of crankshafts
• check of the bedplate structure (inside and outside)
5 Confirmatory survey • check that the condition of crankpins, journals and
associated bearings is duly recorded.
5.1
5.1.5 Where the confirmatory survey is performed with an
5.1.1 A confirmatory survey, to be carried out by a Sur- abnormal delay, the inspection is to be more extensive and,
veyor of the Society, is to be requested according to the fol- if necessary, the due surveys are to be completely repeated.
lowing principle:
• for ships under the CMS, within a reasonably short time 5.1.6 The date of the execution of the surveys will be
from the date of the surveys carried out by the Chief assumed to be the date of the confirmatory survey.
• the determination of extent and location, and 2.2 Class renewal survey: all ships except
• the analysis those submitted to ESP
of the thickness measurements in cooperation. 2.2.1 The thickness measurements required by the Rules
consist of:
1.1.3 It is to be noted that this Appendix also takes into • systematic thickness measurements, i.e. measurements
account specific requirements for thickness measurements of different parts of the structure in order to assess the
relevant to close-up surveys of ships which are subject to overall and local strength of the ship
the Enhanced Survey Program (ESP). • measurements of suspect areas as defined in Sec 2,
1.1.4 This Appendix is also to be used for the thickness [2.2.10]
measurements of ships assigned the notation STAR-HULL • additional measurements on areas determined as
(see Ch 5, Sec 2 and Part F, Chapter 1). However, the affected by substantial corrosion as defined in Sec 2,
acceptance criteria for thickness measurements specific to [2.2.9].
this notation are given in Pt F, Ch 1, Sec 1.
2.3 Class renewal survey: ships submitted
1.1.5 (1/7/2013) to ESP or equivalent
For ships built under the Common Structural Rules, the
2.3.1 The thickness measurements required by the Rules
acceptance criteria are according to App 3.
consist of:
1.2 Scope of the Appendix • systematic thickness measurements in order to assess
the overall and local strength of the ship
1.2.1 Separate Articles below provide the following infor-
• thickness measurements as indicated in the program of
mation:
close-up survey
• references to rule requirements and some additional • measurements of elements considered as suspect areas
information on the extent of the thickness measure- as defined in Sec 2, [2.2.10]
ments to be performed during surveys according to
• additional measurements on areas determined as
types of ships and related surveys (see [2])
affected by substantial corrosion as defined in Sec 2,
• locations of the measurements for the main parts of the [2.2.9].
ship (see [3])
2.3.2 For the determination of close-up surveys and rele-
• how to analyse the results of thickness measurements
vant thickness measurements as well as the areas consid-
(see [4]).
ered as suspect areas, reference is to be made to the
Tables and sketches are also given to detail the above points relevant Sections of Chapter 4 according to the different ser-
according to the types of ships. vice notations of the ships subject to ESP.
Table 2 : Interpretations of rule requirements for the locations and number of points to be measured (1/7/2009)
A) SYSTEMATIC MEASUREMENTS
ITEM INTERPRETATION FIGURE
Selected plates on deck, tank top, bot- “Selected” means at least a single point on one out of No figure
tom, double bottom and wind-and- three plates, to be chosen on representative areas of aver-
water age corrosion
All deck, tank top and bottom plates At least two points on each plate to be taken either at each No figure
and wind-and-water strakes 1/4 extremity of plate or at representative areas of average
corrosion
Transverse section Refer to the definition given in Sec 2, [2.2.6] Fig 1 for general cargo ships
Fig 2 for bulk carriers
Fig 3 for oil tankers
For other ship types, see [3.2.1]
Cargo hold hatch covers and coamings Fig 4 for ships fitted with hold
hatch covers and coamings
Bulkheads on ships other than bulk car- “Selected bulkheads” means at least 50% of the bulk- Fig 5 for general cargo ships. It
riers, oil tankers, chemical tankers and heads may also apply to other ship
liquefied gas carriers (for these ships types (see [3.2.1])
refer to B) and C) CLOSE-UP SURVEYS
AND RELATED MEASUREMENTS)
Selected internal structure such as The internal structural items to be measured in each Fig 6 for general cargo ships. It
floors and longitudinals, transverse space internally surveyed are to be at least 20% within the may also apply to other ship
frames, web frames, deck beams, cargo area and 10% outside the cargo area types (see [3.2.1])
‘tweendecks, girders
Transverse section of deck plating out- Two single points on each deck plate (to be taken either at No figure
side line of cargo hatch openings (for each 1/4 extremity of plate or at representative areas of
bulk carriers, ore carriers and combina- average corrosion) between the ship sides and hatch
tion carriers) coamings in the transverse section concerned
One section of deck plating for the full Two single points on each deck plate (to be taken either at No figure
beam of the ship within the cargo area each 1/4 extremity of plate or at representative areas of
(for oil tankers, chemical tankers and average corrosion) in the transverse section concerned
liquefied gas carriers)
B) CLOSE-UP SURVEYS AND RELATED MEASUREMENTS (for oil tankers, chemical tankers, gas carriers and combination carriers)
ITEM INTERPRETATION FIGURE
Web frame ring (for oil Refer to the definition given in Ch 4, Sec 3, Tab 3 and Ch 4, Extent of areas is shown as (1) in Ch 4,
tankers, chemical tankers Sec 5, Tab 3. Sec 3, Fig 1
and combination carriers) “Adjacent structural members” means plating and stiffeners of Locations of points are given in Fig 10
deck, bottom, double bottom, sides and longitudinal bulk-
heads in the vicinity of the web frame ring
Transverse section (for Refer to the definitions given in Ch 4, Sec 5, Tab 3 and Ch 4, No figure
chemical tankers and liq- Sec 6, Tab 2.
uefied gas carriers) “Adjacent structural members” means plating and stiffeners of
deck, bottom, double bottom, sides and longitudinal bulk-
heads in the vicinity of the web frame ring
Deck transverse This is the upper part of the web frame ring including the adja- Extent of areas is shown as (2) in Ch 4,
cent structural members (see meaning given above). For chem- Sec 3, Fig 1
ical tankers it may be fitted on deck, i.e. outside the tank Locations of points are given in Fig 10
Deck and bottom trans- Refer to the definition given in Ch 4, Sec 3, Tab 3 Extent of areas is shown as (2) and (5) in
verses (for oil tankers) Ch 4, Sec 3, Fig 1
Locations of points are given in Fig 10
B) CLOSE-UP SURVEYS AND RELATED MEASUREMENTS (for oil tankers, chemical tankers, gas carriers and combination carriers)
ITEM INTERPRETATION FIGURE
Transverse bulkhead “Complete” means the whole bulkhead including stringers and Extent of areas is shown as (3) in Ch 4,
stiffeners and adjacent structural members as defined above Sec 3, Fig 1
Locations of points are given in Fig 11
“Lower part” means lower part of bulkhead up to 1/4 of ship’s Extent of areas is shown as (4) in Ch 4,
depth or 2 metres above the lower stringer, whichever is the Sec 3, Fig 1
greater (stringers, stiffeners and adjacent structural members Locations of points are given in Fig 11
included)
All plating and internal Refer to the definitions given inCh 4, Sec 5, Tab 3 No figure
structures (for chemical
tankers)
C) CLOSE-UP SURVEYS AND RELATED MEASUREMENTS (for bulk and ore carriers)
ITEM INTERPRETATION FIGURE
Frames in cargo holds 25% of frames: one out of four frames should preferably be Extent of areas is shown as (1) in Ch 4,
chosen throughout the cargo hold length on each side Sec 2, Fig 1
“Selected frames” means at least 3 frames on each side of Locations of points are given in Fig 7
cargo holds
Transverse bulkheads in Refer to the definition given in Ch 4, Sec 2, Tab 5 Areas of measurements are shown in
cargo holds Two selected bulkheads: one is to be the bulkhead between Ch 4, Sec 2, Fig 2
the two foremost cargo holds and the second may be chosen Locations of points are given in Fig 8
in other positions
One transverse bulkhead in This means that the close-up survey and related thickness Areas of measurements are shown in
each cargo hold measurements are to be performed on one side of the bulk- Ch 4, Sec 2, Fig 2
head; the side is to be chosen based on the outcome of the Locations of points are given in Fig 8
overall survey of both sides. In the event of doubt, the Surveyor
may also require (possibly partial) close-up survey on the other
side
Transverse bulkheads in The ballast tank is to be chosen based on the history of ballast- Locations of points are given in Fig 9
one topside/side ballast ing among those prone to have the most severe conditions
tank
Transverse webs in ballast Either of the representative tanks of each type (i.e. topside or Extent of areas is shown as (2) in Ch 4,
tanks hopper or side tank) is to be chosen in the forward part Sec 2, Fig 1
“Associated plating and longitudinals” means adjacent plating Locations of points are given in Fig 7
and longitudinals of deck, bottom, side shell, slope, hopper
and longitudinal bulkhead, as applicable
Areas of deck plating inside “Selected” means at least a single point on one out of three Extent of areas is shown as (5) in Ch 4,
line of hatch openings plates, to be chosen on representative areas of average corro- Sec 2, Fig 1
sion
All deck plating means at least two points on each plate to be
taken either at each 1/4 extremity of plate or at representative
areas of average corrosion
$ $ $
$$
$
$ $ $
$
$
30 mm
$
$
$ $ $ $ $ $ $
$
$ $ $ $ $ $
Measurements are to be taken on both port and starboard sides of the selected transverse section
30 mm
Measurements are to be taken on both port and starboard sides of the selected transverse section
30 mm
D
0,25h
30 mm
C
h
A A
B
A-A
Low erpoint
of sid
e fr
am e A 0,25h
Measurements are to be taken on both port and starboard sides of the selected transverse section
2 2
2 2
$ $ $ $
2 3
50 mm
(1) Three sections at L/4, L/2, 3L/4 of hatch cover length, including:
• one measurement of each hatch cover plate and skirt plate
• measurements of adjacent beams and stiffeners
• one measurement of coaming plates and coaming flange, each side
(2) Measurements of both ends of hatch cover skirt plate, coaming plate and coaming flange
(3) One measurement of one out of three hatch coaming brackets and bars, on both sides and both ends
30 mm
30 mm
A 30 mm
30 mm
30 mm
A-A
A
Figure 6 : Locations of measurements on selected internal structural elements of general cargo ships
30 mm 30 mm
30 mm
30 mm
30 mm
Figure 7 : Locations of measurements on structural members in cargo holds and ballast tanks of bulk carriers
30 mm
30 mm
A A
A-A
B B
A A-A
B-B
Topside
tank
A-A
Hopper
side tank
Double botton tank
Figure 10 : Locations of measurements on web frame rings and longitudinal elements of oil tankers
A -A
30 mm
A A
B B
30 mm
A-A
B-B
(1) : Corrugated bulkhead
(2) : Plane bulkhead
Measurements are to be taken in a similar way on the centre tank bulkheads
Measurements are to cover the different thicknesses of strakes over the height of the bulkhead
Measurements are to be taken of the adjacent structural members
4.1.2 In cases where the ship has some structural elements 4.3 Local and global strength criteria
with reduced wear margins (e.g. due to ship conversion,
increase of draught), the renewal thickness tren (minimum 4.3.1 Local and global strength criteria are given for the
acceptable thickness) for these elements is to be calculated following ship types:
with reference to the rule scantlings without taking account • general cargo ships
of any reduction originally agreed. • bulk carriers
• oil tankers.
4.1.3 Decisions on steel renewals are taken by the attend-
ing Surveyor applying the criteria given in this Article and These criteria may also be used for other ship types taking
based on his judgment and the actual condition of the ship. into consideration the equivalence or similarity of structural
Should advice be needed to support his decision, the Sur- elements and their contribution to local and/or global
veyor may refer to the relevant technical office of the Soci- strength.
ety.
4.3.2 For the evaluation of the ship longitudinal strength, it
is a prerequisite that fillet welding between longitudinal
4.2 Criteria members and deck, side and bottom plating is maintained
effective so as to keep continuity of hull structures.
4.2.1 The acceptance criteria for the minimum thicknesses
are divided into: 4.3.3 (1/7/2009)
Each structural item to be assessed is illustrated in a typical
• criteria on local and global strength, given in [4.3]
transverse section (see Fig 13 for general cargo ships, Fig 14
• criteria on buckling strength, given in [4.4] for bulk carriers, Fig 15 for oil tankers).
• criteria on pitting, given in [4.5]. These structural items are also listed in appropriate tables
grouped according to their position and contribution to the
4.2.2 (1/7/2001) local or global strength of the ship and separately for ships
Each measured structural item is to be checked against the contracted for construction either before or on/after 1 June
following criteria, as far as applicable. Where any of the cri- 2000 (Tab 5 for general cargo ships contracted for construc-
teria are not met, reinforcements, repairs and renewals are tion on/after 1 June 2000, Tab 6 for general cargo ships con-
to be carried out as appropriate. tracted for construction before 1 June 2000, Tab 7 for bulk
carriers contracted for construction on/after 1 June 2000, met. Some isolated areas may be accepted according to
Tab 8 for bulk carriers contracted for construction before 1 the criteria given in [4.3.5] a).
June 2000, Tab 9 for oil tankers contracted for construction
on/after 1 June 2000, Tab 10 for oil tankers contracted for c) assessment of groups of items (column 3 in Tab 5, Tab 7
construction before 1 June 2000). and Tab 9). If the criterion is not met, a sufficient num-
ber of elements are to be renewed in order to obtain an
4.3.4 Each structural item is to be assessed according to increased average thickness satisfying the considered
four different criteria which vary with regard to the domain criterion of the group (generally the elements to be
under which it is considered, namely: renewed are those most wasted). As an example, for the
assessment of the group “deck plates” all deck plates are
a) an isolated area, which is meant as a part of a single
measured and an average thickness of each of them is
structural item. This criterion takes into consideration
estimated. Then the average of all these values is to sat-
very local aspects such as grooving of a plate or web, or
isfy the criteria given for this group.
local severe corrosion; however, it is not to be used for
pitting for which separate criteria are considered (see d) assessment of zones (column 4 in in Tab 5, Tab 7 and
[4.5]) Tab 9). In principle, the criterion of the zone is met
b) an item, which is meant as an individual element such when all groups of items belonging to the zone meet
as a plate, a stiffener, a web, etc. This criterion takes into their own criteria (see c) above). However, a greater
consideration the average condition of the item, which diminution than those given in column 3 may be
is assessed by determining its average thickness using accepted for one group of items if, considering the other
the various measurements taken on the same item groups of items belonging to the same zone, the overall
diminution of the zone does not exceed the criterion
c) a group of items, which is meant as a set of elements of given for it in column 4.
the same nature (plates, longitudinals, girders) contrib-
uting either to the longitudinal global strength of the Example: The deck zone consists of two groups of items:
ship in a given zone or to the global strength of other
• deck plating, which has an average diminution of
primary transverse elements not contributing to the ship
12% (criterion 10%)
longitudinal strength, e. g. bulkheads, hatch covers,
web frames • deck longitudinals, which has an average diminu-
tion of 4% (criterion 10%)
d) a zone, which is meant as all and only longitudinal ele-
ments contributing to the longitudinal strength of the Even though the deck plating group exceeds its accept-
ship; in this regard, the three main zones are defined as ance criterion, the average diminution of the zone,
deck zone, neutral axis zone and bottom zone. This cri- which can be very roughly estimated at 8%, is accept-
terion takes into consideration the average condition of able and thus the deck plating group can be accepted as
all groups of items belonging to the same zone. it is.
4.3.5 (1/7/2013) e) assessment of zones (column 3 in Tab 6, Tab 8 and
The assessment of the thickness measurements is to be per- Tab 10, applicable to ships of 65 m in length and
formed using the values given in the tables for each struc- upwards). In principle, the criterion of the zone is met
tural element with regard to the criteria defined above, in when the average diminution of all items belonging to
the following order: the zone meets the criterion given for it in column 3.
a) assessment of isolated areas (column 1 in all tables). If Example: The deck zone consists of two groups of items:
the criterion is not met, the wasted part of the item is to
• deck plating, which has an average diminution of
be dealt with as necessary.
12%
b) assessment of items (column 2 in all tables). If the crite-
• deck longitudinals, which have an average diminu-
rion is not met, the item is to be dealt with as necessary
in the measured areas as far as the average condition of tion of 4%.
the item concerned is satisfactory. In cases where some The average diminution of the zone, which can be very
items are renewed, the average thicknesses of these roughly estimated at 8%, is acceptable.
items to be considered in the next step are the new
thicknesses. f) Evaluation of longitudinal strength
Example: to report the average value for each aft/for- The hull girder strength assessment is to be performed in
ward deck plate, the criteria given in [4.3.5] b) are to be accordance with the criteria specified in App 4.
MATERIAL (ReH)
ITEMS RATIO 235 315 355 and 390
(1) (2) (1) (2) (1) (2)
Bottom and deck plates s/t 56,0 65,0 51,0 60,0 49,0 55,0
Longitudinal ordinary stiffeners flat bar web hw / tw 20,0 20,0 18,0 19,0 17,5 18,0
Flanged longitudinal / girders web hw / tw 56,0 65,0 51,0 60,0 49,0 55,0
Flanged longitudinal / girders symmetrical flange bf / tf 34,0 40,0 30,0 38,0 29,0 36,0
Flanged longitudinal / girders asymmetrical flange bf / tf 17,0 20,0 15,0 19,0 14,5 18,0
Symbols:
ReH : minimum yield stress of the material, in N/mm2; s : spacing, in t : actual plate thickness, in mm;
hw : web height, in mm; tw : web thickness, in mm; mm, of ordinary tf : flange thickness, in mm;
stiffeners;
bf : flange
breadth, in mm;
(1) Applicable to ships contracted for construction on or after 1 June 2000
(2) Applicable to ships contracted for construction before 1 June 2000
4.3.6 These criteria take into consideration two main 4.5 Pitting
aspects:
4.5.1 The maximum acceptable depth for isolated pits is
• the overall strength of the hull girder 35% of the as-built thickness.
• the local strength and integrity of the hull structure, such 4.5.2 (1/7/2001)
as hatch covers, bulkheads, etc. For areas with different pitting intensity, the intensity dia-
grams shown in Fig 12 are to be used to identify the per-
As a rule, they are applicable to the structure within the centage of affected areas.
cargo area of ships having a length greater than 90 metres.
For areas having a pitting intensity of 50% or more, the
However, they may also be used for smaller ships and for
maximum acceptable average depth of pits is 20% of the as-
structure outside the cargo area according to the following
built thickness. For intermediate values between isolated
principles:
pits and 50% of affected area, the interpolation between
• for ships having a length less than 90 metres, the per- 35% and 20% is made according to Tab 4.
centages of acceptable wastage given in the tables can
be increased by 5 (%) (e.g. 15% instead of 10%, etc.), Table 4 : Pitting intensity and
except for those of deck and bottom zones corresponding maximum acceptable average depth of
pitting (1/7/2001)
• for structure outside the cargo area, the same 5 (%)
increase can be applied
MAXIMUM ACCEPTABLE
on the understanding, however, that both conditions cannot PITTING INTENSITY AVERAGE
be applied at the same time. (%) PITTING DEPTH (% of the
as-built thickness)
4.5.3 In addition, the thickness outside the pits in the area cess, but it is not considered an acceptable repair for pitting
considered is to be assessed according to [4.3] and [4.4] exceeding the maximum allowable wastage limits. Welding repairs
above. may be accepted when performed in accordance with procedures
agreed with the Society.
Note 1: Application of filler material (plastic or epoxy compounds)
is recommended as a means to stop or reduce the corrosion pro-
Table 5 : Local and global acceptance criteria for general cargo ships (given in % of wastage) (for ships contracted
for construction on/after 1 June 2000) (1/7/2012)
Group of 1 2 3 4
Description of items
items Isolated area Item Group Zone
ITEMS CONTRIBUTING TO THE LONGITUDINAL STRENGTH (TRANSVERSE SECTION)
DECK ZONE (1) - - - 10
1 Hatch coaming - - 10 -
underdeck girder web 25 20 - -
underdeck girder flange 20 15 - -
2 Upperdeck plating, deck stringer plates and sheer strakes 30 20 10 -
3 Deck longitudinals - - 10 -
web 30 20 - -
flange 25 15 - -
NEUTRAL AXIS ZONE (1) - - - 15
4 Side shell plating 25 20 15 -
5 ‘Tweendeck hatch girder - - 15 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
6 ‘Tweendeck plating 30 20 15 -
7 ‘Tweendeck longitudinals - - 15 -
web 30 20 - -
flange 25 15 - -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) If continuous, to be included in item 1.
(3) For ships, contracted for construction on or after 1 July 2012, the renewal criteria of all cargo hatch covers are as follows:
• for single skin hatch covers and for the plating of double skin hatch covers, steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness
is less than tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet + 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in
accordance with the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal.
Coating is to be maintained in good condition, as defined in Sec 2, [2.2.13].
For the internal structure of double skin hatch covers, thickness gauging is required when plating renewal is to be carried out or
when this is deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Surveyor, on the basis of the plating corrosion or deformation condition. In
these cases, steel renewal for the internal structures is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet.
For weather deck hatches of container ships and passenger ships, the thickness for steel renewal is tnet and the thickness for coat-
ing or annual gauging is when gauged thickness is between tnet and tnet + 0,5 mm.
(4) For deep tank bulkheads, the values “average of item” and “average of group” are to be increased by 5 (%).
Group of 1 2 3 4
Description of items
items Isolated area Item Group Zone
BOTTOM ZONE (1) - - - 10
8 Bilge and bottom strakes and keel plate 25 20 10 -
9 Bottom girders 25 20 10 -
10 Bilge and bottom longitudinals - - 10 -
web 30 20 - -
flange 25 15 - -
11 Inner bottom plating 30 20 10 -
12 Inner bottom longitudinals - - 10 -
web 30 20 - -
flange 25 15 - -
OTHER ITEMS
13 Hatch coaming plating (2) 25 20 - -
14 Hatch coaming brackets 30 25 - -
15 Hatch cover top plating (3) 25 20 15 -
16 Hatch cover skirt plating (3) 30 20 - -
17 Hatch cover stiffeners 30 20 - -
18 Transverse bulkheads (4)
plating 30 20 15 -
stringer web 30 20 - -
stringer flange 25 15 - -
stiffener web 30 20 - -
stiffener flange 25 15 - -
brackets 30 20 - -
19 Side frames
web 30 20 - -
flange 25 15 - -
brackets 30 20 - -
20 Deck/’tweendeck frames
web 30 20 - -
flange 25 15 - -
21 Floors
plating 30 20 - -
22 Forward and aft peak bulkheads
plating 30 20 15 -
stiffener web 30 20 - -
stiffener flange 25 15 - -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) If continuous, to be included in item 1.
(3) For ships, contracted for construction on or after 1 July 2012, the renewal criteria of all cargo hatch covers are as follows:
• for single skin hatch covers and for the plating of double skin hatch covers, steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness
is less than tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet + 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in
accordance with the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal.
Coating is to be maintained in good condition, as defined in Sec 2, [2.2.13].
For the internal structure of double skin hatch covers, thickness gauging is required when plating renewal is to be carried out or
when this is deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Surveyor, on the basis of the plating corrosion or deformation condition. In
these cases, steel renewal for the internal structures is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet.
For weather deck hatches of container ships and passenger ships, the thickness for steel renewal is tnet and the thickness for coat-
ing or annual gauging is when gauged thickness is between tnet and tnet + 0,5 mm.
(4) For deep tank bulkheads, the values “average of item” and “average of group” are to be increased by 5 (%).
Table 6 : Local and global acceptance criteria for general cargo ships (given in % of wastage) (for ships contracted
for construction before 1 June 2000)
Group of 1 2 3
Description of items
items Isolated area Item Zone
ITEMS CONTRIBUTING TO THE LONGITUDINAL STRENGTH (TRANSVERSE SECTION)
DECK ZONE (1) - - 10
1 Hatch coaming - - -
underdeck girder web and flange 25 20 -
2 Upperdeck plating, deck stringer plates and sheer strakes 25 20 -
3 Deck longitudinals web and flange 25 20 -
NEUTRAL AXIS ZONE (1) - - -
4 Side shell plating 25 20 -
5 ‘Tweendeck hatch girder web and flange - - -
6 ‘Tweendeck plating 25 20 -
7 ‘Tweendeck longitudinals web and flange 25 20 -
BOTTOM ZONE (1) - - 10
8 Bilge and bottom strakes and keel plate 25 20 -
9 Bottom girders 25 20 -
10 Bilge and bottom longitudinals web and flange 25 20 -
11 Inner bottom plating 25 20 -
12 Inner bottom longitudinals web and flange 25 20 -
OTHER ITEMS
13 Hatch coaming plating (2) 30 25 -
14 Hatch coaming brackets 30 25 -
15 Hatch cover top plating 30 25 -
16 Hatch cover skirt plating 30 25 -
17 Hatch cover stiffeners 30 25 -
18 Transverse bulkheads (3)
plating 30 25 -
stringer web and flange 30 25 -
stiffener web and flange 30 25 -
brackets 30 25 -
19 Side frames
web and flange 30 25 -
brackets 30 25 -
20 Deck/’tweendeck frames
web and flange 30 25 -
21 Floors
plating 30 25 -
22 Forward and aft peak bulkheads
plating 30 25 -
stiffener web and flange 30 25 -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) If continuous, to be included in item 1.
(3) For deep tank bulkheads, the values “average of item” are to be increased by 5 (%).
13 15 14 16 12 2
1
DECK
ZONE
3
4
5 17 6
19
NEUTRAL
18
AXIS
10 11 9 ZONE
BOTTOM
ZONE
20 8 7
Table 7 : Local and global acceptance criteria for bulk carriers (given in % of wastage)
(for ships contracted for construction on/after 1 June 2000) (1/7/2009)
Group of 1 2 3 4
Description of items
items Isolated area Item Group Zone
ITEMS CONTRIBUTING TO THE LONGITUDINAL STRENGTH (TRANSVERSE SECTION)
DECK ZONE (1) - - - 10
1 Strength deck plating, deck stringer, sheer strake and part of 25 20 10 -
side shell plating in way of top side tanks
2 Deck longitudinals - - 10 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
3 Side shell longitudinals in way of top side tanks - - 10 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
4 Top side tank sloped plating, including horizontal and vertical 25 20 10 -
strakes
5 Longitudinals connected to top side tank sloped plating - - 10 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
NEUTRAL AXIS ZONE (1) - - - 15
6 Side shell plating 25 20 15 -
BOTTOM ZONE (1) - - - 10
7 Bilge and bottom plating and keel plate 25 20 10 -
8 Bilge and bottom longitudinals - - 10 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
9 Bottom girders 25 15 10 -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) If continuous, to be included in item 1.
(3) For vertically corrugated transverse bulkheads in cargo holds:
• For ships indicated in Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.1] which are to comply with the retroactive requirements according to the schedule given in
Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.2], the bulkhead between the two foremost cargo holds is to be assessed based on the criteria given in Ch 6,
Sec 2, [1.3].
• For ships indicated in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [7.1.1], contracted for construction on or after 1 July 1998, all bulkheads are to be
repaired by steel renewal where the gauged thickness is less than t + 0,5 mm, where t net is the thickness obtained by applying the
strength criteria given in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [7.1]. However, where the gauged thickness is within the range t net + 0,5 mm and t net
+ 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with the coating Manufacturer’s requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an
alternative to steel renewal.
(4) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2], contracted for construction before 1 January 2004, the renewal criteria of all cargo hatch
covers are as follows:
• for single skin hatch covers and for the plating of pontoon covers, steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is less than
tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet + 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with
the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal.
For the internal structure of pontoon hatch covers, thickness gauging is required when plating renewal is to be carried out or when
this is deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Surveyor, on the basis of the plating corrosion or deformation condition. In these
cases, steel renewal for the internal structures is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet.
(5) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2] to Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.7], contracted for construction on or after 1 January 2004, the renewal
criteria of forward and side hatch coamings on exposed decks in position 1, as defined in ILCC, are as follows:
• steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet
+ 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may
be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal. Coating is to be maintained in good condition, as defined in Sec 2, [2.2.13].
(6) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2] to Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.7], contracted for construction on or after 1 January 2004, the renewal
criteria of all cargo hatch covers are as follows:
• for single skin hatch covers and for the plating of double skin hatch covers, steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is
less than tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet + 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accord-
ance with the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal. Coating is
to be maintained in good condition, as defined in Sec 2, [2.2.13].
For the internal structure of double skin hatch covers, thickness gauging is required when plating renewal is to be carried out or
when this is deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Surveyor, on the basis of the plating corrosion or deformation condition. In
these cases, steel renewal for the internal structures is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet.
Group of 1 2 3 4
Description of items
items Isolated area Item Group Zone
10 Inner bottom plating and hopper tank sloped plating 25 20 10 -
11 Longitudinals connected to inner bottom and hopper tank - - 10 -
sloped plating
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
OTHER ITEMS
12 Hatch coaming plating (2) (5) 25 20 - -
13 Hatch coaming brackets (5) 30 25 - -
14 Hatch cover top plating (4) (6) 25 20 15 -
15 Hatch cover skirt plating (4) (6) 25 20 - -
16 Hatch cover stiffeners (4) (6) 25 20 - -
17 Transverse bulkheads (3)
plating 25 20 15 -
stiffener web 25 20 - -
stiffener flange 20 15 - -
18 Side shell frames
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
brackets 20 15 - -
19 Topside and hopper tank web frames
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) If continuous, to be included in item 1.
(3) For vertically corrugated transverse bulkheads in cargo holds:
• For ships indicated in Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.1] which are to comply with the retroactive requirements according to the schedule given in
Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.2], the bulkhead between the two foremost cargo holds is to be assessed based on the criteria given in Ch 6,
Sec 2, [1.3].
• For ships indicated in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [7.1.1], contracted for construction on or after 1 July 1998, all bulkheads are to be
repaired by steel renewal where the gauged thickness is less than t + 0,5 mm, where t net is the thickness obtained by applying the
strength criteria given in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [7.1]. However, where the gauged thickness is within the range t net + 0,5 mm and t net
+ 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with the coating Manufacturer’s requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an
alternative to steel renewal.
(4) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2], contracted for construction before 1 January 2004, the renewal criteria of all cargo hatch
covers are as follows:
• for single skin hatch covers and for the plating of pontoon covers, steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is less than
tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet + 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with
the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal.
For the internal structure of pontoon hatch covers, thickness gauging is required when plating renewal is to be carried out or when
this is deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Surveyor, on the basis of the plating corrosion or deformation condition. In these
cases, steel renewal for the internal structures is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet.
(5) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2] to Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.7], contracted for construction on or after 1 January 2004, the renewal
criteria of forward and side hatch coamings on exposed decks in position 1, as defined in ILCC, are as follows:
• steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet
+ 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may
be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal. Coating is to be maintained in good condition, as defined in Sec 2, [2.2.13].
(6) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2] to Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.7], contracted for construction on or after 1 January 2004, the renewal
criteria of all cargo hatch covers are as follows:
• for single skin hatch covers and for the plating of double skin hatch covers, steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is
less than tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet + 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accord-
ance with the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal. Coating is
to be maintained in good condition, as defined in Sec 2, [2.2.13].
For the internal structure of double skin hatch covers, thickness gauging is required when plating renewal is to be carried out or
when this is deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Surveyor, on the basis of the plating corrosion or deformation condition. In
these cases, steel renewal for the internal structures is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet.
Group of 1 2 3 4
Description of items
items Isolated area Item Group Zone
20 Floors
plating 25 15 - -
21 Forward and aft peak bulkheads
plating 25 20 15 -
stiffener web 25 20 - -
stiffener flange 20 15 - -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) If continuous, to be included in item 1.
(3) For vertically corrugated transverse bulkheads in cargo holds:
• For ships indicated in Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.1] which are to comply with the retroactive requirements according to the schedule given in
Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.2], the bulkhead between the two foremost cargo holds is to be assessed based on the criteria given in Ch 6,
Sec 2, [1.3].
• For ships indicated in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [7.1.1], contracted for construction on or after 1 July 1998, all bulkheads are to be
repaired by steel renewal where the gauged thickness is less than t + 0,5 mm, where t net is the thickness obtained by applying the
strength criteria given in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [7.1]. However, where the gauged thickness is within the range t net + 0,5 mm and t net
+ 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with the coating Manufacturer’s requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an
alternative to steel renewal.
(4) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2], contracted for construction before 1 January 2004, the renewal criteria of all cargo hatch
covers are as follows:
• for single skin hatch covers and for the plating of pontoon covers, steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is less than
tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet + 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with
the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal.
For the internal structure of pontoon hatch covers, thickness gauging is required when plating renewal is to be carried out or when
this is deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Surveyor, on the basis of the plating corrosion or deformation condition. In these
cases, steel renewal for the internal structures is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet.
(5) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2] to Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.7], contracted for construction on or after 1 January 2004, the renewal
criteria of forward and side hatch coamings on exposed decks in position 1, as defined in ILCC, are as follows:
• steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet
+ 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may
be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal. Coating is to be maintained in good condition, as defined in Sec 2, [2.2.13].
(6) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2] to Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.7], contracted for construction on or after 1 January 2004, the renewal
criteria of all cargo hatch covers are as follows:
• for single skin hatch covers and for the plating of double skin hatch covers, steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is
less than tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet + 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accord-
ance with the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal. Coating is
to be maintained in good condition, as defined in Sec 2, [2.2.13].
For the internal structure of double skin hatch covers, thickness gauging is required when plating renewal is to be carried out or
when this is deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Surveyor, on the basis of the plating corrosion or deformation condition. In
these cases, steel renewal for the internal structures is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet.
Table 8 : Local and global acceptance criteria for bulk carriers (given in % of wastage)(for ships contracted for con-
struction before 1 June 2000)
1 2 3
Group of items Description of items
Isolated area Item Zone
ITEMS CONTRIBUTING TO THE LONGITUDINAL STRENGTH (TRANSVERSE SECTION)
DECK ZONE (1) - - 10
1 Strength deck plating, deck stringer, sheer strake and part of side shell plat- 25 20 -
ing in way of top side tanks
2 Deck longitudinals, web and flange 25 20 -
3 Side shell longitudinals in way of top side tanks, web and flange 25 20 -
4 Top side tank sloped plating, including horizontal and vertical strakes 25 20 -
5 Longitudinals connected to top side tank sloped plating, web and flange 25 20 -
NEUTRAL AXIS ZONE (1) - - -
6 Side shell plating 25 20 -
BOTTOM ZONE (1) - - 10
7 Bilge and bottom plating and keel plate 25 20 -
8 Bilge and bottom longitudinals, web and flange 25 20 -
9 Bottom girders 25 20 -
10 Inner bottom plating and hopper tank sloped plating 25 20 -
11 Longitudinals connected to inner bottom and hopper tank sloped plating, 25 20 -
web and flange
OTHER ITEMS
12 Hatch coaming plating (2) 30 25 -
13 Hatch coaming brackets 30 25 -
14 Hatch cover top plating (5) 30 25 -
15 Hatch cover skirt plating (5) 30 25 -
16 Hatch cover stiffeners (5) 30 25 -
17 Transverse bulkheads (3)
plating 25 20 -
stiffener web and flange 25 20 -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) If continuous, to be included in item 1.
(3) For vertically corrugated transverse bulkheads in cargo holds:
• For ships indicated in Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.1] which are to comply with the retroactive requirements according to the schedule
given in Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.2], the bulkhead between the two foremost cargo holds is to be assessed based on the criteria
given in Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.3].
• For ships indicated in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [7.1.1], contracted for construction on or after 1 July 1998, all bulkheads are to be
repaired by steel renewal where the gauged thickness is less than t net + 0,5 mm, where t net is the thickness obtained by
applying the strength criteria given in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [7.1]. However, where the gauged thickness is within the range t
net + 0,5 mm and t net + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with the coating Manufacturer’s requirements) or annual
gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal.
(4) For ships whose side shell frames are to comply with the retroactive requirements given in Ch 6, Sec 2, [7] the acceptance cri-
teria for the thickness diminution of the webs of frames and brackets are not to be considered the values indicated in the Table
(20% of wastage), but rather the specific value obtained by the structural assessment carried out in accordance with the criteria
given in Ch 6, Sec 2, [7]. For flanges, the acceptance criteria indicated in the Table (20% of wastage) are to be applied in addi-
tion to the criteria given in Ch 6, Sec 2, [7].
(5) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2], contracted for construction on or after 1 July 1998, the renewal criteria of all cargo
hatch covers are as follows:
• for single skin hatch covers and for the plating of pontoon covers, steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is
less than tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet + 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied
in accordance with the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel
renewal.
For the internal structure of pontoon hatch covers, thickness gauging is required when plating renewal is to be carried out or when this is
deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Surveyor, on the basis of the plating corrosion or deformation condition. In these cases, steel
renewal for the internal structures is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet.
1 2 3
Group of items Description of items
Isolated area Item Zone
18 Side shell frames (4)
web and flange 25 20 -
brackets 25 20 -
19 Topside and hopper tank web frames, web and flange 25 20 -
20 Floors
plating 25 20 -
21 Forward and aft peak bulkheads
plating 25 20 -
stiffener web and flange 25 20 -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) If continuous, to be included in item 1.
(3) For vertically corrugated transverse bulkheads in cargo holds:
• For ships indicated in Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.1] which are to comply with the retroactive requirements according to the schedule
given in Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.2], the bulkhead between the two foremost cargo holds is to be assessed based on the criteria
given in Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.3].
• For ships indicated in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [7.1.1], contracted for construction on or after 1 July 1998, all bulkheads are to be
repaired by steel renewal where the gauged thickness is less than t net + 0,5 mm, where t net is the thickness obtained by
applying the strength criteria given in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [7.1]. However, where the gauged thickness is within the range t
net + 0,5 mm and t net + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with the coating Manufacturer’s requirements) or annual
gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal.
(4) For ships whose side shell frames are to comply with the retroactive requirements given in Ch 6, Sec 2, [7] the acceptance cri-
teria for the thickness diminution of the webs of frames and brackets are not to be considered the values indicated in the Table
(20% of wastage), but rather the specific value obtained by the structural assessment carried out in accordance with the criteria
given in Ch 6, Sec 2, [7]. For flanges, the acceptance criteria indicated in the Table (20% of wastage) are to be applied in addi-
tion to the criteria given in Ch 6, Sec 2, [7].
(5) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2], contracted for construction on or after 1 July 1998, the renewal criteria of all cargo
hatch covers are as follows:
• for single skin hatch covers and for the plating of pontoon covers, steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is
less than tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet + 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied
in accordance with the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel
renewal.
For the internal structure of pontoon hatch covers, thickness gauging is required when plating renewal is to be carried out or when this is
deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Surveyor, on the basis of the plating corrosion or deformation condition. In these cases, steel
renewal for the internal structures is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet.
13 3 2
DECK ZONE
15
4 1
NEUTRAL AXIS
ZONE
14 17 18 7 6 5
8
12 10 9
16
BOTTOM ZONE
11
Table 9 : Local and global acceptance criteria for oil tankers (given in % of wastage)(for ships contracted for con-
struction on/after 1 June 2000) (1/7/2009)
Group of 1 2 3 4
Description of items
items Isolated area Item Group Zone
ITEMS CONTRIBUTING TO THE LONGITUDINAL STRENGTH (TRANSVERSE SECTION)
DECK ZONE (1) - - - 10
1 Deck plating, deck stringer, sheer strake and longitudinal 25 20 10 -
bulkhead upper strake (2)
2 Deck and sheer strake longitudinals - - 10 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
3 Deck longitudinal girders - - 10 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
4 Longitudinals connected to long. bulkhead upper strake (2) - - 10 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
NEUTRAL AXIS ZONE (1) - - - 15
5 Side shell plating (2) 25 20 15 -
6 Side shell longitudinals and stringers (2) - - 15 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
7 Longitudinal bulkhead plating 25 20 15 -
8 Longitudinal bulkhead longitudinals and stringers - - 15 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
BOTTOM ZONE (1) - - - 10
9 Bilge and bottom strakes, longitudinal bulkhead lower strake 25 20 10 -
and keel plate (2)
10 Bilge and bottom longitudinals (2) - - 10 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
11 Longitudinals connected to longitud. bulkhead lower strake - - 10 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
12 Bottom girders - - 10 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
OTHER ITEMS
13 Deck transverse web frame
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
brackets / stiffeners 25 20 - -
14 Side shell web frame
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
brackets / stiffeners 25 20 - -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) For double hull oil tankers, the structural elements of the inner skin (plating, longitudinals, girders, bulkheads) are to be
included in the corresponding elements of the outer skin.
(3) Including swash bulkheads, forward and aft peak bulkheads.
Group of 1 2 3 4
Description of items
items Isolated area Item Group Zone
15 Longitudinal bulkhead web frame
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
brackets / stiffeners 25 20 - -
16 Bottom transverse web frame
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
brackets / stiffeners 25 20 - -
17 Cross tie
web 25 15 - -
flange 20 15 - -
brackets / stiffeners 20 15 - -
18 Transverse bulkheads (3)
plating 25 20 15 -
stringer web 25 20 - -
stringer flange 20 15 - -
stiffener web 30 20 - -
stiffener flange 25 15 - -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) For double hull oil tankers, the structural elements of the inner skin (plating, longitudinals, girders, bulkheads) are to be
included in the corresponding elements of the outer skin.
(3) Including swash bulkheads, forward and aft peak bulkheads.
Table 10 : Local and global acceptance criteria for oil tankers (given in % of wastage)
(for ships contracted for construction before 1 June 2000)
Group of 1 2 3
Description of items
items Isolated area Item Zone
ITEMS CONTRIBUTING TO THE LONGITUDINAL STRENGTH (TRANSVERSE SECTION)
DECK ZONE (1) - - 10
1 Deck plating, deck stringer, sheer strake and longitudinal bulkhead 25 20 -
upper strake (2)
2 Deck and sheer strake longitudinals, web and flange 25 20 -
3 Deck longitudinal girders, web and flange 25 20 -
4 Longitudinals connected to long. bulkhead upper strake (2)
web and flange 25 20 -
NEUTRAL AXIS ZONE (1) - - -
5 Side shell plating (2) 25 20 -
6 Side shell longitudinals and stringers (2)
web and flange 25 20 -
7 Longitudinal bulkhead plating 25 20 -
8 Longitudinal bulkhead longitudinals and stringers, web and flange 25 20 -
BOTTOM ZONE (1) - - 10
9 Bilge and bottom strakes, longitudinal bulkhead lower strake and 25 20 -
keel plate (2)
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) For double hull oil tankers, the structural elements of the inner skin (plating, longitudinals, girders, bulkheads) are to be
included in the corresponding elements of the outer skin.
(3) Including swash bulkheads, forward and aft peak bulkheads.
Group of 1 2 3
Description of items
items Isolated area Item Zone
10 Bilge and bottom longitudinals (2) 25 20 -
web and flange
11 Longitudinals connected to longitud. bulkhead lower strake, web 25 20 -
and flange
12 Bottom girders, web and flange 25 20 -
OTHER ITEMS
13 Deck transverse web frame
web and flange 25 20 -
brackets / stiffeners 25 20 -
14 Side shell web frame
web and flange 25 20 -
brackets / stiffeners 25 20 -
15 Longitudinal bulkhead web frame
web and flange 25 20 -
brackets / stiffeners 25 20 -
16 Bottom transverse web frame
web and flange 25 20 -
brackets / stiffeners 25 20 -
17 Cross tie
web and flange 25 20 -
brackets / stiffeners 25 20 -
18 Transverse bulkheads (3)
plating 25 20 -
stringer web and flange 25 20 -
stiffener web and flange 25 20 -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) For double hull oil tankers, the structural elements of the inner skin (plating, longitudinals, girders, bulkheads) are to be
included in the corresponding elements of the outer skin.
(3) Including swash bulkheads, forward and aft peak bulkheads.
Fig 1 to Fig 6 are provided to facilitate the explanations The minimum remaining thickness in pits, grooves or
and/or interpretations given in Tab 2, to show typical other local areas is to be greater than the following
arrangements of single side skin bulk carriers. without being greater than the renewal thickness (tren):
• 75% of the as-built thickness, in the frame and end
3.2 Acceptance criteria brackets webs and flanges
• 70% of the as-built thickness, in the side shell, hop-
3.2.1 General (1/1/2016)
per tank and topside tank plating attached to the
For ships built under Common Structural Rules, the Accept-
each side frame, over a width up to 30 mm from
ance Criteria is according to:
each side of it.
• Chapter 13 of the “Common Structural Rules for Bulk
b) Other structures
Carriers” for ships having notation "bulk carrier ESP
CSR", contracted for construction on or after 1 April For plates with pitting intensity less than 20%, see
2006 but before 1 July 2015, or App 2, Fig 12, the measured thickness, tm of any indi-
• Part 1 Chapter 13 Section 2 of the "Common Structural vidual measurement is to meet the lesser of the follow-
Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers" for ships having ing criteria:
notation "bulk carrier ESP CSR", contracted for con- tm > 0,7 (tas-built - tvol add) mm
struction on or after 1 July 2015 tm > tren - 1 mm
and as specified in [3.2.2], [3.2.3] and [3.2.4]. where:
For ships not built under the Common Structural Rules, the tas-built : As-built thickness of the member, in mm
acceptance criteria are according to App 2 or other specific tvol add : Voluntary thickness addition; thickness, in mm,
requirements established by the Society. voluntarily added as the Owner's extra margin
for corrosion wastage in addition to tC
3.2.2 Acceptance criteria for pitting corrosion of
CSR ships (1/1/2019) tren : Renewal thickness; minimum allowable thick-
ness, in mm, below which renewal of structural
a) Side structures
members is to be carried out
If pitting intensity in an area where coating is required,
according to Ch 3, Sec 5 of the Common Structural tC : Total corrosion addition, in mm, defined in Ch
Rules for Bulk Carriers or Part 1 Ch 3 Sec 4 of "Common 3, Sec 3 of the “Common Structural Rules for
Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers", is Bulk Carriers” or Part 1 Ch 3 Sec 3 of "Common
higher than 15% (see App 2, Fig 12), thickness measure- Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tank-
ments are to be performed to check the extent of pitting ers"
corrosion. The 15% is based on pitting or grooving on tm : Measured thickness, in mm, on one item, i.e.
only one side of a plate. average thickness on one item using the various
In cases where pitting is exceeding 15%, as defined measurements taken on this same item during
above, an area of 300 mm or more, at the most pitted periodical ship's in service surveys.
part of the plate, is to be cleaned to bare metal and the The average thickness across any cross section in the plating
thickness is to be measured in way of the five deepest is not to be less than the renewal criteria for general corro-
pits within the cleaned area. The least thickness meas- sion given in Chapter 13 of the Common Structural Rules
ured in way of any of these pits is to be taken as the for Bulk Carriers" or Part 1 Ch 13 of "Common Structural
thickness to be recorded. Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers".
Table 2 : Interpretations of rule requirements for the locations and number of points to be measured for CSR bulk
carriers (single skin) (1/7/2012)
30 mm
Measurements are to be taken on both port and starboard sides of the selected transverse section.
1 1 1
2 2
2 2
$ $ $ $
2 3
50 mm
(1) Three sections at L/4, L/2, 3L/4 of hatch cover length, including:
• one measurement of each hatch cover plate and skirt plate
• measurements of adjacent beams and stiffeners
• one measurement of coaming plates and coaming flange, each side
(2) Measurements of both ends of hatch cover skirt plate, coaming plate and coaming flange
(3) One measurement of one out of three hatch coaming brackets and bars, on both sides and both ends
Figure 3 : Locations of measurements on structural members in cargo holds and ballast tanks of single side skin
bulk carriers (1/1/2019)
Note: The gauging pattern for web plating is to be a three point pattern for zones A, C and D, and a two point pattern for zone B (see figure). The
gauging report is to reflect the average reading. The average reading is to be compared with the allowable thickness. If the web plating has gen-
eral corrosion then this pattern is to be expanded to a five-point pattern.
Figure 4 : Locations of measurements on cargo hold transverse bulkheads (additional measurements to internal
structure of upper and lower stools to be added, e. g. two points in the upper and two points in the lower stools to
be indicated in section A - A) (1/7/2012)
A
B B
A A -A
B -B
Note: Measurements to be taken in each shaded area as per views A - A and B - B
Figure 5 : Locations of measurements on transverse bulkheads of topside, hopper and double bottom tanks (two
additional measurements to internal structure of double bottom tank to be added at midspan) (1/7/2012)
A
Topside
tank
Hopper
side tank
Double botton tank
A-A
xx
xx
A A
x x x
3.2.3 Acceptance criteria for edge corrosion of CSR Appendix 2 or other specific requirements established by
ships (1/1/2019) the Society.
Provided that the overall corroded height of the edge corro-
sion of the flange, or web in the case of flat bar stiffeners, is 4.1.2 Number of measurements (1/7/2012)
less than 25%, see Sec 2, Fig 1, of the stiffener flange Considering the extent of thickness measurements accord-
breadth or web height, as applicable, the measured thick- ing to the different structural elements of the ship and sur-
ness, tm, is to meet the lesser of the following criteria: veys (special, intermediate and annual), the locations of the
tm > 0,7 (tas-built - tvol add) mm points to be measured are given for the most important
items of the structure.
tm > tren - 1 mm
The average measured thickness across the breadth or 4.1.3 Locations of measurements (1/7/2012)
height of the stiffener is not to be less than that defined in Tab 3 provides explanations and/or interpretations for the
Chapter 13 of the “Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carri- application of those requirements indicated in the Rules,
ers" or Part 1 Ch 13 of "Common Structural Rules for Bulk which refer to both systematic thickness measurements
Carriers and Oil Tankers". related to the calculation of global hull girder strength and
specific measurements connected to close-up surveys.
Plate edges at openings for manholes, lightening holes etc.
may be below the minimum thickness given in Chapter 13 Fig 7 to Fig 12 are provided to facilitate the explanations
of the "Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers" or Part 1 and/or interpretations given in Tab 3, to show typical
Ch 13 of "Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers and arrangements of double side skin bulk carriers.
Oil Tankers" provided that the maximum extent of the
reduced plate thickness, below the minimum given in 4.2 Acceptance criteria
Chapter 13 of the "Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carri-
ers" or Part 1 Ch 13 of "Common Structural Rules for Bulk 4.2.1 General (1/1/2016)
Carriers and Oil Tankers" from the opening edge is not more For vessels built under the Common Structural Rules, the
than 20% of the smallest dimension of the opening and Acceptance Criteria is according to:
does not exceed 100 mm. • Chapter 13 of the “Common Structural Rules for Bulk
Rough or uneven edges may be cropped-back provided that Carriers” for ships having notation "bulk carrier ESP CSR
the maximum dimension of the opening is not increased by - double skin", contracted for construction on or after 1
more than 10% and the remaining thickness of the new April 2006 but before 1 July 2015, or
edge is not less than tren - 1 mm. • Part 1 Chapter 13 Section 2 of the "Common Structural
Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers" for ships having
3.2.4 Acceptance criteria for grooving corrosion of
notation "bulk carrier ESP CSR - double skin", con-
CSR ships (1/1/2019)
tracted for construction on or after 1 July 2015
a) Where the groove breadth is a maximum of 15% of the
web height, but not more than 30mm, see Sec 2, Fig 2, and as specified in [4.2.2], [4.2.3] and [4.2.4].
the measured thickness, tm, in the grooved area is to For ships not built under the Common Structural Rules, the
meet the lesser of the following criteria: acceptance criteria are according to App 2 or other specific
tm > 0,75 (tas-built - tvol add) mm requirements established by the Society.
tm > tren - 0,5 mm
4.2.2 Acceptance criteria for pitting corrosion of
but is not to be less than CSR ships (1/1/2019)
tm= 6 mm a) Side structures
b) Structural members with areas of grooving greater than If pitting intensity in an area where coating is required,
those in a) are to be assessed based on the criteria for according to Ch 3, Sec 5 of the “Common Structural
general corrosion as defined in Chapter 13 of the "Com- Rules for Bulk Carriers” or Part 1 Ch 3 Sec 4 of the
mon Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers" or Part 1 Ch 13 "Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil
of "Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers", is higher than 15% (see App 2, Fig 12), thick-
Tankers" using the average measured thickness across ness measurements are to be performed to check the
the plating/stiffener. extent of pitting corrosion. The 15% is based on pitting
or grooving on only one side of a plate.
4 Double skin bulk carriers In cases where pitting is exceeding 15%, as defined
above, an area of 300 mm or more, at the most pitted
4.1 Number and Locations of measure- part of the plate, is to be cleaned to bare metal and the
ments thickness is to be measured in way of the five deepest
pits within the cleaned area. The least thickness meas-
4.1.1 Application (1/1/2016) ured in way of any of these pits is to be taken as the
This item [4] only applies to ships built under the Common thickness to be recorded.
Structural Rules of Bulk Carriers or the "Common Structural The minimum remaining thickness in pits, grooves or
Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers". For ships not built other local areas is to be greater than 70% of the as-built
under the Common Structural Rules, the requirements for thickness, in the side shell, hopper tank and topside
number and locations of measurements are according to tank plating attached to the each side frame, over a
width up to 30 mm from each side of it, without being tren : Renewal thickness; minimum allowable thick-
greater than tren. ness, in mm, below which renewal of structural
members is to be carried out
b) Other structures
tC : Total corrosion addition, in mm, defined in Ch
For plates with pitting intensity less than 20%, see 3, Sec 3 of the “Common Structural Rules for
App 2, Fig 12, the measured thickness, tm of any indi- Bulk Carriers” or Part 1 Ch 3 Sec 3 of "Common
vidual measurement is to meet the lesser of the follow- Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tank-
ing criteria: ers"
tm > 0,7 (tas-built - tvol add) mm tm : Measured thickness, in mm, on one item, i.e.
average thickness on one item using the various
tm > tren - 1 mm
measurements taken on this same item during
Where: periodical ship's in service surveys.
The average thickness across any cross section in the plating
tas-built : As-built thickness of the member, in mm
is not to be less than the renewal criteria for general corro-
tvol add : Voluntary thickness addition; thickness, in mm, sion given in Chapter 13 of the “Common Structural Rules
voluntarily added as the Owner's extra margin for Bulk Carriers" or Part 1 Ch 13 of "Common Structural
for corrosion wastage in addition to tC Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers".
Table 3 : Interpretations of rule requirements for the locations and number of points to be measured for CSR bulk
carriers (double skin) (1/7/2012)
One of the representative tanks of each type Locations of points are given in Fig 9
(i.e. topside or hopper or side tank) is to be
chosen in the forward part
Note: Measurements are to be taken on both port and starboard sides of the selected transverse section.
1 1 1
2 2
2 2
$ $ $ $
2 3
50 mm
(1) Three sections at L/4, L/2, 3L/4 of hatch cover length, including:
• one measurement of each hatch cover plate and skirt plate
• measurements of adjacent beams and stiffeners
• one measurement of coaming plates and coaming flange, each side
(2) Measurements of both ends of hatch cover skirt plate, coaming plate and coaming flange
(3) One measurement of one out of three hatch coaming brackets and bars, on both sides and both ends
Figure 9 : Locations of measurements on structural members in ballast tanks of double skin bulk carriers (topside
or hopper or side tanks) (1/7/2016)
Figure 10 : Locations of measurements on cargo hold transverse bulkheads (additional measurements to internal
structure of upper and lower stools to be added, e.g. two points in the upper and two points in the lower stools to
be indicated in section A - A) (1/7/2016)
Figure 11 : Locations of measurements on transverse bulkheads of topside, hopper and double bottom tanks (two
additional measurements to internal structure of double bottom tank to be added at midspan) (1/7/2016)
A A
x x x
4.2.3 Acceptance criteria for edge corrosion of CSR the measured thickness, tm, in the grooved area is to
ships (1/1/2019) meet the lesser of the following criteria:
Provided that the overall corroded height of the edge corro-
tm > 0,75 (tas-built - tvol add) mm
sion of the flange, or web in the case of flat bar stiffeners, is
less than 25%, see Sec 2, Fig 1, of the stiffener flange tm > tren - 0,5 mm
breadth or web height, as applicable, the measured thick-
ness, tm, is to meet the lesser of the following criteria: but is not to be less than
tm > 0,7 (tas-built - tvol add) mm tm= 6 mm
tm > tren - 1 mm b) Structural members with areas of grooving greater than
The average measured thickness across the breadth or those in a) are to be assessed based on the criteria for
height of the stiffener is not to be less than that defined in general corrosion as defined in Chapter 13 of the “Com-
Chapter 13 of the “Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carri- mon Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers" or Part 1 Ch 13
ers" or Part 1 Ch 13 of "Common Structural Rules for Bulk of "Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil
Carriers and Oil Tankers". Tankers" using the average measured thickness across
the plating/stiffener.
Plate edges at openings for manholes, lightening holes etc.
may be below the minimum thickness given in Chapter 13
of the “Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers" or Part 1 5 Double hull oil tankers
Ch 13 of "Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers and
Oil Tankers" provided that: 5.1 Number and locations of measurements
a) the maximum extent of the reduced plate thickness,
5.1.1 Application (1/1/2016)
below the minimum given in Chapter 13 of the "Com-
mon Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers" or Part 1 Ch 13 This item [5] only applies to ships built under the Common
of "Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil Structural Rules of Double Hull Oil Tankers or the "Com-
Tankers", from the opening edge is not more than 20% mon Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers". For
of the smallest dimension of the opening and does not ships not built under the Common Structural Rules, the
exceed 100 mm. requirements for number and locations of measurements
b) rough or uneven edges may be cropped-back provided are according to App 2 or other specific requirements estab-
that the maximum dimension of the opening is not lished by the Society.
increased by more than 10% and the remaining thick-
ness of the new edge is not less than tren - 1 mm. 5.1.2 Number of measurements (1/7/2012)
5.1.3 Locations of measurements (1/7/2012) related to the calculation of global hull girder strength and
Tab 4 provides explanations and/or interpretations for the specific measurements connected to close-up surveys.
application of those requirements indicated in the Rules, Fig 13 to Fig 16 are provided to facilitate the explanations
which refer to both systematic thickness measurements and/or interpretations given in Tab 4, to show typical
arrangements of double hull oil tankers.
Table 4 : Interpretations of rule requirements for the locations and number of points to be measured (1/7/2012)
$ $ $ $ $ $
$
0,1 D
$
$
$
$
D
$
$
$
$
$
$ $ $ $
$
0,1 D
$ $ $ $ $ $
On each
plate of
stringers
5.2 Acceptance criteria tvol add : Voluntary thickness addition; thickness, in mm,
voluntarily added as the Owner's extra margin
5.2.1 General (1/1/2019) for corrosion wastage in addition to tC
For vessels built under the Common Structural Rules, the tren : Renewal criteria for general corrosion as
Acceptance Criteria is according to:
defined in [1.4.2.1] of Section 12 of "Common
• Section 12 - Ship in Operation Renewal Criteria of the Structural Rules for Double Hull Oil Tankers" or
“Common Structural Rules for Double Hull Oil Tankers” [2.1.1] of Section 2 Chapter 13 Part 1 of the
for ships having notation "Oil Tanker ESP CSR - double "Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers and
hull", contracted for construction on or after 1 April Oil Tankers"
2006 but before 1 July 2015, or
The average thickness across any cross section in the plating
• Part 1 Chapter 13 of the "Common Structural Rules for is not to be less than the renewal criteria for general corro-
Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers" for ships having notation sion given in [1.4.2.1] of Section 12 of the "Common Struc-
"Oil Tanker ESP CSR - double hull", contracted for con- tural Rules for Double Hull Oil Tankers" or [2.1.1] of
struction on or after 1 July 2015 Section 2 Chapter 13 Part 1 of the "Common Structural
and as specified in [5.2.2], [5.2.3] and [5.2.4]. Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers".
For ships not built under the Common Structural Rules, the 5.2.3 Acceptance criteria for edge corrosion of CSR
acceptance criteria are according to App 2 or other specific ships (1/1/2019)
requirements established by the Society
Provided that the overall corroded height of the edge corro-
5.2.2 Acceptance criteria for pitting corrosion of sion of the flange, or web in the case of flat bar stiffeners, is
CSR ships (1/1/2019) less than 25%, see Sec 2, Fig 1, of the stiffener flange
breadth or web height, as applicable, the measured thick-
For plates with pitting intensity less than 20%, see App 2,
ness, tm, in mm, is to meet the lesser of the following crite-
Fig 12, the measured thickness, tm, in mm, of any individual
ria:
measurement is to meet the lesser of the following criteria:
tm > 0,7 (tas-built - tvol add) tm > 0,7 (tas-built - tvol add)
where: where:
tas-built : As-built thickness of the member, in mm tas-built : As-built thickness of the member, in mm
tvol add : Voluntary thickness addition; thickness, in mm, 5.2.4 Acceptance criteria for grooving corrosion of
voluntarily added as the Owner's extra margin CSR ships (1/1/2019)
for corrosion wastage in addition to tC a) Where the groove breadth is a maximum of 15% of the
tren : Renewal criteria for general corrosion as web height, but not more than 30 mm, see Sec 2, Fig 2,
defined in [1.4.2.1] of Section 12 of the "Com- the measured thickness, tm, in mm, in the grooved area
mon Structural Rules for Double Hull Oil Tank- is to meet the lesser of the following criteria:
ers" or [2.1.1] of Section 2 Chapter 13 Part 1 of tm > 0,75 (tas-built - tvol add)
the "Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers
tm > tren - 0,5
and Oil Tankers".
The average measured thickness across the breadth or but is not to be less than
height of the stiffener is not to be less than that defined in tm= 6 mm
[1.4.2] of Section 12 of the "Common Structural Rules for
where:
Double Hull Oil Tankers" or [2.1] of Section 2 Chapter 13
Part 1 of the "Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers and tas-built : As-built thickness of the member, in mm
Oil Tankers". tvol add : Voluntary thickness addition; thickness, in
Plate edges at openings for manholes, lightening holes etc. mm, voluntarily added as the Owner's extra
may be below the minimum thickness given in [1.4.2] of margin for corrosion wastage in addition to
Section 12 of the "Common Structural Rules for Double tC
Hull Oil Tankers" or [2.1] of Section 2 Chapter 13 Part 1 of tren : Renewal criteria for general corrosion as
the "Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil defined in [1.4.2.1] of Section 12 of "Com-
Tankers" provided that: mon Structural Rules for Double Hull Oil
a) the maximum extent of the reduced plate thickness, Tankers" or [2.1.1] of Section 2 Chapter 13
below the minimum given in [1.4.2] of Section 12 of the Part 1 of the "Common Structural Rules for
"Common Structural Rules for Double Hull Oil Tankers" Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers".
or [2.1] of Section 2 Chapter 13 Part 1 of the "Common b) Structural members with areas of grooving greater than
Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers", from those in a) are to be assessed based on the criteria for
the opening edge is not more than 20% of the smallest general corrosion as defined in [1.4.2] of Section 12 of
dimension of the opening and does not exceed 100 mm the "Common Structural Rules for Double Hull Oil
b) rough or uneven edges may be cropped-back provided Tankers" or [2.1] of Section 2 Chapter 13 Part 1 of the
that the maximum dimension of the opening is not "Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil
increased by more than 10% and the remaining thick- Tankers" using the average measured thickness across
ness of the new edge is not less than tren - 1 mm. the plating/stiffener.
This App 4 does not apply to ships contracted for construc- 3.1
tion on or after 1 April 2006 but before 1 July 2015 having 3.1.1 (1/7/2002)
the notation bulk carrier ESP CSR; for these ships Chapter
The actual section moduli (Zact) of the transverse section of
13 of the "Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers"
the ship's hull girder calculated in accordance with [2.1.2]
applies. b) above is not to be less than 90% of the required section
modulus ZR or ZR,MIN for new buildings specified in Pt B,
1.1.4 (1/7/2015)
Ch 6, Sec 2, [4.2], whichever is the greater, provided that in
Except for the provisions of item [6], this App 4 does not no case is Zact less than the diminution limit of the minimum
apply to ships contracted for construction on or after 1 April section modulus (ZMC) as specified in [5].
2006 but before 1 July 2015 having the notation oil tanker
ESP CSR; for these ships Section 12 of the "Common Struc- 4 Calculation criteria of section moduli
tural Rules for Double Hull Oil Tankers" applies.
of midship section of hull girder
1.1.5 (1/7/2015)
Except for the provisions of item [6], this App 4 does not
4.1
apply to ships contracted for construction on or after 1st 4.1.1 (1/7/2002)
July 2015 having the notation bulk carrier ESP CSR or oil When calculating the transverse section modulus of the
tanker ESP CSR; for these ships Chapter 13 of the "Common ship's hull girder, the sectional area of all continuous longi-
Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers" applies. tudinal strength members is to be taken into account.
Table 1 : Values of Cn
6 Oil tankers - Sampling method of the web and face plate, and every plate is to be measured at
least in one point per strake.
thickness measurements for longitu-
dinal strength evaluation and repair 6.2.6 (1/7/2005)
The thickness of each component is to be determined by
methods
averaging all of the measurements taken in way of the trans-
verse section on each component.
6.1 Extent of longitudinal strength evalua-
tion 6.3 Additional measurements where the lon-
6.1.1 (1/7/2005) gitudinal strength is deficient
Longitudinal strength is to be evaluated within 0,4L amid- 6.3.1 (1/7/2005)
ships for the extent of the hull girder length that contains
Where one or more of the transverse sections are found to
tanks therein and within 0,5L amidships for adjacent tanks
be deficient in respect of the longitudinal strength require-
which may extend beyond 0,4L amidships, where tanks
ments given in this App 4, the number of transverse sections
means ballast tanks and cargo tanks.
for thickness measurement is to be increased such that each
tank within the 0,5L amidships region has been sampled.
6.2 Sampling method of thickness measure- Tank spaces that are partially within, but extend beyond,
ment the 0,5L region are to be sampled.
6.2.1 (1/7/2005) 6.3.2 (1/7/2005)
Pursuant to the requirements of Ch 4, Sec 3, [6.4], for single Additional thickness measurements are also to be per-
hull oil tanker or Ch 4, Sec 4, [4.4] for double hull oil tank- formed on one transverse section forward and one aft of
ers, transverse sections are to be chosen such that thickness each repaired area to the extent necessary to ensure that the
measurements can be taken for as many different tanks in areas bordering the repaired section also comply with the
corrosive environments as possible, e.g. ballast tanks shar- requirements of Ch 4, Sec 3 for single hull oil tankers or
ing a common plane boundary with cargo tanks fitted with Ch 4, Sec 4 for double hull oil tankers.
heating coils, other ballast tanks, cargo tanks permitted to
be filled with sea water and other cargo tanks. Ballast tanks 6.4 Effective repair methods
sharing a common plane boundary with cargo tanks fitted
with heating coils and cargo tanks permitted to be filled 6.4.1 (1/7/2005)
with sea water are to be selected where present. The extent of renewal or reinforcement carried out to com-
ply with this App 4 is to be in accordance with [6.4.2].
6.2.2 (1/7/2005)
The minimum number of transverse sections to be sampled 6.4.2 (1/1/2016)
is to be in accordance with Ch 4, Sec 3, Tab 4 for single The minimum continuous length of a renewed or reinforced
hull oil tankers or Ch 4, Sec 4, Tab 3 for double hull oil structural member is to be not less than twice the spacing of
tankers. The transverse sections are to be located where the the primary members in way. In addition, the thickness dim-
largest thickness reductions are suspected to occur or are inution in way of the butt-joint of each joining member for-
revealed from deck and bottom plating measurements pre- ward and aft of the replaced member (plates, stiffeners,
scribed in [6.2.3] and are to be clear of areas which have girder webs and flanges, etc.) is not to be within the sub-
been locally renewed or reinforced. stantial corrosion range (i.e.:
6.2.3 (1/7/2005) • for non CSR ships 75% of the allowable diminution
At least two points are to be measured on each deck plate associated with the deck plating member, or;
and/or bottom shell plate required to be measured within • for ships provided with the service notation Oil Tanker
the cargo area in accordance with the requirements of ESP CSR the limits indicated in:
Ch 4, Sec 3, Tab 4 for single hull oil tankers or Ch 4, Sec 4, - Section 12 of the "Common Structural Rules for
Tab 3for double hull oil tankers. Double Hull Oil Tankers" for ships contracted for
6.2.4 (1/7/2005) construction on or after 1 April 2006 but before 1
Within 0,1D (where D is the ship's moulded depth) of the July 2015, or
deck and bottom at each transverse section to be measured - Part 1 Chapter 13 of the "Common Stuctural Rules
in accordance with the requirements of Ch 4, Sec 3, Tab 4 for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers" for ships con-
for single hull oil tankers or Ch 4, Sec 4, Tab 3 for double tracted for construction on or after 1 July 2015).
hull oil tankers, every longitudinal and girder is to be meas-
ured on the web and face plate, and every plate is to be Where differences in thickness at the butt-joint exceed 15%
measured at one point between longitudinals. of the lower thickness, a transition taper is to be provided.
b) the thickness diminution of the deck or bottom plating c) the alignment and arrangement, including the termina-
to be reinforced is not within the substantial corrosion tion of the straps, are in accordance with a standard rec-
range (i.e.: ognised by the Society;
• for non CSR ships 75% of the allowable diminution d) the straps are continuous over the entire 0,5L amidships
associated with the deck plating member, or; length; and
e) continuous fillet welding and full penetration welds are
• for ships provided with the service notation Oil
used for butt welding and, depending on the width of
Tanker ESP the limits indicated in:
the strap, for slot welds. The welding procedures
- Section 12 of the "Common Structural Rules for applied are acceptable to the Society.
Double Hull Oil Tankers" for ships contracted for 6.4.4 (1/7/2005)
construction on or after 1 April 2006 but before The existing structure, adjacent to replacement areas and in
1 July 2015, or conjunction with the fitted straps, etc., is to be capable of
- Part 1 Chapter 13 of the "Common Stuctural withstanding the applied loads, taking into account the
Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers" for ships buckling resistance and the condition of welds between the
contracted for construction on or after 1 July longitudinal members and hull envelope plating.
2015).
Note 1: Society's personnel engaged in remote classification activi- The evidence provided to the Surveyor is subject to the
ties not requiring a survey (refer to [1.2]) are to be trained and qual- technical evaluation and final acceptance by the Surveyor
ified according to RINA's standard procedures. with respect to the completeness and accuracy, necessary to
perform the requested survey according to the applicable
2.3.4 On board personnel/Crew (1/1/2023) requirements.
Training and qualification of onboard personnel/Crew are One or more of the following evidence is to be provided for
regulated by the STCW Convention and is a prerogative of performing the remote survey:
the flag State Administration.
• live-streaming video and audio
The ship’s flag State Administration may require that the • recorded videos provided by the Owner’s representative
Safety Management System of the ship is updated by the
• photos provided by the Owner’s representative
Company to include provisions for specific training of the
crew engaged in remote surveys. • other data and/or supporting documents acceptable to
the Society.
2.4 Planning of the remote survey
2.6 Assessment of the remote survey
2.4.1 (1/1/2023)
2.6.1 (1/1/2023)
Planning of the remote survey is required to ensure that the The Surveyor is to evaluate all evidence received and
remote survey is carried out in accordance with the accept them before crediting the remote survey.
applicable requirements. The content of the planning is to
be based on the scope of the remote survey. The means used for the remote survey are to allow the
Surveyor to collect the necessary evidence that will be
To ensure that the Surveyor can properly plan the remote examined according to the Surveyor’s professional
survey and communicate with personnel/crew, so that the judgement in order to satisfactorily complete and credit the
survey is carried out according to the applicable rules, relevant survey items.
adequate means are to be available enabling the Surveyor
In case the Surveyor, according to their professional
and allowing the Society to:
judgement, deems that the remote survey does not provide
• properly interact with personnel/crew involved in the the same level of assurance as a survey with attendance on
remote survey, before and during the survey process board by a Surveyor, the Surveyor may decide not to credit
• agree on ICT means to be used the relevant survey items.
• verify that personnel/crew involved in the remote survey
are suitably skilled to use the electronic devices and/or 3 Scope and procedures
software used by the Society to perform the remote
survey 3.1 General
• acquire as deemed necessary information on identity 3.1.1 (1/1/2023)
and ranking of personnel/crew involved in the remote A remote survey will be only appropriate provided it
survey reaches the same level of assurance as, and is equivalent to,
• provide the survey item/scope to the personnel/crew a survey attended on board by a Surveyor.
involved in facilitating the remote surveys, including the
tests that will be performed 3.2 Scope - Eligible survey items
• communicate, during the remote survey, additional 3.2.1 (1/1/2023)
actions depending on the evidence to be collected. A remote survey may be proposed as an alternative to a
survey attended on board by a Surveyor for the surveys
One or more of the following means is to be provided for
listed in Tab 1.
planning the remote survey:
When the classification survey is also related to a statutory
• live-streaming video and audio connection item, and the Society is carrying out the statutory survey on
• exchange of data / electronic documents behalf of the flag State Administration, then the flag State
Administration acceptance is required, and possible
• other means acceptable to the Society
additional requirements are to be complied with.
The Owner is to provide the necessary facilities for the safe The Surveyor may require to confirm the results of the
execution of the survey. remote survey, by a survey attended on board by a Surveyor,
3.3.4 Requirements for a remote survey when live and location on board, including hazardous areas. The ICT
streaming is used (1/1/2023) is to typically consist of:
The Owner’s is to ensure that: • A host computer device, to receive the streaming of
• the Owner’s representative is attending onboard and has images/data/video. This is usually a laptop or desktop
access to the areas intended to be surveyed computer compatible with the software application
used for the remote survey
• the Owner’s representative has at his disposal a 2-ways
• On board standalone device which may include digital
visual and audible communication means complying
cameras capable of capturing videos/photos/data
with the requirements in [4]
• On board smart device compatible with the applicable
• ICT solution is available on the communication means software/technology
and meets the requirement described in [4]
• Communication accessories like headphones and
In the case these requirements cannot be fulfilled, the microphone for the noisy environment as applicable
remote survey may be rejected. The Surveyor is to verify the and as deemed necessary
identity of the ship at the commencement of the survey by Note 1: The smart device may be a smartphone, tablet, computer,
live streaming. wearable device, smart glass, digital camera, or any other device
which can be connected to the network and capable of transmitting
3.4 Hardware and ICT solution the necessary data/images to shore.
The communication equipment used for the live streaming
3.4.1 General (1/1/2023) is to have the following minimum functionality:
Refer to [4.2]. • both ends shall simultaneously see the same
image/videos in near real-time (i.e., live streaming)
3.5 Requirements for Connectivity • two-way direct voice communication
• possibility to take screenshots
3.5.1 General (1/1/2023)
When using a portable device on board for live streaming,
The Owner’s representative is to ensure that internet the movement of the handheld device may affect the
connectivity tests are carried out before the survey and that stability of the video and the image, leading to lower quality
proper connectivity is available and maintained during the outputs. When necessary, a suitable anti-shake device is to
survey. be used to provide proper stability.
When remote survey by live streaming is being undertaken, Note 2:
a connection that enables live streaming between the 1) The host computer screen is to be able to present an image
Surveyor and the Owner’s representative attending on board quality that is sufficient to enable a survey decision to be made
is required. The quality of the live streaming connection 2) Portable equipment on board shall be equipped with a power
(audio and video) is to ensure proper communication and capacity suitable for the intended scope and time of the survey
to allow the Surveyor to carry out the survey remotely, to
the Surveyor's satisfaction. In the case where a live 4.3 Internet Connectivity (coverage and
streaming connection with the Surveyor is not possible or is speed)
not continuous at the place of the survey (e.g., Engine
Room), partly online sequences (where the Owner is able to 4.3.1 (1/1/2023)
capture pictures and videos offline of those items not For internet connectivity requirements on board, refer to
covered by live streaming) may be accepted by the [3.5].
Surveyor. The onboard smart devices are to have the capability of
transmitting the images/video/data over a Cellular, Wi-Fi or
Satellite Connection to the remote Surveyor.
4 Information and Communication
When live streaming communication is applied, the internet
Technology (ICT) connection is to have sufficient and stable bandwidth
capacity to ensure quality (such as resolution and frame
4.1 General rate) of the direct colour image/video and voice
communication to the remote survey location to the
4.1.1 (1/1/2023)
satisfaction of the Surveyor.
This Article outlines the minimum requirements for the use
of ICT that can capture images, record video and/or live
4.4 Software and data security
stream video or other data from a ship as considered
acceptable to the Society. 4.4.1 (1/1/2023)
The software used for the remote survey is to be acceptable
to the Society. The overall function and ability of the
4.2 Hardware
software used to ensure the security of data is to be
4.2.1 (1/1/2023) evaluated prior to use as per the below requirements.
The Owner is responsible for ensuring that all hardware The Surveyor is to normally control the live video call,
installations on board used for the remote survey are to providing instructions to the on-site personnel/crew and
comply with the applicable requirements relevant for use supervising survey activities for capturing relevant
information. The onboard device is to have the capability of a) Live streaming video and audio
transmitting the data over a Cellular, Wi-Fi, or Satellite
Live streaming video and audio using ICT is to be in
Connection to the Surveyor. accordance with the requirements in [4].
The software used to perform the remote survey may also be
b) Recorded videos/photos
provided with technologies that support the Surveyor in the
process of making a decision, such as: For the recorded videos/photos, the following
information is to be available:
• Artificial Intelligence (AI) for the recognition and the
classification of defects • confirmation that they were actually taken on the
ship by the Owner’s representative
• Internet of things (IoT) for collecting parameters and
evaluating acceptability/working condition of • date and time when they were taken
machinery and equipment • identity of the personnel/crew responsible for taking
• Data driven verification or other means considered evidence
acceptable by the Society.
c) Master's/chief engineer's statement
The above software and technologies are to be evaluated Recorded videos/photos provided by the Owner’s
and accepted by the Society in each case. representative may be supplemented with a statement
When considering the use of software/applications and signed by the master and/or the chief engineer
other technologies, data protection is to be considered in confirming the condition of the items shown in the
accordance with applicable requirements of the Society evidence. The final evaluation of the remote survey by
before the remote survey is commenced. The the Surveyor is to be based on all of the provided
software/application used to perform the remote survey is to evidence, and it does not delegate the responsibility to
be compatible with the technical requirements detailed in the master/chief engineer’s statement only.
this paragraph; in addition, the software used is to comply d) Ship's logbook
with the Society’s applicable requirements for:
The Master is to make entries into ship's logbook on the
• cybersecurity following occasions and submit copies of the relevant
• data protection and confidentiality for the transmitted pages when requested by the Surveyor:
data • when a remote survey is carried out by the Surveyor
When not provided by the Society itself, the audio/video • when videos/photos are taken and submitted to the
software or application used to perform the remote survey is Surveyor with the master's/chief engineer's
to be accepted by the Society. statement and additional documents as applicable.
During the survey preparation, it is the Owner’s e) Owner’s confirmation
responsibility to ensure that their data security policies are The Owner’s representative or the master is to confirm
implemented as per the Company's Safety Management the correctness and completeness of the provided
System. information and evidence (if any) relevant to the
Note 1: The Company’s SMS may take into account IMO resolution condition of the items requested to be surveyed. This
MSC.428(98), MSC-FAL.1/Circ.3 and IACS Rec.166. confirmation may be included in the survey application.
Chapter 3
The scope of this Article [1] includes the following main g) welded attachments to shell, decks and primary mem-
activities: bers, e.g. crane pedestals, bitts and bollards, but only as
regards their interaction on the hull structure.
a) Examination of the parts of the ship covered by classifi-
Note 1: A glossary of hull terms and hull survey terms can be found
cation Rules and by applicable statutory regulations for
in IACS Recommendation 82.
hull construction, to obtain appropriate evidence that
they have been built in compliance with the Rules and
1.2.2 Documents (1/1/2008)
regulations, taking account of the relevant approved
drawings. Reference to documents also includes electronic transmis-
sion or storage.
b) Appraisal of the manufacturing, construction, control
and qualification procedures, including welding con- 1.2.3 Survey methods (1/7/2016)
sumables, weld procedures, weld connections and
assemblies, with indication of relevant approval tests. The survey methods which the Surveyor is directly involved
in are as follows:
c) Witnessing inspections and tests as required in the clas-
a) Patrol is defined as the act of checking on an independ-
sification Rules used for ship construction including
ent and unscheduled basis that the applicable pro-
materials, welding and assembling, with specification of
cesses, activities and associated documentation of the
the items to be examined and/or tested, the methods
shipbuilding functions identified in Tab 1 continue to
(e.g. by hydrostatic, hose or leak testing, non-destructive
conform to classification and statutory requirements.
examination, verification of geometry) and who is to
carry out such inspections and tests. b) Review is defined as the act of examining documents in
Appraisal of materials and equipment used for ship con- order to determine traceability and identification, and to
struction and their inspection at works is not included in confirm that processes continue to conform to classifi-
this Article [1]. Details of requirements for hull and machin- cation and statutory requirements.
ery steel forgings and castings and for normal and higher c) Witness is defined as the attendance at scheduled
strength hull structural steel are given in Pt D, Ch 2, Sec 3, inspections in accordance with the agreed Inspection
Pt D, Ch 2, Sec 4 and Pt D, Ch 2, Sec 1, [2] respectively. and Test Plans to the extent necessary to check compli-
Acceptance of these items is verified through the survey ance with the survey requirements.
process carried out at the Manufacturer's works and the
issuing of the appropriate certificates.
1.3 Application
In addition to above, for Tankers and Bulk Carriers subject
to SOLAS Chapter II-1 Part A-1 Regulation 3-10 (Goal- 1.3.1 Classification items (1/1/2008)
based ship construction standards for bulk carriers and oil
This Article [1] covers the survey of all new construction of
tankers), see also Sec 2.
steel ships intended for classification and for international
voyages except for:
1.2 Definitions
a) those defined in SOLAS I/3
1.2.1 Hull structure (1/1/2008) b) high speed craft as defined in I/1.3.1 of the 2000 High
Speed Craft Code
The hull structure (see Note 1) is defined as follows:
c) Mobile Offshore Drilling Units as defined in I/1.2.1 of
a) hull envelope including all internal and external struc-
the MODU Code.
tures,
b) superstructures, deckhouses and casings, 1.3.2 Statutory items (1/7/2010)
c) welded foundations, e.g. main engine seatings, This Article [1] covers all delegated statutory items relevant
to the hull structure and coating, i.e. Load Line and SOLAS
d) hatch coamings, bulwarks, Safety Construction.
1.3.3 Equipment, fittings and reviewed by the Society for the specific new construc-
appendages (1/1/2008) tion is as follows:
This Article [1] does not cover the manufacture of equip- 1) plans and supporting documents,
ment, fittings and appendages regardless of whether they
2) examination and testing plans,
are made inside or outside the shipyard, examples being as
follows: 3) NDE plans,
comments made in the appropriate column. If the Society mine the acceptability for use and/or any restrictions
has appointed a Surveyor for a specific newbuilding project for usage for the subject (or proposed) design.
then this Surveyor is to attend the kick-off meeting. The Details of how the acceptability for use and/or
builder should agree to undertake ad hoc investigations restrictions are to be recorded, and,
during construction as may be requested by Class where 3) A summary document including the outcomes of b)
areas of concern arise and to keep the Society advised of 1) and b) 2) is to be compiled. This document is to
the progress of any such investigation. Whenever an investi- also include a reference to the RFS, details of the tol-
gation is undertaken, the builder is to be requested, in prin- erance and fabrication standards not analysed as
ciple, to agree to suspend relevant construction activities if part of b) 2) and any limitations to the usage of the
warranted by the severity of the problem. RFS.
1.7.2 Delegated statutory requirements (1/1/2008) The summary document is to be included with the “record
The records are to take note of specific published Adminis- of the kick-off meeting” of the vessel. The summary docu-
tration requirements and interpretations of delegated statu- ment is also to be included in the SCF, (for Tankers and Bulk
tory requirements. Carriers subject to SOLAS Chapter II-1 Part A-1 Regulation
3-10 per Tab 2 Tier II Item 11), as applicable.
1.7.3 Construction progress records (1/7/2016)
The shipyard shall be requested to advise of any changes to 1.7.5 Other attendees at the kick-off meeting
(1/1/2008)
the activities agreed at the kick-off meeting and these are to
be documented in the survey plan. For instance, if the ship- The kick-off meeting may be attended by other parties, such
builder chooses to use or change subcontractors, or to as the Owner or Administrations, subject to agreement by
incorporate any modifications necessitated by changes in the shipbuilder.
production or inspection methods, rules and regulations,
structural modifications, or in the event where increased 1.7.6 Special cases of kick-off meeting (1/7/2016)
inspection requirements are deemed necessary as a result of In the event of series ship production, production (see Note
a substantial non-conformance or otherwise. 1), the requirement for a kick off meeting [1.7.1] may be
waived for the second and subsequent ships provided that
1.7.4 Fabrication quality standard (1/7/2021) no changes to the specific activities agreed in the kick off
Shipbuilding quality standards for the hull structure during meeting for the first ship are introduced. If any changes are
new construction are to be reviewed and agreed during the introduced, these are to be agreed in a new dedicated meet-
kick-off meeting. Structural fabrication is to be carried out ing and documented in a record of such meeting.
in accordance with IACS Recommendation 47, "Shipbuild- Note 1: Series Ship Production: vessels in the series subsequent to
ing and Repair Quality Standard", or a Recognised Fabrica- the first one (prototype), i.e. sister ships built in the same shipyard.
tion Standard (RFS) which has been accepted by the Society
prior to the commencement of fabrication/construction. The 1.8 Examination and test plan for newbuild-
work is to be carried out in accordance with the Rules and
ing activities
under survey of the Society.
The Society may accept an RFS as an alternative to IACS 1.8.1 Plans to be provided (1/1/2008)
Rec. 47 provided that a) or b) below is complied with as The shipbuilder is to provide plans of the items which are
applicable: intended to be examined and tested. These plans need not
a) Where a RFS is well established and has well docu- be submitted for approval and examination at the time of
mented history (3 or more years prior to the new vessel the kick-off meeting. They are to include:
contract) of successful application to similar designs as a) proposals for the examination of completed steelwork -
the new vessel and that history is for the same Shipyard generally referred to as the block plan and including
as the new vessel. Then the Shipyard is to create a sum- details of joining blocks together at the pre-erection and
mary document referencing the RFS to be used in con- erection stages or at other relevant stages;
struction and highlighting any limitations to usage of the
selected RFS. This summary document is to be included b) proposals for fit-up examinations where necessary;
with the “record of kick-off meeting” for the vessel. c) proposals for testing of the structure (leak and hydro-
The summary document is also to be included in the static) as well as for all watertight and weathertight clos-
SCF, (for Tankers and Bulk Carriers subject to SOLAS ing appliances;
Chapter II-1 Part A-1 Regulation 3-10 per Tab 2 Tier II d) proposals for non-destructive examination;
Item 11), as applicable.
e) any other proposals specific to the ship type or to the
b) Where a RFS is new or revised or otherwise not as per a) statutory requirements.
the following steps are to be carried out:
1) The tolerances and fabrications standards of the RFS 1.8.2 Submittal of plans to the Surveyors (1/7/2016)
are to be compared with those of IACS Rec. 47. Any The plans and any modifications to them are to be submit-
standards that are less stringent than those of IACS ted to the Surveyors in sufficient time to allow review before
Rec. 47 are to be identified. the relevant survey activity commences.
2) The tolerances and fabrication standards of the RFS In addition to above, for Tankers and Bulk Carriers subject
identified in [1.7.4] b) 1) are to be assessed to deter- to SOLAS Chapter II-1 Part A-1 Regulation 3-10 see also [2].
1.9 Proof of the consistency of surveys f) a Cable Transit Seal Systems Register (Register), to be
prepared by the shipbuilder for watertight cable transits.
1.9.1 Evidence for survey planning and The Register can be in either a hard copy or digitized
activities (1/1/2008) media. For an example of a register see Fig 1 - “Recom-
Inspection and test records, checklists etc are to be kept in mendatory Sample - Cable Transit Seal Systems Regis-
order to provide evidence that the Society's Surveyors have ter”. It is to include a marking / identification system,
complied with the requirements of the newbuilding survey documentation referencing manufacturer manual(s) for
planning and duly participated in the relevant activities each type of cable transit installed, the Type Approval
shown in the shipbuilder's examination and test plans. certification for each type of transit system, applicable
installation drawings, and a recording of each installed
1.9.2 Recording of patrolling activities (1/7/2016) transit documenting the as built condition after final
inspection in the shipyard. This is to include sections to
In addition, the classification society is to maintain records record any inspection, modification, repair and mainte-
of deficiencies found during the patrolling activities nance.
required in Table 1 and described in [1.2.3].
For manned vessels the Register is to be held onboard of
Records shall include the date when deficiency was found,
the vessel. For unmanned vessels, if a suitable storage
description of the deficiency and the date the deficiency
location does not exist onboard, the Register may be
was cleared.
held ashore. The Register is to be readily available for
the attending surveyor.
1.10 Ship Construction File
g) tank testing plan including details of the test require-
1.10.1 (1/7/2021) ments ( Pt B, Ch 12, Sec 3);
The purposes of this paragraph are applicable to all ships
except the Tankers and Bulk Carriers subject to SOLAS h) corrosion protection specifications ( Pt B, Ch 11, Sec 1
Chapter II-1 Part A-1 Regulation 3-10 for which [2.3] is to and Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [11]);
be applied.
i) details for the in-water survey, if applicable, information
for divers, clearance measurement instructions etc, tank
1.10.2 Document provider (1/7/2010)
and compartment boundaries;
The shipbuilder is to deliver documents for the Ship Con-
struction File. In the event that items have been provided by j) docking plan and details of all penetrations normally
another Party such as the Shipowner, and where separate examined at dry-docking;
arrangements have been made for document delivery
excluding the shipbuilder, that Party has the responsibility. k) Coating Technical File, for ships subject to compliance
with the IMO Performance Standard for Protective Coat-
The Ship Construction File is to be reviewed for content in ings (PSPC), as a class requirement under the Common
accordance with the requirements of [1.10.3]. Structural Rules.
d) copies of certificates of forgings and castings welded g) measures for safety and health
into the hull ( Pt D, Ch 2, Sec 3 and Pt D, Ch 2, Sec 4);
h) control system of non-destructive examination (NDE)
e) details of equipment forming part of the watertight and
weathertight integrity of the ship; i) quality control on production line.
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
1 Welding:
1.1 Welding con- Approved by Review Pt D, Ch 5, Consuma- Not Identify con-
sumables Society sepa- approval Sec 2 ble speci- required sumables
rately at the status and fication against
Manufac- patrol, ver- and approved list
turer's ify storage, approval
handling status
and treat-
ment in
accord-
ance with
Manufac-
turer's
require-
ments
Verify tem- E.g. kept
porary and dry, cov-
permanent ered,
storage facil- where
ities applica-
ble heated
Verify trace- E.g. ran-
ability dom
batch
number
checking
1.2 Welder quali- Qualified Review of Guide for Ship- Not Verify
fication welders welder cer- Welding yard's required welder qual-
tification records ification
and patrol with indi- standard,
vidual's e.g. class or
identifica- recognised
tion standard
approval
Verify
welder
approved for
weld posi-
tion
Verify valid-
ity of qualifi-
cation
certificate
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
1.3 Welding - All weld joint Review and Pt D, Ch 5, Approved Not Verify proce-
mechanical configura- patrol Sec 4 weld pro- required dures are
properties tions, posi- cedure available at
(welding pro- tions and specifica- relevant
cedures) materials to tion and workstations
be covered by welding
weld proce- plan rele-
dures vant to the
approved by ship pro-
the Society or ject or
by another process
QSCS Classifi-
cation
Society avail-
able
The Society Witness Verify weld
witnesses all procedure
new weld records have
procedure been
qualification approved
tests carried and cover all
out in the weld pro-
shipyard cesses and
whenever the positions in
Society is sur- accordance
veying in the with classifi-
shipyard cation or
recognised
standards
and are
available for
the Sur-
veyor's refer-
ence
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
1.3a Welding Correctly cali- Patrol and Ship- Not Verify condi-
equipment brated and review builder's required tion of
maintained mainte- machinery
nance and and equip-
calibra- ment
tion
records
Verify
machines
are cali-
brated by
appropriate
staff
Verify cali-
bration car-
ried out in
accordance
with Manu-
facturer's
recommen-
dations
Verify cali-
bration in
accordance
with mainte-
nance
schedule
1.3b Welding Satisfactory Patrol Guide for Not Verify weld-
environment environment welding required ing areas
clean, dry,
well lit
Confirm rel-
evant meas-
ures taken
for any pre-
or post- heat
treatment,
drying of
surfaces
prior to
welding
Confirm
shielding
gases, fluxes
protected
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
1.3c Welding Sufficient Review and - Guide for Verify super-
number of Patrol welding vision is
skilled super- - Rules for effective
visors carrying out
non-
destructive
examina-
tions of
welding
1.4 Welding- sur- Substantially Visual - Guide for Ship- Not Identify
face disconti- free from sig- examina- welding builder's required worksta-
nuities nificant indi- tion, sur- - Rules for and rec- tions where
cations, face carrying out ognised NDE is car-
satisfactory detection non- standards ried out, e.g.
profile and tech- destructive and Rules panel line
size niques, examina- as appli- butt welds,
review of tions of cable, castings into
documents welding welding hull struc-
and patrol and NDE ture
of operator plans,
NDE
reports,
operator
qualifica-
tions
Verify NDE
carried out
in accord-
ance with
approved
plans where
applicable
Verify suita-
bility of NDE
methods
Verify opera-
tors suitably
qualified,
particularly
where sub-
contractors
have been
employed
Verify NDE
is carried out
according to
the accept-
able process
Review NDE
records
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
1.5 Welding - NDE is to be Radiogra- - Guide for Ship- Not Identify
embedded carried out by phy and Welding builder's required worksta-
discontinui- qualified ultrasonic - Rules for and rec- tions where
ties operators testing, carrying out ognised NDE is car-
capable of review of non- standards ried out, e.g.
ensuring that documents destructive and Rules panel line
welds are sub- and patrol examina- as appli- butt welds,
stantially free of opera- tions of cable, castings into
from signifi- tor, exami- welding welding hull struc-
cant indica- nation of and NDE ture
tions films plans,
NDE
reports,
operator
qualifica-
tions
Verify NDE
carried out
in accord-
ance with
approved
plans, where
applicable
Verify suita-
bility of NDE
methods
Verify opera-
tors suitably
qualified,
particularly
where sub-
contractors
have been
employed
Verify that
records have
been com-
pleted and
in accord-
ance with
recognised
standards,
e.g. IQI and
sensitivity
recorded
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
1.5 Welding - Verify that
Cont’d embedded reports and
discontinui- radiographs
ties have been
evaluated
correctly by
the ship-
builder. Sys-
tematic
review of
radiographs
carried out
by the Sur-
veyor
Verify equip-
ment cali-
bration is
satisfactory
and in
accordance
with Manu-
facturer's
and recog-
nised stand-
ards and
require-
ments
Verify NDE
is carried out
according to
the accept-
able process
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
2 Steel prepa-
ration and fit
up:
2.1 Surface Traceability Patrol Guide for Material Not Verify stock-
preparation, and accepta- welding certifi- required yard storage
marking and bility of mate- cates, satisfactory
cutting rial, check of ship-
steel plates builder's
and profiles, mark-
material type, ing/cut-
scantling ting
identifica- produc-
tion, testing tion docu-
marks ments at
the work
stage -
docu-
ments
retained
at the
facility
Verify mate-
rial tracea-
bility, e.g.
stamping
identifica-
tion against
material cer-
tification,
archiving of
records
Verify trans-
fer marking
after treat-
ment line
Verify stand-
ard of shot-
blasting and
priming
Verify suita-
bility of
primer
Verify that
steel grades
can be iden-
tified
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
2.1 Surface Verify
Cont’d preparation, machinery is
marking and adjusted to
cutting stay within
the Soci-
ety's or
Manufac-
turer's rec-
ommendatio
ns
Verify accu-
racy of
marking and
cutting
Verify stor-
age of piece
parts
2.2 Straightening Maintain Patrol and Guide for Recog- Not Verify that
material prop- review welding nised required straighten-
erties. Accept- stand- ing pro-
ance of ards, cesses are
forming approved approved for
method proce- the grade
against dures and type of
improper steel, e.g.
deformations thermo
mechanical
control pro-
cess (tmcp),
Z plate
Verify that
plates and
sections are
within rec-
ognised tol-
erances
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
2.3 Forming Maintain Patrol Guide for Ship- Not Verify that
material prop- welding builder's required temperature
erties. Accept- proce- control is
ance of dure for exercised by
forming hot form- the operator
method ing
against
improper
deformations
Verify that
suitable
methods of
temperature
control are
available
when form-
ing special
steels and
materials
Verify that
forming pro-
cesses are
acceptable
2.4 Conformity Check align- Patrol Guide for Ship- Not Verify the
with align- ment/fit- welding builder's required processes to
ment/fit- up/gap and rec- ensure satis-
up/gap crite- against refer- ognised factory fit-up
ria ence stand- standards and align-
ards and Rules ment at all
as appli- workstations
cable
Verify that
edge prepa-
rations are
re-instated
where lost
during fit-
ting opera-
tions
Verify reme-
dial proce-
dures are in
place to
compensate
for wide
gaps and
alignment
deviations
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
2.5 Conformity Check align- Witness Guide for Ship- Approved Verify that
for critical ment/fit- and review welding builder's plans of the informa-
areas, up/gap and rec- critical tion rele-
when against ognised areas, if vant to the
defined, approved standards applicable latest
with align- drawings and Rules approved
ment/fit-up or as appli- drawings is
weld config- cable, available at
uration approved the worksta-
plan or tions
standard,
builder's
records
Verify the
processes to
ensure satis-
factory fit-up
and align-
ment at all
workstations
Verify that
edge prepa-
rations are
re-instated
where lost
during fit-
ting opera-
tions
Verify reme-
dial proce-
dures are in
place to
compensate
for wide
gaps and
alignment
deviations
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
3 Steelwork Compliance Patrol of the Guide for Approved Verify that
process, e.g. with approved process and welding plans, the informa-
sub-assem- drawings, witness of ship- tion rele-
bly, block, visual exami- the com- builder's vant to the
grand and nation of pleted item inspec- latest
mega block welding and tion approved
assembly, material, records, drawings is
pre-erection check of ship- available at
and erec- alignment and builder's the worksta-
tion, closing deformations and rec- tions
plates ognised
standards
and Rules
as appli-
cable,
construc-
tion plan
(steel-
work sub-
division)
Verify that
correct weld
sizes have
been
adopted
Verify opera-
tion of the
welding pro-
cesses at the
different
work stages
is satisfac-
tory
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
3 Steelwork Verify that
Cont’d process, e.g. piece parts
sub-assem- are identifia-
bly, block, ble
grand and
Verify that
mega block
fit-ups are
assembly,
within rec-
pre-erection
ognised tol-
and erec-
erances
tion, closing
plates Verify that
correct
welding
require-
ments speci-
fied in
reference 1
of this table
have been
adopted
Verify pro-
cesses for
closing
plates are
acceptable
Confirm that
steelwork is
in accord-
ance with
the
approved
plan
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
4 Remedial Welding, Review Guide for Perma- Verify that
work and check against records and welding nent records have
alteration deformation, witness record of been main-
alignment shipyard tained of sig-
surveya- nificant
ble item deviations
from the
approved
plans, for sit-
uations such
as mis-cut
openings, re-
routing out-
fit items
Verify that
all devia-
tions
brought to
the atten-
tion of the
Society by
the ship-
builder are
acceptable
5 Tightness Absence of Review and Pt B, Reg. II- Approved Approved Confirm that
testing, leaks witness of Ch 12, 1/11 of tank test- tank test- tank testing
including the test Sec 3 SOLAS as ing plan, ing plan is carried out
leak and amended ship- in accord-
hose testing, builder's ance with
hydropneu- inspec- the
matic testing tion approved
records plan
Confirm the
methods
used to carry
out leak test-
ing
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
5 Tightness Confirm that
Cont’d testing, correct test
including pressures
leak and maintained
hose testing, for leak,
hydropneu- hose and
matic testing hydro and
hydropneu-
matic test-
ing are
satisfactory
Verify that
adequate
records of
the tank test-
ing have
been main-
tained
6 Structural Structural Review and Pt B, Reg. II- Approved Approved Confirm that
testing adequacy of witness of Ch 12, 1/11 of tank test- tank test- tank testing
the design the test Sec 3 SOLAS as ing plan, ing plan is carried out
amended ship- in accord-
builder's ance with
inspec- the
tion approved
records plan
Confirm that
correct test
pressures
maintained
for testing
are satisfac-
tory
Verify that
adequate
records of
the tank test-
ing have
been main-
tained
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
7 Corrosion Salt water bal- Review and Pt B, Reg. II- Manufac- Corrosion Verify that
protection last tanks with report on Ch 11, 1/3-2 of turer's protec- applied
systems, e.g. boundaries builder's & Sec 1 and SOLAS as and tion speci- coatings are
coatings, formed by the Manufac- Pt E, Ch 4, amended builder's fications approved
cathodic pro- hull enve- turer's doc- Sec 3, [11] specifica- and review
tection, lope, and also umentation tion records of
impressed bulk carrier application
current, hold internal
except for surfaces,
coating sys- coamings and
tem subject hatch covers
to PSPC are to have an
efficient pro-
tective coat-
ing. Safety
aspects of
cathodic sys-
tems to be
dealt with
separately.
Verify that
adequate
records have
been main-
tained and
copied to
the ship con-
struction file
Application Review AFS Con- Painting Paint Verify that
Antifouling vention specifica- specifica- adequate
Systems tion tion and records have
Mfq dec- been main-
laration tained and
copied to
the ship con-
struction file
7.1 Application Monitor Patrolling UI SC223. Reg. II- Signed Coating Verify that
of protective implementa- and review 1/3-2 of and Veri- technical applied
coatings for tion of the SOLAS as fied file coatings are
dedicated coating amended Tripartite approved
seawater bal- inspection Agree- and review
last tanks in requirements ment records of
all types of application
ships and in accord-
double-side ance with
skin spaces Chapter 7 of
of bulk carri- Annex to
ers subject to MSC.215(82).
PSPC
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
8 Installation,
welding and
testing of the
following:
8.1 Hatch covers Tightness and Witness Pt B, Reg. 13- Approved Details Confirm leak
securing Ch 12, 14-15 and tank test- required, test of hatch
Sec 3 16 of ILLC ing plan, structural covers
'66 ship- drawings
builder's
inspec-
tion
records
Confirm
operation
and secur-
ing test
8.2 Doors and Tightness and Witness Pt B, Reg. II- Approved Details Confirm leak
ramps inte- securing Ch 12, 1/18 of tank test- required test
gral with the Sec 3 SOLAS as ing plan,
shell and amended; ship-
bulkheads Reg. 12 builder's
and 21 of inspec-
ILLC '66 tion
records
Confirm
operation
and secur-
ing test
Confirm
safety device
operation
Ensure cor-
rect mainte-
nance
logs/manu-
als supplied
with the ship
construction
file
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
8.3 Rudders Fitting Witness Pt B, Approved Details Confirm
Ch 12, plan, required, alignment
Sec 3 ship- structural and mount-
builder's drawings ing and fit-
inspec- ting up to
tion the connec-
records tion to the
tiller
Confirm
function test
Verify fitting
of pintles
and all
securing
bolts
Verify all fit-
up records
including all
clearances
maintained
and placed
into ship
construction
file
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
8.4 Forgings and Compliance Patrol of the Pt D, Ch 2, Approved Copies of Verify cast-
castings with approved process and Sec 3 and plans, certifi- ings and
drawings, witness of Pt D, Ch 2, ship- cates of forgings
visual exami- the com- Sec 4 builder's forgings against
nation of pleted item inspec- and cast- material cer-
welding and tion ings tificate
material, records,
check align- ship-
ment and builder's
deformations and rec-
ognised
standards
and Rules
as appli-
cable,
construc-
tion plan
(steel-
work sub-
division)
Verify that
correct
welding and
fit-up
require-
ments speci-
fied in
reference 1,
2.4 and 2.5
of this table
have been
adopted
Verify that
material cer-
tificates are
included in
the ship con-
struction file
8.5 Appendages Verify that
correct
welding and
fit-up
require-
ments speci-
fied in
reference 1,
2.4 and 2.5
of this table
have been
adopted
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
8.6 Equipment Tightness and Witness Reg. II- Approved Details Verify that
forming the securing 1/16 and tank test- required correct
watertight Reg II- ing plan, welding and
and weather- 1/16-1 of ship- fit-up
tight integ- SOLAS as builder's require-
rity of the amended; inspec- ments speci-
ship, e.g. Reg. 17- tion fied in
overboard 18-19-20- records reference 1,
discharges, 22-23 of 2.4 and 2.5
air pipes, ILLC '66 of this table
ventilators have been
adopted
Verify com-
pliance with
Load line
Convention
1966 as
amended -
i.e. all fit-
tings in
accordance
with the
record of
freeboard
assignment
Pt C, Ch 1, Verify air
Sec 10 pipes, vents
etc. closing
devices are
approved
type
Verify mate-
rial certifi-
cates for
overboard
discharges,
where appli-
cable
Verify record
of freeboard
assignment
and all
material cer-
tificates
included in
the ship con-
struction file
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
9 Freeboard Within allow- Witness Reg. 4- 5- Details Verify free-
marks and able toler- 6- 7 and 8 required board marks
draught ances and in of ILLC in accord-
marks accordance '66 ance with
with the free- load line
board assign- assignment
ment
Verify
draught
marks in
accordance
with the
agreed toler-
ances speci-
fied by the
builder
unless more
onerous flag
State
require-
ments
10 Principal Within allow- Review and Guide for Details Verify princi-
dimensions able toler- witness welding required pal dimen-
ances sions in
accordance
with recog-
nised stand-
ards
Verify
dimensions
included in
ship con-
struction file
11 Safety Con- No outstand- Witness Reg I/7 or Verify that
struction cer- ing imperfec- Reg. I/10 Administra-
tification tions or of SOLAS tion require-
defects as ments have
amended, been incor-
as porated into
appropri- the hull
ate structure
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
12 watertight compliance patrol of Reg. II- ship- Cable Verify that
cable transit with approved the 1/13 and builder's Transit correct
seal systems drawings, process and 13-1 of inspec- Seal welding and
visual exami- witness of SOLAS tion Systems fit up
nation of fit- the com- as records, Register require-
ting, check pleted item amended manufac- ments,
alignment and turer's including as
securing specifica- specified
tion in reference
1, 2.4 and
2.5 of this
table have
been
adopted
Verify water-
tight cable
transit seal
systems have
been
installed in
accordance
with the
manufac-
turer’s
require-
ments and
are type
approved
Verify the
format and
content of
the
Register to
confirm it
contains a
list
of the water-
tight cable
transits,
applicable
cable transit
information
and sections
to maintain
in-service
mainte-
nance and
survey
records.
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
Verify that,
where speci-
fied, appro-
priate
specialized
tools have
been used
details such as the value of the area of the deck zone ship and/or ashore and updated as appropriate through-
and bottom zone, the renewal value for the neutral out the ship's life in order to facilitate safe operation,
axis zone. maintenance, survey, repair and emergency measure.
7) A listing of materials used for the construction of the c) It is to be noted that parts of the content of the SCF may
hull structure, and provisions for documenting be subject to various degrees of restricted access and
changes to any of the above during the ship's service that such documentation may be appropriately kept
life. ashore.
8) Copies of testing certificates of forgings and castings d) The SCF has to include the list of documents constitut-
welded into the hull ( Pt D, Ch 5, Sec 4). ing the SCF and all information listed in Tab 2, which is
9) Details of equipment forming part of the watertight required for a ship's safe operation, maintenance, sur-
and weather tight integrity of the ship. vey, repair and in emergency situations. Details of spe-
10) A Cable Transit Seal Systems Register (Register), to cific information that is not considered to be critical to
be prepared by the shipbuilder for watertight cable safety might be included directly or by reference to
transits. The Register can be in either a hard copy or other documents.
digitized media. For an example of a register see Fig e) When developing an SCF, all of the columns in Tab 2
1 - Recommendatory Sample - Cable Transit Seal have to be reviewed to ensure that all necessary infor-
Systems Register. It is to include a marking / identifi- mation has been provided.
cation system, documentation referencing manufac- f) It may be possible to provide information listed in the
turer manual(s) for each type of cable transit annex under more than one Tier II (see Note 1) func-
installed, the Type Approval certification for each tional requirement as a single item within the SCF, for
type of transit system, applicable installation draw- example, the Coating Technical File required by the
ings, and a recording of each installed transit docu- PSPC (see Note 2) is relevant for both "Coating life" and
menting the as built condition after final inspection "Survey during construction".
in the shipyard. This is to include sections to record
Note 1: Tier II items means the functional requirements included in
any inspection, modification, repair and mainte- the International Goal-based Ship Construction Standards for
nance. Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers (GBS), adopted by IMO Res.
For manned vessels the Register is to be held MSC 287(87).
onboard of the vessel. For unmanned vessels, if a Note 2: Performance standard for protective coatings for dedicated
suitable storage location does not exist onboard, the seawater ballast tanks in all types of ships and double-side skin
Register may be held ashore. The Register is to be spaces of bulk carriers, adopted by IMO Res. MSC 215(82), as
readily available for the attending surveyor. amended and Performance standard for protective coatings for
cargo oil tanks of crude oil tankers, adopted by IMO Res. MSC
11) Tank testing plan including details of the test
288(87), as amended.
requirements ( Pt B, Ch 12, Sec 3).
g) The SCF has to remain with the ship and, in addition, be
12) Details for the in-water survey, when applicable,
available to its classification society and flag State
information for divers, clearances measurements
throughout the ship's life. Where information not con-
instructions etc., tank and compartment boundaries.
sidered necessary to be on board is stored ashore, pro-
13) Docking plan and details of all penetrations nor- cedures to access this information should be specified
mally examined at dry-dock. in the onboard SCF. The intellectual property provisions
14) Coating Technical File, for ships subject to compli- within the SCF should be duly complied with.
ance with the IMO Performance Standard for Protec- h) The SCF should be updated throughout the ship's life at
tive Coatings (PSPC2). any major event, including, but not limited to, substan-
b) Refer to Tab 2 for details of information to be further tial repair and conversion, or any modification to the
included. This information has to be kept on board the ship structure.
Table 2 : List of Information to be Included in the Ship Construction File (SCF) (1/7/2016)
DESIGN
1 Design life • assumed design life • statement or note • SCF-specific on board ship
in years on midship sec-
• midship section on board ship
tion
plan
3.4 Safety margins • strength calculation • bulky output of • areas prone to on board ship
results strength calcula- yielding and/or
tion buckling
• plan showing
highly stressed
areas (e.g. critical
structural areas)
prone to yielding
and/or buckling
• gross hull girder
section modulus
• minimum hull • general arrange- on board ship
girder section mod- ment plan
ulus along the
length of the ship to
be maintained
throughout the
ship's life, including
cross section details
such as the value of
the area of the deck
zone and bottom
zone, the renewal
value for the neu-
tral axis zone
• gross scantlings of • structural draw- • key construction on board ship
structural constitu- ings plans
ent parts
• net scantlings of • rudder and stern
structural constitu- frame
ent parts, as built
• structural details • rudder and rudder on board ship
scantlings and vol-
of typical mem- stock plans
untary addition
bers
thicknesses • structural details on board ship
• yard plans on shore archive
• dangerous area on board ship
plan
Notes:
(1) "SCF-specific" means documents to be developed especially to meet the requirements of the GBS guidelines
(MSC.1/Circ.1343).
(2) "Key construction plans" means plans such as midship section, main O.T. and W.T. transverse bulkheads, construction pro-
files/plans, shell expansions, forward and aft sections in cargo tank (or hold) region, engine-room construction, forward con-
struction and stern construction drawings.
(3) "Yard plans" means a full set of structural drawings, which include scantling information of all structural members.
(4) "Hull form" means a graphical or numerical representation of the geometry of the hull. Examples would include the graphical
description provided by a lines plan and the numerical description provided by the hull form data stored within an onboard
computer.
(5) "Lines plan" means a special drawing which is dedicated to show the entire hull form of a ship.
(6) "Equivalent (to Lines plan)" means a set of information of hull form to be indicated in key construction plans for SCF purposes.
Sufficient information should be included in the drawings to provide the geometric definition to facilitate the repair of any part
of the hull structure.
(7) "Normal storage location" means a standard location where each SCF information item should be stored. However, those items
listed as being on board in the table above should be on board as a minimum to ensure that they are transferred with the ship
on a change of owner.
(8) "Shore archive" is to be operated in accordance with applicable international standards.
3.4 • hull form • hull form informa- • lines plan on shore archive
cont. tion indicated in
key construction
plans
• hull form data or
stored within an
onboard computer
necessary for trim
and stability and
longitudinal
strength calcula-
tions
equivalent on board ship
4 Fatigue life • applied Rule (date • applied design • SCF-specific on board ship
and revision) method alternative
to Rule and sub-
• applied alternative
ject structures
to Rule
• calculating condi- • assumed loading • structural details on board ship
tions and results conditions and
rates
• assumed loading
conditions
• fatigue life calcula- • bulky output of • fatigue life calcula- on shore archive
tion results fatigue life calcu- tion results
lation
• plan showing • areas prone to on board ship
areas (e.g. critical fatigue
structural areas)
prone to fatigue
5 Residual strength • applied Rule (date • SCF-specific on board ship
and revision)
6.1 Coating life • coated areas and • plans showing • SCF-specific on board ship
target coating life areas (e.g. critical
and other measures structural areas)
for corrosion pro- prone to exces-
tection in holds, sive corrosion
cargo and ballast
tanks, other struc-
ture-integrated deep
tanks and void
spaces
13 Survey and mainte- • maintenance plans • plan showing • SCF-specific on board ship
nance specific to the struc- highly stressed
ture of the ship areas (e.g. critical
where higher atten- structural areas)
tion is called for prone to yielding,
buckling, fatigue
and/or excessive
corrosion
• operation and on board ship
maintenance man-
uals (e.g. hatch
covers and doors)
• preparations for sur- • arrangement and • docking plan on board ship
vey details of all pene-
trations normally
examined at dry-
docking
• gross hull girder • details for dry- • dangerous plan on board ship
section modulus docking
• minimum hull • details for in-water • Ship Structure on board ship
girder section mod- survey Access Manual
ulus along the
• Means of access to on board ship
length of the ship to
other structure-
be maintained
integrated deep
throughout the
tanks
ship's life, including
cross section details • Coating Technical on board ship
such as the value of File required by
the area of the deck PSPC
zone and bottom
zone, the renewal
value for the neu-
tral axis zone
• gross scantlings of • key construction on board ships
structural constitu- plans
ent parts
Notes:
(1) "SCF-specific" means documents to be developed especially to meet the requirements of the GBS guidelines
(MSC.1/Circ.1343).
(2) "Key construction plans" means plans such as midship section, main O.T. and W.T. transverse bulkheads, construction pro-
files/plans, shell expansions, forward and aft sections in cargo tank (or hold) region, engine-room construction, forward con-
struction and stern construction drawings.
(3) "Yard plans" means a full set of structural drawings, which include scantling information of all structural members.
(4) "Hull form" means a graphical or numerical representation of the geometry of the hull. Examples would include the graphical
description provided by a lines plan and the numerical description provided by the hull form data stored within an onboard
computer.
(5) "Lines plan" means a special drawing which is dedicated to show the entire hull form of a ship.
(6) "Equivalent (to Lines plan)" means a set of information of hull form to be indicated in key construction plans for SCF purposes.
Sufficient information should be included in the drawings to provide the geometric definition to facilitate the repair of any part
of the hull structure.
(7) "Normal storage location" means a standard location where each SCF information item should be stored. However, those items
listed as being on board in the table above should be on board as a minimum to ensure that they are transferred with the ship
on a change of owner.
(8) "Shore archive" is to be operated in accordance with applicable international standards.
The SCF is to be reviewed (see Note 1), at the time of new "Review" means the examination of the SCF that is carried out by
building, in accordance with the requirements of items the surveyor, at the end of the newbuilding process, in order to
confirm that:
[2.3.1] a) and [2.3.1] b) and the normal storage location is
to be distinguished. • drawings and documents required under the item [2.3], plus
For the SCF stored on board ship, the surveyor is to verify • the possible additional drawings/documents provided by the
shipyard, as per the Ship Constructional File (SCF) list of draw-
that the information is placed on board the ship, upon com-
ings/documents
pletion of ship construction.
are present in the copies of the SCF stored on board and in the
For the SCF stored on shore archive, the surveyor is to verify ashore archive.
that the information is stored on shore archive by examining
The "review" is not to be intended as an assessment of the draw-
the list of information included on shore archive, upon ings/documents in order to verify their compliances with the appli-
completion of ship construction. cable Rules.
d) Pumps and other machinery items d) by machinery item manufacturers at the shipbuilder's
facilities
e) Systems in machinery spaces and in cargo areas
e) by machinery item manufacturers at their own facilities
f) Electrical equipment and installations or at other remote locations.
g) Fire protection, detection and extinction (limited to the
items covered by Classification, see Note 1 in Ch 1, 3.4 Personnel
Sec 1, [1.1.2] )
h) Automation systems 3.4.1 Qualification and monitoring of exclusive
Surveyors (1/1/2013)
i) Machinery system for mooring and anchoring The Society's Surveyors are to confirm through patrol,
j) Machinery systems required by specific Service Nota- review and witness, as defined in [3.2.3], that machinery
tion items are built and installed using approved plans in
accordance with the relevant Rules and delegated statutory tions, in structural modifications, or in the event where
requirements. The Surveyors are to be qualified to be able increased inspection requirements are deemed necessary as
to carry out their tasks, and procedures are to be in place to a result of a substantial non-conformance, or otherwise.
ensure that their activities are monitored.
3.6.4 Fabrication quality standard (1/1/2013)
3.5 Survey of Machinery installations The quality standard of shipbuilding, manufacturers of
machinery items, subcontractors for machinery items, sup-
3.5.1 Surveyable items (1/1/2013) plier of machinery items, for the machinery installations
The items of machinery to undergo survey during their: during new constructions are to be reviewed and agreed
during the kick-off meeting. Machinery items should be
a) construction/manufacturing
manufactured and installed according to applicable IACS
b) installation on board the new ship Recommendations, or a recognized fabrication standard
are those covered by the pertinent Parts of the Rules, as which has been accepted by the Society prior to the com-
defined in [3.1.1], and delegated statutory requirements. mencement of fabrication/construction. The work is to be
carried out in accordance with the Rules and under survey
3.5.2 Materials and equipment supplied (1/7/2015) of the Society.
During the construction and installation processes as
required, evidence is also to be made available by the ship- 3.6.5 Other attendees at the kick-off
builder to the Surveyor to prove that the materials and meeting (1/1/2013)
equipment supplied to the ship have been built or manufac- The kick-off meeting may be attended by other parties, such
tured under survey relevant to the classification Rules and as the Owner or Administrations, subject to agreement by
delegated statutory requirements. the shipbuilder.
Evidence that no material containing asbestos has been 3.6.6 Special cases of kick-off meeting (1/1/2013)
installed on board is to be provided to the Surveyor.
In the event of series ship production, consideration may be
given to waiving the requirement for a kick-off meeting for
3.6 Newbuilding survey planning the second and subsequent ships provided any changes are
documented as required in [3.6.1] and in [3.6.3].
3.6.1 Kick-off meeting (1/1/2013)
Prior to commencement of surveys for any machinery
3.7 Examination and test plan for newbuild-
installation, the Society is to discuss with the shipbuilder at
a kick-off meeting referred to in [1.7.1] the items related to ing activities
the building and/or installation activities of machinery as
3.7.1 Plans to be provided (1/1/2013)
per item [3.2.1] as applicable. The purpose of the meeting
is to agree on how the list of specific activities is to be The shipbuilder is to provide plans of the items which are
addressed. The meeting is to take into account the ship- intended to be examined and tested. These plans need not
builder's construction facilities and ship type, including the be submitted for approval and examination at the time of
list of proposed manufacturers, subcontractors and suppli- the kick-off meeting. They are to include:
ers. A record of the meeting is to be made. If the Society has a) list of machinery components to be fitted on board
appointed a Surveyor for a specific newbuilding project or including the machinery arrangement plans, compre-
for the task of machinery installation surveillance, then this hensive of:
Surveyor is to attend the kick-off meeting. The shipbuilder is 1) proposals for the examination of piping steelwork,
to be asked to agree to undertake ad hoc investigations dur- including booklets of typical arrangements, com-
ing construction where areas of concern arise and to keep pleted with the list of the materials and fittings;
the Society advised of the progress of any such investiga-
tion. Whenever an investigation is undertaken, the builder 2) proposals for the examination of electric systems fit-
is to be requested, in principle, to agree to suspend relevant tings, including booklets of typical arrangements,
construction activities if warranted by the severity of the completed with the list of the materials and devices;
problem. 3) proposal for the examination of propulsion system(s)
arrangement and associated fittings ;
3.6.2 Delegated statutory requirements (1/1/2013)
4) proposal for the examination of steering system(s)
The records are to take note of specific published Adminis-
arrangement and associated fittings;
tration requirements and interpretations of delegated statu-
tory requirements. 5) proposal for the examination of the machinery sys-
tems arrangement, as referred in Pt C, Ch 1, Sec 10,
3.6.3 Construction progress records (1/1/2013) and associated fittings
The shipyard shall be requested to advise of any changes to 6) proposal for the examination of automation sys-
the activities agreed at the kick-off meeting and these are to tem(s) arrangement and associated fittings (if any);
be documented. For instance, if the shipbuilder chooses to
use or change manufacturers of machinery items, subcon- 7) proposal for the examination of anchoring and
tractors for machinery items, supplier of machinery items, mooring arrangements and associated fittings,
or to incorporate any modifications necessitated by changes 8) proposal for the examination of cargo system(s)
in production, in inspection methods, in rules and regula- arrangement and associated fittings (if any);
9) proposal for the examination of Additional class f) automation systems: Pt C, Ch 3, Sec 5 and Pt C, Ch 3,
Notation machinery systems arrangement and asso- Sec 6
ciated fittings (if any);
g) machinery system for mooring and anchoring: Pt B,
b) proposal for non destructive examination of piping Ch 12, Sec 3
steelwork, and in general for all systems requiring weld-
ing for their manufacture or installation ; h) machinery systems required for specific Service Nota-
tions: Part E
c) proposals for testing of machinery components after
their manufacture or installation on board; i) machinery systems required for specific Additional
Class Notations: Part F.
d) any other proposals specific to the ship type or to the
delegated statutory requirements. In addition, where batteries are used for essential and emer-
gency services, it is to be verified that a schedule document,
3.7.2 Submittal of plans to the Surveyors (1/1/2013) detailing:
The plans and any modifications to them are to be submit- • type and manufacturer's type designation
ted to the Surveyors in sufficient time to allow review before
the relevant survey activity commences. • voltage and ampere-hour rating
• location
3.8 Proof of the consistency of surveys
• equipment and/or system(s) served
3.9 Inspection and tests of machinery com- 4 Assignment of double or dual class
ponents for New Construction
3.9.1 Inspection and tests at workshop (1/1/2013)
4.1 Assignment of double class for New
Inspection and testing of machinery components, at the
workshop, shall be carried out according to the provisions Construction
of the applicable classification Rules and delegated statu-
4.1.1 (1/2/2021)
tory regulations.
Whenever it is requested by the Shipyard/Owner to survey a
3.9.2 Inspection and tests at dock and sea new building under double class provisions of [1], [2] and
trials (1/7/2015) [3], apply.
Inspection and testing of machinery components during sea
trials are to be carried out according to the provisions of the 4.2 Assignment of dual class for New Con-
applicable classification Rules and delegated statutory regu- struction
lations. The following Parts of the Rules are applicable:
4.2.1 (1/2/2021)
a) main propulsion systems, including but not limited to
propeller shafting line: Pt C, Ch 1, Sec 16 Whenever it is requested by the Shipyard/Owner to survey a
new building under dual class:
b) auxiliary systems for propulsion and other services sys-
tems: Pt C, Ch 1, Sec 16 a) review and approval of plans, as appropriate, for the
newbuilding are to be performed in accordance with
c) main and auxiliary systems for steering: Pt C, Ch 1,
the trilateral agreement referred to Ch 2, Sec 1, [2.5.1];
Sec 16
b) in application of the requirement of [1], [2] and [3], sur-
d) main and auxiliary piping systems: Pt C, Ch 1, Sec 16
and Pt C, Ch 1, Sec 10 vey during fabrication, construction and testing of the
vessel are to be performed in accordance with the trilat-
e) main, emergency and auxiliary electrical system for pri- eral agreement referred to Ch 2, Sec 1, [2.5.1], and/or
mary, secondary and emergency systems: Pt C, Ch 2, the bilateral agreement adopted by the two Societies, if
Sec 15 any, clearly defining the scope of work of each Society.
1) for ships less than 5 years of age the survey takes the 8) in the context of applying items 1) to 6) above, as
form of an annual survey; applicable:
• if the class entry survey is to be credited as a
2) for ships between 5 and 10 years of age the survey
periodical survey for maintenance of class, con-
includes an Annual Survey and inspection of a rep-
sideration may be given by the Society to the
resentative number of ballast spaces;
acceptance of thickness measurements taken by
3) for ships of 10 years of age and above but less than the losing society provided they were carried out
20 years of age, the survey includes an Annual Sur- within the applicable survey window of the peri-
vey and inspection of a representative number of odical survey in question;
ballast spaces and cargo spaces. For gas carriers, in
• if the class entry survey is not to be credited as a
lieu of the internal inspection of cargo spaces, the
periodical survey for maintenance of class, con-
following applies:
sideration may be given by the Society to the
• inspection of surrounding ballast tanks and void acceptance of thickness measurements taken by
spaces, including external inspection of inde- the losing society provided they were carried out
pendent cargo tanks and associated supporting within 15 months prior to completion of the
systems as far as possible; class entry survey when it is within the scope of
• review of cargo log books and operational a Class Renewal Survey, or within 18 months
records to verify the correct functioning of the prior to completion of the class entry survey
cargo containment system. when it is within the scope of an Intermediate
For chemical carriers of 10 years of age and above Survey.
but less than 15 years of age, in lieu of the internal In both cases, the thickness measurements are to be
inspection of cargo tanks not fitted with internal stiff- reviewed by the Society for compliance with the
ening and framing, inspections of surrounding bal- applicable survey requirements, and confirmatory
last tanks, void spaces and deck structure are to be gaugings are to be taken to the satisfaction of the
applied; Society.
4) for ships provided with the Additional Service Fea- 9) in the context of applying 3) to 6) above, as applica-
ture "ESP" which are 15 years of age and above but ble, tank testing for ships over 15 years of age is not
less than 20 years of age, the survey has the scope of required to be carried out unless the survey is cred-
ited as a periodical survey for maintenance of class. and the plant generally examined to ensure that it
If the class entry survey is to be credited as a period- does not constitute a hazard to the ship ( Note 1).
ical survey for maintenance of class, consideration Note 1: For the transfer of class or adding class at ship's delivery,
may be given by the Society to the acceptance of the items listed in 3) and 9) may be verified by reviewing the ship's
tank testing carried out by the losing Society pro- records.
vided they were carried out within the applicable
survey window of the periodical survey in question; 1.2 Transfer to the Society's class of a ship
10) in the context of applying 1) to 6) above, as applica- surveyed during construction by
ble, compliance with IACS Unified Requirements another QSCS Classification Society
that demand fulfillment at the forthcoming due peri- and in full compliance with all applicable
odical surveys (such as S26 and S27) is not required and relevant IACS Resolutions, at ship's
unless the survey is credited as a periodical survey delivery
for maintenance of class.
1.2.1 General (1/1/2008)
b) Machinery:
A survey for assignment of class at ship's delivery is to be
A general examination of all essential machinery is held held by the Society, the extent of which is that of an annual
and includes the following: survey as minimum.
4) in all cases, navigating lights and indicators are to be 2.1.1 General (1/7/2009)
examined and their working and alternative sources Survey requirements for adding the Society’s class to a ship
of power verified; in service are indicated in [2.1.2] and [2.1.3].
5) bilge pumps, emergency fire pumps and remote
control for oil valves, fuel oil pumps, lubricating oil 2.1.2 Surveys for double class ships (1/7/2007)
pumps and forced draught fans are to be examined The requirements of [1.1]apply.
under working conditions;
6) recirculating and ice clearing arrangements, if any; 2.1.3 Surveys for dual class ships (1/7/2007)
3 Surveys required by IACS Proce- notations and/or special installations the ship is pro-
vided with.
dural Requirement PR1D
The Society may request further examinations, tests and
measurements, including but not limited to material testing,
3.1 Ships in service classed with a QSCS non-destructive testing, hydraulic and hydrostatic tests and
Classification Society but not in full sea trials.
compliance with all applicable and rele-
vant IACS Resolutions or not classed 4 Reassignment of class
with a QSCS Classification Society or
not classed at all 4.1 Surveys
4.1.1 (1/1/2015)
3.1.1 General (1/7/2020)
The survey for reassignment of class consists of an admis-
In this case, the class of the ship will be assigned upon a sion to class survey, the consistency of which is determined
preliminary review of the documentation listed in Ch 2, by the Society on a case by case basis. Account may be
Sec 1, [3.6.2] and subsequent satisfactory completion of the taken of any periodical surveys held in the former period of
class with the Society
surveys, the extent and scope of which are given below.
Where the vessel has, during any portion of the five years 5 Ships of less than 100 gross tonnage
prior to the request for classification being received, been
previously classed by:
5.1 Surveys and documentation
a) the Society, or 5.1.1 (1/7/2007)
b) a Society subject to verification of compliance with For ships of less than 100 gross tonnage, special considera-
QSCS tion will be given to the scope of surveys and documenta-
tion to be supplied.
and has not been subject to alteration or modification since
class was withdrawn, the survey requirements may be spe-
cially considered but are not to be less than:
d) tailshaft survey(s)
• availability of loading manual or, where required, compression bars, drainage channels and, if any,
electronic loading instrument, including standard test drain pipes)
• availability of approved stability documentation • clamping devices, retaining bars, cleating
• accuracy of the shipboard computer for stability • chain or rope pulleys
calculations (see Note 3)
• guides
• confirmation that no new materials containing asbestos
have been installed on board. • guide rails and track wheels
• stoppers, etc.
Note 1: Due attention is also to be given to fuel oil piping passing
through ballast tanks, which is to be pressure tested where doubts • wires, chains, gypsies, tensioning devices
arise.
• hydraulic system essential to closing and securing
Note 2: Air pipe heads installed on exposed decks are those
extending above the freeboard deck or superstructure decks. • safety locks and retaining devices
Note 3: It is the responsibility of the ship's Master to check the c) checking of the satisfactory condition of hatch coaming
accuracy of the shipboard computer for stability calculations at plating and its stiffeners
each annual survey by applying at least one approved test
condition (see Pt B, Ch 11, Sec 2, [4.5]). If a Surveyor of the Society d) random checking of the satisfactory operation of
is not present for the computer check, a copy of the test condition mechanically operated hatch covers is to be made
results obtained by the computer check is to be retained on board including:
as documentation of satisfactory testing for the Surveyor's
verification. The testing procedure is to be carried out in • stowage and securing in open condition;
accordance with Pt B, Ch 11, Sec 2, [4.5.9]
• proper fit and efficiency of sealing in closed
condition;
2.3 Cargo hatch covers and coamings,
weather decks and ship side plating • operational testing of hydraulic and power
components, wires, chains and link drives.
above the waterline
2.3.1 (1/7/2006) 2.4 Suspect areas
The Owner or his representative is to declare to the
2.4.1 (1/7/2006)
attending Surveyor that no changes have been made to the
hatch covers, hatch coamings and their securing and Suspect areas identified at previous surveys are to be
sealing devices without prior approval of the Society. examined. Thickness measurements are to be taken of the
areas of substantial corrosion and the extent of thickness
The survey of hatch covers and coamings is to include: measurements is to be increased to determine the extension
a) when fitted with portable covers, or wooden or steel of areas of substantial corrosion. Sec 5, Tab 2 may be used
pontoons, checking of the satisfactory condition of: as guidance for these additional thickness measurements.
These extended thickness measurements are to be carried
• wooden covers and portable beams, carriers or out before the annual survey is credited as completed.
sockets for the portable beams, and their securing
Note 1: These requirements are not applicable to cargo tanks of oil
devices
tankers, chemical tankers and double hull oil tankers, surveyed in
• steel pontoons accordance with the requirements given in Ch 4, Sec 3, Ch 4,
Sec 4 and Ch 4, Sec 5, respectively.
• tarpaulins
• cleats, battens and wedges 2.5 Ballast tanks
• hatch securing bars and their securing devices 2.5.1 (1/7/2006)
• loading pads/bars and the side plate edge Examination of ballast tanks when required as a
consequence of the results of the class renewal survey and
• guide plates and chocks
intermediate survey is to be carried out. When considered
• compression bars, drainage channels and drain necessary by the Surveyor, or where extensive corrosion
pipes (if any) exists, thickness measurement is to be carried out. If the
results of these thickness measurements indicate that
b) when fitted with mechanically operated steel covers, substantial corrosion is found, then the extent of thickness
checking of the satisfactory condition of: measurements is to be increased to determine the extension
of areas of substantial corrosion. Sec 5, Tab 2 may be used
• hatch covers
as guidance for these additional measurements. These
• tightness devices of longitudinal, transverse and extended thickness measurements are to be carried out
intermediate cross junctions (gaskets, gasket lips, before the annual survey is credited as completed.
2.6 Additional requirements for single hold devices, foundations, controls, relieving gear, high
cargo ships (see Note 1 to [1.1.1] of Ch pressure piping, insulation and gauges
4, Sec 8) • visual examination of mechanical components used for
2.6.1 (1/7/2020) cooling and maintaining an ambient temperature lower
than 45°C (see Pt C, Ch 2, Sec 2, [1.2.2])
For ships complying with the requirements of SOLAS II-1/25
• confirmation that no new materials containing asbestos
for hold water level detectors, the annual survey is to
have been installed on board
include an examination and a test, at random, of the water
ingress detection system and of their alarms. • confirmation that the machinery, boilers and other
pressure vessels, associated piping systems and fittings
2.7 Watertight Cable Transits are installed and protected so as to reduce to a
minimum any danger to persons on board, due regard
2.7.1 (1/7/2021) being given to moving parts, hot surfaces and other
The Register (see Sec 1, [1.10.3] f)) is to be reviewed to hazards
confirm it is being maintained and as far as practicable the • confirmation that the engineer's alarm is clearly audible
transits are to be examined to confirm their satisfactory in the engineers' accommodation
condition.
• confirmation that the normal operation of the
2.7.2 (1/7/2021)
propulsion machinery can be sustained or restored even
Where there are records entered since the last annual though one of the essential auxiliaries becomes
survey of any disruption to the cable transits or installation inoperative
of new cable transits, the satisfactory condition of those
transits, in accordance with the manufacturer’s • confirmation that means are provided so that the
requirements and in accordance with the requirements of machinery can be brought into operation from the dead
type approval, is to be confirmed by review of records and, ship condition without external aid
if deemed necessary, by examination. • examination, where applicable, of the alternative design
It is to be confirmed that, where specified, appropriate and arrangements for machinery or electrical
specialized tools have been used. installations, low-flashpoint fuel storage and distribution
systems, in accordance with the test, inspection and
The results are to be recorded in the Register against the maintenance requirements, if any, specified in the
specific cable transit. approved documentation.
3.1.2 (1/1/2007)
3 Machinery and systems When the ship is equipped with a refrigerating plant
(whether or not covered by an additional class notation),
3.1 General machinery installations the annual survey is to include the external examination of:
• pressure vessels of the installation to the same extent as
3.1.1 (1/1/2023)
indicated in [3.1.1]
The survey of general machinery installations is to cover the
• refrigerant piping, as far as practicable
following items:
• for refrigerating machinery spaces using ammonia as
• general examination of machinery and boiler spaces refrigerant:
with particular attention to the fire and explosion
- ventilation system including functional test
hazards
- bilge system including functional test
• general examination of the machinery, steam, hydraulic,
- electrical equipment, confirming its proper
pneumatic, ballasting arrangements, ventilation and
maintenance
other systems and their associated fittings, for
confirmation of their proper maintenance - gas detection system
- breathing apparatus and protective clothing.
• testing of the means of communication and order
transmission between the navigating bridge and the 3.1.3 When the ship is equipped with thruster
machinery control positions and other control stations installations, the annual survey is to include:
• confirmation that the rudder angle indicator on the • an external examination of the machinery installation
bridge is in working order • an operating test of the complete installation.
• examination, as far as practicable, of the bilge pumping
systems and bilge wells, including operation of the 3.2 Boilers
pumps, remote reach rods and level alarms, where fitted
3.2.1 For main and auxiliary boilers, the annual survey
• visual examination of the condition of any expansion
consists of an external examination of boilers and their
joints in sea water systems
appurtenances, including safety devices, foundations,
• external examination of pressure vessels other than controls, relieving, high pressure and steam escape piping,
boilers and their appurtenances, including safety insulation and gauges.
3.2.2 For thermal oil heaters, a functional test while in electrical insulation and automatic starting, where
operation is to be carried out, during which the following provided, of emergency sources of power
items are checked: • checking, as far as practicable, the operation of
• the heater for detection of leakages emergency sources of power and, where they are
• the condition of the insulation automatic, also including the automatic mode.
• the operation of indication, control and safety devices 3.4.2 (1/7/2007)
• the condition of remote controls for shut-off and The survey is also to cover electrical components used for
discharge valves cooling and maintaining an ambient temperature lower
than 45°C (see Pt C, Ch 2, Sec 2, [1.2.2]).
A satisfactory analysis of the quality of oil is to be made
available to the Surveyor. 3.4.3 The survey is also to cover the bridge control of
propulsion machinery, and related arrangements (alarms
3.2.3 For exhaust gas thermal oil heaters, in addition to the and safety devices), when fitted.
requirements of [3.2.2], a visual examination and a
tightness testing to the working pressure of the heater tubes The survey of an automated installation covered by an
are to be carried out. additional class notation is detailed in Chapter 5.
3.4.4 (1/1/2020)
3.3 Towing winch emergency release Additionally, on board ships where harmonic filters are
systems installed on main busbars of electrical distribution system,
harmonic distortion levels of main busbar are to be
3.3.1 (1/7/2021)
measured under seagoing conditions, as close to the
Operation of the towing winch emergency release system is periodical machinery survey as possible, so as to give a
to be confirmed with the reference to the documented clear representation of the condition of the entire plant to
instructions for surveys provided by the manufacturer. the surveyor. Harmonic distortion readings are to be carried
Operation of the winch emergency release system under no out when the greatest amount of distortion is indicated by
load condition is to be verified. the measuring equipment. An entry showing which
equipment was running and/or filters in service is to be
Where practical, activation of the emergency release system
recorded in the log so this can be replicated for the next
may be confirmed by observation of the winch brake.
periodical survey.
3.3.2 (1/7/2021)
Records of all the above measurements are to be made
The function of the alarms associated with the emergency available to the surveyor at each periodical survey.
release system is to be verified, as far as practicable and
Note 1: harmonic filters installed for single application frequency
reasonable.
drives such as pump motors are excluded from this requirement.
3.3.3 (1/7/2021)
The condition of the emergency release system is to be 3.5 Fire protection, detection and extinction
visually examined to confirm it remains in satisfactory
condition. 3.5.1 (17/2015)
The survey of fire prevention includes the examination of
3.3.4 (1/7/2021)
arrangements for gaseous fuel for domestic purposes, such
The means of emergency release of the towline in the event as movable cooking appliances, the so-called "flambé
of a blackout is to be examined, and where additional carte".
sources of energy are arranged for this purpose, the sources
of energy are to be visually inspected and operationally
tested.
3.6 Exhaust Gas Cleaning Systems
3.3.5 (1/7/2021) 3.6.1 (1/7/2022)
It is to be verified that the performance capabilities and The survey is to include a general external examination and
operating instructions of the emergency release system are testing, where appropriate, verifying the efficient condition
documented and made available on board the ship on of the following items, as applicable:
which the winch has been installed. • Flag Administration's agreement on the use of Anydrous
ammonia as reductant in SCR systems, as applicable
3.4 Electrical machinery and equipment • availability on board of the Manufacturer's maintenance
instructions (for emissions of sulphur exhaust (SOx))
3.4.1 (1/7/2004)
The survey of electrical machinery and equipment is to • proper operation of the devices to control NOx
cover the following items: emissions (for emissions of nitrogen oxides (NOx))
• general examination, visually and in operation, as • the exhaust gas cleaning system, based on the
feasible, of the electrical installations for power and Manufacturer's maintenance instructions (for emissions
lighting, in particular main and emergency generators, of sulphur exhaust (SOx))
electric motors, batteries, switchboards, switchgears, • urea based ammonia's storage tank including
cables and circuit protective devices, indicators of arrangement for containment of leakage, for preventing
contact with heated surfaces and for heating or cooling facilities. based on the Manufacturer's maintenance
if fitted instructions
• by-pass or override arrangement to effectively isolate it
• extraction type ventilation system fitted for the urea from any essential ship system to which it is connected
storage tank's room, including its remote control • a suitable protection means provided, e.g. P/V valves or
• warning notice posted outside the compartment breather valves, including the location of their outlet
where a vacuum may occur in the ballast
adjacent to each point of entry requiring the use of the
• Inert gas systems installed for de-oxygenation BWMS
urea storage tank room's ventilation before entering the
including their control, monitoring and alarm system
compartment
• independence of the automatic shutdown, when
• extraction type ventilation system fitted for required, from the BWM control system
compartment adjacent to integral tanks and/or • gas detection equipment with relevant audible and
containing urea piping passing trough, including its visual alarm activated both locally and at the BWMS
remote control and warning notice control station, for BWMS that generates a dangerous
gas
• independence of the reductant piping and venting • at least two oxygen sensors in spaces where inert gas
systems from other ship service piping and/or systems. generator systems or nitrogen generators are fitted with
and not located in accommodation, service spaces, or relevant audible and visual alarm, located at the
control stations prescribed location, set at oxygen level below 19%
• automatic shut-down when the oxygen level raises
• location of the vent pipes of the urea storage tank on the above 25%. Including relevant audible and visual and
weather deck and the tank venting system is to be independent alarms
arranged to prevent entrance of water into the urea tank • at least one ozone sensor at the vicinity of the discharge
outlet to the open deck from the ozone destructors with
• suitable personnel protective equipment, eyewash and relevant audible and visual alarm, located at the
safety showers derived from the detailed installation prescribed location, set at ozone concentration level
arrangements above 0,1 ppm. (For BWMS categories 7a and 7b only)
• automatic shut-down set at an ozone concentration
level above 0,2 ppm (For BWMS categories 7a and 7b
3.7 Ballast Water Management Systems
only)
(BWMS) • explosion proof ventilation and redundant ventilation
3.7.1 (1/7/2022) fans and redundant monitoring of the ventilation system
fitted for the hydrogen de-gas arrangement, when
The survey is to include a general external examination and provided (For category 4, category 5 and category 6
testing, where appropriate, verifying the efficient condition only)
of the following items, as applicable: • audible and visual alarms and automatic shut-down set
respectively at respectively high and high-high levels of
• Type Approval Certificate (TAC) and specified Treatment H2 concentration. (For category 4, category 5 and
Rated Capacity (TRC) category 6 only)
• Material Safety Data Sheet with relevant handling • ventilation fan spark arrestor to avoid ignition sources to
enter the ventilation systems whereas remaining H2 gas
procedures and appropriate measure for BWMS using
may be present in dangerous concentrations. (For
chemical substances
category 4, category 5 and category 6 only)
• an approved Ballast Water Management Plan is • mechanical exhaust ventilation Inside double walled
available on board together with updated ballast water space or pipe ducts constructed as the special safeguard
record book for piping conveying active substances, by-products or
neutralizers that are containing dangerous gas or
• an approved risk assessment as applicable in dangerous liquids
consideration of the BWMS category • discharge to a safe location on the open deck of the
inert gas or nitrogen product enriched air's from the
• ballast water treatment system including ballast water inert gas system and from the protection devices
management equipment, all associated control installed on the ballast tanks (For BWMS categories 3a,
equipment, monitoring equipment and sampling 3b and 3c only).
(1) If such examinations reveal no visible structural defects, the examination may be limited to verification that the corrosion pre-
vention system remains effective.
(2) If there is no hard protective coating, or soft coating, or poor coating condition, the examination is to be extended to other
ballast tanks of the same type.
(3) For ballast tanks, excluding double bottom ballast tanks, if there is no hard protective coating, or soft coating, or poor coating
condition and it is not renewed, the tanks in question are to be internally examined at annual surveys. When such conditions
are found in double bottom ballast tanks, the tanks in question may be internally examined at annual surveys.
Note 1: Due attention is also to be given to fuel oil piping passing through ballast tanks, which is to be pressure tested should
doubts arise.
Table 1 : Requirements for internal examination of cargo and ballast structural tanks at class renewal
survey (1/7/2020)
Age of ship (in years at time of class renewal survey) (1) (2)
age 5 5 < age 10 10 < age 15 (4) age > 15
Suspect areas Suspect areas Suspect areas Suspect areas
One transverse section of deck Two transverse sections within A minimum of three transverse sec-
plating in way of a cargo space 0,5 L amidship in way of two dif- tions in way of cargo spaces within 0,5
within 0,5 L amidship ferent cargo spaces (3) L amidship (3)
Internals in forepeak and after Internals in forepeak and after peak
peak ballast tanks ballast tanks
All cargo hold hatch covers and All cargo hold hatch covers and coam-
coamings (plating and stiffeners) ings (plating and stiffeners)
All exposed main deck plating full
length
Representative exposed superstructure
deck plating (poop, bridge, and fore-
castle deck)
Lowest strake and strakes in way of
tween decks of all transverse bulk-
heads in cargo spaces together with
internals in way
All wind and water strakes, port and
starboard, full length
All keel plates full length. Also, addi-
tional bottom plates in way of coffer-
dams, machinery space, and aft end of
tanks
Plating of seachests. Shell plating in
way of overboard discharges as consid-
ered necessary by the attending Sur-
veyor
(1) Thickness measurement locations are to be selected to provide the best representative sampling of areas likely to be most
exposed to corrosion, considering cargo and ballast history and arrangement and condition of protective coatings.
(2) Thickness measurements of internals may be specially considered by the Surveyor if the hard protective coating is in GOOD
condition.
(3) For ships less than 100 metres in length, the number of transverse sections required at the class renewal survey for ships 10 <
age 15 may be reduced to one, and the number of transverse sections required at subsequent class renewal surveys may be
reduced to two.
(4) For ships more than 100 metres in length, at the class renewal surveys for ships 10 < age 15, thickness measurements of
exposed deck plating within 0,5 L amidship may be required.
(5) Subject to cargo hold hatch covers of approved design which structurally have no access to the internals, thickness measure-
ment shall be done of accessible parts of hatch covers structures.
Table 3 : Guidance for additional thickness measurements in way of substantial corrosion areas
Table 4 : Survey requirements for automatic air pipe heads at class renewal surveys (1/7/2003)
Age of ship (in years at time of class renewal survey due date)
age 5 5 < age 10 age10
- Two air pipe heads, one port and one starboard, - All air pipe heads located on the - All air pipe heads located on the
located on the exposed decks in the forward 0,25 exposed decks in the forward exposed decks.
L, preferably air pipes serving ballast tanks. 0,25 L.
- Two air pipe heads, one port and one starboard, on - At least 20%of air pipe heads on
the exposed decks, serving spaces aft of 0,25 L, the exposed decks serving
preferably air pipes serving ballast tanks. spaces aft of 0,25 L, preferably
air pipes serving ballast tanks.
See (1) and (2) See (1) and (2) See (3)
(1) The selection of air pipe heads to be inspected is left to the attending Surveyor.
(2) According to the results of this inspection, the Surveyor may require the inspection of other heads located on the exposed
decks.
(3) Exemption may be considered for air pipe heads where there is substantiated evidence of replacement within the previous five
years.
Table 5 : Requirements for internal examination of fuel oil, lubricating oil and fresh water tanks at class renewal
survey (1/7/2017)
2.6 Additional requirements for single hold Survey is to be recorded in the Register, in which a single
cargo ships (see Note 2 to [1.1.1] of Ch record entry will be sufficient to record the survey of all
4, Sec 8) transits.
2.7.3 (1/7/2021)
2.6.1 (1/7/2020)
From review of the Register, where there are records entered
For ships complying with the requirements of SOLAS II-1/25
since the last special survey of any disruption to the cable
for hold water level detectors, the class renewal survey is to
transits or installation of new cable transits (except which
include an examination and a test of the water ingress
are reviewed and examined at previous annual surveys), the
detection system and their alarms.
satisfactory condition of those transits, in accordance with
the manufacturer’s requirements and in accordance with
2.7 Watertight Cable Transits the requirements of type approval, is to be confirmed by the
2.7.1 (1/7/2021) attending Surveyor by review of records and examination of
the transits.
The requirements for Special Survey may be undertaken by
the attending Surveyor or by a firm approved as a service It is to be confirmed that, where specified, appropriate
supplier according to Rules for the certification of Service specialized tools have been used.
Supplier. The results are to be recorded in the Register against each of
2.7.2 (1/7/2021) those cable transits.
All transits are to be examined to confirm their satisfactory 2.7.4 (1/7/2021)
condition and the Register (see Sec 1, [1.10.3] f)) is to be In case the cable transits have been examined by an
reviewed to confirm it is being maintained. The Special approved service supplier, the attending surveyor is to
review the Register in order to ascertain that it has been 3.2.2 Internal combustion engines
properly maintained by the Shipowner and correctly a) Columns and entablature.
endorsed by the service supplier.
b) Cylinders with their liners, cylinder covers (together
with valves and valve gear), pistons with their rods,
3 Machinery and systems crossheads, slippers and guides (or gudgeon pins),
connecting rods (with their top and bottom end
bearings), control gear, driven scavenge pumps, driven
3.1 General air compressors, driven fuel pumps, supercharging
blowers, fuel injection pumps, turning gear, etc.
3.1.1 The survey items listed below are to be covered to
c) Crankshafts (together with their main bearings).
the satisfaction of the Surveyor. However, other survey
alternatives deemed equivalent by the Surveyor in relation d) Reverse gear, reduction gear and clutches, if fitted.
to the characteristics and general condition of the ship
concerned may also be accepted. 3.2.3 Steam turbines
a) Condensers and their cooling water and condensate
Note 1: Attention is drawn to the requirement Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.5.1]
extraction pumps
regarding safe execution of surveys, in particular as regards health
hazards related to asbestos. b) Casings and rotors (including their blading), impulse
wheels (including guide blading and diaphragms),
3.1.2 Machinery verification runs (1/7/2018) nozzles and nozzle boxes, journals and bearings,
dummy pistons, labyrinths, external glands, etc.
a) As part of the renewal survey of machinery, a dock trial
(or functional tests) is to be carried out to attending c) Shafts, including their flexible couplings.
Surveyors’ satisfaction to confirm satisfactory operation Where the propulsion steam turbines are of a well-known
of main and auxiliary machinery. If significant repairs type, and fitted with rotor position indicators and vibration
are carried out to main or auxiliary machinery or indicators of an approved type, as well as measuring
steering gear, consideration should be given to a sea equipment of steam pressure at proper locations along the
trial to attending Surveyors’ satisfaction. steam flow, and the arrangements for change-over in the
event of emergency operation of the plant are readily
b) If the significant repairs as stated in a) is considered by operable, the first class renewal survey may be limited to
the society to have any impact on response the examination of rotor bearings, thrust bearings and
characteristics of the propulsion systems, then the scope flexible couplings, provided the Surveyor is satisfied from
of sea trial shall also include a test plan for astern operation service records and power trials subsequent to
response characteristics based on those required for the survey, that the turbine plant is in good working
such an equipment or systems when fitted to the new condition.
ship.
3.2.4 Gas turbines
c) The tests are to demonstrate the satisfactory operation
and astern response characteristics of the equipment or a) Casings, rotors and disks, impellers and blading of all
system under realistic service conditions at least over turbines and compressors, combustion chambers,
the manoeuvring range of the propulsion plant, from all burners, heat exchangers, gas piping, compressed air
control positions and for both ahead and astern piping with fittings, starting and reverse arrangements
directions. A test plan is to be provided by the yard and b) Shafts and their flexible couplings.
accepted by the surveyor. If specific operational
characteristics have been defined by the manufacturer 3.2.5 Electric propulsion
these shall be included in the test plan. Where the propulsion machinery consists of an electrical
system, the propulsion motors, generators, cables and all
d) Depending on the actual extent of the repair, the Society ancillary electrical gear, exciters and ventilating plant
may accept a reduction of the test plan. (including coolers) associated therewith are to be examined
e) The reversing characteristics of the propulsion plant, and the insulation resistance to earth tested. Due attention
including the blade pitch control system of controllable is to be given to windings, commutations and sliprings. The
pitch propellers, are to be demonstrated and recorded operation of protective gear and alarm devices is to be
during trials. checked, as far as practicable. Interlocks intended to
prevent unsafe operations or unauthorised access are to be
checked to verify that they are functioning correctly.
3.2 Main and auxiliary engines and turbines
3.2.6 Thruster installations
3.2.1 General When the ship is equipped with thruster installations, the
class renewal survey is also to include:
Depending on the type of machinery, the following parts
are to be opened up as necessary for inspection. Parts and • a thorough examination of the machinery and electrical
components are to be pressure tested as appropriate or as installation, as applicable
deemed necessary by the Surveyor. A working test is also to • an external examination of the propulsive part of the
be carried out, including testing of alarms and safety installation to be carried out at the dry dock survey due
devices. as part of the class renewal survey. During this
examination other checks such as clearance readings, considered necessary by the Surveyor. Safety devices for the
tightness of hub and blade sealing for controllable pitch foregoing items are to be examined.
propellers are to be verified. Locking arrangements for
bolts, if fitted, are to be checked. Results of lubricating 3.5.3 The compressed air system together with its valves,
oil analysis to detect possible deterioration of internal fittings and safety devices is to be examined, as considered
gears and bearings or the presence of water are to be necessary by the Surveyor.
confirmed as acceptable. The Manufacturer’s 3.5.4 (1/7/2006)
requirements may be taken into account. Dismantling of Compressed air receivers and other pressure vessels for
the assembly for the examination of internal parts may essential services are to be cleaned internally and examined
be required if the foregoing checks are not satisfactory internally and externally. Where the above receivers or
• a running test of the system under operating conditions. vessels cannot be examined internally, they are to be
hydrostatically tested to 1,5 times the working pressure.
3.3 Reduction gears, main thrust and Their fittings, valves and safety devices are to be opened up,
as deemed necessary by the Surveyor, for visual inspection
intermediate shaft(s) and pressure tested as appropriate.
3.3.1 Reduction gears complete with all wheels, pinions, 3.5.5 Steel pipes for superheated steam having a
shafts, couplings, bearings and gear teeth, including temperature of the steam at the superheater outlet
incorporated clutch arrangements, are to be opened up, as exceeding 450°C are to be examined and tested in
deemed necessary by the Surveyor, for visual inspection. accordance with [3.5.7] to [3.5.8] at each class renewal
For complicated assemblies, gears and roller bearings may survey.
be inspected without dismantling.
3.5.6 Steel pipes for saturated steam or superheated steam
3.3.2 All shafts, thrust blocks and bearings are to be having a temperature of the steam at the superheater outlet
examined. not exceeding 450°C are to be examined and tested in
accordance with [3.5.7] and [3.5.8] at each class renewal
3.4 Pumps and other machinery items survey for ships over 5 years of age. When the ship is 5
years of age or less, the inspection may be limited to a
3.4.1 General check of the satisfactory general condition of pipes.
The items listed in [3.4.2] are to be opened up, as deemed
necessary by the Surveyor, for visual inspection. Their parts 3.5.7 The examination and hydrostatic test of steel pipes
and components are to be pressure tested as appropriate for main steam machinery, and steel pipes for auxiliary
and considered necessary by the Surveyor. A working test is steam machinery having internal diameter 75 mm and over,
also to be carried out, including testing of alarms and safety are to be carried out on a number of pipes selected by the
devices if deemed necessary by the Surveyor. Surveyor after the lagging in way is removed.
e) verification of the satisfactory conditions of inboard and d) verification of the effectiveness of the inboard seal and
outboard seals. outboard seals.
Pre-requisites to satisfactorily verify in order to apply Pre-requisites to satisfactorily verify in order to apply
METHOD 3: EXTENSION UP TO 2.5 YEARS:
• review of service records; • review of service records;
• review of test records of: • review of test records of:
- Lubricating Oil analysis (for oil lubricated shafts), or - Lubricating Oil analysis (for oil lubricated shafts), or
- Fresh Water Sample test (for closed system fresh - Fresh Water Sample test (for closed system fresh
water lubricated shafts); water lubricated shafts);
• oil sample examination (for oil lubricated shafts), or • oil sample examination (for oil lubricated shafts), or
Fresh Water Sample test (for closed system fresh water Fresh Water Sample test (for closed system fresh water
lubricated); lubricated);
• verification of no reported repairs by grinding or weld- • verification of no reported repairs by grinding or weld-
ing of shaft and/or propeller. ing of shaft and/or propeller;
• confirmation from the Chief Engineer that the shafting
1.5 METHOD 4 arrangement is in good working condition.
1.5.1 (1/1/2016)
1.6.2 Extension up to 1 year for oil lubricated shafts
The survey is to consist of: or closed loop system fresh water lubricated
a) drawing the shaft and examining the entire shaft (includ- shafts (1/1/2016)
ing liners, corrosion protection system and stress reduc- The survey is to consist of:
ing features, where provided), inboard seal system and a) visual inspection of all accessible parts of the shafting
bearings; system;
b) for keyed and keyless connections: b) verification that the propeller is free of damage which
• removing the propeller to expose the forward end of may cause the propeller to be out of balance;
the taper, c) verification of the effectiveness of the inboard seal and
• performing a non-destructive examination (NDE) by outboard seals.
an approved surface crack- detection method all Pre-requisites to satisfactorily verify in order to apply
around the shaft in way of the forward portion of the EXTENSION UP TO 1 YEARS:
taper section, including the keyway (if fitted). For
• review of the previous weardown and/or clearance
shafts provided with liners, the NDE is to be
recordings;
extended to the after edge of the liner;
• review of service records;
c) for flanged connection:
• review of test records of:
• whenever the coupling bolts of any type of flange-
connected shaft are removed or the flange radius is - Lubricating Oil analysis (for oil lubricated shafts), or
made accessible in connection with overhaul, - Fresh Water Sample test (for closed system fresh
repairs or when deemed necessary by the surveyor, water lubricated shafts);
the coupling bolts and flange radius are to be exam- • oil sample examination (for oil lubricated shafts), or
ined by means of an approved surface crack detec- Fresh Water Sample test (for closed system fresh water
tion method; lubricated);
d) checking and recording the bearing clearances; • verification of no reported repairs by grinding or weld-
e) verification that the propeller is free of damage which ing of shaft and/or propeller;
may cause the propeller to be out of balance; • confirmation from the Chief Engineer that the shafting
f) verification of the satisfactory conditions of inboard seal arrangement is in good working condition.
during re-installation of the shaft and propeller.
1.6.3 Extension up to 3 months for oil lubricated
shafts or closed loop system fresh water
1.6 Extension surveys lubricated shafts (1/1/2016)
The survey is to consist of:
1.6.1 Extension up to 2.5 years for oil lubricated
shafts or closed loop system fresh water a) visual inspection of all accessible parts of the shafting
lubricated shafts (1/1/2016) system;
The survey is to consist of: b) verification of the effectiveness of the inboard seal.
a) checking and recording the bearing weardown meas- Pre-requisites to satisfactorily verify in order to apply exten-
urements, as far as practicable; sion up to 3 months:
b) visual inspection of all accessible parts of the shafting • review of the previous weardown and/or clearance
system; recordings;
c) verification that the propeller is free of damage which • review of service records;
may cause the propeller to be out of balance; • review of test records of:
- Lubricating Oil analysis (for oil lubricated shafts), or Where the Surveyor considers that the data presented is not
- Fresh Water Sample test (for closed system fresh entirely to his satisfaction, the shaft is to be withdrawn.
water lubricated shafts);
• oil sample examination (for oil lubricated shafts), or 2 Periodical survey of other propul-
Fresh Water Sample test (for closed system fresh water sion systems
lubricated);
• verification of no reported repairs by grinding or weld- 2.1 Rotating and azimuth thrusters
ing of shaft and/or propeller;
2.1.1 (1/7/2007)
• confirmation from the Chief Engineer that the shafting The periodical survey of rotating and azimuth thrusters con-
arrangement is in good working condition. sists of:
1.6.4 Extension up to 1 year for water lubricated a) removing the propeller(s) in order to examine the fol-
shafts (open loop systems) (1/1/2016) lowing items, as applicable:
The survey is to consist of: • exposed parts
a) visual inspection of all accessible parts of the shafting • cone and keyway to be checked by an appropriate
system; crack detection method
b) verification that the propeller is free of damage which • sealing glands
may cause the propeller to be out of balance; • threaded end and nut.
c) checking and recording the bearing clearances; For keyless or flange mounted propellers, alternative
means to removal of the propeller for examination of
d) verification of the effectiveness of the inboard seal.
the shaft cone, such as pressure testing of the hub and
Pre-requisites to satisfactorily verify in order to apply hub gland, may be adopted at alternate surveys;
EXTENSION UP TO 1 YEAR:
b) examining the results of a lubricating oil analysis (water
• review of the previous clearance recordings; content and presence of material particles) to detect
• review of service records; possible deterioration of internal gears and bearings
• verification of no reported repairs by grinding or weld- c) examining the orientation device.
ing of shaft and/or propeller; If the foregoing checks are not satisfactory, dismantling of
• confirmation from the Chief Engineer that the shafting the internal parts may be required.
arrangement is in good working condition.
2.2 Vertical axis propellers
1.6.5 Extension up to 3 months for water lubricated
shafts (open loop systems) (1/1/2016) 2.2.1 The periodical survey of vertical axis propeller sys-
The survey is to consist of: tems consists of:
a) visual inspection of all accessible parts of the shafting • checking the tightness of the oil glands and the backlash
system; of the gears from outside by action on the blades
b) verification that the propeller is free of damage which • checking the condition of gears and couplings from
may cause the propeller to be out of balance; inside the ship
• examining the results of a lubricating oil analysis (water
c) verification of the effectiveness of the inboard seal.
content and presence of material particles) to detect
Pre-requisites to satisfactorily verify in order to apply possible deterioration of internal gears and bearings.
EXTENSION UP TO 3 MONTHS:
If the foregoing checks are not satisfactory, dismantling of
• review of the previous clearance recordings;
the internal parts may be required.
• review of service records;
• verification of no reported repairs by grinding or weld- 2.3 Pump jet systems
ing of shaft and/or propeller;
• confirmation from the Chief Engineer that the shafting 2.3.1 The periodical survey of pump jet systems consists of
arrangement is in good working condition. examining the following parts:
• impeller, shaft and clearances of bearings
1.6.6 (1/1/2016)
• tightness of gland
Where the notation MON-SHAFT has been assigned as
specified in Ch 2, Sec 2, [8.3.1], the tailshaft need not be • water duct
withdrawn provided that all condition monitoring data • steering nozzle
(bearing temperature, consumption and analysis of lubricat- • reversing arrangements and control gear.
ing oil) is found to be within permissible limits and the
remaining requirements for the complete survey are com- If the foregoing checks are not satisfactory, further disman-
plied with. tling may be required.
Fuel supply pipes between pumps and burners, fuel tank 2.1.2 Thermal oil heater supports and securing arrange-
valves, pipes and deck control gear are to be examined. ments are to be examined.
Heater accessories and mountings are to be externally and 2.1.4 Where repairs and/or renewal of components
(as needed) internally examined. exposed to pressure are performed, a pressure test is to be
Forced circulation pumps are, wherever possible, to be carried out to 1,5 times the working pressure
opened up.
2.1.5 Upon completion of the survey, the thermal oil
Fuel supply pipes between pumps and burners, fuel tank heater is to be examined under working conditions, with
valves, pipes and deck control gear are to be examined. particular attention to safety devices and controls of the
plant.
2.1.3 The following safety devices and instrumentation are
to be examined and tested:
• thermal fluid temperature safety device and control
• thermal fluid flow meter
• device for low thermal fluid level in the expansion tank
• other regulation and safety systems.
a) Fuel Storage heating storing, burning or otherwise handling the fuel and
liquid nitrogen installations are to be examined. Removal of
1) External examination of the storage tanks including
insulation from the piping and opening for examination
secondary barrier if fitted and accessible.
may be required. Where deemed suspect, a hydrostatic test
2) General examination of the fuel storage hold place. to 1.25 times the Maximum Allowable Relief Valve Setting
3) Internal examination of tank connection space. (MARVS) for the pipeline is to be carried out. After
reassembly, the complete piping is to be tested for leaks.
4) External examination of tank and relief valves. Where water cannot be tolerated and the piping cannot be
5) Verification of satisfactory operation of tank dried prior to putting the system into service, the Surveyor
monitoring system. may accept alternative testing fluids or alternative means of
testing.
6) Examination and testing of installed bilge alarms
and means of drainage of the compartment.
1.4.3 Fuel Valves (1/1/2018)
7) Testing of the remote and local closing of the
installed main tank valve. All emergency shut-down valves, check valves, block and
bleed valves, master gas valves, remote operating valves,
b) Fuel Bunkering System
isolating valves for pressure relief valves in the fuel storage,
1) Examination of bunkering stations and the fuel fuel bunkering, and fuel supply piping systems are to be
bunkering system. examined and proven operable. A random selection of
2) Verification of satisfactory operation of the fuel valves is to be opened for examination.
bunkering control, monitoring and shut-down
systems. 1.4.4 Pressure Relief Valves (1/1/2019)
c) Fuel Supply System a) Fuel Storage Tank Pressure Relief Valves. The pressure
Examination of the fuel supply system during working relief valves for the fuel storage tanks are to be opened
condition as far as practicable. for examination, adjusted, and function tested. If the
tanks are equipped with relief valves with non-metallic
1) Verification of satisfactory operation of the fuel
membranes in the main or pilot valves, such non-
supply system control, monitoring and shut-down
metallic membranes are to be replaced.
systems.
2) Testing of the remote and local closing of the master b) Fuel Supply and Bunkering Piping Pressure Relief
fuel valve for each engine compartment. Valves. Pressure relief valves for the fuel supply and
bunkering piping are to be opened for examination,
1.3 Intermediate Survey adjusted, and function tested. Where a proper record of
continuous overhaul and retesting of individually
1.3.1 Scope (1/1/2018) identifiable relief valves is maintained, consideration
will be given to acceptance on the basis of opening,
In addition to the applicable requirements of the Annual
internal examination, and testing of a representative
Survey, the Intermediate Survey is also to include:
sampling of valves, including each size and type of
a) Safety Systems liquefied gas or vapor relief valve in use, provided there
Gas detectors, temperature sensors, pressure sensors, is logbook evidence that the remaining valves have
level indicators, and other equipment providing input to been overhauled and tested since crediting of the
the fuel safety system are to be randomly tested to previous Special Survey.
confirm satisfactory operating condition. Proper
response of the fuel safety system upon fault conditions c) Pressure/Vacuum Relief Valves. The pressure/vacuum
is to be verified. relief valves, rupture disc and other pressure relief
devices for interbarrier spaces and hold spaces are to be
opened, examined, tested and readjusted as necessary,
1.4 Renewal Survey depending on their design.
1.4.1 Scope (1/1/2018)
1.4.5 Fuel Handling Equipment (1/1/2018)
The Renewal Survey is to include, in addition to the
requirements of the Annual Survey, examination, tests and Fuel pumps, compressors, process pressure vessels, inert
checks of sufficient extent to ensure that the fuel gas generators, heat exchangers and other components used
installations are in a satisfactory condition and is fit for its in connection with fuel handling are to be examined as
intended purpose for the new period of class of 5 years to required in the Rules of each individual Society for
be assigned, subject to proper maintenance and operation periodical survey of machinery.
and to periodical surveys being carried out at the due dates.
1.4.6 Electrical Equipment (1/1/2018)
1.4.2 Fuel Handling and Piping (1/1/2018)
All piping for fuel storage, fuel bunkering, and fuel supply a) Examination of electrical equipment to include the
such as venting, compressing, refrigerating, liquefying, physical condition of electrical cables and supports,
1.1.1 In order to maintain its class during a normal opera- 2.1.4 Protection against explosion
tion period, a ship is to be submitted to the surveys Cargo spaces and piping systems are to be cleaned and ven-
described in Ch 2, Sec 2 at their due dates and to the satis-
tilated to prevent gas from forming any pockets.
faction of the Society, and is to be free of overdue surveys
and conditions of class during the considered period. An inert gas system in operation is recommended for the
cargo spaces of oil and chemical tankers.
1.1.2 When a ship stops trading and is put out of commis-
sion for a certain period, i.e. is laid-up, the normal survey All flammable materials, sludge, etc. are to be removed
requirements may no longer apply provided that the Owner from the ship’s bilge, tank tops, double bottom tanks,
notifies the Society of this fact. The Owner is also to submit engine room, pump rooms and similar spaces.
a lay-up maintenance program to the Society for approval.
Hot work is not be carried out during lay-up, unless special
1.1.3 The lay-up maintenance program includes: precautionary measures are taken.
• the safety conditions to be kept throughout the lay-up 2.1.5 Safety equipment
period
All the equipment usually recommended for the safety of
• the measures taken to preserve the maintenance of the the watch personnel is to be provided, kept in working
ship throughout the lay-up period order and tested regularly.
• the survey requirements to be complied with for lay-up, The usual life-saving equipment such as liferafts, life-buoys,
maintenance of class in lay-up and re-commissioning.
breathing apparatus, oxygen masks and distress signals is to
be provided and made accessible.
2 Safety conditions
The requirements of the flag Administration and of the local
port authorities of the lay-up site are usually to be applied.
2.1
2.1.6 Emergency power
2.1.1 Power supply
The emergency source of power, emergency generator
Adequate power supply is to be supplied, or readily availa- and/or emergency air compressor are to be kept in working
ble, all around the clock, either from independent means order and tested weekly.
on board the ship or from shore.
The following safety conditions are to be kept throughout 3 Preservation measures for lay-up
the lay-up period.
and maintenance
2.1.2 Manning
3.1 General
Watch personnel are to be provided. The number of the
watch personnel will depend on the size of the ship, the
lay-up site and mooring arrangements, the shore assistance 3.1.1 A lay-up log-book is to be kept on board, in which
available in case of fire, leakage or flooding, the mainte- the maintenance work and tests carried out during the lay-
nance required to provide adequate preservation. A perma- up period are to be entered with the corresponding dates.
nent shore communication installation (radio, telephone) is The nature and frequency of the maintenance, inspections
also to be available. and tests are also to be defined in the lay-up log book.
3.1.2 The following measures for preservation and mainte- Chocks and hawse pipes are to be coated with bituminous
nance during the lay-up period are to be taken by Owners paint or equivalent if deemed necessary.
according to the type of ship, hull equipment, machinery
Cargo piping on deck is to be drained, blown through if
installations and the specific cases of lay-up conditions.
deemed necessary and kept dry by opening up drains.
3.2 Exposed parts of the hull Electrical machinery and navigational equipment are to be
protected by watertight covers.
3.2.1 Underwater parts of the hull are to be protected
against corrosion. It is advisable to provide an impressed 3.5 Machinery
current cathodic protection system where the quantity of
corrosive waste discharge is particularly high. When such 3.5.1 Machinery spaces
systems are provided they are to be serviced and checked at The air temperature inside the machinery spaces is normally
regular intervals. The condition of sacrificial anodes is to be to be kept above 0°C.
evaluated at the annual lay-up condition surveys.
Humidity is to be kept as low as possible and within accept-
3.2.2 The coating of the hull above the waterline, exposed able limits.
decks, access doors or covers on exposed decks, and hatch
covers is to be maintained in satisfactory condition. 3.5.2 Machinery - General
All accesses leading to internal spaces are to be kept closed. Exposed mechanical parts of machinery are to be greased.
All vent pipes and ventilation trunks are to be kept closed. All rotating machinery such as diesel engines, reciprocating
engines, pumps, turbines, electric motors and generators
are to be turned at regular intervals with a limited number
3.3 Internal spaces of revolutions (the lubricating oil system should be put in
operation or proper priming applied). Units are not to be
3.3.1 Cargo tanks and cargo holds are to be emptied,
stopped in the same position as the previous one.
cleaned and kept dry.
Bearing boxes are to be emptied, cleaned and refilled with
Ballast tanks are to be kept either full or empty. When bal-
new oil.
last spaces are kept filled with sea water, special care is to
be taken to keep such spaces topped up and protected
3.5.3 Main turbines
against corrosion. When provided, sacrificial anodes are to
be renewed when deemed necessary. The topping up is to Turbines are to be kept dry.
be regularly verified. All steam inlets are to be sealed.
3.3.2 Chain lockers are to be drained, cleaned and kept Expansion arrangements (sliding feet) are to be suitably
dry. Coating with bituminous paint is recommended. greased.
Electric heaters are to be put inside the turbines. Heat dry-
3.3.3 Fuel oil and lubricating oil tanks are to be drained ing is to be made in open circuit, all valves shut and gland
regularly. closing devices withdrawn.
Lubricating oil analysis is to be performed regularly and the
Turbines are to be turned weekly, the lubricating oil system
oil renewed when the result is not satisfactory. Prior to
being put in service. The shaft line is to be stopped after
being refilled, tanks are to be cleaned.
turning an integer number of revolutions plus one quarter of
Empty lubricating oil tanks are to be cleaned and kept dry. a revolution.
Fresh water or distilled water tanks are to be kept full or
3.5.4 Reduction gears
empty. Empty tanks are to be cleaned and kept dry. Where
cement wash is used as a coating, this is to be examined For large reduction gears, a fan activating the circulation of
and, if necessary, repaired prior to filling. hot air in closed circuit with air hoses is to be fitted (intake
at lower part of casing and discharge at upper part).
3.3.4 The bilge and tank top in engine rooms are to be
cleaned and kept dry. 3.5.5 Auxiliary turbine-driven machinery
Hull sea inlet and outlet valves not in use are to be kept Stators are to be drained and kept dry.
closed. Shaft sealing glands are to be lubricated.
Lubricating oil is to be analysed and renewed when
3.4 Deck fittings deemed necessary. Prior to oil renewal, the oil casings are
to be cleaned.
3.4.1 The windlass, capstans and winches are to be regu-
larly greased and turned once a week. Exhaust steam pipes are to be kept dry.
All wire cables are to be kept greased. Stuffing boxes are to be dismantled.
Visible parts of chains are to be coal-tarred and examined Turbines are to be turned weekly an integer number of revo-
regularly. lutions plus one quarter of a revolution.
3.8.3 Air heaters are to be cleaned and kept dry. 4.3 Recommendations for the mooring
Uptake, shell and fan outlets are to be cleaned and kept arrangements
closed with watertight hoods.
4.3.1 The following recommendations are to be consid-
Burners are to be dismantled, and atomisers greased. ered by Owners with respect to the mooring arrangements:
Desiccant is to be provided in furnaces where deemed nec- • ground holding should be adequate
essary. • vessels laid-up to buoys or anchored should be moored
in such a way as to be prevented from swinging with
Expansion arrangements (sliding feet) are to be suitably normal wind and tidal changes
greased.
• chain cables should not be subject to cross-contact or
The internal condition of boilers is to be checked every twisting and stern anchorage should generally be pro-
three months. vided
• laid-up ships should be in ballast condition in order to
3.8.4 Boilers may also be preserved sealed with inert gas reduce the effects of wind. Due consideration should be
(nitrogen), provided that cocks and valves are tight and the given to the still water bending moment. For guidance,
installation allows an internal pressure of at least 0,05 bar to normal ballast draft should be roughly between 30%
be maintained to prevent air penetration. Regular checks of and 50% of the maximum draft.
the overpressure are to be carried out and results recorded
in the log-book. 4.3.2 Ships should normally be moored singly. However,
when several ships are moored together, the following pro-
3.9 Automation equipment visions are to be made:
• ships are to be moored bow to stern
3.9.1 Recommendations for electronic components are • ships are to be of approximately the same size
the same as those given for electrical installations. • the number of ships moored together is, in principle, not
For pneumatic parts the manufacturers’ recommendations to exceed six
are to be followed and the system is to be checked regu- • breast-lines are to be of similar elasticity
larly. • fenders are to be provided.
Pressure, temperature or level sensors are generally not
affected by damage when not used. However, when availa- 4.4 Review of the mooring arrangements
ble, the manufacturers’ recommendations are to be fol-
lowed. 4.4.1 As indicated in [4.1.1], at the Owners’ request, the
mooring arrangements may be reviewed by the Society.
4 Lay-up site and mooring arrange- 4.4.2 The proposal for the mooring arrangements is in
ments such case to be submitted by the Owner and is to include
the following information.
a) Mooring site:
4.1 General
• geographical area (to be specified on a map)
4.1.1 The choice and suitability of the lay-up site, as well • characteristics of the sea bottom
as the type of mooring conditions, the mooring arrange- • water depth
ments and their efficiency during the lay-up period remain
• preferential angular sectors (effects of wind / tide /
the responsibility of the Owner.
current) indicated according to statistical studies
However, at the Owner’s request, the mooring arrangement • wave characteristics (amplitude, periods)
may be reviewed by the Society.
b) Geometry of mooring arrangements:
• ship’s position and direction
4.2 Recommendations for the lay-up site
• shore anchorage
4.2.1 The following recommendations are to be consid- • diagram showing mooring equipment (fore and aft)
ered by Owners regarding the choice and suitability of the • angle between chain cables and ship’s centreline
lay-up site. c) Characteristics of mooring equipment:
The site should be: • maximum holding strength of each anchor
• sheltered from open sea, strong currents and waves • type of mooring lines (chains, cables, sinkers, etc.)
• not exposed to whirling winds or turbulent tidal waves • length of each section
• weight of each section
• not exposed to moving ice
• mechanical characteristics of each section (breaking
• clear of corrosive waste waters load)
• provided with adequate ship/shore communications. • weight of sinkers.
4.4.3 On completion of the installation, the mooring • dealing with the conditions of class due at the date of
arrangements are to be inspected by the Society. When the re-commissioning or which became due during the lay-
ship is anchored, the underwater installation is to be up period.
inspected by a diver whose report is to be presented to the
Society. In all cases where the Owner elects to carry out the “next
due” renewal survey, the due periodical hull and machinery
4.4.4 It is the responsibility of the Owners to ascertain the surveys, due or which become overdue during the lay-up
efficiency of the mooring arrangements during the lay-up period, will be replaced by this one.
period. The mooring arrangements are to be re-examined at
5.3.3 For the hull the following is to be carried out:
regular intervals (at least each year when the ship is
anchored) and when abnormal weather conditions occur at • examination of shell plating above the waterline, deck
the lay-up site. plating, hatch covers and coamings
• examination of load line items
5 Surveys • overall survey of all cargo tanks/holds
• overall survey of representative ballast tanks when the
5.1 Laying-up survey lay-up period does not exceed two years
• overall survey of all ballast tanks when the lay-up period
5.1.1 At the beginning of the lay-up period a laying-up sur- is two years and over
vey is to be carried out whose scope is to verify that the • function tests of bilge and ballast systems.
safety conditions, preservation measures, lay-up site and
mooring arrangements are in accordance with the program 5.3.4 (1/7/2007)
agreed by the Society. For the deck fittings the following is to be carried out:
• where possible, examination of deck piping under
5.1.2 Upon satisfactory completion of this survey, an
working pressure
endorsement to confirm that the ship has been placed in
lay-up is entered on the Certificate of Classification, which • function tests of class items
is subsequently to be kept on board. • checking inert gas installation under working condition
after inspection of water seal and function test of deck
5.2 Annual lay-up condition survey non-return valve and pressure/vacuum valves.
5.2.1 As described in Ch 2, Sec 2, [13], an annual lay-up 5.3.5 For machinery installations the following is to be
condition survey is to be performed in lieu of the normal checked:
annual class surveys. The purpose of this survey is to ascer- • the analysis of lubricating oil of main engines, auxiliary
tain that the lay-up maintenance program implemented is engines, reduction gears, main thrust bearings and
continuously complied with. sterntube
• the general condition of crankcase, crankshaft, piston
5.2.2 It is to be checked that the arrangements made for rods and connecting rods of diesel engines
the lay-up are unchanged and that the maintenance work
• the crankshaft deflections of diesel engines. In addition
and tests are carried out in accordance with the mainte-
when engines have been laid-up for more than two
nance manual and recorded in the lay-up log-book.
years, one piston is to be disconnected and one liner is
5.2.3 Upon satisfactory completion of the survey, the Cer- to be removed for examination. Dismantling is to be
tificate of Classification is endorsed. extended if deemed necessary
• the condition of blades of turbines through the inspec-
5.3 Re-commissioning survey tion doors
• the condition of the water side of condensers and heat
5.3.1 Owners are to make the necessary arrangements to exchangers
remove the temporary lay-up installations provided for pres- • the condition of expansion arrangements
ervation measures and the protective materials and coatings
• the condition of reduction gears through the inspection
(oil, grease, inhibitors, desiccants), before the survey is
doors
commenced.
• the condition after overhauling of pressure relief devices
It is the Owners’ responsibility to verify that the ship parts
that are not covered by class are reactivated in satisfactory • the test of bilge level alarms, when fitted.
operational condition. 5.3.6 The main and emergency electrical installations are
5.3.2 (1/7/2020) to be tested. The parallel shedding of main generators and
The scope of the re-commissioning survey is to include: main switchboard safety devices are to be checked. A meg-
ger test of the electrical installation is to be performed.
• a general examination of the hull, deck fittings, safety
systems, machinery installations (including boilers 5.3.7 (1/7/2012)
whose survey is not due) and steering gear For the fire prevention, detection and fire-fighting systems,
• all periodical surveys due at the date of re-commission- the following is to be examined and/or tested:
ing or which became overdue during the lay-up period • fire detectors and alarms.
5.3.8 The automated installation is to be checked for 5.3.11 For other specific classed installations, the Owners
proper operation. are to submit a survey program to the Society.
5.3.9 When classed, the installations for refrigerated cargo 5.3.12 On completion of the above surveys and tests, sea
are to be examined under working conditions. Where the trials are to be performed in the presence of a Surveyor of
lay-up period exceeds two years, representative compo- the Society.
nents of the installation are to be dismantled. The sea trials are to include :
• verification of the satisfactory performance of the deck
5.3.10 For cargo installations on liquefied gas carriers, the installations, main propulsion system and essential aux-
following is to be carried out: iliaries, including a test of the safety devices
• inspection of the primary barrier in tanks • an anchoring test
• complete tests of steering gear
• for membrane tanks, a global gas test of tanks whose
• full head and full astern tests
results are to be compared with those obtained at ship’s
delivery • tests of automated machinery systems, where applicable
• testing of gas piping at working pressure using inert gas. 5.3.13 Upon satisfactory completion of the surveys, an
endorsement to confirm the carrying out of all relevant sur-
A Surveyor of the Society is to attend the first cooling down veys and the re-commissioning of the ship is entered on the
and loading of the ship. Certificate of Classification.
Chapter 4
SECTION 1 GENERAL
SECTION 2 BULK CARRIERS, COMBINATION CARRIERS AND SELF-
UNLOADING BULK CARRIERS OF SINGLE SIDE SKIN
CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 1 GENERAL
1.1.1 The purpose of this Chapter is to give details on the 2 Service notations subject to addi-
scope of surveys of certain ships which, due to the service tional surveys
notation assigned and related equipment, need specific
requirements to be verified for the maintenance of their 2.1
class.
2.1.1 The specific requirements detailed in this Chapter
1.1.2 These specific requirements either are additional to are linked to the service notation(s) assigned to the ship at
or supersede those stipulated in Chapter 3, which gives gen- the request of the Owner. Where a ship has more than one
eral requirements for surveys applicable to all types of service notation, the specific requirements linked to each
one are applicable, insofar as they are not contradictory (in
ships: this is indicated in each Section of this Chapter. These
such case, the most stringent requirement will be applied).
surveys are to be carried out at intervals as described in
Ch 2, Sec 2, concurrently with the surveys of the same type, 2.1.2 Tab 1 indicates which service notations are subject
i.e. annual, intermediate or class renewal surveys, detailed to specific requirements, and in which Section or Article
in Chapter 3. they are specified.
Table 1 : Service notations for which specific requirements are applicable (1/1/2022)
1.1.5 (1/7/2004) For bulk carriers subject to SOLAS Chapter II-1 Part A-1
Regulation 3-10, the Owner is to arrange the updating of
Ships required to comply with the provisions in Ch 6, Sec 2,
the Ship Construction File (SCF) throughout the ship's life
[7] are subject to the additional thickness measurement
whenever a modification of the documentation included in
guidance in Ch 6, App 2 for side shell frames and brackets
the SCF has taken place.
for the purposes of determining compliance with Ch 6,
Sec 2, [7] prior to the relevant compliance deadline stipu- Documented procedures for updating the SCF are to be
lated in Ch 6, Sec 2, [7] and at subsequent intermediate and included within the Safety Management System.
1.2.2 A survey report file is to be a part of the documenta- For the SCF stored on shore archive, the surveyor is to
tion on board consisting of: examine the list of information included on shore archive.
• reports of structural surveys In cases where any major event, including, but not limited
• hull condition evaluation report (summarising the to, substantial repair and conversion, or any modification to
results of class renewal surveys) the ship structures, the surveyor is to also verify that the
updated information is stored on shore archive by examin-
• thickness measurement reports.
ing the list of information included on shore archive or kept
The survey report file is also to be available in the Owner's on board the ship.
management office. In addition, the surveyor is to confirm that the service con-
1.2.3 (1/7/2016) tract with of the Archive Center is valid.
The following additional supporting documentation is to be If the updating of the SCF Supplement ashore is not com-
available on board: pleted at the time of survey, the Surveyor records it and
• survey program, as required in [4.1], until such time as requires confirmation at the next periodical survey.
the class renewal survey or the intermediate survey, as For bulk carriers subject to SOLAS Chapter II-1 Part A-1
applicable, has been completed Regulation 3-10, on completion of the survey, the surveyor
• main structural plans of cargo holds and ballast tanks is to verify any addition and/or renewal of materials used for
(for CSR ships these plans are to include for each struc- the construction of the hull structure are documented
tural element both the as-built and renewal thickness. within the Ship Construction File list of materials.
Any thickness for voluntary addition is also to be clearly
indicated on the plans. The midship section plan to be 1.3 Reporting and evaluation of surveys
supplied on board the ship is to include the minimum
allowable hull girder sectional properties for hold trans- 1.3.1 The data and information on the structural condition
verse section in all cargo holds) of the ship collected during survey are evaluated for
• previous repair history acceptability and structural integrity of the ship's cargo
area.
• cargo and ballast history
1.3.2 (1/7/2006)
• ship’s personnel reports on:
For ships subject to the requirements of this Section, the sur-
- structural deterioration/defects in general veys of hull structure and piping systems are reported in
- leakage in bulkheads and piping systems conformance to the Survey Reporting Principles laid down
- condition of coatings or corrosion prevention sys- in App 1.
tems, if any
1.3.3 A hull condition evaluation report (summarising the
• any other information that may help to identify critical results of class renewal surveys) is issued by the Society to
structural areas and/or suspect areas requiring inspec- the Owner, who is to place it on board the ship for refer-
tion. ence at future surveys. The hull condition evaluation report
is endorsed by the Society.
For bulk carriers subject to SOLAS Chapter II-1 Part A-1
Regulation 3-10, the Ship Construction File (SCF), limited to
the items to be retained on board, is to be available on 1.4 Access to structures
board. 1.4.1 (1/1/2007)
1.2.4 (1/1/2018) For overall surveys, means are to be provided to enable the
Prior to survey, the Surveyor examines the documentation Surveyor to examine the hull structure in a safe and practi-
on board and its contents, which are used as a basis for the cal way.
survey. 1.4.2 (1/1/2007)
For bulk carriers subject to SOLAS Chapter II-1 Part A-1 For close-up surveys of the hull structure, other than cargo
Regulation 3-10, on completion of the survey, the surveyor hold shell frames, one or more of the following means for
is to verify that the update of the Ship Construction File access, acceptable to the Surveyor, are to be provided:
(SCF) has been done whenever a modification of the docu-
• permanent staging and passages through structures;
mentation included in the SCF has taken place.
• temporary staging and passages through structures;
For the SCF stored on board ship, the surveyor is to examine
the information on board ship. • lifts and movable platforms;
In cases where any major event, including, but not limited • boats or rafts;
to, substantial repair and conversion, or any modification to • portable ladders;
the ship structures, the surveyor is to also verify that the
• other equivalent means.
updated information is kept on board the ship.
If the updating of the SCF onboard is not completed at the 1.4.3 (1/7/2008)
time of survey, the Surveyor records it and requires confir- For close-up surveys of the cargo hold shell frames of bulk
mation at the next periodical survey. carriers less than 100000 dwt, one or more of the following
means for access, acceptable to the Surveyor, are to be pro- close-up survey of the upper part of side shell frames or
vided: other structures in all cases where the maximum work-
• permanent staging and passages through structures; ing height is not more than 17 m.
• temporary staging and passages through structures;
• portable ladder restricted to not more than 5 m in length 2 Annual survey
may be accepted for surveys of lower section of a shell
frame including bracket; 2.1 General
• hydraulic arm vehicles such as conventional cherry
pickers, lifts and movable platforms; 2.1.1 (1/1/2019)
• boats or rafts provided the structural capacity of the The survey is to consist of an examination for the purpose of
hold is sufficient to withstand static loads at all levels of ensuring, as far as practicable, that the hull, weather decks,
water; hatch covers, coamings and piping are maintained in a sat-
isfactory condition and is to take into account the service
• other equivalent means.
history, condition and extent of the corrosion prevention
1.4.4 (1/1/2019) system of ballast tanks and areas identified in the survey
For close-up surveys of the cargo hold shell frames of bulk report file.
carriers of 100000 dwt and above, the use of portable lad-
ders is not accepted, and one or more of the following 2.2 Hull and equipment
means for access, acceptable to the Surveyor, are to be pro-
vided: 2.2.1 (1/7/2006)
ing of that cargo hold as well as a close-up survey of 2.5 Ballast tanks
sufficient extent of all remaining cargo holds.
2.5.1 Ballast tanks are to be internally examined when
c) When considered necessary by the Surveyor, or where required as a consequence of the results of the class
extensive corrosion exists, thickness measurement is to renewal survey and intermediate survey.
be carried out. If the results of these thickness measure-
ments indicate that substantial corrosion is found, the 2.5.2 (1/1/2004)
extent of thickness measurements is to be increased in When considered necessary by the Surveyor, or where
accordance with Tab 7 to Tab 11. These thickness meas- extensive corrosion exists, thickness measurements are is to
urements are to be carried out before the annual survey be carried out. If the results of these thickness measure-
is credited as completed. Suspect areas identified at pre- ments indicate that substantial corrosion is found, the extent
vious surveys are to be examined. Areas of substantial of thickness measurements is to be increased in accordance
corrosion identified at previous surveys are to be sub- with Tab 7 to Tab 11. These extended thickness measure-
jected to thickness measurements. ments are to be carried out before the survey is credited as
completed.
For ships built under the Common Structural Rules, the
annual thickness gauging may be omitted where a pro- 2.5.3 (1/7/2001)
tective coating has been applied in accordance with the Suspect areas identified at previous surveys are to be exam-
coating manufacturer's requirements and is maintained ined. Areas of substantial corrosion identified at previous
in good condition. surveys are to be subjected to thickness measurements.
2.8 Self unloading bulk carrier - cargo han- the total number and type of ballast tanks. If such over-
dling system(s) all survey reveals no visible structural defects, the exam-
ination may be limited to verification that the corrosion
2.8.1 (1/1/2017)
prevention system remains efficient.
Cargo handling systems not covered by the additional class
notation CARGO HANDLING such as, but not limited to: b) Where poor coating condition, corrosion or other
defects are found in water ballast tanks or where a hard
• belt conveyors,
protective coating has not been applied since the time
• spiral conveyors, of construction, the examination is to be extended to
• crew conveyors other ballast tanks of the same type.
• pneumatic conveyors c) In ballast tanks other than double bottom tanks, where a
• chain conveyors (buckets , pockets, etc...) hard protective coating is found in poor condition, and
• wire conveyors it is not renewed, or where a soft or semi-hard coating
has been applied, or where a hard protective coating
• cable conveyors (wagons, buckets, pockets, …)
has not been applied since the time of construction, the
• chain elevators (buckets, pockets, etc..) tanks in question are to be examined and thickness
• cable elevators (buckets, pockets, etc..) measurements carried out as considered necessary at
• loading and discharging boom(s) annual surveys. When such breakdown of hard protec-
tive coating is found in ballast double bottom tanks, or
and combinations of these, have to be annually inspected. where a soft or semi-hard coating has been applied, or
The survey is to include: where a hard protective coating has not been applied,
• verification that no modification of the cargo handling the tanks in question may be examined at annual sur-
system(s) layout has been made. Particular attention is to veys. When considered necessary by the Surveyor, or
be paid to cargo handling arrangements passing in close where extensive corrosion exists, thickness measure-
proximity to accommodation and/or control stations ments are to be carried out.
• verification that, when expected and fitted, special d) In addition to the requirements above, suspect areas
arrangements to avoid unintentional release of lifted identified at previous surveys are to be examined.
cargo are maintained and unmodified
3.2.2 Cargo holds (1/7/2006)
• general examination, as far as applicable, of cargo han-
dling system(s) with particular attention to the connec- a) An overall survey of all cargo holds, including close-up
tion of their foundations to the hull structure survey of sufficient extent, minimum 25% of frames, is
to be carried out to establish the condition of:
• an examination of the instruction/installation manual to
verify the layout of the complete system(s) and confirm • Shell frames including their upper and lower end
correspondence to the actual system(s) fitted on board attachments, adjacent shell plating, and transverse
• verification that maintenance of the system(s) has been bulkheads in the forward cargo hold and one other
carried out according to the Manufacturer's instructions selected cargo hold;
and schedules. • Areas found suspect at previous surveys.
• a general examination of components of the system in b) Where considered necessary by the Surveyor as a result
order to verify their satisfactory condition of mainte- of the overall and close-up survey as described in a), the
nance survey is to be extended to include a close-up survey of
• verification and test of the cargo handling system alarm all of the shell frames and adjacent shell plating of that
and safety devices cargo hold as well as a close-up survey of sufficient
extent of all remaining cargo holds.
• a running test of the system in order verify the satisfac-
tory working and operation conditions. 3.2.3 Extent of Thickness Measurements (1/7/2012)
a) Thickness measurements are to be carried out to an
3 Intermediate survey - Hull items extent sufficient to determine both general and local
corrosion levels in areas subject to close-up survey as
3.1 General described in [3.2.2] a). The minimum requirements for
3.1.1 (1/7/2006) thickness measurements at the intermediate survey are
areas found to be suspect areas at previous surveys.
The survey extent is dependent on the age of the ship as
specified in [3.2], [3.3] and [3.4] and shown in Tab 3 and b) The extent of thickness measurement may be specially
Tab 4. considered, provided the Surveyor is satisfied by the
close-up survey that there is no structural diminution
3.2 Ships between 5 and 10 years of age and the hard protective coatings are found to be in a
good condition.
3.2.1 Ballast tanks (1/7/2010) c) Where substantial corrosion is found, the extent of
a) For tanks used for water ballast, an overall survey of rep- thickness measurements is to be increased in accord-
resentative tanks selected by the Surveyor is to be car- ance with the requirements of Tab 7 to Tab 11. These
ried out. The selection is to include fore and aft peak extended thickness measurements are to be carried out
tanks and a number of other tanks, taking into account before the survey is credited as completed. Suspect
areas identified at previous surveys are to be examined. at annual intervals to confirm the coating in way is
Areas of substantial corrosion identified at previous sur- still in good condition, or alternatively
veys are to be subjected to thickness measurements. 2) required to be measured at annual intervals.
For ships built under Common Structural Rules, the d) Where the hard protective coating in cargo holds, as
identified substantial corrosion areas may be: defined in [1.1.7], is found in good condition, the extent
1) protected by coating applied in accordance with the of close-up surveys and thickness measurements may be
coating manufacturer's requirements and examined specially considered.
Table 1 : Annual survey of cargo holds for bulk carriers, combination carriers and self-unloading bulk carriers of
single side skin construction (1/7/2006)
Table 2 : Additional survey requirements for the foremost cargo hold for ships subject to Reg. 9.1 of Ch. XII of
SOLAS 74 as amended, only for ships referred to in [2.4.3] (1/7/2006)
Table 3 : Intermediate survey of cargo holds for bulk carriers, combination carriers and self-unloading bulk carriers
of single side skin construction (1/7/2006)
3.3 Ships between 10 and 15 years of age The survey program is to be in a written format, based on
the information in [4.9]. The survey is not to commence
3.3.1 (1/7/2006)
until the survey program has been agreed. The survey pro-
The requirements of the intermediate survey are to the same
gram at intermediate survey may consist of the survey pro-
extent as the previous class renewal survey as required in
gram at the previous class renewal survey supplemented by
[4]. However, internal examination of fuel oil tanks and
the condition evaluation report of that class renewal survey
pressure testing of all tanks are not required unless deemed
and later relevant survey reports.
necessary by the attending Surveyor.
The survey program is to be worked out taking into account
3.3.2 (1/1/2003)
any amendments to the survey requirements after the last
In application of [3.3.1], the intermediate survey may be class renewal survey carried out.
commenced at the second annual survey and be progressed
during the succeeding year with a view to completion at the 4.1.2 (1/7/2006)
third annual survey in lieu of application of Ch 2, Sec 2, In developing the survey program, the following documen-
[4.2.2]. tation is to be collected and consulted with a view to select-
ing tanks, holds, areas and structural elements to be
3.3.3 (1/1/2003)
examined:
In application of [3.3.1], an underwater survey may be con-
• survey status and basic ship information
sidered in lieu of a bottom survey in dry condition (see
Ch 3, Sec 5, [2]). • the documentation on board, as described in [1.2.2]
and [1.2.3]
3.4 Ships over 15 years of age • main structural plans (scantling drawings), including
information on use of high tensile steels (HTS)
3.4.1 (1/7/2006)
• relevant previous survey and inspection reports from
The requirements of the intermediate survey are to the same both the Society and the Owner
extent as the previous class renewal survey as required in
[4]. However, internal examination of fuel oil tanks and • information on the use of ship holds and tanks, with
pressure testing of all tanks are not required unless deemed regard to the nature of the typical cargoes transported
necessary by the attending Surveyor. and other useful data
• information on the corrosion prevention level on the
3.4.2 (1/1/2003)
new building
In application of [3.4.1], the intermediate survey may be
commenced at the second annual survey and be progressed • information on the relevant maintenance level during
during the succeeding year with a view to completion at the operation.
third annual survey in lieu of application of Ch 2, Sec 2,
4.1.3 The survey program is to comply, at least, with the
[4.2.2].
requirements for close-up surveys, thickness measurements
3.4.3 (1/7/2002) and tank testing given in [4.4], [4.5] and [4.6], respectively.
In application of [3.4.1], a bottom survey in dry condition is In addition, the survey program is to include at least:
to be part of the intermediate survey. The overall and close- • basic ship information and particulars
up surveys and thickness measurements, as applicable, of
• main structural plans (scantling drawings), including
the lower portions of the cargo holds and ballast tanks (see
information on the use of high tensile steels (HTS)
Note 1) are to be carried out in accordance with the appli-
cable requirements for intermediate surveys, if not already • plan of holds and tanks
performed. • list of holds and tanks including information on their
Note 1: Lower portions of the cargo holds and ballast tanks are use, protective coating, if any, and its condition
considered to be the parts below the light ballast waterline. • conditions for survey, with regard to holds, tanks and
spaces which are to be safe for access, i.e. cleaned, gas
4 Class renewal survey freed, ventilated, illuminated
• provisions and methods for access to structures
4.1 Survey program and preparation for sur- • equipment for surveys
vey • nomination of holds, spaces and areas for close-up sur-
4.1.1 (1/1/2008) veys according to Tab 5
The Owner, in cooperation with the Society, is to work out a • nomination of sections and areas for thickness measure-
specific survey program prior to the commencement of any ments according to Tab 6
part of: • nomination of holds, if any, and tanks for tank testing
• the class renewal survey according to [4.6]
• the intermediate survey for bulk carriers over 10 years of • damage experience and repair history related to the ship
age. in question.
Prior to the development of the survey program, the Survey 4.1.4 The survey program is also to include the maximum
Planning Questionnaire is to be completed by the Owner acceptable structural corrosion diminution levels applicable
based on the information set out in [4.10], and forwarded to to the ship. The Society will advise the Owner of this infor-
the Society. mation.
4.1.5 In addition, the survey program is to include propos- survey work to be carried out. Refer also to Ch 2, Sec 2,
als on how to conduct surveys and tests in a safe and practi- [2.3.1].
cal way, including the means of providing access to
The following is an indicative list of items that are to be
structures for close-up survey, thickness measurements and
addressed in the meeting:
tank testing. All other provisions described in Ch 2, Sec 2,
[2.3], Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.5], Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.7], Ch 2, Sec 2, a) schedule of the ship (i.e. the voyage, docking and
[2.8] and Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.10] regarding procedures for undocking manoeuvres, periods alongside, cargo and
thickness measurements, conditions for survey, access to ballast operations etc);
structures, equipment for survey and survey at sea or at b) provisions and arrangements for thickness measure-
anchorage, respectively, are also to be complied with. ments (i.e. access, cleaning/de-scaling, illumination,
ventilation, personal safety);
4.1.6 Survey Planning Meeting (1/1/2019)
The establishment of proper preparation and close co-oper- c) extent of the thickness measurements;
ation between the attending Surveyor(s) and the Owner's d) acceptance criteria (refer to the list of minimum thick-
representatives on board prior to and during the survey are nesses);
an essential part in the safe and efficient conduct of the sur-
vey. During the survey on board safety meetings are to be e) extent of close-up survey and thickness measurement
held regularly. considering the coating condition and suspect
areas/areas of substantial corrosion;
Prior to commencement of any part of the renewal and
intermediate survey, a survey planning meeting is to be held f) execution of thickness measurements;
between the attending Surveyor(s), the Owner's representa- g) taking representative readings in general and where
tive in attendance, the thickness measurement firm repre- uneven corrosion/pitting is found;
sentative, where involved, and the Master of the ship or an
appropriately qualified representative appointed by the h) mapping of areas of substantial corrosion;
Master or Company for the purpose of ascertaining that all i) communication between the attending Surveyor(s), the
the arrangements envisaged in the survey program are in thickness measurement firm operator(s) and the
place, so as to ensure the safe and efficient conduct of the Owner's representative(s) concerning findings.
Table 4 : Intermediate survey of water ballast tanks for bulk carriers, combination carriers and self-unloading bulk
carriers of single side skin construction (1/7/2006)
4.2 Scope of survey attending Surveyor's satisfaction to ensure that tightness and
condition remain satisfactory.
4.2.1 (1/7/2007)
In addition to the requirements of annual surveys, the class 4.2.4 The survey extent of ballast tanks converted to void
renewal survey is to include examination, tests and checks spaces will be specially considered by the Society in rela-
of sufficient extent to ensure that the hull and related pip- tion to the requirements for ballast tanks.
ing, as required in [4.2.3], are in a satisfactory condition 4.2.5 (1/7/2010)
and are fit for their intended purpose for the new period of Where provided, the condition of the corrosion prevention
class to be assigned, subject to proper maintenance and system of ballast tanks is to be examined.
operation and to periodical surveys being carried out at the For ballast tanks, excluding double bottom tanks, where a
due dates. hard protective coating is found in poor condition, and it is
4.2.2 (1/7/2007) not renewed, where a soft or semi-hard coating has been
applied, or where a hard protective coating has not been
All cargo holds, ballast tanks, including double bottom
applied since the time of construction, the tanks in question
tanks, pipe tunnels, cofferdams and void spaces bounding
are to be examined at annual surveys. Thickness measure-
cargo holds, decks and outer hull are to be examined, and
ments are to be carried out as deemed necessary by the Sur-
this examination is to be supplemented by thickness meas-
veyor.
urement and testing as required in [4.5] and [4.6] respec-
tively, to ensure that the structural integrity remains When such a breakdown of hard protective coating is found
effective. The aim of the examination is to discover substan- in water ballast double bottom tanks and is not renewed,
tial corrosion, significant deformation, fractures, damage or where a soft or semi-hard coating has been applied, or
other structural deterioration that may be present. where a hard protective coating has not been applied since
the time of construction, the tanks in question may be
4.2.3 (1/7/2006) examined at annual surveys. When considered necessary
All piping systems within the above spaces are to be exam- by the Surveyor, or where extensive corrosion exists, thick-
ined and operationally tested to working pressure to the ness measurements are to be carried out.
Table 5 : Requirements for close-up survey at class renewal survey of bulk carriers, combination carriers and self-
unloading bulk carriers of single side skin construction (1/1/2017)
The Surveyor may further extend the thickness measure- Boundaries of ballast tanks are to be tested with a head of
ments as deemed necessary. liquid to the top of air pipes.
Table 6 : Requirements for thickness measurements at class renewal survey of bulk , combination carriers and
self-unloading bulk carriers of single side skin construction (1/7/2006)
Table 7 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of bulk carriers, combination carriers and self-unloading bulk carriers of single side skin
construction within the cargo area
Table 8 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of bulk carriers, combination carriers and self-unloading bulk carriers of single side skin con-
struction within the cargo area
4 Upper
stool
Topside
tank
2
1
3
Lower
2 stool Hopper
Double bottom side tank
Table 9 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of bulk carriers, combination carriers and self-unloading bulk carriers of single side skin con-
struction within the cargo area
Table 10 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of bulk carriers, combination carriers and self-unloading bulk carriers of single side skin con-
struction within the cargo area
Table 11 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of bulk carriers, combination carriers and self-unloading bulk carriers of single side skin
construction within the cargo area
CARGO HOLDS
Structural member Extent of measurement Pattern of measurement
Side shell frames Suspect frame and each adjacent (a) At each end and mid-span: 5-point pattern of both web
and flange
(b) 5-point pattern within 25 mm of welded attachment to
both shell and lower sloped plate
4.8.4 (1/7/2004)
4.9 Survey Program
Ships required to comply with the provisions in Ch 6, App 1
are subject to the additional thickness measurement guid- 4.9.1 Basic information and particulars (1/1/2008)
ance in Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.3] for the vertically corrugated trans- Basic information and particulars of the ship are indicated
verse watertight bulkhead between cargo holds Nos. 1 and in Tab 12.
2 for purposes of determining compliance with Ch 6, App 1
prior to the relevant compliance deadline stipulated in 4.9.2 Scope (1/1/2008)
Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.2] and at subsequent intermediate surveys The present survey program covers the minimum extent of
(for ships over 10 years of age) and renewal surveys for pur- overall surveys, close-up surveys, thickness measurements
poses of verifying continuing compliance with Ch 6, App 1. and pressure testing within the cargo length area, of cargo
holds and ballast tanks, including fore and aft peak tanks, 4.9.5 List of cargo holds, tanks and spaces with
required by the Rules. information on their use, extent of coatings
The arrangements and safety aspects of the survey are to be and corrosion protection system (1/1/2008)
acceptable to the attending Surveyor(s). This section of the survey program is to indicate any
4.9.3 Documentation (1/1/2008) changes relating to (and is to update) the information on the
use of the holds and tanks of the ship, the extent of coatings
All documents used in the development of the survey pro-
gram are to be available on board during the survey as and the corrosion protective system provided in the Survey
required in [1.2]. Planning Questionnaire referred to in [4.10].
4.9.4 Arrangement of cargo holds, tanks and 4.9.6 Conditions for survey (1/1/2008)
spaces (1/1/2008)
This section of the survey program is to provide information This section of the survey program is to provide information
(either in the form of plans or text) on the arrangement of on the conditions for survey, e.g. information regarding
cargo holds, tanks and spaces that fall within the scope of cargo hold and tank cleaning, gas freeing, ventilation, light-
the survey. ing, etc.
Name of ship:
IMO number:
Flag State:
Port of registry:
Gross tonnage:
Deadweight (metric tonnes):
Length between perpendiculars (m):
Shipbuilder:
Hull number:
Classification Society:
Register Number:
Date of build of the ship:
Owner:
Thickness measurement firm:
Any other information which may be useful
4.9.11 Identification of areas and sections for 4.9.12 Minimum thickness of hull
thickness measurements (1/1/2008) structures (1/1/2008)
This section of the survey program is to identify and list the This section of the survey program is to specify the mini-
areas and sections where thickness measurements are to be mum thickness for hull structures of the ship that are subject
taken in accordance with [4.3.4] and [4.5]. to survey, according to (a) or (b):
a) determined from the attached wastage allowance table
and the original thickness according to the hull structure
plans of the ship (see Note 1);
b) given in the following Tab 13.
Note 1: The wastage allowance tables are to be attached to the sur-
vey program.
Table 14 : Hull damage sorted by location for the ship concerned and for sister or similar ships (if available) in the
case of design related damage (1/1/2008)
4.10.7 Safety Management System (1/1/2008) An example of the "Survey Planning Questionnaire" form to
The Owner is to provide a list of any non-conformities be filled in by the Owner is available on the Society website
related to hull maintenance, including the associated cor- or may be supplied upon request; application may be made
rective actions. to dry.cargoships@rina.org.
Name of ship:
IMO number:
Flag State:
Port of registry:
Gross tonnage:
Deadweight (metric tonnes):
Classification Society:
Register Number:
Date of build:
Owner:
Topside tanks
Hopper tanks
Upper stools
Lower stools
Fore peak
Aft peak
Miscellaneous other spaces:
work of structural members, if carried out as a result of ini- 2.4 Ballast tanks
tial evaluation, is to be reported as a part of the condition
2.4.1 (1/7/2010)
evaluation report.
Ballast tanks are to be internally examined when required
1.3.3 (1/7/2006) as a consequence of the results of the class renewal survey
For ships subject to the requirements of this Section, the sur- or the intermediate survey (see Note 1), in cases where:
veys of hull structure and piping systems are reported in a) a hard protective coating has not been applied since the
conformance with the Survey Reporting Principles laid time of construction, or
down in App 1.
b) a soft or semi-hard coating has been applied, or
1.3.4 A hull condition evaluation report (summarising the c) substantial corrosion is found within the tank, or
results of class renewal surveys) is issued by the Society to
d) the hard protective coating is found to be in less than
the Owner, who is to place it on board the ship for refer-
good condition and the hard protective coating is not
ence at future surveys. The hull condition evaluation report
repaired to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
is endorsed by the Society.
Note 1: The requirements related to the protective coating condi-
tion are to apply to ballast tanks whose coating condition will be
2 Annual survey - Hull items assessed at the forthcoming class renewal survey and intermediate
survey on or after 1 July 2006. For the assessment of the coating
condition, reference is to be made to IACS Recommendation
2.1 No.87 "Guidelines for Coating Maintenance & Repairs for Ballast
2.1.1 (1/1/2019) Tanks and Combined Cargo / Ballast Tanks on Oil Tankers".
The survey is to consist of an examination for the purpose of 2.4.2 (1/7/2006)
ensuring, as far as practicable, that the hull and piping are When considered necessary by the Surveyor, or where
maintained in a satisfactory condition and is to take into extensive corrosion exists, thickness measurements are to
account the service history, condition and extent of the cor- be carried out and if the results indicate that substantial cor-
rosion prevention system of ballast tanks and areas identi- rosion is present, the extent of the measurements is to be
fied in the survey report file. increased in accordance with Tab 5 to Tab 8.
These extended thickness measurements are to be carried
2.2 Hull and weather decks out before the survey is credited as completed.
2.2.1 (1/1/2019) Suspect areas identified at previous surveys are to be exam-
ined. Areas of substantial corrosion identified at previous
The survey is to include:
surveys are to be subjected to thickness measurements.
• examination of the hull plating and its closing appli-
2.4.3 (1/7/2011)
ances as far as can be seen
Confirmation is to be given that the corrosion prevention
• examination of watertight penetrations as far as practi-
system fitted to dedicated ballast water tanks when appro-
cable
priate is maintained.
• examination of cargo tank openings, including gaskets,
covers, coamings and flame screens 2.5 Emergency towing arrangement
• examination of cargo tank pressure/vacuum valves and
flame screens 2.5.1 The Owner or his representative is to declare to the
attending Surveyor that no significant alterations have been
• examination of flame screens on vents to all bunker,
made, without prior approval from the Society, to the equip-
tanks
ment and arrangements fitted on board in accordance with
• examination of cargo, crude oil washing, bunker and the provisions given in Pt B, Ch 10, Sec 4, [4].
vent piping systems, including vent masts and headers
• confirmation that wheelhouse doors and windows, 2.5.2 The survey is to include:
sidescuttles and windows in superstructure and deck- • an examination, as far as practicable, of the emergency
house ends facing the cargo area are in satisfactory con- towing arrangement
dition. • confirmation that the aft towing arrangement is pre-
rigged and forward chafing gear is secured to the strong-
2.3 Cargo pump rooms and pipe tunnels point
• confirmation of the proper functioning of the light,
2.3.1 The survey is to include: where it is provided, on the pick-up gear marker buoy.
• examination of all pump room bulkheads and pipe tun-
nels (if any) for signs of oil leakage or fractures and, in 2.6 Means of access
particular, the sealing arrangements of penetrations in
2.6.1 (1/7/2011)
these bulkheads
Confirmation is to be given, when appropriate and as far as
• examination of the condition of all piping systems, in is practicable when internal spaces are examined, that the
cargo pump rooms and pipe tunnels (if any) means of access to cargo and other spaces remain in good
• examination of the bilge and ballast arrangements. condition.
The Owner or his representative is to declare to the attend- d) confirmation that devices provided for measuring the
ing Surveyor that no modifications or alterations which temperature of the cargo, if any, operate satisfactorily
might impair safety have been made to the various installa- e) check of protection of the cargo pump room, and in par-
tions in dangerous zones without prior approval from the ticular of:
Society.
1) temperature sensing devices for bulkhead glands
The survey is to include: and alarms;
• confirmation that potential sources of ignition in or near 2) interlock between lighting and ventilation;
the cargo pump rooms, such as loose gear, excessive
3) gas detection system;
product in bilge, excessive vapours, combustible mate-
rials, etc., are eliminated and that access ladders are in 4) bilge level monitoring devices and alarms.
satisfactory condition
• examination, as far as practicable, of cargo, bilge, bal- 3.3 Inert gas system
last and stripping pumps for excessive gland seal leak-
age, verification of proper operation of electrical and 3.3.1 The survey is to include:
mechanical remote operating and shutdown devices a) external examination of the whole system, to check the
and operation of the pump room bilge system, and condition of all piping, including vent piping above the
checking that pump foundations are intact upper deck in the cargo tank area and overboard dis-
charges through the shell so far as practicable, and asso-
• confirmation that the ventilation system, including port- ciated components to verify, in particular, the absence
able equipment, if any, of all spaces in the cargo area of signs of corrosion and leakage of gas, water or other
(including cargo pump rooms) is operational, ducting is liquid from inert gas and water piping systems or from
intact and screens are clean the pressure/vacuum breaking device
• confirmation that electrical equipment in dangerous b) check of proper operation of both inert gas blowers
zones, cargo pump rooms and other spaces is in satis-
c) check of proper operation of ventilation system required
factory condition and has been properly maintained
for scrubber room (if any)
• confirmation that the remote operation of the cargo d) check of deck water seal for automatic water filling and
pump room bilge system is satisfactory draining
• examination of the cargo heating system e) check of absence of water carry over in the inert gas
from the deck water seal and check of the condition of
• examination of the cargo-transfer arrangement and con-
the non-return valve
firmation that the ship's cargo hoses are suitable for
their intended purpose and in satisfactory condition f) check of proper operation of all remotely operated or
automatically controlled valves and, in particular, of the
• confirmation that any special arrangement made for flue gas isolating valve located on the inert gas supply
bow or stern loading/unloading is in satisfactory condi- main after the blowers
tion and test of the means of communication and
remote shutdown of the cargo pumps g) check of proper operation of the interlocking feature fit-
ted to prevent soot blowers from operating when the
inert gas system is working
• examination of the emergency lighting in all cargo
pump rooms (for oil tankers constructed after 1 July h) check that the gas pressure regulating valve automati-
2002). cally closes when gas blowers are stopped
i) check, as far as practicable and using simulated condi- as well as vent masts and headers. If upon examination
tions where necessary, of the following alarms and there is any doubt as to the condition of the piping,
safety devices of the inert gas system: pressure testing, thickness measurement or both may be
1) high oxygen content of gas in the inert gas main required.
2) low gas pressure in the inert gas main • confirmation that pipelines are electrically bonded to
the hull or alternatively, verification of electrical resist-
3) low pressure in the supply to the deck water seal
ance to the hull
4) high temperature of gas in the inert gas main,
• examination of vent line drainage arrangements.
including automatic shutdown devices
5) low water pressure to the scrubber, including auto-
4.2 General
matic shutdown devices
6) accuracy of portable and fixed oxygen measuring 4.2.1 (1/7/2006)
equipment by means of calibration gases The survey extent is dependent on the age of the ship as
specified in [4.3] to [4.5].
7) high water level in the scrubber, including auto-
matic shutdown devices
8) failure of the inert gas blowers
4.3 Ships between 5 and 10 years of age
9) failure of the power supply to the automatic control 4.3.1 (1/7/2006)
system for the gas regulating valve and to the instru- All ballast tanks are to be examined. When considered nec-
mentation for continuous indication and permanent essary by the Surveyor, thickness measurement and testing
recording of pressure and oxygen content in the are to be carried out to ensure that the structural integrity
inert gas main remains effective.
10) high pressure of gas in the inert gas main 4.3.2 (1/7/2010)
j) check, when practicable, of the proper operation of the A ballast tank is to be examined at subsequent annual sur-
inert gas system on completion of the checks listed veys (see Note 1) where:
above. a) a hard protective coating has not been applied since the
time of construction, or
3.4 Steering capability
b) a soft or semi-hard coating has been applied, or
3.4.1 (1/7/2011)
c) substantial corrosion is found within the tank, or
Confirmation is to be given, when appropriate, that the req-
uisite arrangements to regain steering capability in the event d) the hard protective coating is found to be in less than
of the prescribed single failure are being maintained. good condition and the hard protective coating is not
repaired to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
3.5 Ballast Water Management Systems Note 1: The requirements related to the protective coating condi-
(BWMS) tion are to apply to ballast tanks whose coating condition will be
assessed at the forthcoming class renewal survey and intermediate
3.5.1 (1/7/2022) survey on or after 1 July 2006. For the assessment of the coating
The survey is to include: condition, reference is to be made to IACS Recommendation
• examination of equipment and their control monitoring No.87 "Guidelines for Coating Maintenance & Repairs for Ballast
and alarm system with particular regard to the Tanks and Combined Cargo / Ballast Tanks on Oil Tankers".
installation in hazardous areas 4.3.3 (1/7/2006)
• examination of Isolation arrangement between ballast In addition to the requirements above, suspect areas identi-
piping serving the ballast tanks inside and outside of the fied at previous surveys are to be examined.
cargo area
• examination of arrangement and location of sampling 4.4 Ships between 10 and 15 years of age
lines connected to the ballast water piping system
4.4.1 (1/7/2006)
serving the tanks in the cargo area
• examination of arrangement of sampling lines The requirements of the intermediate survey are to be to the
connected to the ballast water piping system serving the same extent as the previous class renewal survey as
tanks in the cargo area that lead into a non-hazardous required in [6]. However, pressure testing of cargo and bal-
enclosed space outside the cargo area, if any. last tanks and the provisions for longitudinal strength evalu-
ation of the hull girder as given in Ch 2, App 4, [6] are not
required unless deemed necessary by the attending Sur-
4 Intermediate survey - Hull items veyor.
4.4.2 (1/7/2006)
4.1 Weather decks
In application of [4.4.1], the intermediate survey may be
4.1.1 (1/7/2013) commenced at the second annual survey and be progressed
The survey is to include: during the succeeding year with a view to completion at the
• examination, as far as applicable, of cargo, crude oil third annual survey in lieu of application of Ch 2, Sec 2,
washing, bunker, ballast, steam and vent piping systems [4.2.1].
4.4.3 (1/7/2006) • gas distribution lines and shut-off valves, including soot
In application of [4.4.1], an underwater survey may be con- blower interlocking devices, are to be examined as
sidered in lieu of the requirements of [6.2.5]. deemed necessary
• all automatic shutdown devices and alarms are to be
4.5 Ships over 15 years of age examined and tested.
4.5.1 (1/7/2006)
6 Class renewal survey - Hull items
The requirements of the intermediate survey are to be to the
same extent as the previous class renewal survey as
required in [6]. However, pressure testing of cargo and bal-
6.1 Survey program and preparation for hull
last tanks and the provisions for longitudinal strength evalu- survey
ation of the hull girder as given in Ch 2, App 4, [6] are not 6.1.1 (1/1/2008)
required unless deemed necessary by the attending Sur- The Owner, in co-operation with the Society, is to work out
veyor. a specific survey program prior to the commencement of
4.5.2 (1/7/2006) any part of:
In application of [4.5.1], the intermediate survey may be • the class renewal survey
commenced at the second annual survey and be progressed • the intermediate survey for oil tankers over 10 years of
during the succeeding year with a view to completion at the age.
third annual survey in lieu of application of Ch 2, Sec 2,
[4.2.1]. Prior to the development of the survey program, the Survey
Planning Questionnaire is to be completed by the Owner
4.5.3 (1/7/2006) based on the information set out in [6.9], and forwarded to
In application of [4.5.1], a bottom survey in dry condition is the Society.
to be part of the intermediate survey. The overall and close- The survey program is to be in a written format, based on
up surveys and thickness measurements, as applicable, of the information in [6.8]. The survey is not to commence
the lower portions of the cargo tanks and ballast tanks (see until the survey program has been agreed. The survey pro-
Note 1) are to be carried out in accordance with the appli- gram at intermediate surveys may consist of the survey pro-
cable requirements for intermediate surveys, if not already gram at the previous class renewal survey supplemented by
performed. the condition evaluation report of that class renewal survey
Note 1: Lower portions of the cargo and ballast tanks are consid- and later relevant survey reports.
ered to be the parts below the light ballast waterline.
The survey program is to be worked out taking into account
any amendments to the survey requirements implemented
5 Intermediate survey - Cargo machin- after the last class renewal survey carried out.
ery items 6.1.2 (1/1/2019)
In developing the survey program, the following documen-
5.1 Cargo area and cargo pump rooms tation is to be collected and consulted with a view to select-
ing tanks, areas and structural elements to be examined:
5.1.1 A general examination of the electrical equipment a) survey status and basic ship information
and cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms
and areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for b) documentation on board, as described in [1.2.2] and
defective and non-certified safe type electrical equipment [1.2.3]
and fixtures, non-approved lighting and fixtures, and c) main structural plans of cargo and ballast tanks (scant-
improperly installed or defective or dead-end wiring. ling drawings), including information regarding use of
high tensile steels (HTS);
5.1.2 The electrical insulation resistance of the electrical
d) Executive Hull Summary (or Condition Evaluation
equipment and circuits terminating in or passing through
Report);
the dangerous zones is to be tested; however, in cases
where a proper record of testing is maintained, considera- e) relevant previous damage and repair history;
tion may be given to accepting recent test readings effected f) relevant previous survey and inspection reports from
by the ship’s personnel. both the recognised organisation and the Owner;
g) cargo and ballast history for the last 3 years, including
5.1.3 The satisfactory condition of the cargo heating sys-
carriage of cargo under heated conditions;
tem is to be verified.
h) details of the inert gas plant and tank cleaning proce-
dures;
5.2 Inert gas system
i) information and other relevant data regarding conver-
5.2.1 For ships over 10 years old at the time of the interme- sion or modification of the ship's cargo and ballast tanks
diate survey due date, the following is to be carried out: since the time of construction;
• main parts such as the scrubber, washing machines, j) description and history of the coating and corrosion
blowers, deck water seal and non-return valve are to be protection system (including previous class notations), if
opened out as considered necessary and examined any;
k) inspections by the Owner's personnel during the last 3 6.1.5 In addition, the survey program is to include propos-
years with reference to structural deterioration in gen- als on how to conduct surveys and tests in a safe and practi-
eral, leakages in tank boundaries and piping, and condi- cal way, including the means of providing access to
tion of the coating and corrosion protection system, if structures for close-up survey, thickness measurements and
any (guidance for reporting is shown in Tab 2); tank testing. All other provisions described in Ch 2, Sec 2,
l) information regarding the relevant maintenance level [2.3], Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.5], Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.7], Ch 2, Sec 2,
during operation including Port State Control reports of [2.8] and Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.10] regarding procedures for
inspection containing hull related deficiencies, Safety thickness measurements, conditions for survey, access to
Management System non-conformities relating to hull structures, equipment for survey and survey at sea or at
maintenance, including the associated corrective anchorage, respectively, are also to be complied with.
action(s); and 6.1.6 Survey Planning Meeting (1/1/2019)
m) any other information that will help identify suspect Proper preparation and close co-operation between the
areas and critical structural areas. attending Surveyor(s) and the Owner's representatives on
board prior to and during the survey are an essential part in
6.1.3 (1/1/2019) the safe and efficient conduct of the survey. During the sur-
The submitted survey program is to account of and comply vey on board safety meetings are to be held regularly.
with at least the requirements for close-up surveys, thick- Prior to commencement of any part of the renewal and
ness measurements and tank testing given in Tab 3, Tab 4 intermediate survey, a survey planning meeting is to be held
and [6.5], respectively. In addition, the survey program is to between the attending Surveyor(s), the Owner's representa-
include at least: tive in attendance, the thickness measurement firm repre-
sentative, where involved, and the Master of the ship or an
a) basic ship information and particulars; appropriately qualified representative appointed by the
b) main structural plans of cargo and ballast tanks (scant- Master or Company for the purpose of ascertaining that all
ling drawings), including information regarding use of the arrangements envisaged in the survey program are in
high tensile steels (HTS); place, so as to ensure the safe and efficient conduct of the
c) arrangement of tanks; survey work to be carried out. Refer also to Ch 2, Sec 2,
[2.3.1].
d) list of tanks with information on their use, extent of The following is an indicative list of items that are to be
coatings and corrosion protection systems; addressed in the meeting:
e) conditions for survey (e.g. information regarding tank a) schedule of the ship (i.e. the voyage, docking and
cleaning, gas freeing, ventilation, lighting etc); undocking manoeuvres, periods alongside, cargo and
f) provisions and methods for access to structures; ballast operations etc.);
g) equipment for surveys; b) provisions and arrangements for thickness measure-
ments (i.e. access, cleaning/de-scaling, illumination,
h) identification of tanks and areas for close-up survey (see ventilation, personal safety);
[6.3]);
c) extent of the thickness measurements;
i) identification of areas and sections for thickness meas-
d) acceptance criteria (refer to the list of minimum thick-
urement (see [6.4]);
nesses);
j) identification of tanks for tank testing (see [6.5]); e) extent of close-up survey and thickness measurement
k) identification of the thickness measurement firm; considering the coating condition and suspect
areas/areas of substantial corrosion;
l) damage experience related to the ship in question; and
f) execution of thickness measurements;
m) critical structural areas and suspect areas, where rele-
vant. g) taking representative readings in general and where
uneven corrosion/pitting is found;
6.1.4 The survey program is also to include the maximum h) mapping of areas of substantial corrosion;
acceptable structural corrosion diminution levels applicable i) communication between the attending Surveyor(s), the
to the ship. The Society will advise the Owner of this infor- thickness measurement firm operator(s) and the
mation. Owner's representative(s) concerning findings.
Table 1 : Intermediate survey of cargo and water ballast tanks for oil tankers and combination carriers (1/1/2008)
Table 2 (1/1/2019)
Deck:
Bottom:
Side:
Long:
Bulkheads:
Repairs carried out due to:
Thickness measurements carried out, dates:
Results in General:
Overdue Surveys:
Outstanding Conditions of class:
Comments:
Date of Inspection:
Inspected by:
Signature:
Table 3 : Requirements for close-up survey at class renewal survey of oil tankers and combination
carriers (1/7/2004)
Table 5 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of oil tankers and combination carriers within the cargo area
BOTTOM STRUCTURE
Structural member Extent of measurement Pattern of measurement
Bottom plating Minimum of 3 bays across tank, including aft bay 5-point pattern for each panel between
Measurements around and under all suction bell longitudinals and webs
mouths
Bottom longitudinals Minimum of 3 longitudinals in each bay where 3 measurements in line across flange and
bottom plating measured 3 measurements on vertical web
Bottom girders and brackets At fore and aft transverse bulkhead, bracket toes Vertical line of single measurements on
and in centre of tanks web plating with one measurement
between each panel stiffener, or a mini-
mum of three measurements.
Two measurements across face flat. 5-
point pattern on girder/bulkhead brackets
Bottom transverse webs 3 webs in bays where bottom plating measured, 5-point pattern over 2 square metre area.
with measurements at both ends and middle Single measurements on face flat
Panel stiffening Where provided Single measurements
Table 6 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of oil tankers and combination carriers within the cargo area
DECK STRUCTURE
Structural member Extent of measurement Pattern of measurement
Deck plating Two bands across tank Minimum of three measurements per
plate per band
Deck longitudinals Minimum of 3 longitudinals in each of two bays 3 measurements in line vertically on webs
and 2 measurements on flange (if fitted)
Deck girders and brackets At fore and aft transverse bulkhead, bracket toes Vertical line of single measurements on
and in centre of tanks web plating with one measurement
between each panel stiffener, or a mini-
mum of three measurements.
Two measurements across face flat. 5-
point pattern on girder/bulkhead brackets
Deck transverse webs Minimum of 2 webs, with measurements at both 5-point pattern over 2 square metre area.
ends and middle of span Single measurements on face flat
Panel stiffening Where provided Single measurements
Table 7 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of oil tankers and combination carriers within the cargo area
Table 8 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of oil tankers and combination carriers within the cargo area
6.4.5 (1/7/2006) Cargo tank testing carried out by the vessel's crew under the
For areas in tanks where hard protective coatings are found direction of the Master may be accepted by the surveyor
to be in good condition as defined in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.2.13], provided the following conditions are complied with:
the extent of thickness measurements according to Tab 4 a) a tank testing procedure, specifying fill heights, tanks
may be specially considered. being filled and bulkheads being tested, has been sub-
mitted by the owner and reviewed by the Society prior
6.4.6 (1/7/2005) to the testing being carried out;
Transverse sections are to be chosen where the largest b) there is no record of leakage, distortion or substantial
reductions are suspected to occur or are revealed from deck corrosion that would affect the structural integrity of the
plating measurements. tank;
6.4.7 (1/7/2005) c) the tank testing has been satisfactorily carried out within
special survey window not more than 3 months prior to
In cases where two or three sections are to be measured, at
the date of the survey on which the overall or close up
least one is to include a ballast tank within 0,5L amidships.
survey is completed;
In the case of oil tankers of 130 m in length and upwards (as d) the satisfactory results of the testing are recorded in the
defined in the International Convention on Load Lines in vessel's logbook;
force) and more than 10 years of age, for the evaluation of
e) the internal and external condition of the tanks and
the ship's longitudinal strength as required in [1.3.2], the
associated structure are found satisfactory by the sur-
sampling method of thickness measurements is given in
veyor at the time of the overall and close up survey.
Ch 2, App 4, [6].
6.5.2 The Surveyor may extend the tank testing as deemed
6.5 Tank testing necessary.
6.5.3 (1/7/2006)
6.5.1 (1/7/2016)
Boundaries of ballast tanks are to be tested with a head of
The minimum requirements for ballast tank testing at liquid to the top of air pipes.
renewal survey are given in [6.5.3] and Tab 9.
6.5.4 (1/7/2006)
The minimum requirements for cargo tank testing at Boundaries of cargo tanks are to be tested to the highest
renewal survey are given in [6.5.4] and Tab 8. point that liquid will rise to under service conditions.
Table 9 : Requirements for tank testing at class renewal survey of oil tankers and combination carriers (1/7/2006)
6.6 Cargo area and cargo pump rooms 6.8.2 Scope (1/1/2008)
6.6.1 (1/7/2013) The present survey program covers the minimum extent of
Cargo piping on deck, including crude oil washing (cow) overall surveys, close-up surveys, thickness measurements
piping, and cargo and ballast piping within the cargo area and pressure testing within the cargo area, of cargo tanks
are to be examined and operationally tested to working and ballast tanks, including fore and aft peak tanks,
pressure to the attending Surveyor’s satisfaction to ensure required by the Rules.
that their tightness and condition remain satisfactory. Spe-
The arrangements and safety aspects of the survey are to be
cial attention is to be given to any ballast piping in cargo
tanks and cargo piping in ballast tanks and void spaces. Sur- acceptable to the attending Surveyor(s).
veyors are to be advised on all occasions when this piping,
including valves and fittings, is opened during repair peri- 6.8.3 Documentation (1/1/2008)
ods and can be examined internally. All documents used in the development of the survey pro-
The Surveyor may require dismantling and/or thickness gram are to be available on board during the survey as
measurements of piping. A hydraulic test is to be carried out required in [1.2].
in the event of repair or dismantling or cargo, crude oil
washing, or ballast piping, or where doubts arise. 6.8.4 Arrangement of tanks and spaces (1/1/2008)
It is to be confirmed that pipelines are electrically bonded This section of the survey program is to provide information
to the hull or, alternatively, electrical resistance to the hull is (either in the form of plans or text) on the arrangement of
to be verified. tanks and spaces that fall within the scope of the survey.
6.6.2 All safety valves on cargo piping and of cargo tanks
6.8.5 List of tanks and spaces with information on
are to be dismantled for examination, adjusted and, as
their use, extent of coatings and corrosion
applicable, resealed.
protection system (1/1/2008)
6.6.3 All cargo pump room boundaries are to be generally This section of the survey program is to indicate any
examined. All gas-tight shaft sealing devices are to be changes relating to (and is to update) the information on the
examined. The bottom of cargo pump rooms is to be pre- use of the tanks of the ship, the extent of coatings and the
sented clean for the examination of stripping devices and corrosion protective system provided in the Survey Planning
gutters. Questionnaire referred to in [6.9].
Name of ship:
IMO number:
Flag State:
Port of registry:
Gross tonnage:
Deadweight (metric tonnes):
Length between perpendiculars (m):
Shipbuilder:
Hull number:
Classification Society:
Register Number:
Date of build of the ship:
Owner:
Thickness measurement firm:
Any other information which may be useful
6.8.13 Thickness measurement firm (1/1/2019) 6.8.15 Areas identified with substantial corrosion
from previous surveys (1/1/2008)
This section of the survey program is to identify changes, if This section of the survey program is to identify and list the
any, relating to the information on the thickness measure- areas of substantial corrosion from previous surveys.
ment firm provided in the Survey Planning Questionnaire
referred to [6.9]. 6.8.16 Critical structural areas and suspect areas
(1/1/2008)
6.8.14 Damage experience related to the This section of the survey program is to identify and list the
ship (1/1/2008) critical structural areas and the suspect areas, if such infor-
mation is available.
This section of the survey program, using Tab 12, shown
below, is to provide details of the hull damage for at least 6.8.17 Other relevant comments and information
the last three years in way of the cargo and ballast tanks and (1/1/2008)
void spaces within the cargo area. This damage is subject to This section of the survey program is to provide any other
survey. comments and information relevant to the survey.
Table 12 : Hull damage sorted by location for the ship concerned and for sister or similar ships (if available) in the
case of design related damage (1/1/2008)
6.8.18 Appendices to be provided (1/1/2008) tionnaire, when completed, is to provide all information
and material required in [6.8].
The following appendices are to be attached to the survey
program:
6.9.2 Particulars (1/1/2008)
a) Appendix 1 - List of plans
The particulars of the ship are indicated in Tab 13.
This appendix is to identify and list the main structural
plans of cargo and ballast tanks (scantling drawings), 6.9.3 Information on access provision for close-up
including information regarding use of high tensile steel surveys and thickness measurement
(HTS), as required in item 2 of the list in [6.1.3]. (1/1/2008)
b) Appendix 2 - Survey Planning Questionnaire The Owner is to indicate, in Tab 14, the means of access to
the structures subject to close-up survey and thickness
The Survey Planning Questionnaire (refer to [6.9]), measurement. A close-up survey is an examination where
which has been submitted by the Owner. the details of structural components are within the close
visual inspection range of the attending Surveyor, i.e. nor-
c) Appendix 3 - Other documentation mally within reach of hand.
This part of the survey program is to identify and list any
other documentation that forms part of the plan. 6.9.4 History of cargo (1/1/2008)
The Owner is to provide history of cargo with H2S content
6.8.19 Date and signature (1/1/2008) or heated cargo for the last three years together with indica-
The survey program is to be completed with the following tion as to whether cargo was heated and, where available,
wording: Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) (see Note 1)
Date:…………………………………. (name and signature of Using a format similar to that of Tab 15 (which is given as
authorised representative of the Society) an example), the Owner is to provide details of the results
of their inspections for the last 3 years on all cargo and bal-
last tanks and void spaces within the cargo area, including
6.9 Survey Planning Questionnaire peak tanks.
6.9.7 Safety Management System (1/1/2008) 7.1.3 The satisfactory condition of the cargo heating sys-
tem is to be verified and, if deemed necessary by the Sur-
The Owner is to provide a list of any non-conformities veyor, the system is to be pressure tested.
related to hull maintenance, including the associated cor-
rective actions.
7.1.4 An operating test of the remote control of pumps and
valves and of automatic closing valves is to be carried out.
6.9.8 Approved thickness measurement
firm (1/1/2019)
7.1.5 A general examination of the electrical equipment
The Owner is to provide the name and address of the and cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms
approved thickness measurement firm. and areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for
defective and non-certified safe type electrical equipment
and fixtures, non-approved lighting and fixtures, and
6.9.9 Date and signature (1/1/2008)
improperly installed or defective or dead-end wiring.
The Survey Planning Questionnaire is to be completed with
The electrical insulation resistance of the electrical equip-
the date, the name of the Owner's representative responsi-
ment and circuits terminating in or passing through the dan-
ble for filling in the document and his signature.
gerous zones is to be tested; however, in cases where a
proper record of testing is maintained, consideration may
6.9.10 Availability of the form (1/1/2019) be given to accepting recent test readings effected by the
ship’s personnel.
An example of the "Survey Planning Questionnaire" form to
be filled in by the Owner is available on the Society web-
site. 7.2 Inert gas system
7 Class renewal survey - Cargo 7.2.1 In addition to the inspections required at the inter-
mediate survey, the following is to be carried out:
machinery items
a) an internal examination of:
7.1 Cargo area and cargo pump rooms • the inert gas generator, where fitted
Name of ship:
IMO number:
Flag State:
Port of registry:
Gross tonnage:
Deadweight (metric tonnes):
Classification Society:
Register Number:
Date of build:
Owner:
Other means
C (Cargo)/B Temporary Direct
Tank No. Structure Rafts Ladders (please spec-
(Ballast) staging access
ify)
Fore Peak
Peaks
Aft Peak
Under deck
Side shell
Wing Tanks
Bottom transverse
Longitudinal
Transverse
Under deck
Bottom transverse
Centre Tanks
Transverse
Slop tanks
Ballast tanks
Aft peak
Fore peak
Miscellaneous spaces:
Note 1: Indicate tanks which are used for oil/ballast.
(1) HC=hard coating; SC=soft coating; SH=semi-hard coating; NP=no protection
(2) U=upper part; M=middle part; L=lower part; C=complete
(3) G=good; F=fair; P=poor; RC=recoated (during the last three years)
(4) N=no findings recorded; Y=findings recorded, description of findings is to be attached to the questionnaire
(5) DR=damage and repair; L=leakages; CV= conversion (description is to be attached to this questionnaire)
The final result of evaluation of the ship's longitudinal • examination of the condition of all piping systems in
strength required above, after renewal or reinforcement cargo pump rooms and pipe tunnels (if any)
work of structural members, if carried out as a result of ini- • examination of the bilge and ballast arrangements.
(1) When considered necessary by the Surveyor, thickness measurement and testing are to be carried out to ensure that the struc-
tural integrity remains effective
(2) A ballast tank is to be examined at subsequent annual surveys (see Note 1) where:
• a hard protective coating has not been applied since the time of construction, or
• a soft coating has been applied, or
• substantial corrosion is found within the tank, or
• the hard protective coating is found to be in less than good condition and the protective coating is not repaired to the satis-
faction of the Surveyor.
Note 1: The requirements related to the protective coating condition are to apply to the ballast tanks whose coating condition will be assessed at the
forthcoming class renewal survey and intermediate survey on or after 1 July 2006. For the assessment of the coating condition, reference is
to be made to IACS Recommendation No.87 "Guidelines for Coating Maintenance & Repairs for Ballast Tanks and Combined Cargo / Ballast
Tanks on Oil Tankers".
3.5 Ships exceeding 15 years of age third annual survey in lieu of application of Ch 2, Sec 2,
[4.2.1].
3.5.1 (1/7/2006)
The requirements of the intermediate survey are to be to the 3.5.3 (1/7/2006)
same extent as the previous class renewal survey as In application of [3.5.1], a bottom survey in dry condition is
required in [4]. However, pressure testing of cargo and bal- to be part of the intermediate survey. The overall and close-
last tanks and the provisions for longitudinal strength of the up surveys and thickness measurements, as applicable, of
hull girder as given in Ch 2, App 4, [6] are not required the lower portions of the cargo tanks and ballast tanks (see
unless deemed necessary by the attending Surveyor. Note 1) are to be carried out in accordance with the appli-
3.5.2 (1/7/2006) cable requirements for intermediate surveys, if not already
In application of [3.5.1], the intermediate survey may be performed.
commenced at the second annual survey and be progressed Note 1: Lower portions of the cargo and ballast tanks are consid-
during the succeeding year with a view to completion at the ered to be the parts below the light ballast waterline.
4 Class renewal survey - Hull items l) information regarding the relevant maintenance level
during operation including Port State Control reports of
inspection containing hull related deficiencies, Safety
4.1 Survey program and preparation for hull Management System non-conformities relating to hull
survey maintenance, including the associated corrective
4.1.1 (1/1/2008) action(s); and
The Owner, in co-operation with the Society, is to work out m) any other information that will help identify suspect
a specific survey program prior to the commencement of areas and critical structural areas.
any part of:
4.1.3 (1/1/2019)
• the class renewal survey
The submitted survey program is to take account of and
• the intermediate survey for double hull oil tankers over comply with at least the requirements for close-up surveys,
10 years of age. thickness measurements and tank testing given in Tab 2,
Prior to the development of the survey program, the Survey Tab 3 and [4.5], respectively. In addition, the survey pro-
Planning Questionnaire is to be completed by the Owner gram is to include at least:
based on the information set out in [4.9], and forwarded to a) basic ship information and particulars;
the Society.
b) main structural plans (scantling drawings), including
The survey program is to be in a written format, based on information regarding use of high tensile steels (HTS);
the information in [4.8]. The survey is not to commence
c) plan of tanks
until the survey program has been agreed. The survey pro-
gram at intermediate surveys may consist of the survey pro- d) list of tanks with information on use, corrosion preven-
gram at the previous class renewal survey supplemented by tion and condition of coating;
the condition evaluation report of that class renewal survey e) conditions for survey (e.g. information regarding tank
and later relevant survey reports. cleaning, gas freeing, ventilation, lighting etc);
The survey program is to be worked out taking into account f) provisions and methods for access to structures;
any amendments to the survey requirements implemented
after the last class renewal survey carried out. g) equipment for surveys;
4.1.2 (1/1/2019) h) nomination of tanks and areas for close-up survey (see
[4.3]);
In developing the survey program, the following documen-
tation is to be collected and consulted with a view to select- i) nomination of sections for thickness measurement (see
ing tanks, areas and structural elements to be examined: [4.4]);
a) survey status and basic ship information; j) nomination of tanks for tank testing (see [4.5]);
b) documentation on board, as described in [1.2.2] and k) identification of the thickness measurement firm;
[1.2.3]
l) damage experience related to the ship in question;
c) main structural plans of cargo and ballast tanks (scant-
m) critical structural areas and suspect areas, where rele-
ling drawings), including information regarding use of
vant.
high tensile steels (HTS);
4.1.4 (1/1/2003)
d) Executive Hull Summary (or Conditional Evaluation
Report); The survey program is also to include the maximum accept-
able structural corrosion diminution levels applicable to the
e) relevant previous damage and repair history;
ship. The Society will advise the Owner of this information.
f) relevant previous survey and inspection reports from
4.1.5 (1/1/2003)
both the recognised organisation and the Owner;
In addition, the survey program is to include proposals on
g) cargo and ballast history for the last 3 years, including how to conduct surveys and tests in a safe and practical
carriage of cargo under heated conditions;. way, including the means of providing access to structures
h) details of the inert gas plant and tank cleaning proce- for close-up survey, thickness measurements and tank test-
dures; ing. All other provisions described in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.3],
i) information and other relevant data regarding conver- Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.5], Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.7], Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.8] and
sion or modification of the ship's cargo and ballast tanks Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.10] regarding procedures for thickness
since the time of construction; measurements, conditions for survey, access to structures,
equipment for survey and survey at sea or at anchorage,
j) description and history of the coating and corrosion respectively, are also to be complied with.
protection system (including previous class notations), if
any; 4.1.6 Survey Planning Meeting (1/1/2019)
k) inspections by the Owner's personnel during the last 3 Proper preparation and close co-operation between the
years with reference to structural deterioration in gen- attending Surveyor(s) and the Owner's representatives on
eral, leakages in tank boundaries and piping, and condi- board prior to and during the survey are an essential part in
tion of the coating and corrosion protection system, if the safe and efficient conduct of the survey. During the sur-
any (guidance for reporting is shown in Tab 15); vey on board safety meetings are to be held regularly.
Prior to the commencement of any part of the renewal and 4.2.4 (1/7/2010)
intermediate survey, a survey planning meeting is to be held Where provided, the condition of the corrosion prevention
between the attending Surveyor(s), the Owner's representa- system of cargo tanks is to be examined.
tive in attendance, the thickness measurement firm repre-
sentative, where involved, and the Master of the ship or an A ballast tank is to be examined at subsequent annual sur-
appropriately qualified representative appointed by the veys (see Note 1) where:
Master or Company for the purpose of ascertaining that all a) a hard protective coating has not been applied since the
the arrangements envisaged in the survey program are in time of construction, or
place, so as to ensure the safe and efficient conduct of the
survey work to be carried out. Refer also to Ch 2, Sec 2, b) a soft or semi-hard coating has been applied, or
[2.3.1]. c) substantial corrosion is found within the tank, or
The following is an indicative list of items that are to be d) the hard protective coating is found to be in less than
addressed in the meeting: good condition and the hard protective coating is not
a) schedule of the ship (i.e. the voyage, docking and repaired to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
undocking manoeuvres, periods alongside, cargo and Thickness measurements are to be carried out as deemed
ballast operations etc); necessary by the Surveyor.
b) provisions and arrangements for thickness measure- Note 1: The requirements related to the protective coating condi-
ments (i.e. access, cleaning/de-scaling, illumination, tion are to apply to the ballast tanks whose coating condition will
ventilation, personal safety); be assessed at the forthcoming class renewal survey and intermedi-
c) extent of the thickness measurements; ate survey on or after 1 July 2006. For the assessment of the coating
condition, reference is to be made to IACS Recommendation
d) acceptance criteria (refer to the list of minimum thick- No.87 "Guidelines for Coating Maintenance & Repairs for Ballast
nesses); Tanks and Combined Cargo / Ballast Tanks on Oil Tankers".
e) extent of close-up survey and thickness measurement 4.2.5 (1/7/2006)
considering the coating condition and suspect
areas/areas of substantial corrosion; The class renewal survey is to include a bottom survey in
dry condition as laid down in Ch 3, Sec 6, [2.2.1].
f) execution of thickness measurements;
The overall and close-up surveys and thickness measure-
g) taking representative readings in general and where
ments, as applicable, of the lower portions of the cargo
uneven corrosion/pitting is found;
tanks and ballast tanks (see Note 1) are to be carried out in
h) mapping of areas of substantial corrosion; and accordance with the applicable requirements for class
i) communication between the attending Surveyor(s), the renewal surveys, if not already performed.
thickness measurement firm operator(s) and the Note 1: Lower portions of the cargo and ballast tanks are consid-
Owner's Representative(s) concerning findings. ered to be the parts below the light ballast waterline.
Table 2 : Requirements for close-up survey at class renewal survey of double hull oil tankers (1/1/2019)
Table 3 : Requirements for thickness measurements at class renewal survey of double hull oil tankers (1/1/2023)
Table 4 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion on double
hull oil tankers within the cargo area length (1/1/2003)
Table 5 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion on double
hull oil tankers within the cargo area length (1/1/2003)
DECK STRUCTURE
Structural member Extent of measurement Pattern of measurement
Deck plating Two transverse bands across tank Minimum of three measurements per
plate per band
Deck longitudinals Every third longitudinal in each of two Three measurements in line vertically on
bands with a minimum of one longitudinal webs and two measurements on flange (if
fitted)
Deck girders and brackets (usually in At fore and aft transverse bulkhead, Vertical line of single measurements on
cargo tanks only) bracket toes and in centre of tanks web plating with one measurement
between each panel stiffener, or a mini-
mum of three measurements.
Two measurements across flange. 5-point
pattern on girder/bulkhead brackets
Deck transverse webs Minimum of two webs, with measure- 5-point pattern over one square metre
ments at both ends and middle of span area.
Single measurements on flange
Vertical web and transverse bulkhead in Minimum of two webs, and both trans- 5-point pattern over one square metre area
wing ballast tank (two metres from deck) verse bulkheads
Panel stiffening Where applicable Single measurements
Table 6 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion on double
hull oil tankers within the cargo area length (1/1/2003)
Table 7 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion on double
hull oil tankers within the cargo area length (1/1/2003)
Table 8 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion on double
hull oil tankers within the cargo area length (1/1/2003)
4.4.3 (1/7/2006) the date of the survey on which the overall or close up
The Surveyor may further extend the thickness measure- survey is completed;
ments as deemed necessary.
d) the satisfactory results of the testing are recorded in the
4.4.4 (1/1/2016) vessel's logbook; surveyor at the time of the overall and
For ships not built under the Common Structural Rules, close up survey.s logbook;
when pitting is found on bottom plating and its intensity is
20% or more, thickness measurements are to be extended e) the internal and external condition of the tanks and
in order to determine the actual plate thickness out of the associated structure are found satisfactory by the sur-
pits and the depth of the pits. Where the wastage is in the veyor at the time of the overall and close up survey.
substantial corrosion range or the average depth of pitting is 4.5.2 (1/1/2003)
1/3 or more of the actual plate thickness, the pitted plate is
to be considered as a substantially corroded area. The Surveyor may extend the tank testing as deemed neces-
sary.
For ships built under the Common Structural Rules, the
acceptance criteria for pitting is: 4.5.3 (1/7/2006)
• according to Section 12 of the Common Structural Rules Boundaries of ballast tanks are to be tested with a head of
for Oil Tankers and as specified in Ch 2, App 3, [4.2.2] liquid to the top of air pipes.
for ships contracted for construction on or after 1 April
2006 but before 1 July 2015, or 4.5.4 (1/7/2006)
• according to Ch 2, App 3, [4.2.2] for ships contracted Boundaries of cargo tanks are to be tested to the highest
for construction on or after 1 July 2015. point that liquid will rise to under service conditions.
4.7 Emergency towing arrangement tion. Where the pennant line is stored in a watertight
4.7.1 (1/1/2003) condition and can be confirmed as being maintained,
consideration may be given to waiving the requirement
The survey is to include:
to examine the pennant line over the full length
• an examination of the emergency towing arrangement
• an examination of the strong-points, fairleads and ped-
• confirmation that the arrangement is readily available estal roller together with their attachments to the hull
with aft towing arrangement pre-rigged and forward structure.
chafing gear secured to the strong-point
• an examination of the pick-up gear, towing pennant and
chafing gear over the full length for possible deteriora-
Table 9 : Requirements for tank testing at class renewal survey of double hull oil tankers (1/7/2006)
Figure 1 : Close-up survey requirements for double hull tankers, areas (1) to (5) (1/1/2003)
Close-up Survey
Area
(2)
(2)
(1)
(3) (3)
(5) (5)
(4)
Figure 2 : Close-up survey requirements for double hull tankers, areas (6) and (7) (1/1/2003)
Close- up Survey
Area
6
7
Name of ship:
IMO number:
Flag State:
Port of registry:
Gross tonnage:
Deadweight (metric tonnes):
Length between perpendiculars (m):
Shipbuilder:
Hull number:
Classification Society:
Register Number:
Date of build:
Owner:
Thickness measurement firm:
Any other information which may be useful
4.8.13 Thickness measurement firm (1/1/2019) 4.8.14 Damage experience related to the ship
(1/1/2008)
This section of the survey program is to identify changes, if This section of the survey program, using Tab 12, is to pro-
any, relating to the information on the thickness measure- vide details of the hull damage for at least the last three
ment firm provided in the Survey Planning Questionnaire years in way of the cargo and ballast tanks and void spaces
referred to in [4.9]. within the cargo area. This damage is subject to survey.
Table 12 : Hull damage sorted by location for the ship concerned and for sister or similar ships (if available) in the
case of design related damage (1/1/2008)
This part of the survey program is to identify and list any The Owner is to provide a list of any reports of Port State
other documentation that forms part of the plan. Control inspections containing hull structural related defi-
ciencies and relevant information on rectification of the
4.8.19 Date and signature (1/1/2008) deficiencies.
The survey program is to be completed with the following 4.9.7 Safety Management System (1/1/2008)
wording:
The Owner is to provide a list of any non-conformities
Prepared by the owner in co-operation with the Society for related to hull maintenance, including the associated cor-
compliance with [4.1.3] of Pt A, Ch 4, Sec 4 of the Rules. rective actions.
Date:…………………………………. (name and signature of
4.9.8 Approved thickness measurement
authorised Owner's representative) firm (1/1/2019)
Date:…………………………………. (name and signature of The Owner is to provide the name and address of the
authorised representative of the Society) approved thickness measurement firm.
Name of ship:
IMO number:
Flag State:
Port of registry:
Gross tonnage:
Deadweight (metric tonnes):
Classification Society:
Register Number:
Date of build:
Owner:
Other means
C (Cargo)/B Temporary Direct
Tank No. Structure Rafts Ladders (please spec-
(Ballast) staging access
ify)
Fore Peak
Peaks
Aft Peak
Under deck
Side shell
Wing Tanks
Bottom transverse
Longitudinal
Transverse
Under deck
Bottom transverse
Centre Tanks
Transverse
Slop tanks
Ballast tanks
Aft peak
Fore peak
Miscellaneous spaces:
reference at future surveys. The hull condition evaluation 2.4 Ballast tanks
report is endorsed by the Society.
2.4.1 (1/7/2010)
Ballast tanks are to be internally examined when required
2 Annual survey - Hull items as a consequence of the results of the class renewal survey
or the intermediate survey (see Note 1), in cases where:
2.1 a) a hard protective coating has not been applied since the
2.1.1 (1/1/2019) time of construction, or
The survey is to consist of an examination for ensuring, as b) a soft or semi-hard coating has been applied, or
far as practicable, that the hull and piping are maintained in c) substantial corrosion is found within the tank, or
a satisfactory condition and is to take into account the
service history, condition and extent of the corrosion d) the hard protective coating is found to be in less than
prevention system of ballast tanks and areas identified in good condition and the hard protective coating is not
the survey report file. repaired to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
Note 1: The requirements related to the protective coating
condition are to apply to ballast tanks whose coating condition will
2.2 Hull and weather decks
be assessed at the forthcoming class renewal survey and
2.2.1 (1/1/2019) intermediate survey on or after 1 July 2006. For the assessment of
the coating condition, reference is to be made to IACS
The survey is to include: Recommendation No.87 "Guidelines for Coating Maintenance &
Repairs for Ballast Tanks and Combined Cargo / Ballast Tanks on
• examination of the hull plating and its closing Oil Tankers".
appliances as far as can be seen
2.4.2 (1/7/2006)
• examination of watertight penetrations as far as
When considered necessary by the Surveyor, or where
practicable.
extensive corrosion exists, thickness measurements are to
• examination of cargo tank openings, including gaskets, be carried out and if the results indicate that substantial
corrosion is present, the extent of the measurements is to be
covers, coamings and flame screens
increased in accordance with Tab 5 to Tab 8.
• examination, as far as practicable, of the cargo tank vent
system, including the pressure/vacuum valves and These extended thickness measurements are to be carried
secondary means to prevent overpressure or out before the survey is credited as completed.
underpressure as well as devices to prevent the passage Suspect areas identified at previous surveys are to be
of flame examined. Areas of substantial corrosion identified at
• examination of flame screens on vents to all bunker previous surveys are to have thickness measurements taken.
tanks
2.5 Emergency towing arrangement
• examination of cargo, bunker, vent piping systems,
including vent masts and headers
2.5.1 The Owner or his representative is to declare to the
• confirmation that wheelhouse doors and windows, attending Surveyor that no significant alterations have been
sidescuttles and windows in superstructure and made, without prior approval from the Society, to the
deckhouse ends facing the cargo area are in satisfactory equipment and arrangements fitted on board in accordance
condition with the provisions given in Pt B, Ch 10, Sec 4, [4].
• confirmation that pumps, valves and pipelines are
2.5.2 The survey is to include:
identified and distinctively marked.
• an examination, as far as practicable, of the emergency
towing arrangement
2.3 Cargo pump rooms and pipe tunnels
• confirmation that the aft towing arrangement is pre-
2.3.1 The survey is to include: rigged and forward chafing gear is secured to the strong-
point
• examination of all pump room bulkheads and pipe
tunnels (if any) for signs of chemical cargo leakage or • confirmation of the proper functioning of the light,
fractures and, in particular, the sealing arrangements of where it is provided, on the pick-up gear marker buoy.
penetrations in pump room bulkheads
2.6 Safe access to bow
• examination of the condition of all piping systems, in
cargo pump rooms and pipe tunnels (if any) 2.6.1 (1/7/2011)
• examination of the bilge and ballast arrangements and The access to bow arrangement is to be examined, as
confirmation that pumps and pipelines are identified. applicable.
3.5 Ballast Water Management Systems 4.4 Ships between 10 and 15 years of age
(BWMS) 4.4.1 (1/7/2006)
3.5.1 (1/7/2022) The requirements of the intermediate survey are to be to the
The survey is to include the examinations indicated in same extent as the previous class renewal survey as
Sec 3, [3.5]. required in [6]. However, pressure testing of cargo and
ballast tanks is not required unless deemed necessary by the
attending Surveyor.
4 Intermediate survey - Hull items 4.4.2 (1/7/2006)
In application of [4.4.1], the intermediate survey may be
4.1 Weather decks commenced at the second annual survey and be progressed
during the succeeding year with a view to completion at the
4.1.1 The survey is to include: third annual survey in lieu of application of Ch 2, Sec 2,
• examination, as far as applicable, of cargo, stripping, [4.2.1].
cargo washing, bunker, ballast, steam and vent piping 4.4.3 (1/7/2006)
systems as well as vent masts and headers. If upon
In application of [4.4.1], an underwater survey may be
examination there is any doubt as to the condition of
considered in lieu of the requirements of [6.2.7].
the piping, pressure testing, thickness measurement or
both may be required
4.5 Ships over 15 years of age
• confirmation that the pipelines and independent cargo
tanks, where applicable, are electrically bonded to the 4.5.1 (1/7/2006)
hull The requirements of the intermediate survey are to be to the
same extent as the previous class renewal survey as
• examination of vent line drainage arrangements.
required in [6]. However, pressure testing of cargo and
ballast tanks is not required unless deemed necessary by the
4.2 General attending Surveyor.
4.2.1 (1/7/2006) 4.5.2 (1/7/2006)
The survey extent is dependent on the age of the ship as In application of [4.5.1], the intermediate survey may be
specified in [4.3] to [4.5]. commenced at the second annual survey and be progressed
during the succeeding year with a view to completion at the
4.3 Ships between 5 and 10 years of age third annual survey in lieu of application of Ch 2, Sec 2,
[4.2.1].
4.3.1 (1/7/2006)
4.5.3 (1/7/2006)
For tanks used for water ballast, an overall survey of In application of [4.5.1], a bottom survey in dry condition is
representative tanks selected by the Surveyor is to be carried
to be part of the intermediate survey. The overall and close-
out. If such inspections reveal no visible structural defects, up surveys and thickness measurements, as applicable, of
the examination may be limited to verification that the hard the lower portions of the cargo tanks and ballast tanks (see
protective coating remains in good condition.
Note 1) are to be carried out in accordance with the
4.3.2 (1/7/2010) applicable requirements for intermediate surveys, if not
A ballast tank is to be examined at subsequent annual already performed.
surveys (see Note 1) where: Note 1: Lower portions of the cargo and ballast tanks are
considered to be the parts below the light ballast waterline.
a) a hard protective coating has not been applied since the
time of construction, or
5 Intermediate survey - Cargo
b) a soft or semi-hard coating has been applied, or
machinery items
c) substantial corrosion is found within the tank, or
d) the hard protective coating is found to be in less than 5.1 Cargo area and cargo pump rooms
good condition and the hard protective coating is not
repaired to the satisfaction of the Surveyor. 5.1.1 A general examination of the electrical equipment
and cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms
Note 1: The requirements related to the protective coating
condition are to apply to the ballast tanks whose coating condition and areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for
will be assessed at the forthcoming class renewal survey and defective and non-certified safe type electrical equipment,
intermediate survey on or after 1 July 2006. non-approved lighting and fixtures, and improperly
For the assessment of the coating condition, reference is to be
installed or defective or dead-end wiring.
made to IACS Recommendation No.87 "Guidelines for Coating
5.1.2 The electrical insulation resistance of the electrical
Maintenance & Repairs for Ballast Tanks and Combined Cargo /
Ballast Tanks on Oil Tankers".
equipment and circuits terminating in or passing through
the dangerous zones is to be tested; however, in cases
4.3.3 (1/7/2006) where a proper record of testing is maintained,
In addition to the requirements above, suspect areas consideration may be given to accepting recent test
identified at previous surveys are to be examined. readings effected by the ship’s personnel.
5.1.3 The satisfactory condition of the cargo e) relevant previous damage and repair history
heating/cooling system is to be verified. f) relevant previous survey and inspection reports from
both the Society and the Owner
5.2 Inert gas system g) information on the use of ship tanks, typical cargoes
and other relevant data
5.2.1 For ships over 10 years old at the time of the
intermediate survey due date, if an inert gas system such as h) details of the inert gas plant and tank cleaning
that installed on board oil tankers is fitted, the requirements procedures
given in Sec 3, [5.2] for intermediate survey of oil tankers i) information and other relevant data regarding
are to be complied with. conversion or modification of the ship's cargo and
ballast tanks since the time of construction
5.2.2 For ships over 10 years old at the time of the
intermediate survey due date and fitted with another type of j) description and history of the coating and corrosion
inert gas producing system, the main parts such as the inert protection system (previous class notations), if any
gas generator, deck water seal or equivalent back flow k) inspections by the Owner's personnel during the last 3
arrangement, segregation devices, as fitted are to be years with reference to structural deterioration in
overhauled for examination and alarms are to be tested. general, leakages in tank boundaries and piping, and
Inert gas producer isolating valves, when fitted, are to be condition of the coating and corrosion protection
dismantled for examination. system, if any (guidance for reporting is shown in Tab 1)
l) information regarding the relevant maintenance level
6 Class renewal survey - Hull items during operation, including Port State Control reports of
inspection containing hull related deficiencies, Safety
Management System non-conformities relating to hull
6.1 Survey program and preparation for hull
maintenance, including the associated corrective
survey action(s); and
6.1.1 (1/1/2010) m) any other information that will help identify suspect
The Owner, in co-operation with the Society, is to work out areas and critical structural areas.
a specific survey program prior to the commencement of
6.1.3 (1/1/2019)
any part of:
The survey program is to take account of and comply, at
• the class renewal survey least, with the requirements for close-up surveys, thickness
• the intermediate survey for chemical tanker over 10 measurements, tank testing and pipe testing given in Tab 3,
years of age. Tab 4, [6.5] and [6.6.3], respectively. In addition, the survey
program is to include at least:
The survey program at intermediate surveys may consist of
the survey program at the previous class renewal survey a) basic ship information and particulars
supplemented by the condition evaluation report of that b) main structural plans (scantling drawings), including
class renewal survey and later relevant survey reports. information on the use of high tensile steels (HTS), clad
The survey program is to be worked out taking into account steels and stainless steels
any amendments to the survey requirements implemented c) plan of tanks
after the last class renewal survey carried out.
d) list of tanks including information on their use,
The survey program is to be in a written format based on the corrosion prevention and condition of coating
information in [6.8].
e) conditions for survey, with regard to tanks and spaces
Prior to the development of the survey program, the Survey which are to be safe for access, i.e. cleaned, gas freed,
Planning Questionnaire is to be completed by the Owner ventilated and illuminated
based on the information set out in [6.9], and forwarded to
f) provisions and methods for access to structures
the Society.
g) equipment for surveys
6.1.2 (1/1/2019)
In developing the survey program, the following h) nomination of tanks, spaces and areas for close-up
documentation is to be collected and consulted with a view surveys according to [6.3]
to selecting tanks, areas and structural elements to be i) nomination of sections and areas for thickness
examined: measurements according to [6.4]
a) survey status and basic ship information j) nomination of tanks for tank testing according to [6.5];
b) information included in the documentation on board, as and the pipes that are to undergo pipe testing according
described in [1.2.2] and [1.2.3] to [6.6.3]
c) main structural plans of cargo and ballast tanks k) identification of the thickness measurement firm
(scantling drawings), including information on use of l) damage experience related to the ship in question
high tensile steels (HTS) and stainless steels m) critical structural areas and suspect areas, where
d) Condition Evaluation Report or Executive Hull Summary relevant.
Table 1 (1/1/2019)
Deck:
Bottom:
Side:
Long. bulkhead:
Transv. bulkheads:
Results in General:
Overdue Surveys:
Comments:
Table 2 : Intermediate survey of cargo and water ballast tanks for chemical tankers (1/7/2006)
6.1.5 In addition, the survey program is to include d) acceptance criteria (refer to the list of minimum
proposals on how to conduct survey and tests in a safe and thicknesses);
practical way, including the means of providing access to e) extent of close-up survey and thickness measurement
structures for close-up survey, thickness measurements and considering the coating condition and suspect
tank testing. All other provisions described in Ch 2, Sec 2, areas/areas of substantial corrosion;
[2.3], Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.5], Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.7], Ch 2, Sec 2,
f) execution of thickness measurements;
[2.8] and Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.10] regarding procedures for
thickness measurements, conditions for survey, access to g) taking representative readings in general and where
structures, equipment for survey and survey at sea or at uneven corrosion/pitting is found;
anchorage, respectively, are also to be complied with. h) mapping of areas of substantial corrosion; and
i) communication between attending Surveyor(s), the
6.1.6 Survey Planning Meeting (1/1/2019) thickness measurement firm operator(s) and Owner's
Proper preparation and close co-operation between the Representative(s) concerning findings.
attending Surveyor(s) and the Owner's representatives on
board prior to and during the survey are an essential part of 6.2 Scope of survey
the safe and efficient conduct of the survey. During the
6.2.1 (1/1/2003)
survey on board safety meetings are to be held regularly.
In addition to the requirements of annual surveys, the class
Prior to the commencement of any part of the class renewal renewal survey is to include examination, tests and checks
and intermediate survey, a survey planning meeting is to be of sufficient extent to ensure that the hull and related
held between the attending Surveyor(s), the Owner's piping, as required in [6.6.1], is in satisfactory condition
representative in attendance and the thickness and is fit for its intended purpose for the new period of class
measurement firm representative, where involved, and the to be assigned, subject to proper maintenance and
Master of the ship or an appropriately qualified operation and to periodical surveys being carried out at the
representative appointed by the Master or Company for the due dates.
purpose of ascertaining that all the arrangements envisaged 6.2.2 (1/7/2006)
in the survey program are in place, so as to ensure the safe
All cargo tanks, ballast tanks, including double bottom
and efficient conduct of the survey work to be carried out.
tanks, pump rooms, pipe tunnels, cofferdams and void
Refer also to Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.3.1].
spaces bounding cargo tanks, decks and outer hull are to be
The following is an indicative list of items that are to be examined, and this examination is to be supplemented by
addressed in the meeting: thickness measurement and testing as required in [6.4] and
[6.5], respectively, to ensure that the structural integrity
a) schedule of the vessel (i.e. the voyage, docking and remains effective. The aim of the examination is to discover
undocking manoeuvres, periods alongside, cargo and substantial corrosion, significant deformation, fractures,
ballast operations etc.); damages or other structural deterioration, that may be
b) provisions and arrangements for thickness present.
measurements (i.e. access, cleaning/descaling,
6.2.3 The survey extent of ballast tanks converted to void
illumination, ventilation, personal safety);
spaces will be specially considered by the Society in
c) extent of the thickness measurements; relation to the requirements for ballast tanks.
Table 3 : Requirements for close-up survey at class renewal survey of chemical tankers (1/7/2013)
B/ (2) ONE DECK TRANS- B ONE DECK TRANS- A/ (7) ALL WEB FRAME RINGS Additional transverse areas
VERSE VERSE - in a cargo wing tank as deemed necessary by
- in a cargo tank or on - in each remaining the Society
deck ballast tank or on
deck (for S.H.)
B ONE DECK TRANS- (6) THE KNUCKLE
VERSE AREA AND THE
- in a cargo wing tank or UPPER PART (5
on deck (for single hull) metres approx) of
one web frame in
each remaining bal-
last tank (for double
hull)
D/C/ ONE TRANSVERSE B/ (2) ONE DECK TRANS- A/ (7) ONE WEB FRAME RING
(4) BULKHEAD (lower part VERSE - in each remaining cargo
for single hull - in two cargo centre tank
- complete for double tanks or on deck (for
hull) single hull) and one
- in a ballast tank deck transverse in
two cargo tanks (for
double hull)
Note 1: (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) are areas to be subjected to close-up surveys and thickness measurements for double hull
chemical tankers (see Fig 1, Fig 2 and Fig 3).
(1) Web frame in a ballast tank means vertical web in side tank, hopper web in hopper tank, floor in double bottom tank and deck
transverse in double deck tank (where fitted), including adjacent structural members. In fore and aft peak tanks web frame
means a complete transverse web frame ring including adjacent structural members.
(2) Deck transverse, including adjacent deck structural members (or external structure on deck in way of the tank, where applica-
ble).
(3) Transverse bulkhead complete in cargo tanks, including girder system, adjacent structural members (such as longitudinal bulk-
heads) and internal structure of lower and upper stools, where fitted.
(4) Transverse bulkhead complete in ballast tanks, including girder system and adjacent structural members, such as longitudinal
bulkheads, girders in double bottom tanks, inner bottom plating, hopper side, connecting brackets.
(5) Transverse bulkhead lower part in cargo tank, including girder system, adjacent structural members (such as longitudinal bulk-
heads) and internal structure of lower stool, where fitted.
(6) The knuckle area and the upper part (5 metres approximately), including adjacent structural members. Knuckle area is the area
of the web frame around the connections of the slope hopper plating to the inner hull bulkhead and the inner bottom plating,
up to 2 metres from the corners both on the bulkhead and the double bottom.
(7) Web frame in a cargo oil tank means deck transverse, longitudinal bulkhead vertical girder and cross ties, where fitted, includ-
ing adjacent structural members.
Note 2: A-B-C-D: are areas to be subjected to close-up surveys and thickness measurements for single hull chemical tankers (see
Fig 1 and Fig 2).
A : Complete transverse web frame ring including adjacent structural members.
B: Deck transverse including adjacent deck structural members.
C: Transverse bulkhead complete - including girder system and adjacent structural members.
D: Transverse bulkhead lower part - including girder system and adjacent structural members.
Note 3: Ballast double hull tank: means double bottom tank plus double side tank plus double deck tank, as applicable, even if these
tanks are separate.
Note 4: Where no centre cargo tanks are fitted (as in case of centre longitudinal bulkhead), transverse bulkheads in wing tanks are to
be surveyed.
D/ ONE TRANSVERSE
(5) BULKHEAD
- in a cargo wing
tank
Note 1: (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) are areas to be subjected to close-up surveys and thickness measurements for double hull
chemical tankers (see Fig 1, Fig 2 and Fig 3).
(1) Web frame in a ballast tank means vertical web in side tank, hopper web in hopper tank, floor in double bottom tank and deck
transverse in double deck tank (where fitted), including adjacent structural members. In fore and aft peak tanks web frame
means a complete transverse web frame ring including adjacent structural members.
(2) Deck transverse, including adjacent deck structural members (or external structure on deck in way of the tank, where applica-
ble).
(3) Transverse bulkhead complete in cargo tanks, including girder system, adjacent structural members (such as longitudinal bulk-
heads) and internal structure of lower and upper stools, where fitted.
(4) Transverse bulkhead complete in ballast tanks, including girder system and adjacent structural members, such as longitudinal
bulkheads, girders in double bottom tanks, inner bottom plating, hopper side, connecting brackets.
(5) Transverse bulkhead lower part in cargo tank, including girder system, adjacent structural members (such as longitudinal bulk-
heads) and internal structure of lower stool, where fitted.
(6) The knuckle area and the upper part (5 metres approximately), including adjacent structural members. Knuckle area is the area
of the web frame around the connections of the slope hopper plating to the inner hull bulkhead and the inner bottom plating,
up to 2 metres from the corners both on the bulkhead and the double bottom.
(7) Web frame in a cargo oil tank means deck transverse, longitudinal bulkhead vertical girder and cross ties, where fitted, includ-
ing adjacent structural members.
Note 2: A-B-C-D: are areas to be subjected to close-up surveys and thickness measurements for single hull chemical tankers (see
Fig 1 and Fig 2).
A : Complete transverse web frame ring including adjacent structural members.
B: Deck transverse including adjacent deck structural members.
C: Transverse bulkhead complete - including girder system and adjacent structural members.
D: Transverse bulkhead lower part - including girder system and adjacent structural members.
Note 3: Ballast double hull tank: means double bottom tank plus double side tank plus double deck tank, as applicable, even if these
tanks are separate.
Note 4: Where no centre cargo tanks are fitted (as in case of centre longitudinal bulkhead), transverse bulkheads in wing tanks are to
be surveyed.
B, (2)
A, (1)
Figure 2 : Representative transverse section of chemical tanker. Areas C & D and 3, 4 and 5 (1/7/2013)
Transverse BHD of chemical tankers
Sec A Sec B
C, (3)
Access trunk
to stool space
C
D, (5)
(4)
A B D
Sec C
3m
(6) (7) (7)
Increased thickness
(6)
Table 4 : Requirements for thickness measurements at class renewal survey of chemical tankers (1/1/2023)
Table 5 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of chemical tankers within the cargo area length (1/1/2010)
Table 6 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of chemical tankers within the cargo area length (1/1/2010)
DECK STRUCTURE
Structural member Extent of measurement Pattern of measurement
Deck plating Two transverse bands across tank Minimum of three measurements per plate per band
Deck longitudinals Every third longitudinal in each of Three measurements in line vertically on webs and two
two bands with a minimum of one measurements on flange (if fitted)
longitudinal
Deck girders and brackets At fore and aft transverse bulkhead, Vertical line of single measurements on web plating with
bracket toes and in centre of tanks one measurement between each panel stiffener, or a min-
imum of three measurements.
Two measurements across flange.
5-point pattern on girder/bulkhead brackets
Deck transverse webs Minimum of 2 webs, with measure- 5-point pattern over 1 square metre area.
ments at both ends and middle of Single measurements on flange
span
Vertical web and transverse Minimum of two webs, and both 5-point pattern over one square metre area
bulkhead in wing ballast tank for transverse bulkheads
double hull design (two metres
from deck)
Panel stiffening Where applicable Single measurements
Table 7 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of chemical tankers within the cargo area length (1/1/2010)
Table 8 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of chemical tankers within the cargo area length (1/1/2010)
Table 9 : Requirements for tank testing at class renewal survey of chemical tankers (1/7/2006)
6.6.5 All cargo pump room boundaries are to be generally deterioration. Where the pennant line is stored in a
examined. All gas-tight shaft sealing devices are to be watertight condition and can be confirmed as being
examined. The bottom of cargo pump rooms is to be maintained, consideration may be given to waiving the
presented clean for the examination of stripping devices requirement to examine the pennant line over the full
and gutters. length.
• an examination of the strong-points, fairleads and
6.7 Emergency towing arrangement pedestal roller together with their attachments to the
hull structure.
6.7.1 The survey is to include:
• an examination of the emergency towing arrangement
• confirmation that the arrangement is readily available 6.8 Survey Program
with aft towing arrangement pre-rigged and forward
chafing gear secured to the strong-point 6.8.1 Basic information and particulars (1/1/2010)
• an examination of the pick-up gear, towing pennant and Basic information and particulars of the ship are indicated
chafing gear over the full length for possible in Tab 10.
Name of ship:
IMO number:
Flag State:
Port of registry:
Gross tonnage:
Deadweight (metric tonnes):
Length between perpendiculars (m):
Shipbuilder:
Hull number:
Classification Society:
Class ID:
Date of build of the ship:
Owner:
Thickness measurement firm:
Any other information which may be useful
6.8.2 Scope (1/1/2010) 6.8.5 List of tanks and spaces with information on
their use, extent of coatings and corrosion
This survey program covers the minimum extent of overall
protection system (1/1/2010)
surveys, close-up surveys, thickness measurements and
This section of the survey program is to indicate any
pressure testing within the cargo area, of cargo tanks and
changes relating to (and is to update) the information on the
ballast tanks, including fore and aft peak tanks, required by
the Rules. use of the tanks of the ship, the extent of coatings and the
corrosion protective system provided in the Survey Planning
The arrangements and safety aspects of the survey are to be Questionnaire referred to in [6.9].
acceptable to the attending Surveyor(s).
6.8.6 Conditions for survey (1/1/2010)
6.8.3 Documentation (1/1/2010) This section of the survey program is to provide information
on the conditions for survey, e.g. information regarding
All documents used in the development of the survey
cargo tank cleaning, gas freeing, ventilation, lighting, etc..
program are to be available on board during the survey as
required in [1.2]. 6.8.7 Provisions and methods of access to
structures (1/1/2010)
6.8.4 Arrangement of tanks and spaces (1/1/2010) This section of the survey program is to indicate any
This section of the survey program is to provide information changes relating to (and is to update) the information on the
(either in the form of plans or text) on the arrangement of provisions and methods of access to structures provided in
tanks and spaces that fall within the scope of the survey. the Survey Planning Questionnaire referred to in [6.9].
6.8.8 List of equipment for survey (1/1/2010) accordance with [6.5] and the pipes that are to undergo
This section of the survey program is to identify and list the pipe testing in accordance with [6.6.3].
equipment that will be made available for carrying out the
6.8.11 Identification of areas and sections for
survey and the required thickness measurements. thickness measurements (1/1/2010)
This section of the survey program is to identify and list the
6.8.9 Survey requirements (1/1/2010)
areas and sections where thickness measurements are to be
a) Overall survey taken in accordance with [6.4.1].
This section of the survey program is to identify and list
6.8.12 Minimum thickness of hull
the spaces that are to undergo an overall survey for the structures (1/1/2010)
ship in accordance with [6.3.1] and [6.3.2].
This section of the survey program is to specify the
b) Close-up survey minimum thickness for hull structures of the ship that are
subject to the Rule requirements (indicate either (a) or
This section of the survey program is to identify and list
preferably (b), if such information is available):
the hull structures that are to undergo a close-up survey
for the ship in accordance with [6.3.2] and [6.3.3]. a) Determined from the attached wastage allowance table
(see Note 1) and the original thickness in the hull
6.8.10 Identification of tanks for tank testing and structure plans of the ship;
pipes for pipe testing (1/1/2010) b) Given in Tab 11.
This section of the survey program is to identify and list the Note 1: The wastage allowance tables are to be attached to the
tanks that are to undergo tank testing for the ship in survey program.
Substantial
Original as-built Minimum
corrosion
Area or location thickness thickness
thickness
(mm) (mm)
(mm)
DECK:
Plating
Longitudinals
Longitudinal girders
BOTTOM
Plating
Longitudinals
Longitudinal girders
SHIP SIDE
Plating
Longitudinals
Longitudinal girders
LONGITUDINAL BULKHEAD
Plating
Longitudinals
Longitudinal girders
INNER BOTTOM
Plating
Longitudinals
Longitudinal girders
TRANSVERSE BULKHEADS
Plating
Stiffeners
TRANSVERSE WEB FRAMES, FLOORS AND STRINGERS AND
DIAPHRAGMS
Plating
Flanges
Stiffeners
6.8.13 Thickness measurement firm (1/1/2019) 6.8.16 Critical structural areas and suspect areas
(1/1/2010)
This section of the survey program is to identify changes, if This section of the survey program is to identify and list the
any, relating to the information on the thickness critical structural areas and suspect areas, if such
measurement firm provided in the Survey Planning information is available.
Questionnaire referred to in [6.9].
6.8.17 Other relevant comments and information
6.8.14 Damage experience related to the (1/1/2010)
ship (1/1/2010) This section of the survey program is to provide any other
comments and information relevant to the survey.
This section of the survey program is, using Tab 12 and
Tab 13 below, to provide details of the hull damage for at 6.8.18 Appendices to be provided (1/1/2010)
least the last three years in way of the cargo and ballast The following appendices are to be attached to the survey
tanks and void spaces within the cargo area. This damage is program:
subject to survey.
a) Appendix 1 - List of plans
This appendix is to identify and list the main structural
6.8.15 Areas identified with substantial corrosion
from previous surveys (1/1/2010) plans of cargo and ballast tanks (scantling drawings),
including information regarding use of high tensile steel
This section of the survey program is to identify and list the (HTS), clad steel and stainless steel to be available as
areas of substantial corrosion from previous surveys. required in item b) of the list in [6.1.3].
Table 13 : Hull damage for sister or similar ships (if available) in the case of design related damage (1/1/2010)
ballast tanks and void spaces within the cargo area, 6.9.8 Approved thickness measurement
including peak tanks. firm (1/1/2019)
The Owner is to provide the name and address of the
6.9.6 Reports of Port State Control approved thickness measurement firm.
inspections (1/1/2010)
6.9.9 Date and signature (1/1/2010)
The Owner is to provide a list of any reports of Port State The Survey Planning Questionnaire is to be completed with
Control inspections containing hull structural related the date, the name of the Owner's representative
deficiencies and relevant information on rectification of the responsible for the completion of the document and his
deficiencies. signature.
Name of ship:
IMO number:
Flag State:
Port of registry:
Gross tonnage:
Deadweight (metric tonnes):
Classification Society:
Class ID:
Date of build of the ship:
Owner:
Ballast tanks
Aft peak
Fore peak
Miscellaneous spaces
Signature:
Date:
7 Class renewal survey - Cargo 7.1.2 Where a washing system is fitted, piping, pumps,
valves and deck-mounted washing machines are to be
machinery items examined and tested for signs of leakage, and anchoring
devices of deck-mounted washing machines are to be
7.1 Cargo area and cargo pump rooms checked to the Surveyor's satisfaction.
Maintenance records of cargo pumps are to be made 7.1.4 Heat exchangers and anti-sparking fans are to be
available to the Surveyor. examined.
7.1.5 An operating test of the remote control of pumps and consideration may be given to accepting recent test
valves and of automatic closing valves is to be carried out. readings effected by the ship’s personnel.
2.1.2 Examination of the hull (1/7/2008) a) The Owner or his representative is to declare to the
attending Surveyor that no significant alterations have
a) Examination of the hull plating and its closing
been made, without prior approval from the Society, to
appliances as far as can be seen.
the equipment and arrangements fitted on board in
b) Examination of watertight penetrations as far as accordance with the provisions given in Pt B, Ch 10,
practicable. Sec 4, [4].
b) The survey is to include: g) confirmation that the certificate for the relief valve
1) an examination, as far as practicable, of the opening/closing pressures is on board
emergency towing arrangement h) examination of drip trays or insulation for deck
2) confirmation that the aft towing arrangement is pre- protection against cargo leakage
rigged and forward chafing gear is secured to the i) examination of the cargo machinery spaces (cargo
strong-point pump room, cargo compressor room, etc.), the turret
3) confirmation of the proper functioning of the light, compartments and the cargo control room, including
where it is provided, on the pick-up gear marker their escape routes
buoy. j) confirmation of proper maintenance of arrangements for
the airlocks
2.1.8 Safe access to bow (1/7/2011)
The access to bow arrangement is to be examined, as k) confirmation that all accessible cargo piping systems are
applicable. electrically bonded to the hull.
exclude ignition sources when such spaces area 3.6 Inert gas/air drying systems
classified as hazardous areas
3.6.1 (1/7/2010)
f) examination of cargo (if accessible), bilge, ballast and The survey is to include:
stripping pumps for excessive gland seal leakage
a) the examinations and tests as provided for the annual
g) confirmation that electrical equipment in hazardous survey of inert gas systems of oil tankers, given in Sec 3,
areas is in satisfactory condition and is being properly [3.3]
maintained
b) confirmation that arrangements are made for sufficient
h) examination, as far as possible, of arrangements for the inert gas to be carried to compensate for normal losses
use of cargo as fuel, and associated instrumentation and and that means are provided for monitoring the spaces
safety devices
c) confirmation that the use of inert gas has not increased
i) examination of the arrangements for the cargo beyond that needed to compensate for normal losses by
pressure/temperature control including, when fitted, the examining records of inert gas usage
thermal oxidation systems and any cargo reliquefaction
or refrigeration system and confirmation that any d) confirmation that the means for prevention of backflow
associated safety measures and alarms are in satisfactory of cargo vapour to gas-safe spaces are in satisfactory
condition operating condition
j) confirmation that the manually operated emergency e) confirmation that any air drying system and any
shutdown system together with the automatic shutdown interbarrier and hold space purging inert gas system are
of the cargo pumps and compressors are satisfactory satisfactory
k) confirmation that the arrangements for the air locks are f) for membrane containment systems, confirmation by
being properly maintained the Master to the Surveyor of the normal operation of
the nitrogen control system for insulation and
l) examination of the arrangements for the cargo interbarrier spaces.
pressure/temperature control including, when fitted, the
thermal oxidation systems and any refrigeration system
and confirmation that any associated safety measures 3.7 Steering capability
and alarms are satisfactory. 3.7.1 (1/7/2011)
Confirmation is to be given, when appropriate, that the
3.5 Instrumentation and safety devices requisite arrangements to regain steering capability in the
event of the prescribed single failure are being maintained.
3.5.1 (1/7/2008)
The survey is to include:
3.8 Liquefied gas carrier with additional
a) confirmation that installed pressure gauges on cargo
service feature LNG BUNKER
discharge lines are operational (see Note 1)
b) confirmation that cargo tank liquid level gauges are 3.8.1 Annual survey (1/12/2020)
operational and that high level alarms as well as For ships assigned with the additional service feature LNG
automatic shut-off systems are satisfactory (see Note 1) BUNKER in compliance with Pt E, Ch 9, App 1, the annual
c) confirmation that the temperature indicating equipment survey is to additionally include the verification of
of the cargo containment system and associated alarms availability and or efficient condition of the following items:
are satisfactory (see Note 1) a) type approval and test certificate or test punch mark for
d) examination of the log-books for confirmation that the cargo hoses, emergency release coupling (ERC), quick
emergency shutdown system has been tested connecting disconnecting coupling (QCDC) and
pressure swivel
e) confirmation that cargo tank, hold and insulation space
pressure gauging systems and associated alarms are b) LNG system schematic/piping and instrumentation
satisfactory diagram (P&ID) permanently mounted in the bunkering
control station
f) examination, and testing as appropriate, of fixed gas
detection equipment c) LNG bunkering station including bunkering
connections for hoses and piping used for liquid and
g) confirmation of the availability and suitability of the
vapour return lines, isolating valves and the emergency
portable gas detection equipment and instruments for
shut-down valves, drips trays, water curtain system
measuring oxygen levels.
(when fitted) and, grating platforms, gas detection
Note 1: Verification of these devices is to be carried out by one or
system, ESD indication, inerting and purging system
more of the following methods:
connection, pressure relieving system for manifold
• visual external examination
d) LNG bunkering station at the ship bow and stern in
• comparing of read-outs from different indicators
accordance with requirements of IGC Code 3.8
• consideration of read-outs with regard to the actual cargo
and/or actual conditions e) air lock to access closed or semi-enclosed bunkering
• examination of maintenance records with reference to the station from other closed or semi-enclosed space
cargo plant instrumentation maintenance manual f) manifold including manually operated stop valves and
• verification of calibration status of the measuring instruments. remotely/automatically operated valve (ESD valve) fitted
3.8.2 Annual survey in case of additional features • hoses suitable for intended use provided with type
(1/12/2020) approval and test certificate or test punch mark
For ships assigned with further additional features in • loading arm, if fitted, with associated safety devices
compliance with Pt E, Ch 9, App 1, [16], the annual survey • water spray system in loading arm areas and process
is to additionally include the verification of the following facilities and equipment
items:
• Gas Detection system fitted on way of:
a) IG-Bunker (Inert Gas Bunker)
• areas where process equipment is located including
• confirmation that the lines used for the inert gas are
gas compressors areas;
independent from the LNG liquid and vapour lines
used for normal operation. • intakes for ventilation air;
• confirmation that procedure for supplying inert gas • ventilation outlets from hazardous areas
to the receiving ship are available on board mechanically ventilated.
Table 1 : Minimum requirements for close-up survey at hull intermediate surveys of liquefied gas carriers (1/7/2008)
5 Intermediate survey - Cargo related automatic control, alarm and safety systems for
correct functioning.
installation items
5.1.2 Method of survey (1/7/2008)
5.1 General
The intermediate survey is preferably to be carried out with
the ship in a gas-free condition. In fact, the extent of the
5.1.1 Aim of survey (1/7/2008)
testing required for the intermediate survey will normally be
The aim of the intermediate survey is to supplement the such that the survey cannot be carried out during a loading
annual survey by testing cargo handling installations with or discharging operation.
5.2 Weather decks and cargo handling 5.4 Instrumentation and safety devices
rooms 5.4.1 (1/7/2008)
5.2.1 (1/7/2008) The survey is to include:
The survey is to include: a) examination of the installed pressure gauging systems
on cargo discharge lines, cargo tanks, holds and
a) examination, as far as applicable, of cargo and process,
insulation spaces and associated alarms
liquid nitrogen (if any), ballast, bunker, stripping and
vent piping systems as well as vent masts and headers. If b) examination of the cargo tank liquid level gauges and
upon examination there is any doubt as to the condition high level alarms as well as automatic shut-off systems
of the piping, pressure testing, thickness measurement
c) examination of the temperature indicating equipment of
or both may be required
the cargo containment system and associated alarms
b) examination of vent line drainage arrangements
d) test of the above-mentioned instrumentation by
c) confirmation that cargo pipes and independent cargo changing pressure, level and temperature as applicable
tanks, where applicable, are electrically bonded to the and comparing with test instruments. Simulated tests
hull. may be accepted for sensors which are not accessible or
located within cargo tanks or inerted hold spaces. The
test is to include alarm and safety functions
5.3 Cargo area, cargo pump rooms, cargo
compressor rooms e) examination, as far as practicable, of the piping of the
gas detection system for corrosion and damage. The
5.3.1 (1/7/2008) integrity of the suction lines between suction points and
Electrical equipment and cables in dangerous zones such as analysing units is to be verified as far as possible
cargo pump rooms, cargo compressor rooms and spaces f) calibration of gas detectors or verification thereof with
adjacent to and areas above cargo tanks are to be examined sample gases
as far as practicable and tested with particular regard to:
g) confirmation of the availability and suitability of the
a) protective earthing (spot check) portable gas detection equipment and instruments for
measuring oxygen levels
b) integrity of enclosures
h) test of the manually operated emergency shutdown
c) damage of outer sheath of cables
system (without flow in the pipelines) to verify that the
d) function test of pressurised equipment and associated system will cause the cargo pumps and compressors to
alarms stop.
6.4.4 Choice of transverse sections (1/7/2008) from the Master stating that the pressure testing has been
carried out according to the requirements with satisfactory
Transverse sections are to be chosen where the largest
results.
reductions are suspected to occur or are revealed from deck
plating measurements.
6.6 Emergency towing arrangement
6.5 Extent of tank testing 6.6.1 (1/7/2008)
All boundaries of ballast tanks and deep tanks used for a) an examination of the emergency towing arrangement
water ballast within the cargo area are to be pressure tested.
b) confirmation that the arrangement is readily available
For fuel oil tanks, representative tanks are to be pressure
with aft towing arrangement pre-rigged and forward
tested.
chafing gear secured to the strong-point
6.5.2 Expansion of tank testing (1/7/2008) c) an examination of the pick-up gear, towing pennant and
The Surveyor may extend the tank testing as deemed chafing gear over the full length for possible
necessary. deterioration. Where the pennant line is stored in a
watertight condition and can be confirmed as being
6.5.3 Method of tank testing (1/7/2008) maintained, consideration may be given to waiving the
requirement to examine the pennant line over the full
Tank testing of fuel oil tanks is to be carried out with a head length
of liquid to the highest point that liquid will rise to under
service conditions. Tank testing of fuel oil tanks may be d) an examination of the strong-points, fairleads and
specially considered based on a satisfactory external pedestal roller together with their attachments to the
examination of the tank boundaries, and a confirmation hull structure.
Table 2 : Minimum requirements for close-up survey at class renewal surveys of liquefied gas carriers (1/7/2008)
Age of ship (in years at time of class renewal survey due date)
age 5 5 < age 10 age > 10
One web frame in a representative All web frames in a ballast tank, which is to All web frames in all ballast tanks (1)
ballast tank of the topside, hopper be a double hull side tank or a topside tank.
side and double hull side type (1) If such tanks are not fitted, another ballast All transverse bulkheads in all ballast tanks (2)
tank is to be selected (1)
One transverse bulkhead in a bal-
last tank (3) One web frame in each remaining ballast
tank (1)
Table 3 : Minimum requirements for thickness measurements at class renewal surveys of liquefied gas
carriers (1/7/2008)
Age of ship (in years at time of class renewal survey due date)
age 5 5 < age 10 10 < age 15 age > 15
Suspect areas Suspect areas Suspect areas Suspect areas
One section of deck plating for Within the cargo area: Within the cargo area: Within the cargo area:
the full beam of the ship within • each deck plate • each deck plate • each deck plate
0,5 L amidships in way of a • b)one transverse section • two transverse sections (1) • three transverse sections
ballast tank, if any within 0,5 L amidships in • all wind and water strakes (1)
way of a ballast tank, if any • each bottom plate
• duct keel plating and inter-
nals
Selected wind and water Selected wind and water All wind and water strakes, full
strakes outside the cargo area strakes outside the cargo area length
Measurements, for general Measurements, for general Measurements, for general Measurements, for general
assessment and recording of assessment and recording of assessment and recording of assessment and recording of
corrosion pattern, of those corrosion pattern, of those corrosion pattern, of those corrosion pattern, of those
structural members subject to structural members subject to structural members subject to structural members subject to
close-up survey according to close-up survey according to close-up survey according to close-up survey according to
Tab 2 Tab 2 Tab 2 Tab 2
(1) At least one section is to be within 0,5 L amidships and, where applicable, in way of a ballast tank.
Note 1:For ships having independent tanks of type C, with a midship section similar to that of a general cargo ship, the extent of
thickness measurements may be increased to include the tank top plating at the discretion of the Surveyor.
Note 2:For areas in spaces where coatings are found to be in good condition, the extent of thickness measurements may be spe-
cially considered by the Society.
Note 3:The Surveyor may extend the thickness measurements as deemed necessary. When thickness measurements indicate sub-
stantial corrosion, the extent of such measurements is to be increased to determine the extent of areas of substantial corrosion.
Tab 4 may be used as guidance for these additional thickness measurements.
Table 4 : Guidance for additional thickness measurements in way of substantial corrosion (1/7/2008)
7 Class renewal survey - Cargo of the tank or the insulation itself if found necessary by the
Surveyor.
installation items
Where the arrangement is such that the insulation cannot
be examined, the surrounding structures of wing tanks,
7.1 General
double bottom tanks and cofferdams are to be examined for
7.1.1 (1/7/2008) cold spots when the cargo tanks are in the cold condition
The requirements of intermediate survey apply with the unless voyage records together with the instrumentation
following additions. give sufficient evidence of the integrity of the insulation
system.
7.2 Cargo containment
7.2.3 Non-destructive testing (1/7/2011)
7.2.1 Cleaning and examination of tanks (1/7/2008) Non-destructive testing is to supplement cargo tank
All cargo tanks are to be cleaned and examined internally. inspection with special attention to be given to the integrity
of the main structural members, tank shell and highly
7.2.2 Insulation and cold spots (1/7/2008) stressed parts, including welded connections as deemed
When accessible, the outer surface of uninsulated cargo necessary by the Surveyor. However, for type C tanks, this
tanks or the outer surface of cargo tank insulation together does not mean that non-destructive testing can be
with any vapour or protective barrier is to be examined. dispensed with totally. The following items are, inter alia,
Special attention is to be given to the cargo tank and considered highly stressed parts:
insulation in way of chocks, supports and keys. Removal of a) cargo tank supports and anti-rolling/anti-pitching
insulation may be required in order to verify the condition devices,
LNG Carrier
Figure 2 (1/7/2008)
L
C L
C
LNG Carrier
Figure 3 (1/7/2008)
LPG Carrier
cL
cL
Figure 4 (1/7/2008)
LPG Carrier
2.1.10 Test of water leakage detection 3 Ro-ro cargo ships, Car Carrier -
system (1/1/2012)
Class renewal survey
Where fitted, the water leakage detection system is to be
tested including proper audible alarm on the navigation
bridge panel and on the engine control room panel, 3.1 Shell and inner doors
according to the procedure provided by the OMM.
3.1.1 Scope of survey (1/1/2012)
2.1.11 Test of television surveillance The class renewal survey is to include, in addition to the
system (1/1/2012) requirements of the annual survey as stated in [2.1],
Where fitted, the television surveillance system is to be examination, tests and checks of sufficient extent to verify
tested including proper indication on the navigation bridge that the bow, inner, side shell and stern doors are in
monitor and on the engine control room monitor. satisfactory condition and considered able to remain in
compliance with applicable requirements, subject to proper
2.1.12 Tightness test (1/1/2012) maintenance and operation in accordance with the
Operation and Maintenance Manual (OMM) or the
A hose test or equivalent is to be carried out. If the visual
Manufacturer's recommendations and the periodical
examination and function test have shown satisfactory
surveys being carried out at the due dates for the five-year
results, the tightness test of shell doors on ro-ro cargo ships
period until the next class renewal survey.
need not be carried out unless considered necessary by the
attending Surveyor. 3.1.2 Thickness measurements and
testing (1/1/2012)
2.1.13 NDT and thickness measurements (1/1/2012)
The examinations of the doors are to be supplemented by
When considered necessary by the Surveyor, NDT and thickness measurements and testing to verify compliance
thickness measurements may be required after visual with applicable requirements so that the structural and
examination and function test. weathertight integrity remain effective. The aim of the
examination is to identify corrosion, significant
2.2 Internal platforms and ramps deformation, fractures, damages or other structural
deterioration, that may be present.
2.2.1 The annual survey of internal movable platforms and
ramps (excluding those considered as inner doors and 3.1.3 Survey of doors (1/1/2012)
covered in [2.1]) and related equipment consists of: The bow, inner, side shell and stern doors are to be
• a general examination of the installation, particular surveyed as follows.
attention being paid to the condition of steel cables a) A survey of the items listed in [2.1.4], including close-
• confirmation of the proper operation of platforms/ramps up survey of securing, supporting and locking devices,
and of mechanical stops and locks together with welding, is to be carried out in
accordance with the requirements given in Tab 1.
• checking, as far as practicable, of the alarms and safety
devices. b) Non-destructive testing and thickness measurements are
to be carried out on securing, supporting and locking
devices, including welding, to the extent considered
2.3 Fire protection, detection and extinction necessary by the Surveyor. Whenever a crack is found,
2.3.1 (1/7/2012) an examination with NDT is to be carried out in the
surrounding area and for similar items as considered
Within the scope of survey of fire protection, detection and necessary by the Surveyor.
extinction arrangements as required for the annual survey of
all ships in Ch 3, Sec 3, [3.5], attention is to be given to the c) The maximum thickness diminution of hinging arms,
particular arrangements related to ro-ro cargo spaces, such securing, supporting and locking devices is not to be
as: more than 15% of the as-built thickness.
• fire detection systems and alarms d) A check of the effectiveness of sealing arrangements by
hose testing or equivalent is to be carried out.
• electrical equipment of a safe type.
e) Clearances of hinges, bearings and thrust bearings are to
be taken. Unless otherwise specified in the OMM or
2.4 Drainage in ro-ro space/special category
recommended by the Manufacturer, the measurement of
spaces protected by drenching system clearances on ro-ro cargo ships may be limited to
2.4.1 (1/1/2023) representative bearings where dismantling is needed in
order to measure the clearances. If dismantling is
Visual examination of the drainage facilities for blockage or
carried out, a visual examination of hinge pins and
other damage is to be carried out and it is to be confirmed
bearings together with NDT of the hinge pin is to be
that means to prevent blockage of drainage arrangements
carried out.
are provided for closed vehicle and ro-ro spaces and special
category spaces where fixed pressure water-spraying f) The non-return valves of the drainage system are to be
systems are used. dismantled and examined.
3.2 Internal platforms and ramps Electric motors and/or hydraulically operated equipment
are to be surveyed according to the scope detailed in Ch 3,
3.2.1 The condition of pulleys, axles, cables and structure Sec 5, [3] for the class renewal survey of machinery
of the platforms and ramps is to be checked. installations.
Table 1 : Minimum Requirements for Close-Up Surveys of Doors, Locking, Securing and Supporting Devices and
Fittings (1/1/2012)
3.3 Fire protection, detection and extinction discharges and similar openings and other inlets and
discharges in the shell plating below the margin line
3.3.1 Within the scope of survey of fire protection, • confirmation that valves for closing the main and
detection and extinction arrangements, attention is to be auxiliary sea inlets and discharges in the machinery
given to the particular arrangements related to ro-ro cargo spaces are readily accessible, and that indicators
spaces, such as those indicated in [2.3.1]. showing the status of the valves are provided, as
required or fitted
4 Passenger ships - Annual survey • confirmation that gangway access and cargo ports fitted
below the margin line may be effectively closed and
that the inboard ends of any ash or rubbish chutes are
4.1 Watertight bulkheads fitted with an effective cover.
b) Where mechanically operated steel covers are fitted, 2.1.5 Examination of Cargo Holds (1/7/2006)
check of the satisfactory condition of: a) For ships 10 - 15 years of age, the following is to apply:
• hatch covers; including close-up survey of hatch 1) Overall survey of one forward and one aft cargo
cover plating; hold and their associated tween deck spaces.
• tightness devices of longitudinal, transverse and 2) When considered necessary by the Surveyor, or
intermediate cross junctions (gaskets, gasket lips, where extensive corrosion exists, thickness measure-
compression bars, drainage channels); ment is to be carried out. If the results of these thick-
ness measurements indicate that there is substantial
• clamping devices, retaining bars, cleating;
corrosion, then the extent of measurements is to be
• chain or rope pulleys; increased to determine the extent of areas of sub-
• guides; stantial corrosion. Tab 3 may be used as guidance
for these additional measurements. These extended
• guide rails and track wheels; thickness measurements are to be carried out before
• stoppers, etc.; the annual survey is credited as completed.
b) For ships over 15 years of age, the following is to apply:
• wires, chains, gypsies, tensioning devices;
1) Overall survey of all cargo holds and ‘tweendeck”
• hydraulic system essential to closing and securing;
spaces.
• safety locks and retaining devices. 2) Close-up examination of sufficient extent, with a
c) Where portable covers, wooden or steel pontoons are minimum of 25% of frames, to establish the condi-
fitted, check of the satisfactory condition, where appli- tion of the lower region of the shell frames including
cable, of: approximately the lower one third length of side
frame at side shell and side frame end attachment
• wooden covers and portable beams, carriers or and the adjacent shell plating in a forward lower
sockets for the portable beam, and their securing cargo hold and one other selected lower cargo hold.
devices; Where this level of survey reveals the need for reme-
• steel pontoons; dial measures, the survey is to be extended to
include a close-up survey of all of the shell frames
• tarpaulins;
and adjacent shell plating of those cargo holds and
• cleats, battens and wedges; associated ‘tweendeck spaces (as applicable) as well
as a close-up survey of sufficient extent of all
• hatch securing bars and their securing devices;
remaining cargo holds and ‘tweendeck spaces (as
• loading pads/bars and the side plate edge; applicable).
• guide plates and chocks; 3) When considered necessary by the Surveyor, or
where extensive corrosion exists, thickness measure-
• compression bars, drainage channels and drain
ment is to be carried out. If the results of these thick-
pipes (if any).
ness measurements indicate that there is substantial
d) Check of the satisfactory condition of hatch coaming corrosion, then the extent of measurements is to be
plating and its stiffeners, including close-up survey. increased to determine the extent of areas of sub-
stantial corrosion. Tab 3 may be used as guidance
e) A random check of the satisfactory operation of
for these additional measurements. These extended
mechanically operated hatch covers is to be made,
thickness measurements are to be carried out before
including:
the annual survey is credited as completed.
• stowage and securing in open condition; 4) Where the protective coating in cargo holds, as
• proper fit and efficiency of sealing in closed condi- applicable, is found to be in good condition, the
tion; extent of close-up surveys may be specially consid-
ered.
• operational testing of hydraulic and power compo-
nents, wires, chains, and link drives. 5) All piping and penetrations in cargo holds, includ-
ing overboard piping, are to be examined.
Note 1: For survey of air pipes, flame screens on vents and ventila-
tors, refer to the requirements given in Ch 3, Sec 3, [2.2.1]. 2.1.6 Examination of Ballast Tanks (1/7/2006)
Examination of ballast tanks is to be carried out when
2.1.4 Suspect areas (1/7/2006) required as a consequence of the results of the class
Suspect areas identified at previous surveys are to be exam- renewal survey and intermediate survey. When considered
ined. Thickness measurements are to be taken of the areas necessary by the Surveyor, or where extensive corrosion
of substantial corrosion and the extent of thickness meas- exists, thickness measurement is to be carried out. If the
urements is to be increased to determine the extent of areas results of these thickness measurements indicate that there
of substantial corrosion. Tab 3 may be used as guidance for is substantial corrosion, then the extent of measurements is
these additional thickness measurements. These extended to be increased to determine the extent of areas of substan-
thickness measurements are to be carried out before the tial corrosion. Tab 3 may be used as guidance for these
annual survey is credited as completed. additional measurements. These extended thickness meas-
urements are to be carried out before the annual survey is 4) In addition to the requirements above, areas found
credited as completed. suspect at previous surveys are to be surveyed in
accordance with the provisions indicated in [2.1.4].
2.2 Additional requirements for single hold b) Cargo Holds
cargo ships 1) An overall survey of one forward and one aft cargo
2.2.1 (1/1/2020) hold and their associated tween deck spaces.
For ships complying with the requirements of SOLAS II-1/25 2) Areas found suspect at previous surveys are to be
for hold water level detectors, the annual survey is to surveyed in accordance with the provisions indi-
include an examination and a test, at random, of the water cated in [2.1.4].
ingress detection system and of their alarms (see Note 1). 3.2.3 (1/7/2020)
Note 1: This survey requirement also applies to those cargo ships For ships 10-15 years of age, the following is to apply:
which, although belonging to the ship types listed in [1.1.1] that
a) Ballast Tanks
are excluded from the application of this Section, are fitted with a
single cargo hold. 1) An overall survey of all ballast tanks is to be carried
out. If such overall survey reveals no visible struc-
3 Intermediate survey tural defects, the examination may be limited to ver-
ification that the corrosion prevention system
remains efficient.
3.1 Schedule
2) In ballast tanks other than double bottom tanks,
3.1.1 (1/7/2006) where a hard protective coating is found in poor
A survey planning meeting is to be held prior to the com- condition and it is not renewed, where soft coating
mencement of the survey. has been applied, or where a hard protective coating
has not been applied since the time of construction
the tanks in question are to be examined and thick-
3.2 Scope ness measurements carried out as considered neces-
3.2.1 (1/7/2003) sary at annual surveys. When such breakdown of
The survey extent is dependent on the age of the vessel as hard protective coating is found in double bottom
specified in [3.2.2] to [3.2.4]. ballast tanks, where a soft coating has been applied,
or where a hard protective coating has not been
3.2.2 (1/7/2020)
applied the tanks in question may be examined at
For ships 5 - 10 years of age, the following is to apply: annual surveys. When considered necessary by the
a) Ballast tanks Surveyor, or where extensive corrosion exists, thick-
ness measurements are to be carried out.
1) For ballast tanks, an overall survey of representative
tanks selected by the Surveyor is to be carried out. If 3) In addition to the requirements above, areas found
such overall survey reveals no visible structural suspect at previous surveys are to be surveyed in
defects, the examination may be limited to verifica- accordance with the provisions indicated in [2.1.4].
tion that the corrosion prevention system remains b) Cargo Holds
efficient.
1) An overall survey of all cargo holds and ‘tweendeck
2) Where poor coating condition, soft or semi-hard spaces.
coating, corrosion or other defects are found in bal- 2) Areas found suspect at previous surveys are to be
last tanks or where a hard protective coating has not surveyed in accordance with the provisions indi-
been applied since the time of construction, the cated in [2.1.4].
examination is to be extended to other ballast tanks
of the same type. 3) When considered necessary by the Surveyor, or
where extensive corrosion exists, thickness measure-
3) In ballast tanks other than double bottom tanks, ments are to be carried out. If the results of these
where a hard protective coating is found in poor thickness measurements indicate that there is sub-
condition and it is not renewed, where soft or semi- stantial corrosion, then the extent of measurements
hard coating has been applied, or where a hard pro- is to be increased to determine the extent of areas of
tective coating has not been applied since the time substantial corrosion. Tab 3 may be used as guid-
of construction, the tanks in question are to be ance for these additional measurements. These
examined and thickness measurements carried out extended thickness measurements are to be carried
as considered necessary at annual surveys. When out before the survey is credited as completed.
such breakdown of hard protective coating is found
3.2.4 (1/1/2013)
in double bottom ballast tanks, where a soft or semi-
hard coating has been applied, or where a hard pro- For ships exceeding 15 years of age, the following is to
tective coating has not been applied, the tanks in apply:
question may be examined at annual surveys. When a) The requirements of the intermediate survey are to be to
considered necessary by the Surveyor, or where the same extent as the previous class renewal survey as
extensive corrosion exists, thickness measurements required in [4], except for item 2c) in column 4 of Tab 2.
are to be carried out. However tank testing specified in [4.6], survey of auto-
matic air pipe heads (see Note 1 and Note 2 in [4.2.3]) 4.2.6 (1/7/2020)
and internal examination of fuel oil, lube oil and fresh The condition of the corrosion prevention system of ballast
water tanks (see Note 1 in [4.4.1]) are not required tanks, where provided, is to be examined.
unless deemed necessary by the attending Surveyor. For ballast tanks, excluding double bottom tanks, where a
b) In lieu of the requirements of [4.2.5], an in water survey, hard protective coating is found in poor condition and it is
according to the provisions of Ch 2, Sec 2, [7.1.4] may not renewed, where soft or semi-hard coating has been
be considered as equivalent. applied, or where a hard protective coating has not been
applied since the time of construction, the tanks in question
4 Class renewal survey are to examined at annual surveys. Thickness measure-
ments are to be carried out as deemed necessary by the Sur-
veyor.
4.1 Schedule
When such breakdown of hard protective coating is found
4.1.1 (1/7/2003) in double bottom ballast tanks and it is not renewed, where
A survey planning meeting is to be held prior to the com- a soft or semi-hard coating has been applied, or where a
mencement of the survey. hard protective coating has not been applied since the time
of construction the tanks in question may be examined at
4.2 Scope of survey annual surveys. When considered necessary by the Sur-
veyor, or where extensive corrosion exists, thickness meas-
4.2.1 (1/7/2006)
urements are to be carried out.
In addition to the requirements of the annual surveys, the
class renewal survey is to include examination, tests and 4.2.7 (1/7/2020)
checks of sufficient extent to ensure that the hull and related Where the hard protective coating in tanks is found to be in
piping, as required in [4.2.3], are in a satisfactory condition good condition, the extent of close-up surveys and thick-
and fit for the intended purpose for the new period of class ness measurements may be specially considered.
of 5 years to be assigned, subject to proper maintenance
and operation and to periodical surveys being carried out at 4.3 Hatch covers and coamings
the due dates. 4.3.1 (1/7/2003)
4.2.2 (1/7/2020) A thorough inspection of the items listed in [2.1.3] is to be
All cargo holds, ballast tanks, including double bottom carried out.
tanks, pipe tunnels, cofferdams and void spaces bounding 4.3.2 (1/7/2003)
cargo holds, decks and outer hull are to be examined, and A check of the satisfactory operation of all mechanically
this examination is to be supplemented by thickness meas- operated hatch covers is to be made, including:
urement and testing as required in [4.5] and [4.6], to ensure
• stowage and securing in open condition;
that the structural integrity remains effective. The aim of the
examination is to discover substantial corrosion, significant • proper fit and efficiency of sealing in closed conditions;
deformation, fractures, damage or other structural deteriora- • operational testing of hydraulic and power components,
tion, that may be present. wires, chains and link drives.
4.2.3 (1/7/2006) 4.3.3 (1/7/2003)
All piping systems within the above spaces are to be exam- A check of the effectiveness of sealing arrangements of all
ined and operationally tested to working pressure to the hatch covers by hose testing or equivalent is to be carried
attending Surveyor's satisfaction to ensure that tightness and out.
condition remain satisfactory. 4.3.4 (1/7/2016)
Note 1: For survey of automatic air pipes refer to Ch 3, Sec 5, Close-up survey and thickness measurement (see Note 1) of
[2.2.5]. the hatch cover and coaming plating and stiffeners is to be
Note 2: For examination of automatic air pipe heads, reference is carried out as given in Tab 1 and Tab 2, respectively.
to be made to the requirements given in Ch 3, Sec 5, Tab 4. Note 1: Subject to cargo hold hatch covers of approved design
4.2.4 (1/7/2003) which structurally have no access to the internals, close-up sur-
The survey extent of ballast tanks converted to void spaces vey/thickness measurement shall be done of accessible parts of
hatch covers structures.
is to be specially considered in relation to the requirements
for ballast tanks.
4.4 Extent of overall and close-up surveys
4.2.5 (1/7/2020)
4.4.1 (1/7/2006)
The class renewal survey is to include a bottom survey in
dry condition as laid down in Ch 3, Sec 6, [2.2.1]. The An overall survey of all tanks and spaces, excluding fuel oil,
overall and close-up surveys and thickness measurements, lube oil and fresh water tanks, is to be carried out at each
as applicable, of the lower portions of the cargo holds and class renewal survey.
ballast tanks are to be carried out in accordance with the Note 1: For fuel oil, lube oil and fresh water tanks, reference is to
applicable requirements for the class renewal surveys, if not be made to the requirements given in Ch 3, Sec 5, [2.4.1].
already performed. 4.4.2 (1/7/2006)
Note 1: Lower portions of the cargo holds and ballast tanks are The minimum requirements for close-up surveys at class
considered to be the parts below the light ballast waterline. renewal survey are given in Tab 1.
Table 1 : Minimum requirements for close-up survey at class renewal surveys of general dry cargo ships (1/7/2020)
Age of ship (in years at time of class renewal survey due date)
age 5 5 < age 10 10 < age 15 15 > age
(A) Selected shell frames in one (A) Selected shell frames in all (A) All shell frames in the for- (A) All shell frames in all cargo
forward and one aft cargo hold cargo holds and tween deck ward lower cargo hold and holds and tween deck spaces
and associated tween deck spaces. 25% of frames in each of the including upper and lower end
spaces. (B) One transverse bulkhead in remaining cargo holds and attachments and adjacent shell
(B) One selected cargo hold each cargo hold. tween deck spaces including plating.
transverse bulkhead. (B) Forward and aft transverse upper and lower end attach- Areas (B) - (F) as for class
(D) All cargo hold hatch covers bulkhead in one side ballast ments and adjacent shell plat- renewal survey for ships
and coamings (plating and stiff- tank, including stiffening sys- ing. between 10 and 15 years of
eners). tem. (B) All cargo hold transverse age.
(C) One transverse web with bulkheads.
associated plating and framing (B) All transverse bulkheads in
in two representative ballast ballast tanks, including stiffen-
tanks of each type (i.e. topside, ing system.
hopper side, side tank or dou- (C) All transverse webs with
ble bottom tank). associated plating and framing
(D) All cargo hold hatch covers in each ballast tank.
and coamings (plating and stiff- (D) All cargo hold hatch covers
eners). and coamings (plating and stiff-
(E) Selected areas of all deck eners).
plating and underdeck struc- (E) All deck plating and under-
ture inside line of hatch open- deck structure inside line of
ings between cargo hold hatch openings between cargo
hatches. hold hatches.
(F) Selected areas of inner bot- (F) All areas of inner bottom
tom plating. plating.
(A) Cargo hold transverse frames.
(B) Cargo hold transverse bulkhead plating, stiffeners and girders.
(C) Transverse web frame or transverse watertight bulkhead in ballast tanks.
(D) Cargo hold hatch covers and coamings. Subject to cargo hold hatch covers of approved design which structurally have no access
to the internals, close-up survey/thickness measurement shall be done of accessible parts of hatch covers structures.
(E) Deck plating and underdeck structure inside line of hatch openings between cargo hold hatches.
(F) Inner bottom plating.
See Fig 1 and Fig 2 for the areas corresponding to (A), (B), (C), (D), (E) and (F).
Note 1:Close-up survey of cargo hold transverse bulkheads to be carried out at the following levels:
• Immediately above the inner bottom and immediately above the tween decks, as applicable.
• Mid-height of the bulkheads for holds without tween decks.
• Immediately below the main deck plating and tween deck plating.
Table 2 : Minimum requirements for thickness measurements at class renewal surveys of general dry cargo ships
(1/7/2006)
Age of ship (in years at time of class renewal survey due date)
age 5 5 < age 10 10 < age 15 15 > age
1. Suspect areas. 1. Suspect areas. 1. Suspect areas. 1. Suspect areas.
2. One transverse section of 2. Two transverse sections 2.Within the cargo length area:
deck plating in way of a cargo within 0,5L amidships in way a) a minimum of three trans-
space within 0,5L amidships. of two different cargo spaces. verse sections within 0,5L
amidships
b) each deck plate outside
line of cargo hatch open-
ings
c) each bottom plate, includ-
ing lower turn of bilge
d) duct keel or pipe tunnel
plating and internals.
3. Measurement for general 3. Measurement for general 3. Measurement for general
assessment and recording of assessment and recording of assessment and recording of
corrosion pattern of those corrosion pattern of those corrosion pattern of those
structural members subject to structural members subject to structural members subject to
close-up survey according to close-up survey according to close-up survey according to
Tab 1. Tab 1 Tab 1.
4. Within the cargo length 4. All wind and water strakes,
area, each deck plate outside full length.
line of cargo hatch openings.
5. All wind and water strakes
within the cargo length area.
6. Selected wind and water
strakes outside the cargo length
area.
Note 1:Thickness measurement locations are to be selected to provide the best representative sampling of areas likely to be most
exposed to corrosion, considering the cargo and ballast history and arrangement and condition of protective coatings.
Note 2:For ships less than 100 metres in length, the number of transverse sections required at class renewal survey for ships 10-15
years of age may be reduced to one and the number of transverse sections at class renewal surveys for ships 15 years of age and
above may be reduced to two.
Table 3 : Guidance for additional thickness measurements in way of substantial corrosion (1/7/2003)
Figure 1 : Areas for close-up survey of general dry cargo ships (1/7/2003)
(E)
Double bottom
tank
Inner bottom plating (F) Deck plating and underdeck
structure (E)
(E)
Tween deck
Transverse
bulckhead (B)
Figure 2 : Areas for close-up survey of general dry cargo ships (1/7/2003)
Strut
Bottom side girder Bottom center girder
CL
e) ship's personnel reports on: conformance to the Survey Reporting Principles laid down
• structural deterioration/defects in general in App 1.
• leakage in bulkheads and piping systems 1.3.3 (1/1/2005)
• condition of coatings or corrosion prevention sys- A hull condition evaluation report (summarising the results
tems, if any of class renewal surveys) is issued by the Society to the
Owner, who is to place it on board the ship for reference at
f) any other information that may help to identify critical
future surveys. The hull condition evaluation report is
structural areas and/or suspect areas requiring inspec-
endorsed by the Society.
tion.
For bulk carriers subject to SOLAS Chapter II-1 Part A-1
Regulation 3-10, the Ship Construction File (SCF), limited to
2 Annual survey
the items to be retained onboard, is to be available on
board. 2.1 General
1.2.4 (1/1/2018) 2.1.1 (1/1/2019)
Prior to survey, the Surveyor examines the documentation The survey is to consist of an examination for the purpose of
on board and its contents, which are used as a basis for the ensuring, as far as practicable, that the hull, weather decks,
survey. hatch covers, coamings and piping are maintained in a sat-
For bulk carriers subject to SOLAS Chapter II-1 Part A-1 isfactory condition and is to take into account the service
Regulation 3-10, on completion of the survey, the surveyor history, condition and extent of the corrosion prevention
is to verify that the update of the Ship Construction File system of ballast tanks and areas identified in the survey
(SCF) has been done whenever a modification of the docu- report file.
mentation included in the SCF has taken place.
2.2 Hull Structure and Equipment
For the SCF stored on board ship, the surveyor is to examine
the information on board ship. 2.2.1 (1/1/2005)
In cases where any major event, including, but not limited Examination of:
to, substantial repair and conversion, or any modification to • the hull plating and its closing appliances as far as can
the ship structures, the surveyor is to also verify that the be seen
updated information is kept on board the ship. • the watertight penetrations as far as practicable.
If the updating of the SCF onboard is not completed at the
time of survey, the Surveyor records it and requires confir- 2.3 Weather decks, hatch covers and coam-
mation at the next periodical survey. ings
For the SCF stored on shore archive, the surveyor is to 2.3.1 (1/1/2005)
examine the list of information included on shore archive. Confirmation is to be obtained that no unapproved changes
In cases where any major event, including, but not limited have been made to the hatch covers, hatch coamings and
to, substantial repair and conversion, or any modification to their securing and sealing devices since the last survey.
the ship structures, the surveyor is to also verify that the 2.3.2 (1/1/2008)
updated information is stored on shore archive by examin-
A thorough survey of cargo hatch covers and coamings is
ing the list of information included on shore archive or kept
only possible by examination in the open as well as closed
on board the ship.
positions and is to include verification of proper opening
In addition, the surveyor is to confirm that the service con- and closing operation. As a result, the hatch cover sets
tract with of the Archive Center is valid. within the forward 25% of the ship's length and at least one
If the updating of the SCF Supplement ashore is not com- additional set, such that all sets on the ship are assessed at
pleted at the time of survey, the Surveyor records it and least once in every 5-year period, are to be surveyed open,
requires confirmation at the next periodical survey. closed and in operation to the full extent in each direction
at each annual survey, including:
For bulk carriers subject to SOLAS Chapter II-1 Part A-1
Regulation 3-10, on completion of the survey, the surveyor a) stowage and securing in open condition;
is to verify any addition and/or renewal of materials used for b) proper fit and efficiency of sealing in closed condition;
the construction of the hull structure are documented and
within the Ship Construction File list of materials.
c) operational testing of hydraulic and power components,
wires, chains, and link drives.
1.3 Reporting and evaluation of surveys
The closing of the covers is to include the fastening of all
1.3.1 (1/1/2005) peripheral and cross-joint cleats or other securing devices.
The data and information on the structural condition of the Particular attention is to be paid to the condition of the
ship collected during survey are evaluated for acceptability hatch covers in the forward 25% of the ship's length, where
and structural integrity of the ship's cargo area. sea loads are normally greatest.
1.3.2 (1/7/2006) 2.3.3 (1/1/2008)
For ships subject to the requirements of this Section, the sur- If there are indications of difficulty in operating and secur-
veys of hull structure and piping systems are reported in ing hatch covers, additional sets above those required by
[2.3.2], at the discretion of the Surveyor, are to be tested in h) compression bars, drainage channels and drain pipes (if
operation. any).
2.3.4 (1/1/2019) 2.3.9 (1/7/2006)
Where the cargo hatch securing system does not function
Examination of flame screens on vents to all bunker tanks.
properly, repairs are to be carried out under the supervision
of the Society. Where hatch covers or coamings undergo 2.3.10 (1/7/2006)
substantial repairs, the strength of securing devices is to be
upgraded to comply with Pt B, Ch 9, Sec 7. Examination of bunker and vent piping systems, including
ventilators.
2.3.5 (1/1/2008)
For each cargo hatch cover set, at each annual survey, the
following items are to be surveyed: 2.4 Cargo holds
a) cover panels, including side plates, and stiffener attach-
2.4.1 Ships between 10 and 15 years of age
ments that may be accessible in the open position by (1/7/2012)
close-up survey (for corrosion, cracks, and deforma-
tion); The requirements of the survey are the following.
b) sealing arrangements of perimeter and cross-joints (gas- a) Overall survey of two selected cargo holds.
kets for condition and permanent deformation, flexible
seals on combination carriers, gasket lips, compression b) When considered necessary by the Surveyor, or where
bars, drainage channels and non-return valves); extensive corrosion exists, thickness measurement is to
be carried out. If the results of these thickness measure-
c) clamping devices, retaining bars, cleating (for wastage,
ments indicate that substantial corrosion is present, the
adjustment and condition of rubber components);
extent of thickness measurements is to be increased in
d) closed cover locating devices (for distortion and attach- accordance with Tab 5 to Tab 8. These extended thick-
ment); ness measurements are to be carried out before the
e) chain or rope pulleys; annual survey is credited as complete. Suspect areas
identified at previous surveys are to be examined. Areas
f) guides;
of substantial corrosion identified at previous surveys
g) guide rails and track wheels; are to be subjected to thickness measurements.
h) stoppers; For ships built under the Common Structural Rules, the
i) wires, chains, tensioners, and gypsies; annual thickness gauging may be omitted where a pro-
j) hydraulic system, electrical safety devices and inter- tective coating has been applied in accordance with the
locks; and coating manufacturer's requirements and is maintained
in good condition.
k) end and interpanel hinges, pins and stools where fitted.
c) All piping and penetrations in cargo holds, including
2.3.6 (1/1/2019)
overboard piping, are to be examined.
At each hatchway, at each annual survey, the coamings,
with plating, stiffeners and brackets are to be checked for
2.4.2 Ships over 15 years of age (1/7/2012)
corrosion, cracks and deformation, especially of the coam-
ing tops, including close-up survey. The requirements of the survey are the following.
2.3.7 (1/1/2008) a) Overall survey of all cargo holds.
Where considered necessary, the effectiveness of sealing
arrangements may be proved by hose or chalk testing sup- b) When considered necessary by the Surveyor, or where
plemented by dimensional measurements of seal compress- extensive corrosion exists, thickness measurement is to
ing components. be carried out. If the results of these thickness measure-
ments indicate that substantial corrosion is present, the
2.3.8 (1/1/2008) extent of thickness measurements is to be increased in
Where portable covers or wooden or steel pontoons are fit- accordance with Tab 5 to Tab 8. These extended thick-
ted, they are to be examined to confirm the satisfactory con- ness measurements are to be carried out before the
dition, where applicable, of: annual survey is credited as complete. Suspect areas
a) wooden covers and portable beams, carriers or sockets identified at previous surveys are to be examined. Areas
for the portable beams, and their securing devices; of substantial corrosion identified at previous surveys
are to be subjected to thickness measurements.
b) steel pontoons, including close-up survey of hatch cover
plating; For ships built under the Common Structural Rules, the
c) tarpaulins; annual thickness gauging may be omitted where a pro-
tective coating has been applied in accordance with the
d) cleats, battens and wedges; coating manufacturer's requirements and is maintained
e) hatch securing bars and their securing devices; in good condition.
f) loading pads/bars and the side plate edge; c) All piping and penetrations in cargo holds, including
g) guide plates and chocks; overboard piping, are to be examined.
c) Where substantial corrosion is found, the extent of 3.3 Ships between 10 and 15 years of age
thickness measurements is to be increased in accord-
ance with the requirements of Tab 5 to Tab 8. These 3.3.1 (1/7/2006)
extended thickness measurements are to be carried out
The requirements of the intermediate survey are to be to the
before the survey is credited as completed. Suspect
same extent as the previous class renewal survey as
areas identified at previous surveys are to be examined.
required in [4]. However, internal examination of fuel oil
Areas of substantial corrosion identified at previous sur-
tanks and pressure testing of all tanks are not required
veys are to be subjected to thickness measurements.
unless deemed necessary by the attending Surveyor.
For ships built under the Common Structural Rules, the
identified substantial corrosion areas may be: 3.3.2 (1/1/2005)
1) protected by coating applied in accordance with the In application of [3.3.1], the intermediate survey may be
coating manufacturer's requirements and examined commenced at the second annual survey and continued
at annual intervals to confirm the coating in way is during the following year with a view to completion at the
still in good condition, or alternatively third annual survey in lieu of the application of Ch 2, Sec 2,
2) required to be measured at annual intervals. [4.2.1].
d) Where a hard protective coating is fitted in cargo holds,
3.3.3 (1/1/2005)
as defined in Sec 2, [1.1.7], and is found in good condi-
tion, the extent of close-up surveys and thickness meas- In application of [3.3.1], an underwater survey may be con-
urements may be specially considered. sidered in lieu of the requirements of [4.2.6].
Table 1 : Minimum requirements of overall and close-up survey and thickness measurements at intermediate sur-
vey of double skin bulk carriers and self-unloading bulk carriers of double skin construction (1/1/2017)
the condition evaluation report of that class renewal survey for close-up survey, thickness measurements and tank test-
and later relevant survey reports. ing. All other provisions described in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.3],
The survey program is to be worked out taking into account Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.5], Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.7], Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.8] and
any amendments to the survey requirements after the last Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.10] regarding procedures for thickness
class renewal survey carried out. measurements, conditions for survey, access to structures,
equipment for survey and survey at sea or at anchorage,
4.1.2 (1/7/2006) respectively, are also to be complied with.
In developing the survey program, the following documen-
tation is to be collected and consulted with a view to select- 4.1.6 Survey Planning Meeting (1/1/2019)
ing tanks, holds, areas and structural elements to be The establishment of proper preparation and close co-oper-
examined: ation between the attending Surveyor(s) and the Owner's
• survey status and basic ship information representatives on board prior to and during the survey are
• the documentation on board, as described in [1.2.2] an essential part in the safe and efficient conduct of the sur-
and [1.2.3] vey. During the survey on board safety meetings are to be
• main structural plans (scantling drawings), including held regularly.
information on use of high tensile steels (HTS) Prior to commencement of any part of the renewal and
• relevant previous survey and inspection reports from intermediate survey, a survey planning meeting is to be held
both the Society and the Owner between the attending Surveyor(s), the Owner's representa-
• information on the use of ship holds and tanks, with tive in attendance, the thickness measurement firm repre-
regard to the nature of the typical cargoes transported sentative, where involved, and the Master of the ship or an
and other useful data appropriately qualified representative appointed by the
Master or Company for the purpose of ascertaining that all
• information on the corrosion prevention level on the
the arrangements envisaged in the survey program are in
new building,
place, so as to ensure the safe and efficient conduct of the
• information on the relevant maintenance level during survey work to be carried out. Refer also to Ch 2, Sec 2,
operation. [2.3.1].
4.1.3 (1/1/2005) The following is an indicative list of items that are to be
The survey program is to comply, at least, with the require- addressed in the meeting:
ments for close-up surveys, thickness measurements and a) schedule of the ship (i.e. the voyage, docking and
tank testing given in [4.4], [4.5] and [4.6], respectively. In undocking manoeuvres, periods alongside, cargo and
addition, the survey program is to include at least: ballast operations etc);
• basic ship information and particulars
b) provisions and arrangements for thickness measure-
• main structural plans (scantling drawings), including ments (i.e. access, cleaning/de-scaling, illumination,
information on the use of high tensile steels (HTS) ventilation, personal safety);
• plan of holds and tanks
c) extent of the thickness measurements;
• list of holds and tanks including information on their
use, protective coating, if any, and its condition d) acceptance criteria (refer to the list of minimum thick-
nesses);
• conditions for survey, with regard to holds, tanks and
spaces which are to be safe for access, i.e. cleaned, gas e) extent of close-up survey and thickness measurement
freed, ventilated, illuminated considering the coating condition and suspect
• provisions and methods for access to structures areas/areas of substantial corrosion;
• equipment for surveys f) execution of thickness measurements;
• selection of holds, spaces and areas for close-up surveys g) taking representative readings in general and where
according to Tab 2 uneven corrosion/pitting is found;
• selection of sections and areas for thickness measure- h) mapping of areas of substantial corrosion;
ments according toTab 4
i) communication between the attending Surveyor(s), the
• selection of holds, if any, and tanks for tank testing thickness measurement firm operator(s) and the
according to [4.6] Owner's representative(s) concerning findings.
• damage experience and repair history related to the ship
in question.
4.2 Scope of survey
4.1.4 (1/1/2005) 4.2.1 (1/1/2005)
The survey program is also to include the maximum accept-
In addition to the requirements of annual surveys, the class
able structural corrosion diminution levels applicable to the
renewal survey is to include examination, tests and checks
ship. The Society will advise the Owner of this information.
of sufficient extent to ensure that the hull and related pip-
4.1.5 (1/1/2005) ing, as required in [4.2.3], are in satisfactory condition for
In addition, the survey program is to include proposals on the new period of class of five years to be assigned, subject
how to conduct surveys and tests in a safe and practical to proper maintenance and operation and to periodical sur-
way, including the means of providing access to structures veys being carried out at the due dates.
Table 2 : Minimum requirements for close-up survey at class renewal hull survey of double skin bulk carriers and
self-unloading bulk carriers of double skin construction, excluding ore carriers (1/1/2017)
One transverse web with asso- One transverse web with asso- All transverse webs with asso- All transverse webs with asso-
ciated plating and longitudinals ciated plating and longitudinals ciated plating and longitudinals ciated plating and longitudinals
in two representative water bal- as applicable in each water as applicable in each water as applicable in each water
last tanks of each type (This is ballast tank (A)(see Note 1) ballast tank (A)(see Note 1) ballast tank (A)(see Note 1)
to include the foremost topside
and double side water ballast
tanks on either side) (A)(see
Note 1)
Note 1: (A),(B),(C),(D)and (E)are areas to be subjected to close-up surveys and thickness measurements (see Fig 1 and Fig 2).
(A) : Transverse web frame or transverse watertight bulkhead in topside, hopper side and double side ballast tanks. In fore and
aft peak tanks, transverse web frame means a complete transverse web frame ring including adjacent structural members
(B) : Ordinary transverse frame in double side tanks
(C) : Cargo hold transverse bulkhead plating, stiffeners and girders
(D) : Cargo hold hatch covers and coamings. Subject to cargo hold hatch covers of approved design which structurally have
no access to the internals, close-up survey/thickness measurement shall be done of accessible parts of hatch covers
structures.
(E) : Deck plating inside line of hatch openings between cargo hold hatches
Note 2: Close-up survey of transverse bulkheads to be carried out at four levels:
Level (a) : Immediately above the inner bottom and immediately above the line of gussets (if fitted) and shedders for ships without
lower stool)
Level (b) : Immediately above and below the lower stool shelf plate (for those ships fitted with lower stools), and immediately
above the line of the shedder plates.
Level (c) : About mid-height of the bulkhead.
Level (d) : Immediately below the upper deck plating and immediately adjacent to the upper wing tank, and immediately below the
upper stool shelf plate for those ships fitted with upper stools, or immediately below the topside tanks.
Forward and aft transverse All transverse bulkheads All transverse bulkheads
bulkheads including stiffening including stiffening system in including stiffening system in
system in a transverse section each water ballast tank (A)(see each water ballast tank (A)(see
comprising topside, hopper Note 1) Note 1)
side and double side water bal-
last tanks on one side of the
ship (i.e. port or starboard)
(A)(see Note 1)
25% of ordinary transverse 25% of ordinary transverse All ordinary transverse frames
frames for transverse framing frames for transverse framing for transverse framing system or
system or 25% of longitudinals system or 25% of longitudinals all of longitudinals for longitu-
for longitudinal framing system for longitudinal framing system dinal framing system on side
on side shell and inner side on side shell and inner side shell and inner side plating at
plating at forward, middle and plating at forward, middle and forward, middle and aft parts,
aft part in the foremost double aft parts, in all double side in all double side tanks (B)(see
side tanks (B)(see Note 1) tanks Note 1)
All deck plating and under (B)(see Note 1)
deck structure inside line of All deck plating and under
hatch openings between all deck structure inside line of
cargo hold hatches (E) (see hatch openings between all
Note 1) cargo hold hatches (E) (see
Note 1)
Two selected cargo hold trans- One transverse bulkhead in All cargo hold transverse bulk- Areas (C)-(E) as for class
verse bulkheads, including each cargo hold, including heads, including internal struc- renewal survey for ships
internal structure of upper and internal structure of upper and ture of upper and lower stools, between 10 and 15 years of
lower stools, where fitted lower stools, where fitted where fitted (C) (see Note 1) age (see Note 1)
(C)(see Note 1) (C)(see Note 1)
All cargo hold hatch covers All cargo hold hatch covers All cargo hold hatch covers
and coamings (plating and stiff- and coamings (plating and stiff- and coamings (plating and stiff-
eners) (D)(see Note 1) eners) (D)(see Note 1) eners) (D)(see Note 1)
All deck plating and under All deck plating and under
deck structure inside line of deck structure inside line of
hatch openings between all hatch openings between all
cargo hold hatches (E)(see Note cargo hold hatches (E)(see Note
1) 1)
Note 1: (A),(B),(C),(D)and (E)are areas to be subjected to close-up surveys and thickness measurements (see Fig 1 and Fig 2).
(A) : Transverse web frame or transverse watertight bulkhead in topside, hopper side and double side ballast tanks. In fore and
aft peak tanks, transverse web frame means a complete transverse web frame ring including adjacent structural members
(B) : Ordinary transverse frame in double side tanks
(C) : Cargo hold transverse bulkhead plating, stiffeners and girders
(D) : Cargo hold hatch covers and coamings. Subject to cargo hold hatch covers of approved design which structurally have
no access to the internals, close-up survey/thickness measurement shall be done of accessible parts of hatch covers
structures.
(E) : Deck plating inside line of hatch openings between cargo hold hatches
Note 2: Close-up survey of transverse bulkheads to be carried out at four levels:
Level (a) : Immediately above the inner bottom and immediately above the line of gussets (if fitted) and shedders for ships without
lower stool)
Level (b) : Immediately above and below the lower stool shelf plate (for those ships fitted with lower stools), and immediately
above the line of the shedder plates.
Level (c) : About mid-height of the bulkhead.
Level (d) : Immediately below the upper deck plating and immediately adjacent to the upper wing tank, and immediately below the
upper stool shelf plate for those ships fitted with upper stools, or immediately below the topside tanks.
A C
Hatch opening
E E
Ordinary transverse frame in double skin tank Ordinary longitudinal structure in double skin tank
Table 3 : Minimum requirements for close-up survey at class renewal hull survey of ore carriers (1/7/2016)
Figure 3 : Close-up Survey and Thickness Measurement Areas of ore carriers (1/7/2009)
Typical transverse section Typical transverse bulkhead
Area A Areas A and C
Area D
Upper stool
Lower stool
Double bottom
tank
A
A
Hatch opening
E E
Table 5 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements in those areas of substantial corrosion of double
skin bulk carriers and self-unloading bulk carriers of double skin construction, within the cargo length area
(1/1/2017)
4.3 Hatch covers and coamings 4.4 Overall and close-up surveys
4.3.1 (1/1/2008) 4.4.1 (1/7/2006)
A thorough inspection of the items listed in [2.3] is to be
carried out, in addition to all hatch covers and coamings. An overall survey of all cargo holds, tanks and spaces is to
be carried out at each class renewal survey. For fuel oil
4.3.2 (1/1/2005) tanks in the cargo length area, the requirements given in
A check of the satisfactory operation of all mechanically Ch 3, Sec 5, Tab 5 are to be complied with.
operated hatch covers is to be made, including:
• stowage and securing in open condition; 4.4.2 (1/7/2008)
• proper fit and efficiency of sealing in closed condition; The minimum requirements for close-up surveys at each
• operational testing of hydraulic and power components, class renewal survey are given in Tab 2 for double skin bulk
wires, chains and link drives. carriers, excluding ore carriers, and in Tab 3 for ore carriers.
Table 6 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements in those areas of substantial corrosion of double
skin bulk carriers and self-unloading bulk carriers of double skin construction within the cargo length area
(1/1/2017)
DECK STRUCTURE INCLUDING CROSS STRIPS, MAIN CARGO HATCHWAYS, HATCH COVERS, COAMINGS AND TOPSIDE
TANKS
Hatch Covers Side and end skirts, each three locations Five-point pattern at each location
Three longitudinal bands, outboard strakes (2) and Five-point measurement each band
centreline strake (1)
Mastre delle boccaporte Each side and end of coaming, one band lower 1/3, one Five-point measurement each band i.e.
band upper 2/3 of coaming end or side coaming
Topside Ballast Tanks Transverse watertight bulkheads:
• Bulkhead Five-point pattern over 1 sq. metre of plat-
ing
• Stiffeners Five-point pattern over 1 metre length
Three representative bays of slope plating in all plating Five point pattern over 1 sq. metre of plat-
ing
Longitudinals, suspect and adjacent Five point pattern over 1 sq. metre of plat-
ing
Main Deck Plating Suspect plates and adjacent (4) Five-point pattern over 1 sq. metre of plat-
ing
Main Deck Longitudinals Suspect Plates Five point pattern on both web and flange
over 1 metre length
Web Frames/Transverses Suspect Plates Five-point pattern over 1 sq. metre
Table 7 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements in those areas of substantial corrosion of double
skin bulk carriers and self-unloading bulk carriers of double skin construction within the cargo length area
(1/1/2017)
STRUCTURE IN DOUBLE SIDE SPACES OF DOUBLE SKIN BULK CARRIERS INCLUDING WING VOID SPACES OF ORE CARRIERS
Table 8 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements in those areas of substantial corrosion of double
skin bulk carriers and self-unloading bulk carriers of double skin construction within the cargo length area
(1/1/2017)
Lower stool, where fitted • Transverse band within 25mm of welded connection to inner Five-point pattern between stiffen-
bottom ers over one metre length
• Transverse band within 25mm of welded connection to shelf
plate
Transverse bulkheads • Transverse band at approximately mid height Five-point pattern over one square
• Transverse band at part of bulkhead adjacent to upper deck or metre of plating
below upper stool shelf plate (for those ships fitted with upper
stools)
4.6 Tank testing extends forward of the foremost cargo hold, and of their
controls.
4.6.1 (1/7/2006)
All boundaries of water ballast tanks, deep tanks and cargo 4.8 Survey Program
holds used for water ballast within the cargo length area are
to be pressure tested. For fuel oil tanks, only representative 4.8.1 Basic information and particulars (1/1/2008)
tanks are to be pressure tested.
Basic information and particulars of the ship are indicated
4.6.2 (1/1/2005) in Tab 9.
The Surveyor may extend the tank testing as deemed neces-
sary. 4.8.2 Scope (1/1/2008)
Boundaries of fuel oil tanks are to be tested with a head of All documents used in the development of the survey pro-
liquid to the highest point that liquid will rise to under ser- gram are to be available on board during the survey as
vice conditions. Tank testing of fuel oil tanks may be spe- required in [1.2].
cially considered based on a satisfactory external
examination of the tank boundaries and confirmation from 4.8.4 Arrangement of tanks and spaces (1/1/2008)
the Master stating that pressure testing has been carried out This section of the survey program is to provide information
according to the requirements with satisfactory results. (either in the form of plans or text) on the arrangement of
4.6.6 (1/7/2006) cargo holds, tanks and spaces that fall within the scope of
the survey.
The testing of double bottom tanks and other spaces not
designed for the carriage of liquid may be omitted, provided 4.8.5 List of cargo holds, tanks and spaces with
a satisfactory internal examination is carried out together information on their use, extent of coatings
with an examination of the tank top. and corrosion protection system (1/1/2008)
This section of the survey program is to indicate any
4.7 Additional requirements after determin- changes relating to (and is to update) the information on the
ing compliance with SOLAS XII/12 use of the holds and tanks of the ship, the extent of coatings
(water level detectors) and XII/13 (availa- and the corrosion protective system provided in the Survey
Planning Questionnaire referred to in [4.9].
bility of pumping systems)
4.7.1 (1/1/2007) 4.8.6 Conditions for survey (1/1/2008)
For ships complying with the requirements of SOLAS XII/12 This section of the survey program is to provide information
for hold, ballast and dry space water level detectors, the on the conditions for survey, e.g. information regarding
class renewal survey is to include an examination and a test cargo hold and tank cleaning, gas freeing, ventilation, light-
of the water ingress detection systems and of their alarms. ing etc.
Name of ship:
IMO number:
Flag State:
Port of registry:
Gross tonnage:
Deadweight (metric tonnes):
Length between perpendiculars (m):
Shipbuilder:
Hull number:
Classification Society:
Register Number:
Date of build:
Owner:
Thickness measurement firm:
Any other information which may be useful
4.8.8 List of equipment for survey (1/1/2008) 4.8.12 Minimum thickness of hull structures
(1/1/2008)
This section of the survey program is to identify and list the
This section of the survey program is to specify the mini-
equipment that will be made available for carrying out the
mum thickness for hull structures of the ship that are subject
survey and the required thickness measurements.
to survey, according to (a) or (b):
4.8.9 Survey requirements (1/1/2008) a) determined from the attached wastage allowance table
and the original thickness according to the hull structure
a) Overall survey plans of the ship (see Note 1);
This section of the survey program is to identify and list b) given in the following Tab 10:
the spaces that are to undergo an overall survey for the Note 1: The wastage allowance tables are to be attached to the sur-
ship in accordance with [4.3] and [4.4.1]. vey program.
4.8.10 Identification of tanks for tank testing 4.8.14 Damage experience related to the ship
(1/1/2008) (1/1/2008)
This section of the survey program is to identify and list the This section of the survey program, using Tab 11, shown
cargo holds and tanks that are to undergo tank testing for below, is to provide details of the hull damage for at least
the ship in accordance with [4.6]. the last three years in way of the cargo holds, ballast tanks
and void spaces within the cargo length area. This damage
is subject to survey.
4.8.11 Identification of areas and sections for
thickness measurements (1/1/2008)
4.8.15 Areas identified with substantial corrosion
This section of the survey program is to identify and list the from previous surveys (1/1/2008)
areas and sections where thickness measurements are to be This section of the survey program is to identify and list the
taken in accordance with [4.3.4] and [4.5]. areas of substantial corrosion from previous surveys.
Table 11 : Hull damage sorted by location for the ship concerned and for sister or similar ships (if available) in the
case of design related damage (1/1/2008)
4.8.16 Critical structural areas and suspect areas 4.8.18 Appendices to be provided (1/1/2008)
(1/1/2008)
The following appendices are to be attached to the survey
This section of the survey program is to identify and list the program:
critical structural areas and the suspect areas, if such infor-
mation is available. a) Appendix 1 - List of plans
b) Appendix 2 - Survey Planning Questionnaire visual inspection range of the attending Surveyor, i.e. nor-
The Survey Planning Questionnaire (refer to [4.9]), mally within reach of hand.
which has been submitted by the Owner.
4.9.4 History of cargo (1/1/2008)
c) Appendix 3 - Other documentation The Owner is to provide history of bulk cargoes of corrosive
This part of the survey program is to identify and list any nature, e.g. with high sulphur content.
other documentation that forms part of the plan.
4.9.5 Owner's inspections (1/1/2008)
4.8.19 Date and signature (1/1/2008) Using a format similar to that of Tab 14 (which is given as
The survey program is to be completed with the following an example), the Owner is to provide details of the results
wording: of their inspections for the last three years on all cargo holds
and ballast tanks and void spaces within the cargo area,
Prepared by the Owner in co-operation with the Society for including peak tanks.
compliance with [4.1.3] of Pt A, Ch 4, Sec 9 of the Rules.
Date:…………………………………. (name and signature of 4.9.6 Reports of Port State Control
authorised Owner's representative) inspections (1/1/2008)
The Owner is to provide a list of any reports of Port State
Date:…………………………………. (name and signature of
Control inspections containing hull structural related defi-
authorised representative of the Society) ciencies and relevant information on rectification of the
deficiencies.
4.9 Survey Planning Questionnaire
4.9.7 Safety Management System (1/1/2008)
4.9.1 General (1/1/2008) The Owner is to provide a list of any non-conformities
The following information will enable the Owner in co- related to hull maintenance, including the associated cor-
operation with the Society to develop a survey program rective actions.
complying with the requirements given in [4.8]. It is essen-
tial that, when completing the present questionnaire, the 4.9.8 Approved thickness measurement
Owner provides up-to-date information. The present ques- firm (1/1/2019)
tionnaire, when completed, is to provide all information The Owner is to provide the name and address of the
and material required in [4.8]. approved thickness measurement firm.
Name of ship:
IMO number:
Flag State:
Port of registry:
Gross tonnage:
Deadweight (metric tonnes):
Classification Society:
Register Number:
Date of build:
Owner:
Other means
Hold/Tank No. Temporary
Structure Rafts Ladders Direct access (please spec-
Other spaces staging
ify)
Fore Peak
Peaks
Aft Peak
Topside tanks
Hopper tanks
Upper stools
Lower stools
Fore peak
Aft peak
Miscellaneous other spaces:
3.2.2 The drainage, fodder and fresh water systems, devices and operation of pump room bilge system, and
including piping and pumps, are to be surveyed to the same checking that pump foundations are intact
extent as required for similar equipment at the class • confirmation that the ventilation system, including
renewal survey as indicated in Ch 3, Sec 5. portable equipment, if any, of all spaces in the cargo
The fresh water tanks are to be internally examined in area (including cargo pump room) is operational,
accordance with the periodicity given in Ch 3, Sec 5, Tab 5. ducting is intact and screens are clean
• confirmation that electrical equipment in dangerous
4 FLS tanker zones, cargo pump rooms and other spaces is in
satisfactory condition and has been properly maintained
4.1 Annual survey - Hull items • confirmation that the remote operation of the cargo
pump room bilge system is satisfactory
4.1.1 Weather decks • examination of the cargo heating system
The survey is to include:
• examination of the cargo-transfer arrangement and
• examination of cargo tank openings, including gaskets, confirmation that the ship's cargo hoses are suitable for
covers, coamings and screens their intended purpose and in satisfactory condition
• examination of cargo tank pressure/vacuum valves and • confirmation that any special arrangement made for
flame screens bow or stern loading/unloading is in satisfactory
• examination of flame screens on vents to all bunker, oily condition.
ballast and oily slop tanks
• examination of cargo, bunker, ballast and vent piping 4.2.2 Instrumentation and safety devices
systems, including remote control valves, safety valves The survey is to include the following items, as far as
and various safety devices, as well as vent masts and required or fitted:
headers • examination of cargo tank gauging devices, high level
• confirmation that wheelhouse doors and windows, alarms and valves associated with overflow control
sidescuttles and windows in superstructure and • confirmation that installed pressure gauges on cargo
deckhouse ends facing the cargo area are in satisfactory discharge lines are properly operational
condition • confirmation that the required gas detection instruments
• confirmation that pumps, valves and pipelines are are on board and satisfactory arrangements have been
identified and distinctively marked. made for the supply of any required vapour detection
tubes
4.1.2 Cargo pump rooms and pipe tunnels
• confirmation that devices provided for measuring the
The survey is to include:
temperature of the cargo, if any, operate satisfactorily.
• examination of all pump room bulkheads and pipe
tunnels (if any) for signs of chemical cargo leakage or 4.2.3 Inert gas system
fractures and, in particular, the sealing arrangements of If an inert gas system such as that installed on board oil
penetrations in pump room bulkheads tankers is fitted, the requirements given in Sec 3, [3.3] are to
• examination of the condition of all piping systems, in be complied with.
cargo pump rooms and pipe tunnels (if any)
• examination of the bilge and ballast arrangements and 4.3 Intermediate survey - Hull items
confirmation that pumps and pipelines are identified.
4.3.1 The survey is to include:
4.2 Annual survey - Cargo machinery items • examination, as far as applicable, of cargo, stripping,
cargo tank washing, bunker, ballast, steam and vent
4.2.1 Cargo area and cargo pump rooms piping systems as well as vent masts and headers. If
The Owner or his representative is to declare to the upon examination there is any doubt as to the condition
attending Surveyor that no modifications or alterations of the piping, pressure testing, thickness measurement
which might impair safety have been made to the various or both may be required.
installations in dangerous zones without prior approval • confirmation that the pipelines are electrically bonded
from the Society. to the hull
The survey is to include: • examination of vent line drainage arrangements.
• confirmation that potential sources of ignition in or near
the cargo pump rooms, such as loose gear, excessive 4.4 Intermediate survey - Cargo machinery
product in bilge, excessive vapours, combustible items
materials, are eliminated and that access ladders are in
satisfactory condition 4.4.1 Electrical equipment in dangerous zones
• examination, as far as practicable, of cargo, bilge, A general examination of the electrical equipment and
ballast and stripping pumps for excessive gland seal cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms and
leakage, verification of proper operation of electrical areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for
and mechanical remote operating and shutdown defective and non-certified safe type electrical equipment,
non-approved lighting and fixtures, and improperly 4.6.3 Cargo heating system
installed or defective or dead-end wiring. The apparent satisfactory condition of the cargo heating
The electrical insulation resistance of the electrical system such as clamping, external condition of piping is to
equipment and circuits terminating in or passing through be verified and, if deemed necessary by the Surveyor, the
the dangerous zones is to be tested; however, in cases system is to be pressure tested.
where a proper record of testing is maintained,
consideration may be given to accepting recent test 4.6.4 Remote controls
readings effected by the ship’s personnel. An operating test of the emergency remote control of pumps
and valves and of automatic closing valves is to be carried
4.4.2 Cargo heating system out.
The satisfactory condition of the cargo heating system is to
be verified. 4.6.5 Electrical equipment in dangerous zones
A general examination of the electrical equipment and
4.4.3 Inert gas system cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms and
For ships over 10 years old at the time of the intermediate areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for
survey due date, if an inert gas system such as that installed defective and non-certified safe type electrical equipment,
on board oil tankers is fitted, the requirements given in non-approved lighting and fixtures, and improperly
Sec 3, [5.2] for intermediate survey of oil tankers are to be installed or defective or dead-end wiring.
complied with. The electrical insulation resistance of the electrical
equipment and circuits terminating in or passing through
4.5 Class renewal survey - Hull items the dangerous zones is to be tested; however, in cases
where a proper record of testing is maintained,
4.5.1 Piping consideration may be given to accepting recent test
Piping for cargo, ballast, stripping and venting systems is to readings effected by the ship’s personnel.
be examined to the Surveyor's satisfaction. Dismantling
and/or thickness measurements of these items may be 4.6.6 Inert gas system
required. A hydraulic test is to be carried out in the event of If an inert gas system such as that installed on board oil
repair or dismantling of cargo or ballast piping, or where tankers is fitted, the requirements given Sec 3, [5.2] for
doubts arise. intermediate survey and in Sec 3, [7.2] for class renewal
Vent line drainage arrangements are to be examined. survey of oil tankers are to be complied with.
It is to be verified that cargo piping is electrically bonded to
the hull. 5 Dredging units
4.5.2 Safety valves 5.1 Annual survey
All safety valves on cargo piping and of cargo tanks are to
be dismantled for examination, adjusted and, as applicable, 5.1.1 The survey is to include the following items, as far as
resealed. required or fitted, according to the service notation of the
ship:
4.5.3 Cargo pump rooms
• for split hopper unit, split hopper dredger, visual
All cargo pump room boundaries are to be generally
examination, as far as practicable, of superstructure
examined. All gas-tight shaft sealing devices are to be
hinges and blocks, deck hinges, hydraulic jacks and
examined. The bottom of cargo pump rooms is to be
associated piping systems and alarms
presented clean for the examination of stripping devices
and gutters. • for dredger, hopper dredger, split hopper dredger:
- visual examination, as far as practicable, of
4.6 Class renewal survey - Cargo machinery attachments of suction piping and lifting systems to
the structure and external examination of piping in
items
dredging machinery spaces for absence of corrosion
4.6.1 Pumps and leakage
Ballast and stripping pumps are to be internally examined - checking the condition of the dredging machinery
and prime movers checked. A working test is to be carried space and related equipment with regard to
out. electrical shocks, protection from rotating
machinery, fire and explosion hazards.
Maintenance records of cargo pumps are to be made
available to the Surveyor.
5.2 Class renewal survey
4.6.2 Washing system
Where a washing system is fitted, piping, pumps, valves and 5.2.1 The survey is to include the following items, as far as
deck-mounted washing machines are to be examined and required or fitted, according to the service notation of the
tested for signs of leakage, and anchoring devices of deck- ship:
mounted washing machines are to be checked to the • for hopper dredger, hopper unit, visual examination of
Surveyor's satisfaction. hopper bottom doors or valves and accessories, such as
hinges, actuating rods, hydraulic systems, with 6.2 Class renewal survey
dismantling as deemed necessary by the Surveyor
6.2.1 (1/1/2020)
• for split hopper unit, split hopper dredger, visual
examination, as far as practicable, of superstructure The survey is to include:
hinges and blocks, deck hinges, hydraulic jacks and
• checking the condition of the connection of the towing
associated piping systems and alarms, with dismantling
hook or towing winch to the structure, including related
and/or further checks as deemed necessary by the
reinforcements of the structure
Surveyor
• checking the external condition of the towing hook;
• for dredger, hopper dredger, split hopper dredger:
when applicable, a no-load test of the unhooking
- visual examination, as far as practicable, of device is to be carried out
attachments of suction piping and lifting systems to
• checking the external condition of the towing winch;
the structure and external examination of piping in
test of proper working condition of the emergency
dredging machinery spaces for absence of corrosion
release system is to be carried out. At this purpose
and leakage
suitable strong point fitted on deck can be used
- checking the condition of the dredging machinery
• examination and, as far as practicable, test of the
space and related equipment with regard to
alternative source of energy to verify that normal
electrical shocks, protection from rotating
operation of the emergency release system can be
machinery, fire and explosion hazards.
sustained under dead-ship conditions.
Ballast and stripping pumps are to be internally • general examination of arrangements for structural fire
examined and prime movers checked. A working test is protection
to be carried out. • ships equipped with a self-protection water-spraying
system: general examination of all parts, as far as
Maintenance records of cargo pumps are to be made
practicable and visible, of self-protection water-spraying
available to the Surveyor.
system, and of scuppers and freeing ports for water
b) Cargo heating system drainage from deck surfaces
The apparent satisfactory condition of the cargo heating • ships not equipped with a self-protection water-spraying
system such as clamping, external condition of piping is system: general examination of steel deadlights and
to be verified and, if deemed necessary by the Surveyor, shutters.
the system is to be pressure tested.
8.1.2 Water monitor system
c) Remote controls
The survey is to include:
An operating test of the emergency remote control of • general examination of all parts of the water monitor
pumps and valves and of automatic closing valves is to system (pumps, piping system, valves and other fittings)
be carried out.
• checking for proper operation of the system, including
d) Electrical equipment in dangerous zones local manual control
A general examination of the electrical equipment and • general examination of foundations of water monitors
cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms and check of local manual control.
and areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for
defective and non-certified safe type electrical 8.1.3 Fixed and portable foam systems (1/1/2013)
equipment, non-approved lighting and fixtures, and The survey is to include:
improperly installed or defective or dead-end wiring. • general examination of the systems
The electrical insulation resistance of the electrical • confirmation that the foam concentrates are periodically
equipment and circuits terminating in or passing tested, either by the Manufacturer or by an organisation
through the dangerous zones is to be tested; however, in agreed by him
cases where a proper record of testing is maintained,
consideration may be given to accepting recent test • general examination of foundations of foam monitors
readings effected by the ship’s personnel. and check of local manual control
8.1.4 Machinery installations, control room and • confirmation that electrical equipment in dangerous
other devices areas, cargo pump rooms and other spaces, if fitted, is in
The survey is to include: satisfactory condition; the Owner or his representative is
• general examination of spaces containing auxiliary to declare to the attending Surveyor that this equipment
machinery for fire-fighting systems, particular attention has been properly maintained
being paid to arrangements, piping systems and • confirmation of the availability and satisfactory
instruments; check of tools and of pressure vessels and condition of the fixed cargo gas detection system,
their fittings, if any including related alarms, portable gas detection
• general examination of the control station and check of equipment, and oil flash point measurement equipment.
all communication and remote control means, of If any inert gas system is fitted, the requirements for the
ventilation system annual survey of such installations given in Sec 3, [3.3] are
• general examination of sea suctions of fire-fighting applicable.
systems, of relevant remote and local control and of
piping systems, including the relevant protection against 9.2 Class renewal survey
corrosion
• general external examination of electrical installations 9.2.1 Piping
for fire-fighting systems, with particular regard to the Cargo, ballast, stripping and vent piping is to be examined
alarms and searchlights, to the Surveyor's satisfaction. Dismantling and/or thickness
• checking of other fire-fighting arrangements measurements may be required. Tightness or working tests
• checking of firemen’s outfits, confirmation that they are are to be carried out. A hydraulic or hydropneumatic test is
stored in the appropriate locations, and checking of air to be carried out in the event of repair or dismantling of
compressor and other equipment. cargo or ballast piping, or where doubts arise.
Vent line drainage arrangements are to be examined.
8.2 Class renewal survey It is to be verified that cargo piping is electrically bonded to
the hull.
8.2.1 The survey is to include:
• complete test of water fire-extinguishing systems, 9.2.2 Safety valves
including the internal examination, as required by the Safety valves on cargo piping and of cargo tanks are to be
Surveyor, of the relevant pumps dismantled for examination, adjusted and, as applicable,
• partial test, at the Surveyor's discretion, of fixed foam resealed.
fire-extinguishing systems
9.2.3 Pumps
• test of self-protection fixed water-spraying systems, Ballast and stripping pumps are to be internally examined
putting into operation the spray nozzles, including the and prime movers checked. A working test is to be carried
internal examination, as required by the Surveyor, of the out.
relevant pumps
Maintenance records of cargo pumps are to be made
• examination and test of prime movers of machinery
available to the Surveyor.
relevant to fire-fighting systems and of the air
compressor for refilling of air bottles of breathing 9.2.4 Cargo pump rooms
apparatuses Cargo pump room boundaries are to be generally
• examination and test of the electrical generating plant examined. Gas-tight shaft sealing devices are to be
supplying power to fire-fighting systems and examined. The bottom of cargo pump rooms is to be
searchlights presented clean for the examination of stripping devices
• test of searchlights. and gutters.
10.2 Class renewal survey 13.1 Annual and Class renewal survey
13.1.1 (1/1/2005)
10.2.1 The equipment mentioned in [10.1.1] is to be
The survey is to include the examination, to the extent
dismantled, to the extent deemed necessary by the
deemed necessary by the Surveyor, of the equipment and
Surveyor, in order to check its condition. Clearances of
arrangements on the basis of which the service notation has
sheaves and cable drum axles are to be ascertained.
been assigned.
11 Fishing vessel
14 Cement carrier
11.1 Annual survey
14.1 Annual survey
11.1.1 The survey is to include: 14.1.1 (1/2/2005)
• general examination of areas subject to damage, The survey is to include the general examination of the
corrosion or wastage, such as the stern ramp, weather cement handling system for damage, cracks or wastage; the
deck in way of the working area of the nets, connections connections of the system to the hull structure are also to be
to hull structure of masts, gantries, winches and traw checked.
gallows (for side trawlers)
• general examination of the measures for the protection
14.2 Class renewal survey
of the crew against falling overboard, such as storm
rails, means of protection near stern ramp, etc. 14.2.1 (1/2/2005)
The cement handling system is to be dismantled, to the
11.2 Class renewal survey extent deemed necessary by the Surveyor, in order to check
its condition; the connections of the system to the hull
11.2.1 For fishing vessels of 10 years age and over, the structure are also to be checked. Tests are to be carried out
class renewal survey is to include thickness measurements to verify the proper operation of machinery and equipment
of structural elements prone to rapid wastage, such as the intended for the cement handling system.
stern ramp, weather deck in way of the working area of the
nets, connections to hull structure of masts, gantries,
winches and traw gallows (for side trawlers).
15 Asphalt tanker
deckhouse ends facing the cargo area are in satisfactory 15.2.2 Instrumentation and safety devices (1/7/2011)
condition The survey is to include the following items, as far as
required or fitted:
f) confirmation that pumps, valves and pipelines are
identified and distinctively marked. a) examination of cargo tank gauging devices
b) confirmation that installed pressure gauges on cargo
15.1.2 Cargo pump rooms and pipe discharge lines are properly operational
tunnels (1/7/2011)
c) confirmation that devices provided for measuring the
The survey is to include: temperature of the cargo, if any, operate satisfactorily.
a) examination of all pump room bulkheads and pipe
tunnels (if any) for signs of cargo leakage or fractures 15.3 Intermediate survey - Hull items
and, in particular, the sealing arrangements of 15.3.1 (1/7/2011)
penetrations in pump room bulkheads
The survey is to include:
b) examination of the condition of all piping systems, in a) examination of weather decks,
cargo pump rooms and pipe tunnels (if any)
b) examination, as far as applicable, of cargo, stripping,
c) examination of the bilge and ballast arrangements and bunker, ballast, steam and vent piping systems. If upon
confirmation that pumps and pipelines are identified. examination there is any doubt as to the condition of
the piping, pressure testing, thickness measurement or
15.1.3 Independent cargo tanks (1/7/2011) both may be required.
15.5.2 Cargo heating system (1/7/2011) sanitary discharges and similar openings and other
The apparent satisfactory condition of the cargo heating inlets and discharges in the shell plating below the
system such as clamping and piping is to be verified and, if margin line
deemed necessary by the Surveyor, the system is to be • confirmation that valves for closing the main and
pressure tested. auxiliary sea inlets and discharges in the machinery
spaces are readily accessible, and that indicators
16 Compressed natural gas carrier showing the status of the valves are provided, as
required or fitted
16.1 Annual and Class renewal survey • confirmation that gangway access and cargo ports fitted
below the margin line may be effectively closed and
16.1.1 (1/7/2012)
that the inboard ends of any ash or rubbish chutes are
The survey is to include the examination, to the extent
fitted with an effective cover.
deemed necessary by the Surveyor, of the equipment and
arrangements specific to the compressed natural gas carrier 17.2.3 Lightweight survey (1/7/2014)
service notation, in accordance with the recommendations
It is to be verified that the last lightweight survey was
of the manufacturers, the criteria of certification of the
carried out not more than five years ago (refer to [17.1.1]).
cargo tanks and any special safety item included in the
classification requirements of the ship. 17.2.4 Positional mooring system (1/7/2014)
A periodic inspection program of the component parts of
17 Barge the mooring system is to be developed by the
Owners/operators and submitted to the Society for
17.1 General approval.
At each annual survey a part of such items is to be
17.1.1 Barge-accommodation - Periodical
examined.
lightweight check (1/7/2014)
At periodical intervals not exceeding five years, a The scope of the annual survey is to determine the
lightweight survey is to be carried out on all barges having condition of the mooring system on the basis, as far as
the additional service feature - accommodation to verify practicable, of an examination of above water items in
any changes in lightship displacement and longitudinal order to verify their satisfactory condition.
centre of gravity. The unit is to be re-inclined whenever, in In particular the following items are to be examined, as
comparison with the approved stability information, a appropriate:
deviation from the lightship displacement exceeding 2% or
a) Anchor chain stopper structural arrangements and
a deviation of the longitudinal centre of gravity exceeding
relevant foundations
1% of L is found, or anticipated.
b) Anchor chain catenary angles to verify compliance with
17.2 Barge-accommodation - Annual survey design values. In the case of anchor cables, their
tensions are to be checked against allowable tensions
17.2.1 Watertight bulkheads (1/7/2014) c) Cable or chain in contact with fairleads, etc.
The survey of watertight bulkheads and arrangements
d) Cable or chain in way of winches, stoppers and splash
consists in:
zone.
• an examination, as far as practicable, of collision and
watertight bulkheads, and confirmation that their
watertight integrity has not been impaired 17.3 Barge-accommodation - Renewal survey
• checking the diagram provided on the navigation bridge 17.3.1 Lightweight survey (1/7/2014)
showing the location of the watertight doors and related
It is to be verified that the last lightweight survey was
indicators for their open/closed position
carried out not more than five years ago (refer to [17.1.1]).
• testing operation of local and remote control (from the
navigation bridge) of the watertight doors, and in 17.3.2 Positional mooring systems (1/7/2014)
particular, operation from each side of the bulkhead of
a) On units fitted with positional mooring equipment, the
audible alarms or visual signals and control handles, as
requirements for annual surveys in [17.2.4] are to be
required or fitted
complied with.
• confirmation of operation of watertight doors in the
b) Where practicable, mooring cables, chains and anchors
event of failure of main and emergency sources of
are to be lifted to the surface for detailed inspection in
power
accordance with c) and d) at each Special Survey.
• confirmation that notices are affixed at appropriate
locations. Alternatively, in situ inspection, using acceptable
techniques, will be considered by the Society when
17.2.2 Openings in shell plating (1/7/2014) requested.
The survey consists of: c) As far as practicable, the surveyor is to determine the
• an examination of the arrangements for closing general condition of the mooring system including
sidescuttles and their deadlights, as well as scuppers, cables, chains, fibre ropes, fittings, fairleads,
connections and equipment. Particular attention is to be • confirmation that wheelhouse doors and windows,
given to the following, as appropriate: sidescuttles and windows in superstructure and
1) Cable or chain in contact with fairleads, etc. deckhouse ends facing the cargo area are in satisfactory
condition.
2) Cable or chain in way of winches and stoppers.
3) Cable or chain in way of the splash zone. 17.5.2 Hull - Cargo pump rooms and pipe tunnels
(1/7/2014)
4) Cable or chain in the contact zone of the sea bed. The survey is to include:
5) Damage to mooring system. • examination of all pump room bulkheads and pipe
6) Extent of marine growth. tunnels (if any) for signs of oil leakage or fractures and,
in particular, the sealing arrangements of penetrations in
7) Condition and performance of corrosion protection.
these bulkheads
d) Wire rope anchor cables are to be examined. If cables • examination of the condition of all piping systems, in
are found to contain broken, badly corroded or bird cargo pump rooms and pipe tunnels (if any)
caging wires they are to be renewed. Chain cables are
• examination of the bilge and ballast arrangements.
to be examined. Maximum acceptable diminution of
anchor chain in service will normally be limited to a 17.5.3 Machinery - Cargo pump rooms and pipe
two per cent reduction from basic chain diameter. tunnels (1/7/2014)
(Basic chain diameter can be taken as the diameter, The Owner or his representative is to declare to the
excluding any design corrosion allowance, which attending Surveyor that no modifications or alterations
satisfies the Rule requirement for minimum factors of which might impair safety have been made to the various
safety). installations in dangerous zones without prior approval
e) The windlasses or winches are to be examined. from the Society.
f) Structure in way of anchor racks and anchor cable The survey is to include:
fairleads is to be examined. • confirmation that potential sources of ignition in or near
the cargo pump rooms, such as loose gear, excessive
17.4 Barge-oil - Application product in bilge, excessive vapours, combustible
materials, etc., are eliminated and that access ladders
17.4.1 (1/7/2014)
are in satisfactory condition
The requirements for hull surveys apply to the surveys of the
• examination, as far as practicable, of cargo, bilge,
hull structure and piping systems in way of cargo tanks,
ballast and stripping pumps for excessive gland seal
pump rooms, cofferdams, pipe tunnels and void spaces
leakage
within the cargo area and all salt water ballast tanks, and
are additional to those given in Chapter 3 for all ships. • verification of proper operation of electrical and
mechanical remote operating and shutdown devices
17.4.2 (1/7/2014) and checking that pump foundations are intact
When, in any survey, thickness measurements are required: • confirmation that the ventilation system, including
• the procedure detailed in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.3] is to be portable equipment, if any, of all spaces in the cargo
applied area (including cargo pump rooms) is operational,
• the thickness measurement company is to be part of the ducting is intact and screens are clean
survey planning meeting held prior to commencing the • confirmation that electrical equipment in dangerous
survey. zones, cargo pump rooms and other spaces is in
satisfactory condition and has been properly maintained
17.4.3 (1/7/2014)
• confirmation that the remote operation of the cargo
The requirements for machinery surveys apply to surveys of
pump room bilge system is satisfactory
the machinery and equipment in the cargo area or
dedicated to cargo service systems and are additional to • examination of the cargo heating system
those given in Chapter 3 for all ships. • examination of the cargo-transfer arrangement and
confirmation that the ship's cargo hoses are suitable for
17.5 Barge-oil - Annual survey their intended purpose and in satisfactory condition
• confirmation that any special arrangement made for
17.5.1 Hull and weather decks (1/7/2014) bow or stern loading/unloading is in satisfactory
The survey is to include: condition and test of the means of communication and
remote shutdown of the cargo pumps
• examination of cargo tank openings, including gaskets,
covers, coamings and flame screens • examination of the emergency lighting in all cargo
pump rooms.
• examination of cargo tank pressure/vacuum valves and
flame screens 17.5.4 Machinery - Instrumentation and safety
• examination of flame screens on vents to all bunker, devices (1/7/2014)
tanks The survey is to include:
• examination of cargo, crude oil washing, bunker and a) examination of cargo tank gauging devices, high level
vent piping systems, including vent masts and headers alarms and valves associated with overflow control
b) verification that installed pressure gauges on cargo 7) high water level in the scrubber, including
discharge lines are properly operational automatic shutdown devices
c) confirmation that the required gas detection instruments 8) failure of the inert gas blowers
are on board and satisfactory arrangements have been
9) failure of the power supply to the automatic control
made for the supply of any required vapour detection
system for the gas regulating valve and to the
tubes
instrumentation for continuous indication and
d) confirmation that devices provided to measure the permanent recording of pressure and oxygen
temperature of the cargo, if any, operate satisfactorily content in the inert gas main
e) check of protection of the cargo pump room, and in 10) high pressure of gas in the inert gas main
particular of:
j) check, when practicable, of the proper operation of the
1) temperature sensing devices for bulkhead glands inert gas system on completion of the checks listed
and alarms; above.
2) interlock between lighting and ventilation;
17.5.6 Ballast Water Management Systems (BWMS)
3) gas detection system; (1/7/2022)
4) bilge level monitoring devices and alarms. The survey is to include the examinations indicated in
Sec 3, [3.5].
17.5.5 Machinery - Inert gas system (1/7/2014)
The survey is to include:
17.6 Barge-oil - Intermediate survey
a) external examination of the whole system, to check the
condition of all piping, including vent piping above the 17.6.1 Hull and weather decks (1/7/2014)
upper deck in the cargo tank area and overboard
The survey is to include:
discharges through the shell so far as practicable, and
associated components to verify, in particular, the • examination, as far as applicable, of cargo, crude oil
absence of signs of corrosion and leakage of gas, water washing, bunker, ballast, steam and vent piping systems
or other liquid from inert gas and water piping systems as well as vent masts and headers. If upon examination
or from the pressure/vacuum breaking device there is any doubt as to the condition of the piping,
pressure testing, thickness measurement or both may be
b) check of proper operation of both inert gas blowers required
c) check of proper operation of ventilation system required • confirmation that pipelines are electrically bonded to
for scrubber room (if any) the hull or alternatively, verification of electrical
d) check of deck water seal for automatic water filling and resistance to the hull
draining • examination of vent line drainage arrangements.
e) check of absence of water carry over in the inert gas
from the deck water seal and check of the condition of 17.6.2 Machinery - Cargo pump rooms and pipe
the non-return valve tunnels (1/7/2014)
f) check of proper operation of all remotely operated or The survey is to include:
automatically controlled valves and, in particular, of the • a general examination of the electrical equipment and
flue gas isolating valve located on the inert gas supply cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms
main after the blowers and areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for
g) check of proper operation of the interlocking feature defective and non-certified safe type electrical
fitted to prevent soot blowers from operating when the equipment and fixtures, non-approved lighting and
inert gas system is working fixtures, and improperly installed or defective or dead-
end wiring
h) check that the gas pressure regulating valve
automatically closes when gas blowers are stopped • the verification of electrical insulation resistance of the
electrical equipment and circuits terminating in or
i) check, as far as practicable and using simulated passing through the dangerous zones; however, in cases
conditions where necessary, of the following alarms and where a proper record of testing is maintained,
safety devices of the inert gas system: consideration may be given to accepting recent test
1) high oxygen content of gas in the inert gas main readings effected by the ship's personnel
2) low gas pressure in the inert gas main • verification of the satisfactory condition of the cargo
3) low pressure in the supply to the deck water seal heating system.
4) high temperature of gas in the inert gas main, 17.6.3 Machinery - Inert gas system (1/7/2014)
including automatic shutdown devices For units over 10 years old at the time of the intermediate
5) low water pressure to the scrubber, including survey due date, the following is to be carried out:
automatic shutdown devices • main parts such as the scrubber, washing machines,
6) accuracy of portable and fixed oxygen measuring blowers, deck water seal and non-return valve are to be
equipment by means of calibration gases opened out as considered necessary and examined
• gas distribution lines and shut-off valves, including soot c) The satisfactory condition of the cargo heating system is
blower interlocking devices, are to be examined as to be verified and, if deemed necessary by the Surveyor,
deemed necessary the system is to be pressure tested.
• all automatic shutdown devices and alarms are to be d) An operating test of the remote control of pumps and
examined and tested. valves and of automatic closing valves is to be carried
out.
17.7 Barge-oil - Renewal survey e) A general examination of the electrical equipment and
cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms
17.7.1 General - Scope of survey (1/7/2014) and areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for
defective and non-certified safe type electrical
In addition to the requirements of annual surveys, the class
equipment and fixtures, non-approved lighting and
renewal survey is to include examination, tests and checks
fixtures, and improperly installed or defective or dead-
of sufficient extent to ensure that the hull and related
end wiring. The electrical insulation resistance of the
piping, as required in [17.7.2], [17.7.3] are in satisfactory
electrical equipment and circuits terminating in or
condition and fit for their intended purpose for the new
passing through the dangerous zones is to be tested;
period of class to be assigned, subject to proper
however, in cases where a proper record of testing is
maintenance and operation and to periodical surveys being
maintained, consideration may be given to accepting
carried out at the due dates.
recent test readings effected by the ship's personnel.
17.7.2 Hull - Cargo area and cargo pump rooms 17.7.4 Machinery - Inert gas system (1/7/2014)
(1/7/2014)
In addition to the inspections required at the intermediate
a) Cargo piping on deck, including crude oil washing survey, the following is to be carried out:
(cow) piping, and cargo and ballast piping within the
a) an internal examination of:
cargo area are to be examined and operationally tested
to working pressure to the attending Surveyor's 1) the inert gas generator, where fitted
satisfaction to ensure that their tightness and condition 2) the scrubber
remain satisfactory. Special attention is to be given to 3) the deck water seal including the non-return valve
any ballast piping in cargo tanks and cargo piping in
4) the pressure/vacuum breaking device
ballast tanks and void spaces. Surveyors are to be
advised on all occasions when this piping, including 5) the cooling water systems including overboard
valves and fittings, is opened during repair periods and discharge from the scrubber
can be examined internally. 6) all valves
The Surveyor may require dismantling and/or thickness b) a test to verify the proper operation of the system upon
measurements of piping. A hydraulic test is to be carried completion of all survey checks.
out in the event of repair or dismantling of cargo, crude
oil washing, or ballast piping, or where doubts arise. 17.8 Barge-Liquefied gas - Application
It is to be confirmed that pipelines are electrically 17.8.1 (1/6/2021)
bonded to the hull or, alternatively, electrical resistance The requirements of the hereinafter paragraphs from [17.8]
to the hull is to be verified. to [17.14] apply to all barges which have been assigned the
b) All safety valves on cargo piping and of cargo tanks are additional service feature liquefied gas.
to be dismantled for examination, adjusted and, as These requirements are additional to the requirements
applicable, resealed. applicable to the remainder of the unit, given in Chapter 3
c) All cargo pump room boundaries are to be generally according to the relevant surveys.
examined. All gas-tight shaft sealing devices are to be 17.8.2 (1/6/2021)
examined. The bottom of cargo pump rooms is to be The requirements apply to the surveys of the hull structure
presented clean for the examination of stripping devices and piping systems in way of pump rooms, compressor
and gutters. rooms, cofferdams, pipe tunnels, void spaces and fuel oil
tanks within the cargo area and all ballast tanks.
17.7.3 Machinery - Cargo area and cargo pump
rooms (1/7/2014) 17.9 Barge-Liquefied gas - Documentation on
a) Ballast and stripping pumps are to be internally board
examined and prime movers checked. A working test is
17.9.1 (1/6/2021)
to be carried out, as far as practicable. Maintenance
records of cargo pumps are to be made available to the a) Cargo tank testing and inspection procedures
Surveyor. b) cargo operating manual,
b) Where a crude oil washing system is fitted, piping, c) loading and unloading operation description, including
pumps, valves and deck-mounted washing machines cargo tank filling limits,
are to be examined and tested for signs of leakage, and d) list of products to be carried, including maximum
anchoring devices of deck-mounted washing machines vapour pressure, maximum liquid temperature and
are to be checked to the Surveyor's satisfaction. other important design conditions).
17.10 Barge-Liquefied gas - Annual Survey - 17.11.3 Weather decks and cargo handling rooms
Hull Items (1/6/2021)
The survey is to include:
17.10.1 Scope (1/6/2021) a) examination of all accessible gas-tight bulkhead
The survey is to consist of an examination for the purpose of penetrations including gas-tight shaft sealings,
ensuring, as far as practicable, that the hull and piping are b) examination of the sealing arrangements for tanks or
maintained in a satisfactory condition. tank domes penetrating decks or tank covers,
c) examination of vapour and gas tightness devices of the
17.10.2 Hull and weather decks (1/6/2021)
wheelhouse windows and doors, sidescuttles and
The survey is to consist of an examination for the purpose of windows in way of ends of superstructures and
ensuring, as far as practicable, that the hull and piping are deckhouses facing the cargo area or bow or stern
maintained in a satisfactory condition. loading/unloading arrangements, and closing devices of
a) examination of the hull plating and its closing air intakes and openings into accommodation, service
appliances as far as can be seen, and machinery spaces and control stations,
b) examination of watertight penetrations as far as d) examination of cargo and process piping, including the
practicable, expansion arrangements, insulation from the hull
structure, pressure relief and drainage arrangements and
c) examination of flame screens on vents to all bunker water curtain protection in way of the hull under the
tanks, shore connections as appropriate,
d) examination of bunker and vent piping systems. e) examination of vent piping systems, including pressure
relief valves, vacuum relief valves, vent masts and
17.10.3 Hull - Cargo pump rooms and compressor protective screens, for cargo tanks, interbarrier spaces,
rooms and, as far as practicable, pipe tunnels hold spaces, fuel tanks and ballast tanks,
when fitted (1/6/2021) f) examination of cargo tank and interbarrier space relief
a) Examination of all pump room and compressor room valves and associated safety systems and alarms,
bulkheads for signs of leakage or fractures and, in g) confirmation that the certificate for the relief valve
particular, the sealing arrangements of all penetrations opening/closing pressures is on board,
of pump room and compressor room bulkheads,
h) examination of drip trays or insulation for deck
b) examination of the condition of all piping systems, protection against cargo leakage,
except those related to cargo installations, for which i) examination of the cargo machinery spaces (cargo
reference is to be made to [17.11]. pump room, cargo compressor room, etc.), the turret
compartments and the cargo control room, including
17.10.4 Examination of ballast tanks (1/6/2021)
their escape routes,
Examination of ballast tanks is to be carried out when
j) confirmation of proper maintenance of arrangements for
required as a consequence of the results of the class
the airlocks,
renewal survey and intermediate survey. When considered
necessary by the Surveyor, or where extensive corrosion k) confirmation that all accessible cargo piping systems are
exists, thickness measurement is to be carried out. If the electrically bonded to the hull.
results of these thickness measurements indicate that there
17.11.4 Other arrangements or devices (1/6/2021)
is substantial corrosion, then the extent of measurements is
to be increased to determine the extent of areas of The survey is to include:
substantial corrosion. a) confirmation that any liquid and vapour hoses are
suitable for their intended purpose and, where
17.11 Barge-Liquefied gas - Annual Survey - appropriate, type approved or marked with the date of
testing and in satisfactory condition,
Cargo installation items
b) confirmation that any special arrangement made for
17.11.1 Method of survey (1/6/2021) bow or stern loading/unloading is satisfactory,
The annual survey of cargo installations is preferably to be c) confirmation that relevant instruction and information
carried out during a loading or discharging operation. material such as cargo handling plans, filling limit
Access to cargo tanks or inerted hold spaces, necessitating information, cooling down procedures, etc. is on board,
gas-freeing/aerating will normally not be necessary. d) confirmation that, if applicable, the provisions made for
products which have special arrangements as per Pt E,
17.11.2 Check of cargo log book (1/6/2021) Ch 19, Sec 5, [10] are satisfactory.
Gas plant operational record (log) entries since the last
survey are to be examined in order to check the past 17.11.5 Cargo area, cargo compressor rooms, cargo
pump rooms (1/6/2021)
performance of the system and to establish whether certain
parts have shown any irregularities in operation. The The survey is to include:
evaporation rate and the inert gas consumption are also to a) examination of artificial ventilation fans in gas-
be considered. dangerous spaces and zones,
b) examination and confirmation of the satisfactory Note 1: Verification of these devices is to be carried out by one or
operation of artificial ventilation of spaces normally more of the following methods:
entered during operation, • visual external examination
c) examination, as far as possible during operation, of • comparing of read-outs from different indicators
cargo heat exchangers, vaporisers, pumps, compressors • consideration of read-outs with regard to the actual cargo
and hoses, and/or actual conditions
d) confirmation that fixed and/or portable ventilation • examination of maintenance records with reference to the
arrangements provided for spaces not normally entered cargo plant instrumentation maintenance manual
are satisfactory, • verification of calibration status of the measuring instruments
e) examination of the gas detection safety arrangements for
cargo control rooms and of the measures taken to 17.11.7 Inert gas /air drying system (1/6/2021)
exclude ignition sources when such spaces area The survey is to include:
classified as hazardous areas,
a) the examinations and tests as provided for the annual
f) examination of cargo (if accessible), bilge, ballast and survey of inert gas systems of oil tankers, given in Sec 3,
stripping pumps for excessive gland seal leakage, [3.3],
g) confirmation that electrical equipment in hazardous
b) confirmation that arrangements are made for sufficient
areas is in satisfactory condition and is being properly
inert gas to be carried to compensate for normal losses
maintained,
and that means are provided for monitoring the spaces,
h) examination, as far as possible, of arrangements for the
c) confirmation that the use of inert gas has not increased
use of cargo as fuel, and associated instrumentation and
beyond that needed to compensate for normal losses by
safety devices,
examining records of inert gas usage,
i) examination of the arrangements for the cargo
pressure/temperature control including, when fitted, the d) confirmation that the means for prevention of backflow
thermal oxidation systems and any cargo reliquefaction of cargo vapour to gas-safe spaces are in satisfactory
or refrigeration system and confirmation that any operating condition,
associated safety measures and alarms are in satisfactory e) confirmation that any air drying system and any
condition, interbarrier and hold space purging inert gas system are
j) confirmation that the manually operated emergency satisfactory,
shutdown system together with the automatic shutdown f) for membrane containment systems, confirmation by
of the cargo pumps and compressors are satisfactory, the Master to the Surveyor of the normal operation of
k) confirmation that the arrangements for the air locks are the nitrogen control system for insulation and
being properly maintained, interbarrier spaces.
l) examination of the arrangements for the cargo
pressure/temperature control including, when fitted, the 17.11.8 Ballast Water Management Systems (BWMS)
(1/7/2022)
thermal oxidation systems and any refrigeration system
and confirmation that any associated safety measures The survey is to include the examinations indicated in
and alarms are satisfactory. Sec 3, [3.5].
17.11.6 Instrumentation and safety devices (1/6/2021) 17.12 Barge-Liquefied gas - Intermediate
The survey is to include:
survey - Hull items
a) confirmation that installed pressure gauges on cargo
discharge lines are operational (see Note 1), 17.12.1 Ballast tanks (1/6/2021)
b) confirmation that cargo tank liquid level gauges are a) For units between 5 and 10 years of age, an overall
operational and that high level alarms as well as survey of representative ballast tanks is to be carried
automatic shut-off systems are satisfactory (see Note 1), out. If there is no hard protective coating, or if there is
c) confirmation that the temperature indicating equipment soft or semi-hard coating or poor coating condition, the
of the cargo containment system and associated alarms examination is to be extended to other ballast tanks of
are satisfactory (see Note 1), the same type,
d) examination of the log-books for confirmation that the b) for units over 10 years of age, an overall survey of all
emergency shutdown system has been tested, ballast tanks is to be carried out,
e) confirmation that cargo tank, hold and insulation space c) if such examinations reveal no visible structural defects,
pressure gauging systems and associated alarms are the examination may be limited to verification that the
satisfactory, corrosion prevention system remains efficient,
f) examination, and testing as appropriate, of fixed gas d) for ballast tanks, excluding double bottom tanks, if there
detection equipment, is no hard protective coating, or if there is soft or semi-
g) confirmation of the availability and suitability of the hard coating, or poor coating condition and it is not
portable gas detection equipment and instruments for renewed, the tanks in question are to be internally
measuring oxygen levels. examined at annual intervals,
e) when such conditions are found in double bottom 17.12.2 Close up survey (1/6/2021)
ballast tanks, the tanks in question may be internally The minimum requirements for close-up surveys at
examined at annual intervals. intermediate survey are given in Tab 1.
Table 1 : Minimum requirement for close up survey at hull intermediate survey of barge-liquefied gas (1/6/2021)
b) examination of the cargo tank liquid level gauges and In the case of low temperature liquid nitrogen storage, the
high level alarms as well as automatic shut-off systems, plant and its associated arrangements for protecting the hull
c) examination of the temperature indicating equipment of structure against liquid nitrogen leakage are to be
the cargo containment system and associated alarms, examined.
d) test of the above-mentioned instrumentation by
changing pressure, level and temperature as applicable 17.14 Barge-Liquefied gas - Renewal survey
and comparing with test instruments. Simulated tests
17.14.1 Hull General (1/6/2021)
may be accepted for sensors which are not accessible or
In addition to the requirements of annual surveys, the class
located within cargo tanks or inerted hold spaces. The
renewal survey is to include the following examination,
test is to include alarm and safety functions,
tests and checks.
e) examination, as far as practicable, of the piping of the
gas detection system for corrosion and damage. The 17.14.2 Tanks, spaces and areas (1/6/2021)
integrity of the suction lines between suction points and Ballast tanks, including double bottom tanks, pump rooms,
analysing units is to be verified as far as possible, compressor rooms, pipe tunnels, cofferdams and void
f) calibration of gas detectors or verification thereof with spaces bounding cargo tanks, decks and outer hull are to be
sample gases, examined, and this examination is to be supplemented
thickness measurement and testing, as required in [17.14.5]
g) confirmation of the availability and suitability of the
and [17.14.6], to ensure that the structural integrity remains
portable gas detection equipment and instruments for
effective.
measuring oxygen levels,
h) test of the manually operated emergency shutdown 17.14.3 Dry-docking survey (1/6/2021)
system (without flow in the pipelines) to verify that the The class renewal survey is to include a bottom survey in
system will cause the cargo pumps and compressors to dry condition as laid down in Ch 3, Sec 6, [2.2.1].
stop.
17.14.4 Close-up surveys (1/6/2021)
17.13.6 Inert gas system (1/6/2021) The minimum requirements for close-up surveys at class
For units over 10 years old at the time of the intermediate renewal survey are given in Tab 2.
survey due date, if an inert gas system such as that installed
on board oil tankers is fitted, the requirements given in 17.14.5 Thickness measurement (1/6/2021)
Sec 3, [5.2] for intermediate survey of oil tankers are to be The minimum requirements for close-up surveys at class
complied with. renewal survey are given in Tab 3.
Table 2 : Minimum requirements for close-up survey at class renewal surveys of barge-liquefied gas (1/6/2021)
Age of unit (in years at time of intermediate survey)
age 5 10 < age 15 age > 15
One web frame in a representative bal- All web frames in a ballast tank, which is to be All web frames in all ballast tanks (1)
last tank of the topside, hopper side a double hull side tank or a topside tank. If
and double hull side type (1) such tanks are not fitted, another ballast tank All transverse bulkheads in all ballast tanks
One transverse bulkhead in a ballast is to be selected (1) (2)
tank (3)
One web frame in each remaining ballast
tank (1)
Table 3 : MMinimum requirements for thickness measurements at class renewal surveys of barge-liquefied gas
(1/6/2021)
17.14.6 Extent of tank testing (1/6/2021) d) type B tanks: for independent tanks of type B, the extent
All boundaries of ballast tanks and deep tanks used for of non-destructive testing is to be as given in a program
water ballast within the cargo area are to be pressure tested. specially prepared for the cargo tank design,
For fuel oil tanks, representative tanks are to be pressure e) tightness of tanks: the tightness of all cargo tanks is to be
tested. verified by an appropriate procedure. Provided that the
effectiveness of the unit's gas detection equipment has
17.14.7 Cargo installation items (1/6/2021)
been confirmed, it will be acceptable to utilise this
The requirements of intermediate survey apply with the
equipment for the tightness test of independent tanks
following additions:
below deck,
a) cleaning and examination of tanks: all cargo tanks are to
f) hydraulic or hydro-pneumatic test: where the results of
be cleaned and examined internally,
the examinations dealt with from a) to e) or the
b) insulation and cold spots: when accessible, the outer examination of the voyage records raise doubts as to the
surface of uninsulated cargo tanks or the outer surface structural integrity of a cargo tank, a hydraulic or hydro-
of cargo tank insulation together with any vapour or pneumatic test is to be carried out. For integral tanks
protective barrier is to be examined. Special attention is and for independent tanks of type A and B, the test
to be given to the cargo tank and insulation in way of pressure is to be not less than the MARVS. For
chocks, supports and keys. Removal of insulation may independent tanks of type C, the test pressure is to be
be required in order to verify the condition of the tank not less than 1,25 times the MARVS,
or the insulation itself if found necessary by the
Surveyor. Where the arrangement is such that the g) type C tanks: when the unit is 10 years old and
insulation cannot be examined, the surrounding thereafter at every alternate class renewal survey,
structures of wing tanks, double bottom tanks and independent cargo tanks of type C are to be either:
cofferdams are to be examined for cold spots when the 1) hydraulically tested to 1,25 times the MARVS, and
cargo tanks are in the cold condition unless voyage thereafter non-destructively tested in accordance
records together with the instrumentation give sufficient with g) or
evidence of the integrity of the insulation system, 2) subjected to thorough non-destructive testing in
c) non-destructive testing: non-destructive testing is to accordance with a program specially prepared for
supplement cargo tank inspection with special attention the tank design. If a special program of non-
to be given to the integrity of the main structural destructive testing does not exist, special attention is
members, tank shell and highly stressed parts, including to be given to the detection of surface cracks in
welded connections as deemed necessary by the welded connections in highly stressed areas as listed
Surveyor. However, for type C tanks, this does not mean in c). At least 10% of the length of the welded
that non-destructive testing can be dispensed with connections in each of the above-mentioned areas is
totally. The following items are, inter alia, considered to be tested. This testing is to be carried out
highly stressed parts: internally and externally, as applicable. Insulation is
1) cargo tank supports and anti-rolling/anti-pitching to be removed as necessary for the required non-
devices, destructive testing
2) web frames or stiffening rings, h) Hold spaces and secondary barriers: as far as
accessible, all hold spaces and hull insulation (if
3) Y-connections between tank shell and a longitudinal
provided), secondary barriers and tank supporting
bulkhead of bilobe tanks,
structures are to be visually examined. The secondary
4) swash bulkhead boundaries, barrier of tanks is to be checked for its effectiveness by
5) dome and stump connections to tank shell, means of a pressure/vacuum test, a visual examination
6) foundations for pumps, towers, ladders, etc., or any other acceptable method
7) pipe connections. i) Membrane and semi-membrane systems:
Where the tanks are to be hydraulically tested in 1) For membrane containment systems, a tightness test
accordance with g), non-destructive testing is to be of the primary and secondary barrier is to be carried
carried out after the hydraulic testing. out in accordance with the system Designers'
procedures and acceptance criteria as approved by b) examination of pumps: ballast and stripping pumps are
the Society. Low differential pressure tests may be to be internally examined and prime movers checked. A
used to monitor the cargo containment system working test is to be carried out. Maintenance records of
performance, but are not considered an acceptable cargo pumps are to be made available to the Surveyor,
test for the tightness of the secondary barrier. c) electrical equipment in dangerous zones: electrical
2) For membrane containment systems with glued equipment and cables in dangerous zones such as cargo
secondary barriers, if the designer's threshold values pump rooms, cargo compressor rooms and spaces
are exceeded, an investigation is to be carried out adjacent to and areas above cargo tanks are to be
and additional testing such as thermographic or examined as far as practicable and tested with particular
acoustic emissions testing should be carried out. regard to:
j) Gas-tight bulkheads: all gas-tight bulkheads are to be 1) protecting earthing (spot check)
examined and the effectiveness of gas-tight shaft sealing
2) integrity of enclosures
is to be verified.
3) damage of outer sheath of cables
k) Tanks electrically bonded: it is to be verified that
independent cargo tanks are electrically bonded to the 4) function testing of pressurised equipment and
hull. associated alarms
l) Pressure relief valves: pressure relief valves for cargo 5) testing of systems for de-energising non-certified
tanks are to be opened for examination, adjusted, safe electrical equipment located in spaces
function tested and sealed. If the cargo tanks are protected by airlocks, such as electric motor rooms,
equipped with relief valves with non-metallic cargo control rooms, etc..
membranes in the main or pilot valves, these non- d) measurement of electrical insulation: the electrical
metallic membranes are to be replaced. Where a proper insulation resistance of the electrical equipment and
record of continuous overhaul and re-testing of circuits in dangerous zones is to be measured. These
individually identifiable relief valves is maintained, measurements are only to be effected when the unit is in
consideration may be given to acceptance on the basis a gas-free or inerted condition. Where a proper record
of opening, internal examination and testing of a of testing is maintained, consideration may be given to
representative sample of valves, including each size and accepting recent readings by the unit's personnel.
type of liquefied gas or vapour relief valves in use, Reference is also to be made to IACS Recommendation
provided there is evidence in the log-book that the No. 120 Survey of electrical equipment installed in
remaining valves have been overhauled and tested since hazardous areas on tankers.
crediting of the previous class renewal survey
m) Pressure/vacuum relief valves : Pressure/vacuum relief 17.14.9 Reliquefaction or refrigeration plants,
valves, rupture disc and other pressure relief devices for arrangements for the use of cargo as fuel
interbarrier spaces and hold spaces are to be opened, (1/6/2021)
examined, tested and readjusted as necessary, When there is a reliquefaction or refrigeration plant, and/or
depending on their design arrangements for the use of cargo as fuel, the corresponding
machinery and equipment, such as cargo pumps,
n) Piping systems: Cargo, liquid nitrogen (if any), process,
compressors, heat exchangers, condensers, liquid nitrogen
stripping and venting piping systems, including valves,
tanks, process pressure vessels and other components, are
actuators, compensators, etc. are to be opened for
to be surveyed to the same extent as required for similar
examination as deemed necessary. Insulation is to be
equipment on board oil tankers at the class renewal survey
removed as deemed necessary to ascertain the
(refer to Sec 3).
condition of the pipes. If the visual examination raises
doubt as to the integrity of the pipelines, a pressure test 17.14.10 Additional examinations (1/6/2021)
at 1,25 times the MARVS for the pipeline is to be carried
In addition to the requirements of [17.14.8] and [17.14.9],
out.
the survey also consists of:
After reassembly the complete piping systems are to be
tested for leaks. It is to be verified that all cargo piping a) confirmation that the installation for heating the hull
systems are electrically bonded to the hull. structure is in satisfactory working condition,
Pressure relief valves on cargo piping are to be function b) general examination and testing of leakage detection
tested. A random selection of valves is to be opened for systems in interbarrier spaces and hold spaces,
examination and adjusted. c) examination of the gas detection piping system for
corrosion or damage; checking, as far as possible, of the
17.14.8 Cargo area, cargo pump rooms, cargo integrity of suction lines between suction points and
compressor rooms (1/7/2022)
analysing units,
a) Examination of spaces: all cargo pump room,
compressor room and control room boundaries are to d) examination and tests of systems for the removal of
be generally examined. Gas-tight shaft sealing devices water from interbarrier spaces and hold spaces,
are to be examined. The bottom of cargo pump rooms e) examination of portable equipment, such as hoses and
and cargo compressor rooms is to be presented clean spool pieces used for segregation of piping systems for
for the examination of stripping devices and gutters, cargo, inert gas and bilge pumping.
17.14.11 Inert gas system (1/6/2021) (ESD valve) fitted in series, pressure gauge, pressure
If an inert gas system such as that installed on board oil transmitter, temperature gauge, temperature transmitter,
tankers is fitted, the requirements given in Sec 3, [7.2] are to sampling point for gas detection, safety relief valve
be complied with. between the presentation flange and ESD bunkering
In the case of low temperature liquid nitrogen storage, the valve,
plant and its associated arrangements for protecting the hull b) examination of draining and purging (Nitrogen)
structure against liquid nitrogen leakage are to be arrangement including pressure relief valve fitted in
examined. piping that which may be isolated due to the ESD
activation.
17.15 Barge-LNG Bunker 17.15.6 Mooring and Fendeing equipment (1/6/2021)
17.15.1 (1/6/2021) Examination of mooring and fendering equipment.
The requirements of [17.15] apply to all barges assigned 17.15.7 Instrumentation and Safety systems
with additional feature LNG Bunker and intended to load (1/6/2021)
LNG from land based or offshore terminals, gas carriers or
a) Examination of Emergency Shut Down System (ESD)
truck and transfer the LNG to LNG fuelled units.
including manual and automatic activation system,
The additional service feature LNG Bunker may be override command, if fitted, and relevant alarm
complemented by one or more of the following: indication location,
• IG-Bunker (Inert Gas Bunker) b) examination of ship-ship link (SSL),
• BT (Bunker Trust) c) confirmation that at least one local manual activation
• VCS-Bunker (Vapour Control System Bunker) position for the ESD is provided at disposal of the LNG
fueled ship being bunkered, e.g. a pendant with
These units are to comply with the survey requirements in
sufficient length of cable,
[17.8] to [17.14] and with the additional survey
requirements in [17.15] for annual surveys d) examination of LNG bunker monitoring systems (i.e.
thermal imaging camera on open areas or gas detector
17.15.2 (1/6/2021) for enclosed spaces),
These requirements apply to the surveys of the bunker e) examination of quick connect disconnect coupling
transfer system and related installation, systems, apparatus (QCDC) of the LNG transfer system,
and equipment within the cargo area. These provisions are
f) examination of Emergency Release Coupling (ERC) of
additional to the classification requirements applicable to
the LNG transfer system with associated self-closing
the remainder of the unit, given in Chapter 3 according to
shut-off valves and manual or automatic control,
the relevant surveys.
including automatic stop of bunkering operation in case
17.15.3 Documentation on board (1/6/2021) of loss of power supply to ERC.
a) LNG system schematic/piping and instrumentation 17.15.8 Electrical installations (1/6/2021)
diagram (P&ID) to permanently mounted in the
a) Examination of lighting system at the bunker station.
bunkering control station,
b) examination of equipment and apparatus within the
b) type approval and test certificate or test punch mark for
hazardous area associated with the operating area of
cargo hoses, emergency release coupling (ERC), quick
transfer arm, if fitted and bunker station,
connecting disconnecting coupling (QCDC) and
pressure swivel c) examination of bunkering control station including
indication of overfilling alarm and automatic and
17.15.4 Bunkering station (1/6/2021) manual shutdown,
a) Examination of LNG bunkering station including d) confirmation of unobstructed direct or camera view of
bunkering connections for hoses and piping used for the gas bunkering station from the bunkering control
liquid and vapour return lines, isolating valves and the station,
emergency shut-down valves, drips trays, water curtain
e) examination of permanently installed thermal imaging
system (when fitted) and, grating platforms, gas
camera, if fitted, in bunkering station and bunkering
detection system, ESD indication, inerting and purging
process systems located on open areas.
system connection, pressure relieving system for
manifold, 17.15.9 Transfer arm (1/6/2021)
b) examination of LNG bunkering station at the unit bow Examination of loading arm, if fitted, with associated safety
and stern if fitted, devices, marking and certificate.
c) examination of air lock to access closed or semi-
17.15.10 Inert Gas (1/6/2021)
enclosed bunkering station from other closed or semi-
Confirmation that inerting capacity not to be less than 5
enclosed space.
times the volume of the hose and pipes to be purged when
17.15.5 Piping system (1/6/2021) it is based on inert gas storage on board.
a) Examination of manifold including manually operated 17.15.11 (1/6/2021)
stop valves and remotely/automatically operated valve For additional feature IG BUNKER:
a) confirmation that the lines used for the inert gas are 17.17 Barge-Chemical - Annual survey
independent from the LNG liquid and vapour lines used
for normal operation., 17.17.1 Documentation on board (1/6/2021)
b) confirmation that procedure for supplying inert gas to a) main structural plans of cargo and ballast tanks,
the receiving ship are available on board. b) previous repair history,
17.15.12 (1/6/2021) c) extent of use of inert gas system and tank cleaning
For additional feature BT (Bunker Trust): procedures,
a) review of LNG analyser approval/certificate and d) thickness measurement reports,
calibration status,
e) list of products to be carried, including maximum
b) review of the approval of the Custody transfer vapour pressure, maximum liquid cargo temperature
Measuring System, and other important design conditions.
c) availability and review of sampling procedure,
17.17.2 Hull and weather decks (1/6/2021)
d) examination of sapling connection and relevant fittings.
The survey is to include:
17.15.13 (1/6/2021)
a) examination of the hull plating and its closing
For additional feature VCS-Bunker (Vapour Control System
appliances as far as can be seen,
Bunker):
b) examination of watertight penetrations as far as
a) Examination of fittings and equipment to handle vapour
practicable,
return such as re-liquefaction, gas combustion unit,
dual-fuel engines and or boilers and for unit not c) examination of cargo tank openings, including gaskets,
assigned with additional class notation VCS-Transfer, covers, coamings and flame screens,
b) examination of the instruction manual to verify the d) examination, as far as practicable, of the cargo tank vent
layout of the complete system and confirm the system, including the pressure/vacuum valves and
correspondence to the actual system fitted on board, secondary means to prevent overpressure or under
pressure as well as devices to prevent the passage of
c) examination of components of the system such as
flame,
vapour piping (including manifold and hoses), cargo
tank gauging equipment, cargo tank level alarms, e) examination of flame screens on vents to all bunker
vapour pressure alarms and vapour balancing, if any, as tanks,
applicable. f) examination of cargo, bunker, vent piping systems,
including vent masts and headers,
17.16 Barge-Chemical - Application g) confirmation that side scuttles and windows in
17.16.1 (1/6/2021) superstructure and deckhouse ends facing the cargo
The requirements contained from [17.16] to [17.19] are area are in satisfactory condition,
additional to the requirements applicable to the remainder h) confirmation that pumps, valves and pipelines are
of the unit, given in Chapter 3 according to the relevant identified and distinctively marked.
surveys.
17.16.2 (1/6/2021) 17.17.3 Hull - Cargo pump rooms and pipe
The requirements for hull surveys apply to the surveys of the tunnels (1/6/2021)
hull structure and piping systems in way of cargo tanks, a) examination of all pump room bulkheads and pipe
pump rooms, cofferdams, pipe tunnels and void spaces tunnels (if any) for signs of chemical cargo leakage or
within the cargo area and all ballast tanks. fractures and, in particular, the sealing arrangements of
17.16.3 (1/6/2021) penetrations in pump room bulkheads,
When, in any survey, thickness measurements are required: b) examination of the condition of all piping systems, in
• the procedure detailed in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.3] is to be cargo pump rooms and pipe tunnels (if any),
applied; c) examination of the bilge and ballast arrangements and
• the thickness measurement company firm is to be part confirmation that pumps and pipelines are identified.
of the survey planning meeting held prior to
commencing the survey. 17.17.4 Machinery - Cargo area and cargo pump
rooms (1/6/2021)
17.16.4 (1/6/2021) a) confirmation that potential sources of ignition in or near
When close-up surveys are required, consideration maybe the cargo pump rooms, such as loose gear, excessive
given by the Surveyor to allow the use of Remote Inspection product in bilge, excessive vapours, combustible
Techniques (RIT), according to the provisions of Ch 2, materials, etc., are eliminated and that access ladders
Sec 2, [2.3.3] and Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.6]. are in satisfactory condition,
17.16.5 (1/6/2021) b) examination, as far as practicable, of cargo, bilge,
The requirements for machinery surveys apply to surveys of ballast and stripping pumps for excessive gland seal
the machinery and equipment in the cargo area or leakage, verification of proper operation of electrical
dedicated to cargo service systems. and mechanical remote operating and shutdown
devices and operation of the pump room bilge system, g) confirmation, as far as practicable, that the intrinsically
and checking that pump foundations are intact, safe systems and circuits used for measurement,
c) confirmation that the ventilation system, including monitoring, control and communication purposes in all
portable equipment, if any, of all spaces in the cargo hazardous locations are being properly maintained,
area (including cargo pump rooms) is operational, h) confirmation that sampling points or detector heads are
ducting is intact and screens are clean, located in suitable positions in order that potentially
d) confirmation that electrical equipment in dangerous dangerous leakages are readily detected.
zones, cargo pump rooms and other spaces is in
17.17.6 Machinery - Inert gas system and
satisfactory condition and has been properly
inert/padding/drying gas (1/6/2021)
maintained,
a) the examinations and tests as provided for the annual
e) confirmation that the remote operation of the cargo
survey of inert gas systems of oil tankers, given in Sec 3,
pump room bilge system is satisfactory,
[3.3],
f) confirmation that cargo pump room rescue
b) if an inert gas system consisting of a gas container
arrangements are in order,
package is fitted, arrangements are to be made for
g) examination, as far as practicable, and confirmation of sufficient inert or padding gas to be carried to
the satisfactory operation of the arrangements for the compensate for normal losses and means are to be
ventilation of spaces normally entered during cargo provided for monitoring of ullage spaces,
handling operations and other spaces in the cargo area,
c) if drying gas is necessary to supply the cargo spaces,
h) confirmation that removable pipe lengths or other arrangements are to be made for sufficient drying gas to
approved equipment necessary for cargo separation are be carried to compensate for normal losses and means
available and in satisfactory condition, are to be provided for monitoring of ullage spaces,
i) examination, when applicable, of the cargo heating or d) when drying agents are used on air inlets to cargo tanks,
cooling systems, including any sampling arrangements, it is to be verified that arrangements are made for
and confirmation that the means for measuring the sufficient medium to be carried.
temperature and associated alarms are operating
satisfactorily, 17.17.7 Ballast Water Management Systems (BWMS)
j) examination of the cargo transfer arrangements and (1/7/2022)
confirmation that any hoses are suitable for their The survey is to include the examinations indicated in
intended purpose and, where appropriate, type Sec 3, [3.5].
approved or marked with the date of testing,
k) confirmation that any special arrangement made for 17.18 Barge-chemical - Intermediate survey
bow or stern loading/unloading is in satisfactory
condition and test of the means of communications and 17.18.1 Weather decks (1/6/2021)
the remote shutdown for the cargo pumps, The survey is to include:
l) confirmation that, if applicable, the provisions made for a) examination, as far as applicable, of cargo, stripping,
chemical products which have special requirements as cargo washing, bunker, ballast, steam and vent piping
per Pt E, Ch 19, Sec 7, [9] are satisfactory. systems as well as vent masts and headers. If upon
examination there is any doubt as to the condition of
17.17.5 Machinery - Instrumentation and safety the piping, pressure testing, thickness measurement or
devices (1/6/2021) both may be required,
The survey is to include the following items, as far as
b) confirmation that the pipelines and independent cargo
required or fitted:
tanks, where applicable, are electrically bonded to the
a) confirmation that installed pressure gauges on cargo hull,
discharge lines are properly operational,
c) examination of vent line drainage arrangements.
b) examination of gauging devices, high level alarms and
valves associated with overflow control, 17.18.2 Units between 5 and 10 years of
c) confirmation that devices provided for measuring the age (1/6/2021)
temperature of the cargo and associated alarms operate An overall survey of representative ballast tanks selected by
satisfactorily, overall survey of representative tanks selected by the
Surveyor is to be carried out. If such inspections reveal no
d) confirmation that the required gas detection instruments
visible structural defects, the examination may be limited to
are on board and satisfactory arrangements have been
verification that the hard protective coating remains in good
made for the supply of any required vapour detection
condition.
tubes,
A ballast tank is to be examined at subsequent annual
e) confirmation that the cargo sample stowage
arrangements are in satisfactory condition, surveys where:
f) confirmation that the system for continuous monitoring a) a hard protective coating has not been applied since the
of the concentration of flammable vapours is in time of construction, or
satisfactory condition, b) a soft or semi-hard coating has been applied, or
c) substantial corrosion is found within the tank, or d) the 17.18.4 Units over 15 years of age (1/6/2021)
hard protective coating is found to be in less than good Overall inspection of all ballast and cargo tanks is to be
condition and the hard protective coating is not repaired carried out.
to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
In addition to the requirements above, suspect areas 17.18.5 Close up survey (1/6/2021)
identified at previous surveys are to be examined.
The minimum requirements for close-up surveys at
17.18.3 Units between 10 and 15 years of intermediate survey are given in Tab 4.
age (1/6/2021)
Overall inspection of all the ballast tanks and overall 17.18.6 Thickness measurement (1/6/2021)
inspection of at least two representative cargo tanks is to be The minimum requirements for close-up surveys at
carried out. intermediate survey are given in Tab 5.
Table 4 : Requirements for close-up survey at class intermediate survey of Barge-Chemical (1/6/2021)
Age of unit (in years at time of intermediate survey)
10 < age 15 age > 15
Close-up survey of: Close-up survey of:
a) all web frames and both transverse bulkheads in a representative a) all web frames and both transverse bulkheads in two repre-
ballast tank (1) and (2) sentative ballast tanks (1) and (2)
Table 5 : Requirements for thickness measurement at class intermediate survey of Barge-Chemical (1/6/2021)
17.18.7 Machinery - Cargo area and cargo pump For units over 10 years old at the time of the intermediate
rooms (1/6/2021) survey due date, the following is to be carried out:
a) a general examination of the electrical equipment and a) main parts such as the scrubber, washing machines,
cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms blowers, deck water seal and non-return valve are to be
and areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for opened out as considered necessary and examined,
defective and non-certified safe type electrical
equipment, non-approved lighting and fixtures, and b) gas distribution lines and shut-off valves, including soot
improperly installed or defective or dead-end wiring, blower interlocking devices, are to be examined as
deemed necessary,
b) the electrical insulation resistance of the electrical
equipment and circuits terminating in or passing c) all automatic shutdown devices and alarms are to be
through the dangerous zones is to be tested; however, in examined and tested.
cases where a proper record of testing is maintained,
consideration may be given to accepting recent test 17.19 Barge-chemical - Renewal survey
readings effected by the unit's personnel,
c) the satisfactory condition of the cargo heating/cooling 17.19.1 General - Scope of survey (1/6/2021)
system is to be verified. In addition to the requirements of annual surveys, the class
renewal survey is to include examination, tests and checks
17.18.8 Machinery - Inert gas system (1/6/2021) of sufficient extent to ensure that the hull and related
The survey is to include: piping, as required in [17.19.5], is in satisfactory condition
and is fit for its intended purpose for the new period of class a) an external examination of cargo tanks,
to be assigned, subject to proper maintenance and
b) an examination of cargo tank supports, chocks, keys
operation and to periodical surveys being carried out at the
and the adjacent hull structure with non-destructive
due dates.
testing if deemed necessary.
All cargo tanks, ballast tanks, including double bottom
tanks, pump rooms, pipe tunnels, cofferdams and void 17.19.2 Overall and close-up surveys (1/6/2021)
spaces bounding cargo tanks, decks and outer hull are to be Each class renewal survey is to include an overall survey of
examined, and this examination is to be supplemented by all tanks and all spaces. For fuel oil, lube oil and fresh water
thickness measurement and testing as required in [17.19.3] tanks, however, the requirements given in Ch 3, Sec 5,
and [17.19.4], respectively, to ensure that the structural Tab 5 are to be complied with.
integrity remains effective. The aim of the examination is to
discover substantial corrosion, significant deformation, The survey of stainless steel tanks may be carried out as an
fractures, damages or other structural deterioration, that overall survey supplemented by close-up survey as deemed
may be present. necessary by the Surveyor.
The survey extent of ballast tanks converted to void spaces Each class renewal survey is to include a close-up
will be specially considered by the Society in relation to the examination of sufficient extent to establish the condition of
requirements for ballast tanks. cargo tanks and salt water ballast tanks.
Where provided, the condition of the corrosion prevention The minimum requirements for close-up surveys are given
system of cargo tanks is to be examined. in Tab 6.
A ballast tank is to be examined at subsequent annual The Surveyor may extend the close-up survey as deemed
surveys where: necessary, taking into account the maintenance of the tanks
a) a hard protective coating has not been applied since the under survey, the condition of the corrosion prevention
time of construction, or system and also in the following cases:
b) a soft or semi-hard coating has been applied, or • where tanks have structural arrangements or details
c) substantial corrosion is found within the tank, or which have suffered defects in similar spaces or on
similar ships according to available information,
d) the hard protective coating is found to be in poor
condition and the hard protective coating is not repaired • where tanks have structures approved with reduced
to the satisfaction of the Surveyor. scantlings due to an approved corrosion control system.
Thickness measurements are to be carried out as deemed For areas in tanks where hard protective coatings are found
necessary by the Surveyor. to be in good condition, as defined in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.2.13],
In the case of independent cargo tanks, the survey consists the extent of close-up surveys required according to Tab 6
of: may be specially considered.
Table 6 : Requirements for close-up survey at class renewal survey of Barge-Chemical (1/6/2021)
Figure 1 : Representative transverse section of Barge-Chemical. Areas A & B and 1 and 2 (1/6/2021)
Figure 2 : Representative transverse section of Barge-Chemical. Areas C & D and 3, 4 and 5 (1/6/2021)
17.19.3 Thickness measurement (1/6/2021) pits and the depth of the pits. Where the wastage is in the
The minimum requirements for thickness measurements at substantial corrosion range or the average depth of pitting is
class renewal survey are given in Tab 7. 1/3 or more of the actual plate thickness, the pitted plate is
Thickness measurement of stainless steel hull structure and to be considered as a substantially corroded area.
piping may be waived by the Society, except for clad steel
plating. For areas in tanks where hard protective coatings are found
When pitting is found on bottom plating and its intensity is to be in good condition as defined in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.2.13],
20% or more, thickness measurements are to be extended the extent of thickness measurements according to Tab 5
in order to determine the actual plate thickness out of the may be specially considered.
Table 7 : Requirements for thickness measurements at class renewal survey of Barge-Chemical (1/6/2021)
Table 8 : Requirements for cargo tank testing at class renewal survey of Barge-Chemical (1/6/2021)
17.19.5 Hull - Cargo area and cargo pump rooms Vent line drainage arrangements are to be examined.
(1/6/2021)
It is to be verified that cargo piping and independent cargo
Cargo piping on deck and cargo and ballast piping within tanks, where applicable, are electrically bonded to the hull.
the cargo area are to be examined and operationally tested For units over 10 years of age, selected steel cargo pipes
to working pressure to the attending Surveyor's satisfaction outside cargo tanks, cargo/slop discharge pipes passing
to ensure that their tightness and condition remain through ballast tanks and void spaces and ballast pipes
satisfactory. passing through cargo tanks are to be:
Special attention is to be given to any ballast piping in cargo a) subjected to thickness measurement at random, or
tanks and cargo piping in ballast tanks and void spaces. selected pipe lengths are to be opened for internal
Surveyors are to be advised on all occasions when this inspection,
piping, including valves and fittings, is opened during repair b) pressure tested to the maximum working pressure.
periods and can be examined internally. Special attention is to be given to cargo/slop discharge
The surveyor may require dismanthing and/or thickness piping through ballast tanks and void spaces.
measurements of piping. A hydraulic test is to be carried out All safety valves on cargo piping and of cargo tanks are to
in the event of repair or dismanthing of cargo or ballast be dismantled for examination, adjusted and, as applicable,
piping, or where doubts arise. resealed.
All cargo pump room boundaries are to be generally and various safety devices, as well as vent masts and
examined. All gas-tight shaft sealing devices are to be headers
examined. The bottom of cargo pump rooms is to be • confirmation that wheelhouse doors and windows,
presented clean for the examination of stripping devices sidescuttles and windows in superstructure and
and gutters. deckhouse ends facing the cargo area are in satisfactory
condition
17.19.6 Machinery - Cargo area and cargo pump
rooms (1/6/2021) • confirmation that pumps, valves and pipelines are
Ballast and stripping pumps are to be internally examined identified and distinctively marked.
and prime movers checked. A working test is to be carried
out. 18.1.2 Cargo pump rooms and pipe tunnels
(1/7/2014)
Maintenance records of cargo pumps are to be made
The survey is to include:
available to the Surveyor.
• examination of all pump room bulkheads and pipe
Where a washing system is fitted, piping, pumps, valves and
tunnels (if any) for signs of chemical cargo leakage or
deck-mounted washing machines are to be examined and
fractures and, in particular, the sealing arrangements of
tested for signs of leakage, and anchoring devices of deck-
penetrations in pump room bulkheads
mounted washing machines are to be checked to the
Surveyor's satisfaction. • examination of the condition of all piping systems, in
cargo pump rooms and pipe tunnels (if any)
The satisfactory condition of the cargo heating/cooling
system is to be verified and, if deemed necessary by the • examination of the bilge and ballast arrangements and
Surveyor, the system is to be pressure tested. confirmation that pumps and pipelines are identified.
Heat exchangers and anti-sparking fans are to be examined.
18.2 Annual survey - Cargo machinery items
An operating test of the remote control of pumps and valves
and of automatic closing valves is to be carried out. 18.2.1 Cargo area and cargo pump rooms (1/7/2014)
A general examination of the electrical equipment and The Owner or his representative is to declare to the
cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms and attending Surveyor that no modifications or alterations
areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for which might impair safety have been made to the various
defective and non-certified safe type electrical equipment, installations in dangerous zones without prior approval
non-approved lighting and fixtures, and improperly from the Society.
installed or defective or dead-end wiring. The electrical
insulation resistance of the electrical equipment and The survey is to include:
circuits terminating in or passing through the dangerous • confirmation that potential sources of ignition in or near
zones is to be tested; however, in cases where a proper the cargo pump rooms, such as loose gear, excessive
record of testing is maintained, consideration may be given product in bilge, excessive vapours, combustible
to accepting recent test readings effected by the unit 's materials, are eliminated and that access ladders are in
personnel. satisfactory condition
• examination, as far as practicable, of cargo, bilge,
17.19.7 Machinery - Inert gas system (1/6/2021)
ballast and stripping pumps for excessive gland seal
The requirements given in [17.18.8] for intermediate survey leakage, verification of proper operation of electrical
are to be complied with. and mechanical remote operating and shutdown
Running test, including check of alarms and safety devices, devices and operation of pump room bilge system, and
is to be carried out. checking that pump foundations are intact
• confirmation that the ventilation system, including
18 Oil Carrier-Assisted Propulsion, portable equipment, if any, of all spaces in the cargo
Palm Oil Carrier-Assisted Propulsion area (including cargo pump room) is operational,
ducting is intact and screens are clean
18.1 Annual survey - Hull items • confirmation that electrical equipment in dangerous
zones, cargo pump rooms and other spaces is in
18.1.1 Weather decks (1/7/2014) satisfactory condition and has been properly maintained
The survey is to include: • confirmation that the remote operation of the cargo
• examination of cargo tank openings, including gaskets, pump room bilge system is satisfactory
covers, coamings and screens • examination of the cargo heating system
• examination of cargo tank pressure/vacuum valves and • examination of the cargo-transfer arrangement and
flame screens confirmation that the ship's cargo hoses are suitable for
• examination of flame screens on vents to all bunker, oily their intended purpose and in satisfactory condition
ballast and oily slop tanks • confirmation that any special arrangement made for
• examination of cargo, bunker, ballast and vent piping bow or stern loading/unloading is in satisfactory
systems, including remote control valves, safety valves condition.
18.2.2 Instrumentation and safety devices (1/7/2015) 18.4.2 Cargo heating system (1/7/2014)
The survey is to include the following items, as far as The satisfactory condition of the cargo heating system is to
required or fitted: be verified.
• examination of cargo tank gauging devices, high level
18.4.3 Inert gas system (1/7/2014)
alarms and valves associated with overflow control
For ships over 10 years old at the time of the intermediate
• confirmation that installed pressure gauges on cargo
survey due date, if an inert gas system such as that installed
discharge lines are properly operational
on board oil tankers is fitted, the requirements given in
• confirmation that the required gas detection instruments Sec 3, [5.2] for intermediate survey of oil tankers are to be
are on board and satisfactory arrangements have been complied with.
made for the supply of any required vapour detection
tubes
18.5 Class renewal survey - Hull items
• confirmation that devices provided to measure the
temperature of the cargo, if any, operate satisfactorily. 18.5.1 Piping (1/7/2014)
In addition, for oil tankers the protection of the cargo pump Cargo piping on deck, including crude oil washing (cow)
room is to be verified, and in particular: piping, and cargo and ballast piping within the cargo area
are to be examined and operationally tested to working
• temperature sensing devices for bulkhead glands and pressure to the attending Surveyor's satisfaction to ensure
alarms that their tightness and condition remain satisfactory.
• interlock between lighting and ventilation Special attention is to be given to any ballast piping in cargo
• gas detection system tanks and cargo piping in ballast tanks and void spaces.
Surveyors are to be advised on all occasions when this
• bilge level monitoring devices and alarms. piping, including valves and fittings, is opened during repair
periods and can be examined internally.
18.2.3 Inert gas system (1/7/2014)
The Surveyor may require dismantling and/or thickness
If an inert gas system such as that installed on board oil
measurements of piping. A hydraulic test is to be carried out
tankers is fitted, the requirements given in Sec 3, [3.3] are to
in the event of repair or dismantling of cargo, crude oil
be complied with.
washing, or ballast piping, or where doubts arise. It is to be
confirmed that pipelines are electrically bonded to the hull
18.3 Intermediate survey - Hull items or, alternatively, electrical resistance to the hull is to be
18.3.1 (1/7/2014) verified.
The survey is to include: 18.5.2 Safety valves (1/7/2014)
• examination, as far as applicable, of cargo, stripping, All safety valves on cargo piping and of cargo tanks are to
cargo tank washing, bunker, ballast, steam and vent be dismantled for examination, adjusted and, as applicable,
piping systems as well as vent masts and headers. If resealed.
upon examination there is any doubt as to the condition
of the piping, pressure testing, thickness measurement 18.5.3 Cargo pump rooms (1/7/2014)
or both may be required
All cargo pump room boundaries are to be generally
• confirmation that the pipelines are electrically bonded examined. All gas-tight shaft sealing devices are to be
to the hull examined. The bottom of cargo pump rooms is to be
• examination of vent line drainage arrangements. presented clean for the examination of stripping devices
and gutters.
18.4 Intermediate survey - Cargo machinery
items 18.6 Class renewal survey - Cargo machinery
items
18.4.1 Electrical equipment in dangerous
zones (1/7/2014) 18.6.1 Pumps (1/7/2014)
A general examination of the electrical equipment and Ballast and stripping pumps are to be internally examined
cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms and and prime movers checked. A working test is to be carried
areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for out.
defective and non-certified safe type electrical equipment, Maintenance records of cargo pumps are to be made
non-approved lighting and fixtures, and improperly available to the Surveyor.
installed or defective or dead-end wiring.
The electrical insulation resistance of the electrical 18.6.2 Washing system (1/7/2014)
equipment and circuits terminating in or passing through Where a crude oil or other kind of washing system is fitted,
the dangerous zones is to be tested; however, in cases piping, pumps, valves and deck-mounted washing
where a proper record of testing is maintained, machines are to be examined and tested for signs of
consideration may be given to accepting recent test leakage, and anchoring devices of deck-mounted washing
readings effected by the ship's personnel. machines are to be checked to the Surveyor's satisfaction.
18.6.3 Cargo heating system (1/7/2014) 19.2 Annual survey - Cargo handling
The apparent satisfactory condition of the cargo heating system(s)
system such as clamping, external condition of piping is to
be verified and, if deemed necessary by the Surveyor, the 19.2.1 General (1/7/2014)
system is to be pressure tested. Cargo handling systems not covered by the additional class
notation CARGO HANDLING such as, but not limited to
18.6.4 Remote controls (1/7/2014)
• belt conveyors,
An operating test of the emergency remote control of pumps
• spiral conveyors,
and valves and of automatic closing valves is to be carried
out. • screw conveyors
• pneumatic conveyors
18.6.5 Electrical equipment in dangerous
• chain conveyors (buckets , pockets, etc..)
zones (1/7/2014)
A general examination of the electrical equipment and • wire conveyors
cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms and • cable conveyors (wagons, buckets, pockets, …)
areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for • chain elevators (buckets, pockets, etc..)
defective and non-certified safe type electrical equipment,
• cable elevators (buckets, pockets, etc..)
non-approved lighting and fixtures, and improperly
installed or defective or dead-end wiring. • loading and discharging boom(s)
The electrical insulation resistance of the electrical and combinations of these, have to be annually inspected
equipment and circuits terminating in or passing through according to the provision in [18.2.2].
the dangerous zones is to be tested; however, in cases 19.2.2 (1/7/2014)
where a proper record of testing is maintained,
The annual survey is to include:
consideration may be given to accepting recent test
readings effected by the ship's personnel. • an examination of the instruction/installation manual to
verify the layout of the complete system(s) and confirm
18.6.6 Inert gas system (1/7/2014) correspondence to the actual system(s) fitted on board
If an inert gas system such as that installed on board oil • verification that maintenance of the system(s) has been
tankers is fitted, the requirements given Sec 3, [5.2] for carried out according to the Manufacturer's instructions
intermediate survey and in Sec 3, [7.2] for class renewal and schedules
survey of oil tankers are to be complied with. • a general examination of components of the system in
order to verify their satisfactory condition of
19 Transhipping Unit, Transhipping maintenance
Floating Terminal • verification and test of the cargo handling system alarm
and safety devices
19.1 Annual survey - Hull items • a running test of the system in order verify the
satisfactory working and operation conditions.
19.1.1 Weather decks (1/7/2014)
The survey is to include: 19.3 Renewal survey - Hull items
• verification that no modification of the cargo handling 19.3.1 (1/7/2014)
system(s) layout has been made. Particular attention is to The survey is to include
be paid to cargo handling arrangements passing in close
• examination of cargo handling system(s) with particular
proximity to accommodation and/or control stations
attention to the structures pertaining to the system(s),
• verification that, when expected and fitted, special such as pillars, columns, girders, support trusses
arrangements to avoid unintentional release of lifted connection of their foundations to the hull structure.
cargo are maintained and unmodified The examination may be supported by thickness
• general examination, as far as applicable, of cargo measurements as deemed necessary by the surveyor
handling system(s) with particular attention to the • examination of hull structures underneath the
connection of their foundations to the hull structure foundations of the cargo handling system(s) with
• general examination of the ship-to-unit mooring particular attention to the areas where stress
arrangements, including winches, cables, fairleads and concentration or increased corrosion are likely to
mooring cleats, bumpers, fenders and relevant develop
connection to the hull structures • a general examination of components of the system in
• for Transhipping units and Transhipping floating order to verify their satisfactory condition of
terminals, which are intended to be moored alongside maintenance
in between two other ships (e.g. a barge being • examination of the ship-to-unit mooring arrangements,
discharged and a bulk carrier being loaded), including winches, cables, fairleads and mooring cleats,
examination of the means of access and verification that bumpers, fenders and relevant connection to the hull
they are available in all operational conditions. structures, with disassembly as deemed necessary to
verify the condition of the equipment and control and 21 Fly ash carrier
safety devices
• examination of hull structures underneath the 21.1 Annual survey
foundations of the ship-to-unit mooring arrangements
21.1.1 (1/7/2015)
with particular attention to the areas where stress
The survey is to include a general examination of the fly ash
concentration or increased corrosion are likely to
handling system for damage, cracks or wastage; the
develop.
connections of the system to the hull structure are also to be
checked.
19.4 Renewal survey - Cargo handling
system(s) 21.2 Class renewal survey
19.4.1 (1/7/2014) 21.2.1 (1/7/2015)
Survey of the Cargo Handling System(s), as listed in The fly ash handling system is to be dismantled, to the
[18.2.1], is to include: extent deemed necessary by the Surveyor, in order to check
its condition; the connections of the system to the hull
• examination of components of the system(s) in order to structure are also to be checked. Tests are to be carried out
verify their satisfactory condition of maintenance. The to verify the proper operation of machinery and equipment
inspections may be supplemented by dismantling of the intended for the fly ash handling system.
system components as deemed necessary by the
surveyor
22 Ships with additional service feature
• examination and working test of the hydraulic oil
system, as applicable, pertaining to the cargo handling
BC
system(s)
22.1 Annual and renewal survey
• examination and test of all electrical systems related to
the cargo handling system(s). Examination is to be 22.1.1 (1/7/2015)
supplemented by insulation tests of all electrical The survey is to include verification of the efficient
equipment condition of the following items:
• overload test of the cargo handling system (s) to be • electronic loading instrument, including standard test;
performed with test loads as expected by the System(s) • hold, ballast and dry space water ingress alarms;
Manufacturer(s). In the absence of data, the test loads • the means for draining and pumping ballast tanks
should be at least 1.1 times the Safety Working Load forward of the collision bulkhead and bilges of dry
(SWL) of the system. If a Cargo Handling System is spaces, any part of which extends forward of the
equipped with a gearing system(s) it is necessary to foremost cargo hold.
verify, during the test, that each gear tooth is tested
under testing load(s).
23 Ships with additional service feature
After testing, fixed structures and associated gear are to BC-XII
be disassembled and examined as deemed necessary by
the surveyor. The tests and inspections are not to reveal
deformations or unacceptable defects.
23.1 Annual and renewal survey
23.1.1 (1/7/2015)
The survey is to include verification of the efficient
20 Sugar carrier
condition of the following items:
• electronic loading instrument, including standard test;
20.1 Annual survey
• hold, ballast and dry space water ingress alarms;
20.1.1 (1/7/2015) • the means for draining and pumping ballast tanks
The survey is to include a general examination of the sugar forward of the collision bulkhead and bilges of dry
handling system for damage, cracks or wastage; the spaces, any part of which extends forward of the
connections of the system to the hull structure are also to be foremost cargo hold.
checked.
24 Well stimulation
20.2 Class renewal survey
24.1 General
20.2.1 (1/7/2015)
The sugar handling system is to be dismantled, to the extent 24.1.1 Application (1/4/2016)
deemed necessary by the Surveyor, in order to check its Provisions regarding fire protection, detection and
condition; the connections of the system to the hull extinction are not mandatory for the purpose of
structure are also to be checked. Tests are to be carried out classification, except where the Society carries out surveys
to verify the proper operation of machinery and equipment relevant to fire protection statutory requirements on behalf
intended for the sugar handling system. of the flag Administration.
In such cases, fire protection statutory requirements are 25 Car carrier with additional service
considered a matter of class and therefore compliance with
feature H-CNG
these requirements is also verified by the Society for
classification purposes at class surveys.
25.1 Annual and renewal survey
Thus, the survey requirements for class surveys (annual,
class renewal surveys and others) no longer include those 25.1.1 (1/7/2016)
related to fire protection statutory requirements. The survey is to include:
a) confirmation that electrical equipment in spaces
24.2 Annual survey intended for carriage of motor vehicles with compressed
natural gas and/or hydrogen in their tanks, for their own
24.2.1 General (1/4/2016) propulsion, are in satisfactory condition. The Owner or
Annual survey is generally carried out with the ship in his representative is to declare to the attending Surveyor
service and is aimed to confirm that the systems and that the electrical equipment have been properly
equipment are maintained in good order and efficiency. maintained.
Neither overhauling nor pressure test is foreseen unless b) confirmation that electrical equipment if installed in
deemed necessary by surveyor. Before starting the survey, ventilation ducts of spaces intended for carriage of
review of ships logs and operation record is to be carried motor vehicles with compressed natural gas and/or
out as guidance and reference. hydrogen in their tanks, for their own propulsion, are in
satisfactory condition. The Owner or his representative
The following ascertainments are to be carried out:
is to declare to the attending Surveyor that the electrical
a) examination of the tanks and associated piping system, equipment have been properly maintained.
including pumps, heat exchangers c) confirmation that the wire mesh guards fitted over inlet
b) confirmation that electrical plant is in good order with and outlet ventilation openings are in satisfactory
particular regard to the electrical equipment installed in condition.
hazardous areas d) verification of that at least two portable gas detectors,
suitable for the detection of the gas fuel and of a
c) test of mechanical ventilation
certified safe type for use in the explosive gas and air
d) test of all control and monitoring systems, alarm, safety mixture, are present on board.
systems and shutdown devices e) confirmation that for each type of gas detector a
calibration device or, alternatively, that the annual
e) other possible ascertainment at satisfaction of surveyor.
calibration report from the manufacturer/specialist is
present on board.
24.3 Renewal survey
24.3.1 General (1/4/2016) 26 Marine mobile desalination unit
Renewal survey has generally the same extent of the initial
survey except that the check of compliance with approved 26.1 Annual survey
drawings is not due unless modification has occurred. The 26.1.1 (9/12/2019)
survey includes overhauling of machinery and components.
The survey is to include:
The following ascertainments are to be carried out: a) confirmation of the availability of the operating manual;
a) general examination of well stimulating system b) general examination of the desalination system for
including verification of tank location, dangerous areas damage, cracks or wastage;
b) hydrostatic test of tanks and piping c) check of the connections of the desalination system to
the hull structure.
c) thorough examination of the well stimulating system
and relevant machinery and equipment including
testing of all control and monitoring systems, alarm, 26.2 Renewal survey
safety systems and shutdown devices 26.2.1 (9/12/2019)
d) check of the power supplies, including the emergency The desalination system is to be dismantled, to the extent
sources of electrical power, when required for the deemed necessary by the Surveyor, in order to check its
emergency control condition; the connections of the system to the hull
structure are also to be checked.
e) check and test of mechanical ventilation for spaces
housing acid, nitrogen and additives liquids Tests are to be carried out to verify the proper operation of
machinery and equipment intended for the desalination
f) check of firefighting system and appliances. system.
27.1 Offshore support vessel c) checking the ship's capability to maintain its position
during W2W operations
27.1.1 General (1/1/2022) d) a functional test of electrical systems and
communication systems and measurement of insulation
Offshore support vessels are to comply with the survey
resistance
requirements stipulated in [7], which are specific to supply
vessels. e) functional tests of the W2W without loads, simulating
single failures defined in the FMEA
27.2 Offshore support vessel with additional f) functional test of the station keeping and dynamic
service feature W2W ballast, as applicable
The class renewal survey is to include. 27.3.2 Class renewal survey (1/1/2022)
a) a close-up examination of all components of the W2W The class renewal survey is to include:
system arrangements and installation to verify their
• for OSV with additional service feature W2W, the
satisfactory conditions (connection system, hinges, verifications in [27.2.2]
slewing rings, telescoping mechanical system, etc.)
• for OSV with the additional class notations DYNAPOS
b) a close-up examination of the hull structures supporting and DP PLUS, the verifications in Ch 5, Sec 12, [6.2]
and adjacent to the W2W system arrangements and and Ch 5, Sec 12, [7.2] respectively
• for OSV fitted with anchors and cables for station 28 Wind turbine installation vessel
keeping purposes, examination as far as practicable of:
- cable or chain in contact with fairleads, etc. 28.1 Annual, intermediate and Renewal
- cable or chain in way of winches and stoppers survey
- cable or chain in the contact zone of the sea bed
28.1.1 (1/1/2022)
- damage to mooring system
Ships equipped with a self-elevating system are to comply
- condition and performance of corrosion protection,
with the following requirements in RINA Rules for the
if applicable
Classification of Floating Offshore Units at Fixed Locations
- wire rope anchor cables; If cables are found to and Mobile Offshore Drilling Units, as applicable:
contain broken, badly corroded or bird caging wires
they are to be renewed. Chain cables are to be • Ch 2, Sec 2
examined. Maximum acceptable diminution of • Chapter 3
anchor chain in service will normally be limited to a • Sec 5
two per cent reduction from basic chain diameter
(Basic chain diameter can be taken as the diameter,
excluding any design corrosion allowance, which
28.2 Wind turbine installation vessel with
satisfies the Rule requirement for minimum factors additional service feature W2W
of safety) 28.2.1 (1/1/2022)
- the windlasses or winches Wind turbine installation vessels with additional service
- structure in way of anchor racks and anchor cable feature W2W are to comply with the requirements
fairleads. stipulated in [27.2].
1 Survey reporting principles testing carried out are also to be listed for the use of the next
Surveyors.
1.1 General
1.5 Identification of spaces and areas
1.1.1 (1/7/2006)
As a principle, for ships subject to the requirements of 1.5.1 (1/7/2006)
Sec 2, Sec 3, Sec 4, Sec 5 and Sec 9, the report for surveys The following spaces, locations, structures and systems, as
of hull structure and piping systems, as relevant for the sur- applicable, are to be identified:
vey, is to include the content indicated in this Appendix.
a) the compartments where an overall survey has been
carried out;
1.2 Issue of a survey report
b) the locations, in each ballast tank and cargo hold
1.2.1 (1/7/2020)
including hatch covers and coamings, where a close-up
A survey report is to be issued in the following cases: survey has been carried out, together with information
a) In connection with commencement, continuation and / of the means of access used (see Note 1);
or completion of periodical hull surveys, i.e. annual, c) the locations, in each ballast tank and cargo hold
intermediate and class renewal surveys, as relevant including hatch covers and coamings, where thickness
b) When structural damage / defects have been found measurements have been carried out (see Note 1);
c) When repairs, renewals or modifications have been car- Note 1: As a minimum, the identification of locations of close-up
ried out survey and thickness measurements is to include a description
of individual structural members corresponding to the extent of
d) When condition of class has been imposed or deleted. requirements stipulated in the pertinent Section of this Chapter
based on the type of periodical survey and the ship's age.
Where only partial survey is required owing to the ship's age,
1.3 Purpose of reporting the identification is to include the location within each ballast
1.3.1 (1/7/2020) tank or cargo hold by reference to frame numbers.
The purpose of reporting is to provide: d) the structures subject to special consideration for those
a) Evidence that prescribed surveys have been carried out areas in ballast tanks or cargo holds where protective
in accordance with applicable classification Rules coating is found to be in good condition and the extent
of close-up survey and / or thickness measurement has
b) Documentation of surveys carried out with findings, been specially considered;
repairs carried out and conditions of class imposed or
deleted e) the tanks subjected to tank testing;
c) Survey records, including actions taken, which are to f) the piping systems on deck, including cargo and crude
form an auditable documentary trail. Survey reports are oil washing (COW) piping and cargo and ballast piping
to be kept in the survey report file required to be on within cargo and ballast tanks and/or holds, as applica-
board ble, pipe tunnels, cofferdams and void spaces where:
d) Information for planning of future surveys 1) examination including internal examination of pip-
ing with valves and fittings and thickness measure-
e) Information which may be used as input for mainte-
ment, as relevant, has been carried out;
nance of classification Rules and instructions.
2) an operational test to working pressure has been
1.4 Surveys split between different stations carried out.
1.4.1 (1/7/2006)
1.6 Items surveyed
When a survey is split between different survey stations, a
report is to be made for each portion of the survey. A list of 1.6.1 (1/7/2006)
items surveyed, relevant findings and an indication of
The following items of the survey are to be reported:
whether the item has been credited are to be made availa-
ble to the next attending Surveyor, prior to continuing or a) type, extent and condition of protective coating in each
completing the survey. Thickness measurement and tank tank, as relevant (rated good, fair or poor);
b) structural condition of each compartment with informa- 1.9 List of required repairs
tion on the identified findings, as relevant, such as:
1.9.1 (1/7/2012)
1) corrosion with description of location, type and Whenever the attending Surveyor is of the opinion that
extent repairs are required, each item to be repaired is to be identi-
2) areas with substantial corrosion fied in the survey report.
3) cracks / fractures with description of location and
extent 1.10 List of repairs carried out
4) buckling with description of location and extent 1.10.1 (1/7/2012)
5) indents with description of location and extent Whenever repairs are carried out, details of the repairs
c) compartments where no structural damage / defects effected are to be reported by making specific reference to
have been found the relevant items in the survey report. Repairs carried out
are to be reported with identification of:
The report may be supplemented by sketches and/or photos.
a) compartment
1.7 Thickness measurement report b) structural member
1.7.1 (1/7/2006) c) repair method (i.e. renewal or modification) including:
The thickness measurement report is to be verified and • steel grades and scantlings (if different from the orig-
signed by the Surveyor controlling the measurements on inal),
board. • sketches/photos, as appropriate,
d) repair extent
1.8 Longitudinal strength
e) NDT / Tests.
1.8.1 (1/7/2006)
For oil tankers of both single and double hull construction 1.11 List of repairs not completed
of 130 m in length and upwards and over 10 years of age,
for which the longitudinal strength of the hull girder is to be 1.11.1 (1/7/2020)
evaluated, the following data is to be included, as relevant: For repairs not completed at the time of survey, a condition
a) measured and as-built transverse sectional areas of deck of class is to be imposed with a specific time limit for the
and bottom flanges repairs. In order to provide correct and proper information
to the Surveyor attending for survey of the repairs, the con-
b) diminution of transverse sectional areas of deck and dition of class is to be sufficiently detailed with identifica-
bottom flanges tion of each item to be repaired. For identification of
c) details of renewals or reinforcements carried out, as rel- extensive repairs, reference may be made to the survey
evant (as per [1.10.1]). report.
Chapter 5
SECTION 1 GENERAL
SECTION 2 STAR (SYSTEM OF TRACE AND ANALYSIS OF RECORDS)
SECTION 11 HELIDECK
SECTION 12 OTHER NOTATIONS
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Table 1 : Additional class notations for which specific survey requirements are applicable (1/1/2023)
PMS See Remarks See Remarks The scope and periodicity of surveys
PMS-CM(PROP) are stipulated by specific require-
PMS-CM(HVAC) ments given in Part F, Chapter 12
PMS-CM(CARGO)
PMS-CM(ELE)
PMS-CM(FDS)
1 General 2 STAR-HULL
2.1
1.1
2.1.1 At each annual survey the Owner or his representa-
1.1.1 (1/7/2008)
tive is to declare to the attending Surveyor that no modifica-
The requirements of this Section apply to ships which have tions have been made to the systems affecting the notations
been assigned one of the following additional class nota- without prior approval by the Society.
tions related to availability of machinery, as described in
Ch 1, Sec 2, [6.3] : 3 Class renewal survey
AVM-APS or AVM-APS-NS
3.1
AVM-IAPS
3.1.1 At each class renewal survey a test is to be con-
AVM-DPS or AVM-DPS-NS ducted in order to ascertain that the systems affecting the
notations operate satisfactorily. This test is usually to be car-
AVM-IPS. ried out during sea trials.
2.1 3.1.1 The requirements given in [2] for annual survey are
to be complied with. An additional program of examina-
2.1.1 The Owner or his representative is to declare to the tions, checks and tests is to be devised in agreement with
attending Surveyor that no significant modifications have the Owner and based on the operational data and experi-
been made without prior approval by the Society. ence of previous surveys. This program is to include verifi-
cation of the calibration of instruments and testing of
2.1.2 The annual survey is to include: control and safety functions of the machinery. The Owner is
• an examination of the engineers’ log-book to verify the to produce evidence that all these checks and tests have
proper operation of automation systems in the period been carried out and this will be verified by the Surveyor at
subsequent to the last survey and measures taken to random. In addition, the proper operation of the control
avoid repetition of any malfunctions or failures which system of propulsion machinery is to be checked during sea
have occurred during the same period trials.
3 Class renewal survey ence of previous surveys. This program is to include verifi-
cation of the calibration of instruments and testing of
control and safety functions of the installation. An addi-
3.1 All notations
tional program of random tests of the systems is to be per-
3.1.1 The requirements given in [2] for annual survey are formed during sea trials.
to be complied with. An additional program of examina- The Owner is to confirm that any modification to the hard-
tions, checks and tests is to be devised in agreement with ware and software is fully documented and properly
the Owner and based on the operational data and experi- recorded.
1 General 2 MON-HULL
• confirmation of the proper operation of the garbage b) for emissions of ozone depleting substances
treatment plant fitted on board • verification of the availability of the operating man-
• verification that the garbage record book is properly ual detailing the procedures to be followed to mini-
filled in mise the risk of releasing ozone depleting
• only for passenger ships other than ro-ro passenger, substances in all the operative and emergency con-
verification that the total quantity of wastes landed ditions
for recycling (Wr) is over the minimum limit fixed by • verification of the annual consumption figures of
CLEAN SEA regulation and of corrective actions refrigerants and of corrective actions undertaken if
undertaken if the minimum limit has not been the 10% limit has been exceeded
reached
c) for emissions of nitrogen oxides (NOx)
f) for harmful aquatic organisms in ballast water
• verification of the proper operation of the devices to
• verification that the ballast water exchanges took control NOx emissions
place, during international voyages, at a distance of
more than 200 nautical miles from the nearest land • verification that engine parameters are as specified
or, if not possible, at a distance of more than 50 in the engine technical file
miles from the nearest land in a zone with water • verification of replacements of engine components
depth not less than 200 m with those specified in the engine technical file
• examination of the ballast water treatment system, d) for emissions of sulphur exhaust (SOx)
where fitted, based on the Manufacturer's mainte-
• examination of the exhaust gas cleaning system,
nance instructions
where fitted, based on the Manufacturer's mainte-
g) for harmful substances carried in packaged form nance instructions
• verification, to the Surveyor's satisfaction, that the
e) for emissions from incinerators
harmful substances are properly stowed as specified
in the above documentation • examination of the incinerators in working condi-
tions, including monitoring and control devices.
h) for ship recycling
• verification that the Green Passport is available on
board and verification, to the Surveyor's satisfaction,
4 GREEN PLUS
of proper updating, where the ship has undergone
modification work affecting the Green Passport. 4.1 Annual and class renewal survey
4.1.1 (1/7/2012)
3 CLEAN-AIR The survey is, as far as practicable, to include the following
checks:
3.1 Annual and class renewal survey
a) verification that a responsible person is appointed as
3.1.1 (1/7/2004) Ship Environmental Manager and is present on board,
The survey is, as far as applicable, to include: b) verification that all the additional systems and compo-
a) Certificates and documents nents involved in the ship's environmental index calcu-
• confirmation that the Ship Environmental Manage- lation (see Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 1, Tab 2 and Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 1,
ment Plan is available on board. [7], if any) are well maintained and in good working
condition;
• confirmation that the "Engine International Air Pollu-
tion Prevention Certificates " (EIAPP Certificate or c) verification that all the additional procedural means
Document of Compliance) are available on board as involved in the ship's environmental index calculation
applicable (see Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 1, Tab 2 and Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 1, [7], if
• confirmation that the engine technical file and any) are followed and documented by appropriate
record book are available on board and properly recording;
updated d) verification that adequate training on environmental
• verification that the VCS notation is still granted to issues is planned, carried out and documented for all
the ship (this item applies to ships classed with one the persons on board having influence on the environ-
or more of the following service notations: oil tanker mental behavior of the ship.
- chemical tanker - FLS tanker - liquefied gas carrier
- combination carrier OOC - combination carrier 5 GREEN PLUS T
OBO)
• verification of the records kept on board of the pur-
chase orders and sulphur content check of the fuel
5.1 Annual survey
and of the management of fuels when fuels with dif- 5.1.1 (1/7/2013)
ferent sulphur contents are used The Owner or his representative is to declare to the attend-
• confirmation that the Manufacturer's operating man- ing Surveyor that no significant alterations have been made
uals for incinerators are available on board without the prior approval of the Society.
"Rules for loading and unloading arrangements and for 8.2 Class renewal survey
other lifting appliances on board ships");
8.2.1 (1/7/2013)
b) a general examination of all components of the equip-
ment fitted above the deck and related installation to The class renewal survey is to include:
verify their satisfactory condition (applicable to equip- a) all verifications required at the annual survey;
ment not listed in the cargo gear booklet, "ILO Register",
b) verification that the overload test of the equipment fitted
or analogous document required by the "Rules for load-
above the deck has been carried out and recorded in the
ing and unloading arrangements and for other lifting
dedicated certificates/document (applicable to equip-
appliances on board ships").
ment listed in the cargo gear booklet, "ILO Register", or
The examination includes inspections to guarantee analogous document required by the "Rules for loading
appropriate maintenance of the appliances and compo- and unloading arrangements and for other lifting appli-
nents, i.e. their general condition of efficiency and the ances on board ships") and that the date of execution is
system operativeness. All loose gears pertaining to the within the period of class of the ship;
equipment shall be inspected by verifying its suitability
for use and the consistency of its testing marks with c) a close-up examination of all components of the equip-
those reported on relevant test certificates. ment fitted above the deck and related installation
Disassembly may be required, depending on the type of (applicable to equipment not listed in the cargo gear
system, when needed to ensure the above. booklet, "ILO Register", or analogous document
required by the "Rules for loading and unloading
c) a general examination of all components of the equip- arrangements and for other lifting appliances on board
ment that is fitted inside the cargo holds and related ships"), execution of the overload test.
installation to verify their satisfactory condition.
The examination includes inspections to guarantee Disassembly may be required, depending on the type of
appropriate maintenance of the appliances and compo- system, when needed to ensure suitability for further use
nents, i.e. their general condition of efficiency and the after the overload test.
system operativeness. Where deemed necessary by the Surveyor, non-destruc-
Disassembly may be required, depending on the type of tive tests to measure thickness deterioration or check for
system, when needed to ensure the above. fractures or other defects may be required.
d) verification that all the additional systems and compo- d) verification that all the additional systems and compo-
nents related to the ship's environmental impact, as per nents related to the ship's environmental impact, as per
Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 6, [3], are well-maintained and in good Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 6, [3], are well-maintained and in good
working condition. working condition.
REF-STORE
2.3 Refrigerated spaces
as well as the following specific notations:
2.1.2 The refrigeration installation log-book (or other simi- 2.4 Instrumentation and safety devices
lar record) is to be made available to the Surveyor for exam-
ination of the records since the last survey, and checking 2.4.1 Thermometers used for measurement of temperature
any unusual consumption of refrigerant, breakdown or in refrigerated spaces, air ducts and other elements of the
defective items. installation are to be examined and checked for their accu-
racy. The Surveyor may require the calibration of one or
2.1.3 Decks, bulkheads or ship sides adjacent to refriger- more thermometers and one or more automation devices to
ated spaces are to be checked as far as practicable in order be checked in his presence or, failing this, a certificate of
to verify the absence of cold spots. calibration is to be presented to him.
2.1.4 The Owner or his representative is to declare to the 2.4.2 The following alarm and safety devices are also to be
attending Surveyor that no significant modifications have checked, as required or fitted:
been made to the installations that could affect the class
notations without the prior approval by the Society. • alarm and emergency shutdown devices
2.2.1 Refrigerating machines and related accessories, • access to spaces, with regard to possibilities of escape
including compressors, condensers, pumps and piping are and prevention of personnel being trapped within
to be examined externally and in running condition. Insula- spaces.
2.5.1 The requirements of this item apply to installations 3.2.1 The equipment is to be dismantled to a sufficient
extent to enable the following examinations:
assigned the notation -AIRCONT. They are additional to the
requirements given in [2.1] to [2.4]. • reciprocating compressors: examination of cylinders,
valves, crankshaft, connecting rods, pistons, bearings
and safety devices
2.5.2 The installation is to be visually examined and tested
to verify that the controlled atmosphere system remains sat- • screw compressors, turbo compressors and pumps:
isfactory. The survey is to include the following items: parts subject to wear and tear; the equipment may not
need to be opened up if log-book records and a running
• examination of voyage logs, records of controlled test show proper functioning.
atmosphere zone air-tightness and calibration of instru-
ments 3.2.2 Prime movers of pumps, compressors and fans are to
be examined to the same extent as required in Ch 3, Sec 5,
• confirmation that an operating and safety manual is [3] for similar equipment for the class renewal survey of
available on board, complete and duly endorsed by the machinery.
officers responsible
3.2.3 Condensers and coolers are to be opened up for
• examination of controlled atmosphere zone sealing examination of tube plates, tubes and end covers.
arrangements including cleats and hinges, pressure/vac- Condensers are to be pressure tested to 1,2 times the rated
uum valves, door locks, ventilation of adjacent spaces, working pressure.
warning notices
3.2.4 Insulation of insulated parts (such as piping and pres-
• test to design pressure of controlled atmosphere zones sure vessels) may need to be removed at random, to ascer-
for air-tightness. Tests by ship's staff within one month tain the condition of such parts and of the insulation itself.
prior to the survey may be accepted, based on a written
report by the Master subject to visual inspection con- 3.2.5 The electrical installation of the plant is to be exam-
firming the air-tightness. ined and insulation tests checked.
• operation and performance test of the gas supply equip- 3.2.6 If independent from the electrical installation of the
ment, including controls, alarms, interlocks and safety ship, the generators supplying electrical power to the refrig-
devices erating installation are to be examined to the same extent as
described in Ch 3, Sec 5, [3.7].
• examination and test of ventilation arrangements
including fans as deemed necessary 3.2.7 Sea connections to condenser circulating pumps are
to be opened up and piping examined.
• examination of electrical supply arrangements
3.2.8 Other equipment, such as oil separators on refriger-
• check of gas analysers, analysing equipment and cali-
ant systems, filters and dehydrators, are to be examined to
bration the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
• check of relative humidity sensors and calibration
3.3 Refrigerated spaces
• check of permanent and portable gas monitoring, inclu-
ding calibration, and of personnel safety equipment. 3.3.1 The lining and insulation in the refrigerated spaces
may need to be partly removed for examination of its condi-
tion. The condition of the hull part under the insulation is
3 Class renewal survey then ascertained, as well as that of girders, meat rails, hooks
and coil/cooler supports.
3.1 General 3.3.2 Air coolers and coils are to be examined and pres-
sure tested at the rated working pressure and at 1,2 times
3.1.1 The installation is to be surveyed out of operation in such pressure in the case of hydraulic test after repairs.
order to enable examinations in opened condition of cer-
tain items. 3.3.3 Air cooler fans are to be examined and their prime
movers are to be checked to the same extent as stated in
3.1.2 After completion of these examinations, the installa- [3.2.2].
tion is to be checked while cooling down from the ambient
3.3.4 The electrical installation in the refrigerated spaces is
temperature to the lowest design temperature for the refrig- to be examined and insulation tests checked.
erated spaces. The plant is to be examined for ability to
maintain stable air temperatures and defrosting operation is 3.3.5 Defrosting and heating systems are to be examined
to be checked. to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
3.4 Instrumentation and safety devices 3.5.2 Air compressors, pressure vessels and other equip-
ment are to be examined to the same extent as required in
3.4.1 Pressure relief valves and safety disks are to be Ch 3, Sec 5, [3] for similar equipment for the class renewal
checked. Discharge piping is to be examined with regard to survey of machinery.
integrity and non-obstructed flow.
3.5.3 Each controlled atmosphere zone is to be subjected
3.5 Notation -AIRCONT to an air-tightness test.
SECTION 11 HELIDECK
j) for hangars or spaces containing refuelling installations: 3) examination of the provision and condition of:
• the portable foam applicator unit of 20 l capac-
1) verification that the hangar's ventilation system is
ity with a spare charge;
capable of at least 6 air changes per hour,
• the foam-type fire extinguishers, each of at least
2) verification that the system is entirely separated from 45 l capacity or equivalent;
other ventilation systems, • a sufficient number of portable foam extinguish-
ers or equivalent which are to be so located that
3) verification that the system is such as to prevent air no point in the space is more than 10 m walking
stratification and the development of air pockets, distance from an extinguisher and that there are
4) verification that means are provided to indicate on at least two such extinguishers in each such
the navigating bridge any loss or reduction of the space;
required ventilating capacity, l) confirmation that the means of escape from the helideck
and associated spaces are satisfactory.
5) verification that arrangements are provided to permit
a rapid shutdown and effective closure of the venti-
lation ducts and openings from outside of the served
3 Class renewal survey
space in the case of fire,
3.1
k) for hangars, refuelling and maintenance facilities: 3.1.1 (1/7/2015)
1) verification of the operational readiness and mainte- The requirements, given in [2] for annual surveys, are to be
nance of fixed fire-fighting systems, complied with. An additional planned survey program
detailing checks and tests, as applicable, is to be devised in
2) examination, as far as possible, and testing, as feasi- agreement with the Owner and based on the operational
ble, of fixed fire detection and alarm systems, data and experience of previous surveys.
1 General REMOTE
SUSTAINABLE SHIP
1.1 MARITIME AUTONOMOUS SURFACE SHIPS (MASS)
1.1.1 (1/1/2023) ENHANCED MAINTENANCE (EM)
The requirements of this Section apply to ships which have CARGO PIPING PROTECTED (CPP)
been assigned one of the following additional class nota- NOISE-PORT-OUT(X), NOISE-PORT-IN(X)
tions described in Ch 1, Sec 2, [6.14]:
COATING PERFORMANCE STANDARD IN CARGO OIL
STRENGTHBOTTOM-NAABSA TANKS (CPS-COT)
GRABLOADING DIGITAL SHIP (D)
GRAB [X] FUEL SAMPLING
SPM
LASHING and ROUTE DEPENDENT LASHING 2 STRENGTHBOTTOM-NAABSA
DYNAPOS
2.1 Dry-docking survey
DP PLUS
VCS 2.1.1 The reinforced area of bottom plating and internal
COVENT associated structures are to be visually examined for
possible deformations, fractures or other damage. If deemed
CARGOCONTROL necessary, thickness measurements may be required.
COAT-WBT
DIVINGSUPPORT 3 GRABLOADING and GRAB [X]
HVSC-NB, HVSC
FIRE 3.1 Class renewal survey
SELF-UNLOADING 3.1.1 The reinforced area of double bottom plating and
TAS adjacent associated structures are to be visually examined
EFFICIENT SHIP (S, DWT) for possible deformations, fractures or other damage. If
deemed necessary, thickness measurements may be
MOORING required.
CARGO HANDLING AND PERSONNEL LIFTING
SAHARA, SAHARA 4 SPM
COMF NOISE, COMF-VIB, DOLPHIN QUIET SHIP,
DOLPHIN TRANSIT SHIP 4.1 Annual survey
RISK MITIGATION 4.1.1 The Owner or his representative is to declare to the
AIR MON attending Surveyor that no significant alterations have been
DANGEROUS GOODS made without the prior approval of the Society.
INF 1, INF 2, INF 3 4.1.2 The annual survey is to include:
INERTGAS A, INERTGAS B, INERTGAS C • a general examination of all components of the
LNG FUELLED, LNG FUELLED (Main), LNG FUELLED installation (bow chain stoppers, bow fairleads, pedestal
(Aux) roller fairleads, winches and capstans) to verify their
satisfactory condition
CNG FUELLED, CNG FUELLED (Main), CNG FUELLED
(Aux) • an examination of the hull structures supporting and
adjacent to the installation to verify that no
MAN OVERBOARD DETECTION SYSTEM deformations or fractures have developed.
CYBER RESILIENCE
DIGITAL SHIP (ADC) 4.2 Class renewal survey
AIR LUBRICATION SYSTEM
4.2.1 The class renewal survey is to include:
PERSONS WITH REDUCED MOBILITY (PMR-ITA) • a close-up examination of all components of the
BIOSAFE SHIP installation (bow chain stoppers, bow fairleads, pedestal
functionality proven and recorded by a supplementary each available sensor as input to the DP control system.
trials program to verify the effect of the modifications This can be done as part of the testing in [6.1.10] a)
with regard to the approved redundancy arrangements e) operation of the independent joystick system, including
for the unit. automatic heading control, at all control locations
• alarms for loss of position and heading out of limits c) verification of blackout preventing system in open and
closed bus-tie mode (according to the approved
• verification of different operational modes as document) on each section of the main switchboard
applicable to the installation, e.g.: thruster d) verification of partial blackout recovery sequence in
allocation modes, different rotation centres, tracking open bus-tie mode on each section of the main
modes, different combinations of surge/yaw/sway switchboard
control, etc. e) verify the standby capability of auxiliary services that
provide essential redundancy identified through the DP
c) operation of the automatic position and heading
FMEA
keeping has to be verified using all heading reference
systems as input to the DP control system. Verification f) test of thrusters automatic supplying change-over (if
applicable)
of the heading data shall be made by comparison of
different systems. This can be done as part of the testing g) the uninterruptible power systems (UPS) are to be
in [6.1.10] a) operated and confirmed to be functioning satisfactorily
with spot-check. The schedule of batteries is to be
d) random verification of wind sensors, vertical reference examined to verify that the batteries have been
sensors and all other sensors providing input to the maintained
automatic DP control system is to be performed by h) power redundancy test. This can be done combined
doing automatic position and heading keeping with with the test of worst case failure (e.g.: partial blackout).
Based on test results and inspections additional testing 6.2 Class renewal survey
may be required
6.2.1 (1/1/2022)
i) operation of emergency stops of thrusters from the DP- The complete DP system is to be tested in all operational
control center, including loop monitoring is to be modes
verified. The survey is to include simulation of different failure
conditions to verify switching of modes, back-up systems
6.1.10 (1/1/2022) and the alarm system.
In addition, when a class notation DP3 is assigned, the 6.2.2 (1/1/2022)
following tests are to be performed: In addition to the requirements of the annual survey listed
in [6.1], complete performance tests are to be carried out to
a) operation of three automatic control systems and a
the Surveyor's satisfaction. The schedule of these tests is to
manual position control system including automatic
be developed to check the level of redundancy established
transfer of one automatic control system to another
in the FMEA.
upon failure is to be confirmed to be functioning
satisfactorily. Manual transfer of control is to be verified 6.2.3 (1/1/2022)
at the third automatic control system located in the The full power tests of thrusters and generators are to be
emergency back-up control station. It is to be verified performed. Different methods may be proposed by the
the manual position control upon failure of automatic Owner in advance during the annual surveys and Renewal
control systems Survey to satisfaction of Surveyor.
6.2.4 (1/1/2022)
b) verification of redundancy level of the compartments
The different modes of thruster control from the DP control
and reliability. The tests are to be performed through the
center(s) are to be tested:
disconnection or disabling these component in each
compartment to demonstrate the operational capability • manual control
after the respective failure modes: • independent joystick control, if installed
• DP control.
• main control station
6.2.5 (1/1/2022)
• worst case failure compartment (e.g., engine room,
The automatic DP system is to be tested by performing
switchgear room, thruster room, or other space).
automatic DP operation. During this testing the following
c) verification that no changes have been made to the are to be verified:
watertight integrity and fire subdivisions of • verification of views and the information displayed on
compartments containing elements of the DP and them
associated systems • position keeping and position moves, both longitudinal
and sideways. See also [6.2.6] and [6.2.7]
d) the uninterruptible power systems (UPS) are to be
operated and confirmed to be functioning satisfactorily • heading keeping and changes. See also [6.2.6] and
with spot-check. The uninterruptible power systems [6.2.7]
(UPS) are to be operated without the normal main • selection and deselecting of reference systems when
power input for 30 minutes to confirm that the batteries more than one system is installed
can supply the output power and are in satisfactory • selection and deselecting of wind sensors, heading
condition. The schedule of batteries is to be examined reference sensors, vertical reference sensors and other
to verify that the batteries have been maintained sensors when installed
e) a means of voice communication between the DP • selection and deselecting of thrusters
control position (navigation bridge), and the thruster • alarm for loss of position and heading out of limit is to
room(s) is to be tested and confirmed to be functioning be demonstrated
satisfactorily • verification of all operational modes as applicable to the
installation, e.g.: thruster allocation modes, different
f) a means of voice communication between the DP rotation centers, tracking modes, different combinations
control position (Navigation Bridge), the engine control of surge/yaw/sway control, etc.
position and any operational control centers associated
with DP is to be tested and confirmed to be functioning 6.2.6 (1/1/2022)
satisfactorily. All position reference systems are to be tested to verify:
• correct operation and adequate accuracy of all installed
g) a means of voice communication between the DP
sensors. This is to be done as part of the test in [6.2.5].
control position (Navigation Bridge), the engine control
Each position reference systems is to be tested as single
position and any operational control centers associated
input to the DP control system, and in different
with DP is to be tested and confirmed to be functioning
combinations
satisfactorily.
• when more than one sensor is installed: switch-over
Based on test results and inspections additional testing may between reference systems as input to controller is to be
be required. carried out to assure that warnings, alarms and
6.2.8 (1/1/2022)
7 DP PLUS
Overload prevention functionality is to be tested.
7.1 Annual survey
6.2.9 (1/1/2022)
7.1.1 (1/1/2022)
Correct functioning of the consequence analysis facility is Annual survey is to to be performed with the ship in
to be verified as far as possible. automatic DP mode. as long as practicable and safe.
6.2.10 (1/1/2022) 7.1.2 (1/1/2022)
The dynamic positioning system is to be operated for a
Change-over to the back-up DP control system is to be
reasonable duration to demonstrate that the dynamic
verified. Normal working condition of the back-up DP-
positioning system has been maintained properly and is in
control system is to be verified by performing tests as
good working order.
required in [6.2.5], [6.2.6], [6.2.7], [6.2.8].
7.1.3 (1/1/2022)
6.2.11 (1/1/2022) The operational testing is to be carried out to the Surveyor's
Single failure testing in the thruster control mode selection satisfaction and the tests are to demonstrate the level of
system is to be performed in order to verify alarms and the redundancy established by the DP FMEA document.
availability of manual control (individual thruster lever 7.1.4 (1/1/2022)
control) after failure: The Owner or his representative is to declare to the
attending Surveyor that no significant alterations have been
• loop failures made without the prior approval of the Society.
• power failures in mode change systems dependent on 7.1.5 (1/1/2022)
power Ascertainment and test as per paragraph [6] for DP2 or DP3
as applicable.
• controller failure when based upon controllers
7.1.6 (1/1/2022)
• communication/network failures when based on DFS notation is to be verified in order the confirm that the
communication networks. dual feeding operation of thruster doesn't cause unsafe
conditions in case of fault.
6.2.12 (1/1/2022)
7.1.7 (1/1/2022)
Single failures in the thruster control systems including DP2 and DP3 ships whose DFS notation is assigned are to
signal wire breaks of thruster command and feedback be tested to:
signals are to be tested in order to verify safe response on • confirm the reliability of protections devices
the thrust output. Equivalent testing may also be required
for rudders controlled by the DP-control system. • demonstrate the ride-through capability in case of
voltage-dip.
6.2.13 (1/1/2022)
7.1.8 (1/1/2022)
The loop monitoring alarm for the individual thruster FFP notation is to be verified to confirm the fire and
emergency stops is to be verified. flooding segregation of machinery spaces.
• confirm of the three operation modes of the main • an examination of the instruction manual to verify the
switchboard layout of the complete system and confirm the
correspondence to the actual system fitted on board
• confirm the functionality of safety devices and relevant
redundancy feeding section • a general examination of components of the system
such as vapour piping (including manifold and hoses),
• confirm the reliability of the network communication cargo tank gauging equipment, cargo tank level alarms,
system vapour pressure alarms and vapour balancing, if any, to
• confirm the reliability of Advanced Generator System verify their satisfactory condition.
• confirm the operation of standby generator (within 20
sec.). 8.2 Class renewal survey
Based on test results and inspections additional testing may 8.2.1 The requirements given in [8.1] for annual survey are
be required. to be complied with. Additionally, the following is to be
carried out:
7.2 Class renewal survey • a pressure test of the vapour piping, including manifold
7.2.1 (1/1/2022) and hoses
The complete DP system is to be tested in all operational • a check and test of the instrumentation (cargo tank
modes. gauging equipment, cargo tank level alarms, vapour
pressure alarms)
7.2.2 (1/1/2022)
In addition to the requirements of the annual survey listed • an inspection and test of the vapour balancing
in [7.1] the following tests are to be performed to equipment, if any
demonstrate the performance established in the FMEA: • a running test of the system.
a) DP2 and DP3 ships whose DFS notation is assigned are
to be tested to: 9 COVENT
• confirm the reliability of protections devices, a
short-circuit test is to to be performed (with a 9.1 Annual survey
derated current).
b) DP2 ships whose DFS notation is assigned are to be 9.1.1 The Owner or his representative is to declare to the
tested to: attending Surveyor that no significant modifications have
been made without the prior approval of the Society.
• confirm the segregation of auxiliaries' active
components within each redundancy group 9.1.2 The annual survey is to include a general
• confirm the segregation of auxiliaries' passive examination of components of the system such as
components within each redundancy group. ventilation piping and fans.
11 COAT-WBT
12 DIVINGSUPPORT
11.1 General
12.1 Annual survey
11.1.1 (1/7/2006)
For the additional class notation COAT-WBT to be retained 12.1.1 (1/10/2008)
during the lifetime of the ship, the protective coatings are to The Owner or his representative is to declare to the
be checked by the Society during the examination of the attending Surveyor that no significant alterations have been
water ballast tanks at class surveys and their condition is to made without the prior approval of the Society.
be assessed as GOOD, as per the definition given in Ch 2,
Sec 2, [2.2.13]. 12.1.2 (1/10/2008)
The scope of the coating examination during intermediate The annual survey is to include:
and class renewal surveys is laid down in [11.2]. a) a general examination of all components of the diving
In addition, the Owner is to notify the Society of any system arrangements and installation to verify their
damage to the protective coatings, as laid down in [11.3]. satisfactory condition
b) an examination of the hull structures supporting and
11.2 Intermediate and class renewal surveys adjacent to the diving system arrangements and
11.2.1 (1/7/2006) installation to verify that no deformations or fractures
have developed
The protective coatings of all water ballast tanks subject to
examination at intermediate and class renewal surveys are c) a functional test of electrical systems and
to be checked. communication systems.
accordance with [18.2.3] and [18.2.4] at each Renewal for loading and unloading arrangements and for other lifting
Survey. appliances on board ships or other similar units" and, for
Alternatively, in situ inspection, using acceptable the notations PERSONNEL LIFTING+ and PERSONNEL
techniques, will be considered by the Society when LIFTING++, also with the requirements in Pt F, Ch 13,
requested by the interested parties. Sec 42.
18.2.3 (1/7/2014)
As far as practicable, the surveyor is to determine the 19.2 Annual survey
general condition of the mooring system including cables, 19.2.1 (1/7/2014)
chains, fiber ropes, fittings, fairleads, connections and The Owner or his representative is to declare to the
equipment. attending Surveyor that no significant alterations have been
Particular attention is to be given to the following: made without the prior approval of the Society.
• cable or chain in contact with fairleads, etc, 19.2.2 (1/1/2023)
• cable or chain in way of winches and stoppers The annual survey is to include:
• cable or chain in way of the splash zone • an examination of the instruction/installation manual to
• cable or chain in the contact zone of the sea bed verify the layout of the complete system and confirm
correspondence to the actual system(s) fitted on board
• damage to mooring system
• verification that maintenance of the system(s) has been
• extent of marine growth
carried out according to the Manufacturer's instructions
• condition and performance of corrosion protection. and schedules
18.2.4 (1/7/2014) • examination of the structural parts, including bolts and
Wire rope anchor cables are to be examined. If cables are welds, of the cargo handling system, such as
found to contain broken, badly corroded or bird caging foundations, columns, fixed structure of the crane, arm,
wires they are to be renewed. jib, jib heel pins, jib slewing rings, fixed sheaves,
Chain cables are to be examined. Maximum acceptable blocks, axle pins and housings
diminution of anchor chain in service will normally be • examination of hydraulic cylinders, winches (electrical
limited to a two per cent reduction from basic chain and/or hydraulically driven), driving motors and related
diameter. (Basic chain diameter can be taken as the attachments
diameter, excluding any design corrosion allowance, which • examination of the electrical systems, switchboard, etc)
satisfies the Rule requirement for minimum factors of • examination of the components and loose gears, such as
safety). shackle, links, rings, hooks, etc, in order to verify their
18.2.5 (1/7/2014) satisfactory condition of maintenance
The windlasses or winches are to be examined. • examination of all cables (spans, runners, maneuvering
18.2.6 (1/7/2014) cables) with particular attention to their ends and
Structure in way of anchor racks and anchor cable fairleads terminal fittings
is to be examined. • verification and test of the alarm and safety devices
• a running test of the system in order verify the
19 CARGO HANDLING AND satisfactory working and operation conditions.
PERSONNEL LIFTING • verification of compliance with the requirements in Pt F,
Ch 13, Sec 42 in case of PERSONNEL LIFTING nota-
19.1 General tion.
19.1.1 (1/1/2023)
Cargo handling systems covered by the additional Class 19.3 Renewal survey
notation CARGO HANDLING are those, but not limited to, 19.3.1 (1/7/2014)
having the configuration of a: The requirements for annual surveys in [19.2] are to be
• crane complied with.
• slewing crane 19.3.2 (1/7/2014)
• gantry travelling crane • Working test of the hydraulic oil system(s), as
• portal cranes applicable, pertaining to the cargo handling system(s)
• swinging jib crane • insulation tests of all electrical equipment of the crane(s)
• deck cargo jib crane • overload test is to be performed with test loads as shown
in Tab 1.
• container crane
The winch of the system is to be able to raise a test load
• fixed crane with derrick or retractable jib
of at least 1.1 P and to support the full test load even if it
• A-frame crane. cannot raise it.
Crane or lifting arrangements covered by the additional When due to the pressure valve setting, hydraulic cranes
class notation PERSONNEL LIFTING are those intended to cannot raise the full test load, a smaller test load may be
be used for personnel lifting which complies with the "Rules accepted but in no case is it to be less than 1.1P.
For variable load-radius cranes, the jib is to be tested 20.2 Renewal survey
with the above-mentioned test load, for maximum and
minimum jib outreach. For cranes or similar lifting 20.2.1 (1/7/2014)
appliances having variable working load as a function The requirements for annual surveys in [20.1.1] are to be
of the luffing, the most severe testing conditions complied with.
resulting from the diagrams of the approved forces are to 20.2.2 (1/7/2014)
be considered both for structures and fittings.
Internal examination and working test of fresh water
During the test, it is necessary to verify that each gear generator (s).
tooth is subjected to stress.
For travelling cranes, the test load is to be traversed 21 COMF-NOISE, COMF-VIB, DOLPHIN
slowly over the full length of the track. QUIET SHIP, DOLPHIN TRANSIT
The suspended load is to be as lateral as possible, and it SHIP
is to be tested for working on both port and starboard
sides of the ship. 21.1 Renewal survey
Following the overload test, the crane is to be subjected 21.1.1 (1/7/2014)
to testing of the brakes for all movements at maximum Verification that the ship has not been subjected to
speed with suspended load. For cranes slewing over a modifications, refitting or major repairs that may affect its
range of 360°, the slewing test includes two complete level of comfort.
turns from starting position.
In particular, the following items have to be verified:
All limit switches are to be tested.
• main engine(s)
• propulsion shafting and its components such as
Table 1 (1/7/2014) reduction gear (if fitted), intermediate bearings, etc.
• propeller(s)
Working load P, in kN Test load, in kN • air-conditioning System(s) and Ventilation System(s),
P 200 1,25 P including their intake and delivery ducts or plenum.
The annual survey is to include: a) verification that the maintenance and inspection of the
HVAC system are carried out according to the makers
• examination, where fitted, of the wooden sheathing recommendations and internal procedures;
protecting the cargo deck
b) checking that the monitoring plan is available, updated
• verification from the on-board records that performance and implemented;
of the fresh water generator(s) is regularly monitored c) checking the reports of the required analysis and their
• visual examination of mechanical components used for review for compliance as evidence of monitoring plan
cooling and maintaining an ambient temperature, implementation.
including the test of the audible and visual alarms fitted, In addition, a record of extraordinary maintenance, repairs,
at a continually manned control station, to indicate any equipment modifications (if any) and the results of relevant
malfunction of the cooling units. tests carried out is to be available.
c) verification, as applicable, that the approved Cargo a) external examination of the whole system, to check the
Securing Manual, according to (SOLAS 74/2011 condition of all piping, including vent piping above the
Reg.VII/5) is present on board (applicable only to upper deck in the cargo tank area and overboard
dangerous goods in package form) discharges through the shell so far as practicable, and
associated components to verify, in particular, the
d) verification of the consistency and efficiency of the absence of signs of corrosion and leakage of gas, water
specific constructional and carriage requirements or other liquid from inert gas and water piping systems
imposed for the carriage of the goods listed in the
"Record for the Carriage of Dangerous Goods in b) check of proper operation of both inert gas blowers or,
Packaged Form and Dangerous Solid Cargoes in Bulk". in case of a nitrogen generator, of the compressor(s)
a) verification that the "Damage Stability booklet", related e) check of absence of water carry over in the inert gas
to the carriage of INF materials, is present on board; from the deck water seal and check of the condition of
the non-return valve In case of nitrogen generator verify
b) verification that the "shipboard emergency plan", related the condition of the no return devices
to the carriage of INF materials, is present on board;
f) check of proper operation of all remotely operated or
c) verification of additional arrangements, if any, for automatically controlled valves and, in particular, of the
radiological protection related to the carriage of INF flue gas isolating valve located on the inert gas supply
materials; main after the blowers. For the nitrogen generators
check the proper operation of the insulation valves
d) verification of additional equipment, if any, for between the generator and the buffer tank(s)
radiological protection related to the carriage of INF
materials; g) check of proper operation of the interlocking feature
fitted to prevent soot blowers from operating when the
e) verification of the permanent securing devices provided inert gas system is working
to prevent movement of the packages within the cargo
spaces; h) check that the gas pressure regulating valve
automatically closes when gas blowers are stopped
f) verification of the efficiency of the ventilation, or
refrigeration, of enclosed cargo spaces and relevant i) check, as far as practicable and using simulated
control, safety and alarm systems; conditions where necessary, of the following alarms and
safety devices of the inert gas system:
g) test and verification of the fixed cargo space cooling
arrangements; 1) high oxygen content of gas in the inert gas main
h) test of the water fire-extinguishing system; 2) low gas pressure in the inert gas main
i) test and verification of the fixed fire detection and fire 3) accuracy of portable and fixed oxygen measuring
alarm system. equipment by means of calibration gases
4) high pressure of gas in the inert gas main 27.2 Intermediate Survey
In addition for the nitrogen generator check the
27.2.1 Ship other than liquefied gas carriers
following alarms and safety devices:
(1/1/2023)
5) temperature and pressure devices of the suction side For the additional class notations LNG FUELLED and CNG
of the generator FUELLED the survey is carried out according to the
6) electric failure alarm requirements of Ch 3, Sec 9, [1.3].
7) high level alarm of condensate in the system 27.2.2 Liquefied gas carriers (1/1/2023)
8) low feed alarm or low pressure alarm at the delivery For the additional class notations LNG FUELLED and CNG
side of air compressor(s) FUELLED the survey is carried out according to the
requirements of Ch 3, Sec 9, [2.2].
9) high temperature alarm at the delivery side of air
compressor(s).
27.3 Renewal survey
j) check, when practicable, of the proper operation of the
inert gas system on completion of the checks listed 27.3.1 Ship other than liquefied gas carriers
above. (1/1/2023)
For the additional class notations LNG FUELLED and CNG
26.2 Renewal survey FUELLED the survey is carried out according to the
requirements of Ch 3, Sec 9, [1.4].
26.2.1 (1/7/2016)
For the additional class notations INERTGAS A and 27.3.2 Liquefied gas carriers (1/1/2023)
IINERTGAS C the survey is carried out according the For the additional class notations LNG FUELLED and CNG
requirements of Ch 4, Sec 3, [5.2]. FUELLED the survey is carried out according to the
requirements of Ch 3, Sec 9, [2.3].
26.2.2 (1/7/2016)
For the additional class notation INERTGAS B the survey is
to include, according to the type of system installed. 28 MAN OVERBOARD DETECTION
SYSTEM
26.2.3 (1/7/2016)
For ships over 10 years old at the time of the intermediate
28.1 Annual survey
survey due date, the following is to be carried out::
• main parts such as the scrubber, washing machines, 28.1.1 (1/11/2018)
blowers, deck water seal and non-return valve are to be For maintaining the additional class notation MOB, the
opened out as considered necessary and examined Man Overboard Detection System is to be surveyed
• gas distribution lines and shut-off valves, including soot periodically in order to confirm that the operational
blower interlocking devices, are to be examined as conditions are satisfactory.
deemed necessary A reasonable number of dropping tests - not less than 4 - is
• all automatic shutdown devices and alarms are to be to be carried out in specific ship's areas, identified taking
examined and tested. into account the system history in terms of detection failures
and false alarms.
27 LNG FUELLED and CNG FUELLED Any modification to the ship which may affect the MOB
performance and/or any modification to the MOB system
additional class notations (LNG itself modification is to be checked and recorded in
FUELLED, CNG FUELLED, LNG accordance with relevant operational procedures.
FUELLED (Main), CNG FUELLED
(Main), LNG FUELLED (Aux), CNG 28.2 Renewal survey
FUELLED (Aux)) 28.2.1 (1/11/2018)
During renewal surveys, in addition to [28.1.1],
27.1 Annual survey verifications are to carried out to ensure that the MOB
detection system complies with the requirements in Pt F,
27.1.1 Ship other than liquefied gas carriers Ch 13, Sec 27, [6].
(1/1/2023)
For the additional class notations LNG FUELLED and CNG 29 CYBER RESILIENCE
FUELLED the survey is carried out according to the
requirements of Ch 3, Sec 9, [1.2]. 29.1 Annual survey and renewal survey
27.1.2 Liquefied gas carriers (1/1/2023) 29.1.1 (1/1/2019)
For the additional class notations LNG FUELLED and CNG The scope of annual and renewal surveys for maintaining
FUELLED the survey is carried out according to the the additional class notations CYR, CYR-OT and CYR-IT is
requirements of Ch 3, Sec 9, [2.1]. given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 29, [1.3.2].
39.1 Renewal survey The Owner is to keep records and inform the attending
Surveyor at the first subsequent attendance on board about
39.1.1 (1/1/2023) any damage to the protective coatings which has been
Verification that the ship has not been subjected to found and left for further inspection or already repaired
modifications, refitting or major repairs that may affect its since the date of first classification or last intermediate or
level of emitted noise during port operations. class renewal survey, as applicable. However, where the
nature and/or extent of damage to the coating is significant,
In particular, the following items have to be verified: the Owner is to inform the Society for the attendance of a
• auxiliary engine(s) Surveyor before repairs are carried out.
• air-conditioning system(s) and ventilation system(s), 40.3.2 (1/1/2023)
including their intake and delivery ducts or plenum.
Coating is to be repaired in accordance with the paint
Manufacturer's recommendations.
40 COATING PERFORMANCE
STANDARD IN CARGO OIL TANKS The attending Surveyor is to check that damage to the
(CPS-COT) coating has been properly repaired according to the
technical specifications and that it has been restored to
GOOD condition; this may be done during the
40.1 General intermediate or class renewal survey, or during an
40.1.1 (1/1/2023) occasional survey, upon the Owner's request or subject to
the decision of the Society.
For the additional class notation CPS-COT to be retained
during the lifetime of the crude oil tanker, the protective
coatings are to be checked by the Society during the exami- 41 DIGITAL SHIP (D)
nation of the cargo oil tanks at class surveys and their con-
dition is to be assessed as GOOD, as per the definition
given in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.2.13]. 41.1 Annual and Renewal Surveys
The scope of the coating examination during intermediate 41.1.1 (1/1/2023)
and class renewal surveys is laid down in [40.2].
To maintain the additional class notation DIGITAL SHIP
In addition, the Owner is to notify the Society of any
(D), the software included in the document "List of the
damage to the protective coatings, as laid down in [40.3].
software applications covered by the notation" (to be
submitted for information for the assignment of the
40.2 Intermediate and class renewal surveys notation) is to be assessed periodically (yearly), found in
good working conditions and capable of transferring data
40.2.1 Scope (1/1/2023) ashore when applicable.
The protective coatings of all cargo oil tanks subject to
examination at intermediate and class renewal surveys are Depending on the electronic system/digital tool, the
to be checked. assessment activity can be carried out completely or
partially remotely (e.g. without a visit on board) based on
The condition of the coating in tanks is to be evaluated and the possibility to collect the requested evidences.
recorded as "GOOD", "FAIR", or "POOR" based on visual
inspection and estimated percentage of areas with coating For the purpose of the periodical assessment, access to the
failure and rusty surfaces. electronic system/digital tool is to be granted to the
Society’s surveyors.
When the coating is found to be in less than GOOD condi-
tion, as defined in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.2.13], the Owner is to Action logs performed during the periodical assessment
carry out those repairs as required by the attending Surveyor activities are to be recorded and stored to have the
to restore the coating condition to GOOD at the intermedi- traceability history of the activity.
ate or class renewal surveys. Failure to carry out the above
repairs will result in suspension of the additional class nota- Any modification to the system and the software release are
tion CPS-COT. to be previously communicated to the Society and properly
recorded.
40.2.2 Frequency of inspections (1/1/2023)
The coating system in cargo tanks is to be examined at: Hardware update or update/upgrade of software versions
are to be reapproved unless there is documented evidence
• special surveys; and that the modification does not affect the capability of the
• intermediate surveys for tankers of 10 years of age and system to collect, manage, store and, when applicable,
above. transfer the data ashore.
42 FUEL SAMPLING
Chapter 6
SECTION 1 GENERAL
SECTION 2 BULK CARRIERS, ORE CARRIERS AND
COMBINATION CARRIERS
SECTION 3 SHIPS CARRYING LIQUID CARGO IN BULK
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Section in
Service or additional notation Ship’s survey items or features concerned
Chapter 6
bulk carrier ESP Sec 2 - Scantlings of transverse bulkhead between the two foremost cargo holds
- Allowable hold loading of the foremost cargo hold
- Damage stability
- Intermediate survey in lieu of annual survey in the foremost cargo hold
- Bilge well high water level alarms in all cargo holds
- Longitudinal strength of hull girder
- Scantlings of transverse bulkheads in all cargo holds
- Allowable hold loading in all cargo holds
- Loading conditions, loading manuals and loading instruments
- Strength and securing of small hatches on the exposed fore deck
- Strength requirements for fore deck fittings and equipment
- Cargo hatch cover securing arrangements
- Side shell frames and brackets in cargo holds of single side skin bulk carriers
combination carrier/OBO ESP Sec 2 - Loading conditions, loading manuals and loading instruments
- Strength and securing of small hatches on the exposed fore deck
- Strength requirements for fore deck fittings and equipment
- Side shell frames and brackets in cargo holds of single side skin combination
carriers/OBO
ore carrier ESP Sec 2 - Loading conditions, loading manuals and loading instruments
combination carrier/OOC ESP - Strength and securing of small hatches on the exposed fore deck
- Strength requirements for fore deck fittings and equipment
oil tanker ESP Sec 3 - Safe access to ship’s bow
combination carrier/OBO ESP
combination carrier/OOC ESP
chemical tanker ESP
FLS tanker
liquefied gas carrier
oil tanker ESP Sec 3 - Secondary means of flow in the cargo tank venting systems
combination carrier/OBO ESP
combination carrier/OOC ESP
chemical tanker ESP
FLS tanker
ro-ro passenger ship Sec 4 - Increased stability and watertight integrity
passenger ship - Side Shell Doors and Stern Doors
ro-ro cargo ship - Bow Doors and Inner Doors
general dry cargo ship Sec 5 - Strength and securing of small hatches on the exposed fore deck
- Strength requirements for fore deck fittings and equipment
Ice Class IASuper, IA, IB, IC Sec 6 - a warning triangle and an ice class draught mark at the maximum permissible
ice class draught amidships
1 Requirements for the foremost cargo class renewal survey after the date on which the ship
reaches 10 years of age, whichever occurs first
hold
• for ships which were less than 5 years of age on 1st July
1.1 Application 1998, the date on which the ship reaches 10 years of
age.
1.1.1 (1/7/2001)
The requirements in [1.3], [1.4] and [1.5] apply to all bulk 1.2.2 (1/7/2003)
carriers of 150 m in length and above, in the foremost cargo Completion, prior to 1st July 2003, of an intermediate or
hold, intending to carry solid bulk cargoes having a density class renewal survey with a due date after 1st July 2003,
of 1,78 t/m3, or above, with single deck, topside tanks and cannot be used to postpone compliance. However, comple-
hopper tanks and, for the requirements in [1.3], fitted with tion prior to 1 July 2003 of an intermediate survey whose
vertically corrugated transverse watertight bulkheads window straddles 1 July 2003 may be accepted.
between cargo holds No. 1 and 2 where:
a) the foremost cargo hold is bounded by the side shell 1.3 Scantlings of the transverse bulkhead
only for ships which were contracted for construction
between the two foremost cargo holds
prior to 1 July 1998, and have not been constructed in
compliance with the applicable requirements for new
buildings contracted after that date, and given in Pt E, 1.3.1 The net scantlings of the transverse bulkhead
Ch 4, Sec 3 between the two foremost cargo holds are to be assessed in
accordance with the method given in App 1, [2].
b) the foremost cargo hold is double side skin construction
of less than 760 mm breadth measured perpendicular to In these requirements, homogeneous loading condition
the side shell in ships, the keels of which were laid, or means a loading condition in which the ratio between the
which were at a similar stage of construction, before 1 highest and the lowest filling ratio, evaluated for the two
July 1999 and have not been constructed in compliance foremost cargo holds, does not exceed 1,20, to be corrected
with the applicable requirements for new buildings con- for different cargo densities.
tracted after that date, and given in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3.
1.3.2 Thickness measurements are necessary to determine
1.2 Schedule for compliance the general condition of the structure and to define the
extent of possible repairs and/or reinforcements of the verti-
1.2.1 (1/1/2003) cally corrugated transverse watertight bulkhead for verifica-
The requirements in [1.3.1], [1.4.1] and [1.5.1] are to be tion of the compliance with the requirements given in
complied with by the following limit dates: App 1, [2].
• for ships which were 20 years of age or more on 1st July Thickness measurements and assessment of the scantlings
1998, the due date of the first intermediate survey or the are to be carried out for the initial evaluation at the limit
due date of the first class renewal survey, to be held after date as defined in [1.2.1], and thereafter at each subsequent
1st July 1998, whichever comes first class renewal survey for verification of continued compli-
ance with the above-mentioned requirements.
• for ships which were 15 years of age or more, but less
than 20 years on 1st July 1998, the due date of the first
class renewal survey to be held after 1st July 1998, but 1.3.3 Taking into account the buckling criteria applied in
not later than 1st July 2002 App 1, [2] in the evaluation of strength of the bulkhead, it is
essential to determine the thickness diminution at the criti-
• for ships which were 10 years of age or more, but less cal levels shown in Fig 1 and Fig 2.
than 15 years on 1st July 1998, the due date of the first
intermediate survey or the due date of the first class
1.3.4 Thickness measurements are to be carried out at the
renewal survey to be held after the date on which the
levels indicated in [1.3.5]. To adequately assess the scant-
ship reaches 15 years of age, but not later than the date
lings of each individual vertical corrugation, each corruga-
on which the ship reaches 17 years of age
tion flange, web, shedder plate (see App 1, Fig 4 and App 1,
• for ships which were 5 years of age or more, but less Fig 5) and gusset plate (see App 1, Fig 6, App 1, Fig 7 and
than 10 years of age on 1st July 1998, the due date, after App 1, Fig 8) within each of the levels indicated in [1.3.5] is
1st July 2003, of the first intermediate survey or the first to be measured.
1.3.5 The locations at which thickness measurements are 1.4 Allowable hold loading of the foremost
to be carried out are as follows for each of the prescribed cargo hold with the same hold flooded
levels a, b and c:
1.4.1 The loading in the foremost cargo hold is not to
• level a - bulkheads without lower stool (see Fig 1)
exceed the allowable hold loading in the flooded condition.
- the mid-breadth of the corrugation flanges and webs The method of calculation is laid down in App 1, [4].
at approximately 200 mm above the line of shedder In no case is the allowable hold loading in the flooding con-
plates dition to be taken greater than the design hold loading in
the intact condition.
- the middle of gusset plates between corrugation
flanges, where fitted
1.5 Damage stability
- the middle of the shedder plates
1.5.1 Bulk carriers which are subject to compliance with
Figure 1 : Thickness measurement areas of cargo the requirements laid down in [1.3.1] and [1.4.1] are, when
hold transverse bulkhead without lower stool loaded to the summer loadline, to be able to withstand
flooding of the foremost cargo hold in all loading condi-
tions and remain afloat in a satisfactory condition of equi-
librium, as specified in [1.5.2].
- the middle of gusset plates between corrugation 1.5.3 Bulk carriers which have been assigned a reduced
flanges, where fitted freeboard in compliance with the provisions of Regulation
27 of Part 3, Annex I, Chapter III of the International Con-
- the middle of the shedder plates vention on Load Lines, 1966 and Protocol of 1988, as
amended, may be considered as complying with [1.5.1].
Figure 2 : Thickness measurement areas of
cargo hold transverse bulkhead with lower stool 1.6 Alternative requirements
1.6.1 (1/1/2003)
Bulk carriers within the application limits of the provisions
in [1.5.2] which have been constructed with an insufficient
number of transverse watertight bulkheads to satisfy this
level c requirement may be exempted from the application of the
level b requirements given in [1.3.1], [1.4.1] and [1.5.1] provided
that they fulfil those stipulated in [1.6.2], [1.6.3] and
[1.6.4].
1.6.2 (1/7/2001)
For the foremost cargo hold, the additional survey require-
ments given in Ch 4, Sec 2, Tab 1B) are to be included in
the scope of the annual survey.
• level c - bulkheads with or without lower stool (see
Fig 1 and Fig 2) 1.6.3 In all cargo holds, or in cargo conveyor tunnels, as
appropriate, approved bilge well high water level alarms
- the mid-breadth of the corrugation flanges and webs are to be fitted, providing an audible and visual alarm on
at approximately the mid-height of the corrugation. the navigation bridge.
Where the thickness changes within the horizontal levels, 1.6.4 In addition to the bilge well high water level alarms
the thinner plate is to be measured. required as per [1.6.3], all bulk carriers described in [1.1.1]
and to which [1.6.1] applies are to be provided with an
1.3.6 Where necessary, steel renewal and/or reinforce- approved permanent means of detecting the presence of
ments are to meet the requirements given in App 1, [2.6]. water in cargo holds in excess of the small amounts which
may normally be expected in bilge wells. The features of 2 Requirements for all cargo holds
water ingress detectors and their installation on board are
described in [3].
2.1 Application
1.6.5 The requirement given in [1.6.4] is to be complied
2.1.1 (1/7/2001)
with according to the following implementation schedule:
The requirements in [2.2], [2.3], [2.4] are to be complied
• for ships of 20 years of age or more on 1st July 1998, the with in respect of the flooding of any cargo hold of bulk car-
due date of the first intermediate survey or the due date riers of 150 m in length and above, intending to carry solid
of the first class renewal survey, to be held after 1st July
bulk cargoes having a density of 1,0 t/m3, or above, with
1998, whichever comes first
single deck, topside tanks and hopper tanks and, for the
• for ships of 15 years of age or more, but less than 20 requirements in [2.3], fitted with vertically corrugated trans-
years on 1st July 1998, the due date of the first class verse watertight bulkheads, which are contracted for con-
renewal survey to be held after 1st July 1998, but not struction on or after 1 July 1998, except as stipulated below:
later than 1st July 2002
a) Cargo holds of double side skin construction in ships,
• for ships of 10 years of age or more, but less than 15 the keels of which were laid, or which were at a similar
years on 1st July 1998, the due date of the next class stage of construction, before 1 July 1999,
renewal survey after the date on which the ship reaches
b) Cargo holds of double side skin construction of not less
15 years of age, but not later than the date on which the
than 760 mm breadth at any location within the hold
ship reaches 17 years of age
length, measured perpendicular to the side shell in
• for ships less than 10 years of age on 1st July 1998, the ships, the keels of which were laid, or which were at a
date on which the ship reaches 15 years of age. similar stage of construction, before 1 January 2000,
In any event, ships which have already passed their due c) Cargo holds of double side skin construction of not less
date as specified herein are to fulfil this requirement not than 1,000 mm breadth at any location within the hold
later than the first intermediate survey or the first class length, measured perpendicular to the side shell in
renewal survey to be held after 1st January 1999, whichever ships, the keels of which are laid, or which are at a sim-
comes first. ilar stage of construction, on or after 1 January 2000.
1.7 Loading conditions, loading manuals 2.2 Longitudinal strength of hull girder
and loading instruments 2.2.1 (1/7/2001)
The hull girder strength is to be checked for specified
1.7.1 Bulk carriers, ore carriers and combination carriers,
flooded conditions, in each of the cargo and ballast condi-
which are assigned one of the following service notations:
tions considered in the intact longitudinal strength calcula-
• bulk carrier ESP tions.
lowing items located within the forward quarter length (the 6 Cargo hatch cover securing arrange-
ship’s length L is as defined in Pt B, Ch 1, Sec 2, [3.1]):
ments for bulk carriers not built in
• air pipes, accordance with Part B, Ch 9, Sec 7
• ventilator pipes and their closing devices,
• securing of windlasses. 6.1 General
6.1.1 (1/1/2005)
Note 1: If the nominal diameter of the air pipe is 40 or 50 mm (val- This item provides the strength requirements, and schedule
ues not accepted for new ships), the minimum height of the brack-
for compliance, for steel hatch cover securing devices and
ets to be fitted is 520 mm.
stoppers for cargo hold hatchways No.1 and No.2 which
5.1.2 (1/1/2004) are wholly or partially within 0.25L of the fore perpendicu-
For windlasses, these requirements are additional to those lar, except pontoon type hatch covers (the ship’s length L is
for the anchor and chain performance criteria indicated in as defined in Pt B, Ch 1, Sec 2, [3.1]).
Pt B, Ch 10, Sec 4, [3].
6.2 Application
5.1.3 (1/1/2004)
6.2.1 (1/7/2019)
Where mooring winches are integral with the anchor wind- These requirements apply to all bulk carriers, as defined in
lass, they are to be considered as part of the windlass. Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2], whose hatch covers were not built in
accordance with Pt B, Ch 9, Sec 7.
5.2 Application These requirements do not apply to self-unloading bulk car-
5.2.1 (1/7/2005) riers.
Completion prior to 1 July 2005 of an intermediate or 7.5.2 Criteria for webs (shear and other
renewal survey with a due date after 1 July 2005 cannot be checks) (1/7/2008)
used to postpone compliance. However, completion prior The webs of side shell frames and brackets are to be
to 1 July 2005 of an intermediate survey the window for renewed when the measured thickness (tM) is equal to or
which straddles 1 July 2005 can be accepted. less than the thickness (tREN) as defined below:
tREN is the greatest of:
7.4 Ice strengthened ships • tCOAT - tC
7.4.1 (1/7/2005) • 0,75 tAB
Where ships are reinforced to comply with an ice class • tREN,d/t (applicable to zones A and B only)
notation, the intermediate frames are not to be included • tREN,S (where required by [7.5.2] b).
when considering compliance with the requirements of this
item. a) Thickness criteria based on d/t ratio:
Subject to (2) and (3) below, tREN,d/t is given by the fol- of inertia is such as to avoid undesirable flexibility of
lowing equation: the side shell, when their web as-built thickness tAB
tREN,d/t = (web depth in mm) / R is greater than 1,65 .tREN,S, the thickness tREN,d/t may
be taken as the value t'REN,d/t obtained from the fol-
where R is equal to:
lowing equation:
• 65 k0,5 for symmetrically flanged frames
2
• 55 k0,5 for asymmetrically flanged frames t REN d t = 3
t REN d t t REN S
and for the lower brackets (see (1) below): where tREN,S is obtained from [7.6.6].
• 87 k0,5 for symmetrically flanged frames b) Thickness criteria based on shear strength check
• 73 k0,5 for asymmetrically flanged frames Where tM in the lower part of side frames, as defined in
where k = 1,0 for ordinary hull structural steel and Fig 3, is equal to or less than tCOAT, tREN,S is to be deter-
according to Pt B, Ch 4, Sec 1, [2.3] for higher tensile mined in accordance with [7.6.6].
steel.
c) Thickness of renewed webs of frames and lower brack-
In no instance is tREN,d/t for lower integral brackets to be ets
taken as less than tREN,d/t for the frames they support.
Where steel renewal is required, the renewed webs are
1) Lower brackets to be of a thickness not less than tAB , 1,2tCOAT or 1,2 tREN,
Lower brackets are to be flanged or a face plate is to whichever is the greatest.
be fitted, refer to [7.5.3].
d) Criteria for other measures
In calculating the web depth of the lower brackets,
the following will apply: When tREN < tM = tCOAT, measures are to be taken, con-
sisting of all the following:
• The web depth of lower bracket may be meas-
ured from the intersection of the sloped bulk- 1) sandblasting, or equivalent, and coating (see
head of the hopper tank and the side shell plate, [7.5.4]),
perpendicularly to the face plate of the lower 2) fitting tripping brackets (see [7.5.5]), when the above
bracket (see Fig 5). condition occurs for any of the side frame zones A,
• Where stiffeners are fitted on the lower bracket B, C and D, shown in Fig 3. Tripping brackets not
plate, the web depth may be taken as the dis- connected to flanges are to have soft toe, and the
tance between the side shell and the stiffener, distance between the bracket toe and the frame
between the stiffeners, or between the outermost flange is not to be greater than about 50 mm; see
stiffener and the face plate of the brackets, Fig 6.
whichever is the greatest.
3) maintaining the coating in "as-new" condition (i.e.
2) Tripping bracket alternative without breakdown or rusting) at class renewal and
When tM is less than tREN,d/t at section b) of the side intermediate surveys.
frames, tripping brackets in accordance with [7.5.5] The above measures may be waived if the structural
may be fitted as an alternative to the requirements members show no thickness diminution with respect to
for the web depth to thickness ratio of side frames, in the as-built thicknesses and coating is in "as-new" con-
which case tREN,d/t may be disregarded in the deter- dition (i.e. without breakdown or rusting).
mination of tREN in accordance with [7.5.2]. The
When the measured frame web thickness tM is such that
value of tM is to be based on zone B according to
tREN < tM tCOAT and the coating is in good condition,
Appendix 2 (see Fig 3).
sand blasting and coating as required in d) 1) above may
3) Immediately abaft collision bulkhead be waived even if not found in "as-new" condition, as
For side frames, including the lower bracket, located defined above, provided that tripping brackets are fitted
immediately abaft the collision bulkhead, whose and the coating damaged in way of the tripping bracket
scantlings are increased in order that their moment welding is repaired.
Figure 3 : Lower part of side frames (1/1/2004) In the case of integral brackets, when the criteria in [7.5.1]
to [7.5.3] are not satisfied for zone A or B, steel renewal,
sandblasting and coating, as applicable, are to be carried
out for both zones A and B.
In the case of separate brackets, when the criteria in [7.5.1]
to [7.5.3] are not satisfied for zone A or B, steel renewal,
sandblasting and coating are to be carried out for each of
0,25 h
D these zones, as applicable.
When steel renewal is required for zone C according to
[7.5.1] to [7.5.3], it is to be done for both zones B and C.
When sandblasting and coating are required for zone C
according to [7.5.1] to [7.5.3], they are to be carried out for
zones B, C and D.
h
C
When steel renewal is required for zone D according to
[7.5.1] to [7.5.3], it needs only to be carried out for this
zone. When sandblasting and coating are required for zone
D according to [7.5.1] to [7.5.3], they are to be carried out
0,25 h
Representative thickness measurements are to be taken for The thickness of the tripping brackets is to be not less than
each zone and they are to be assessed against the criteria in the as-built thickness of the side frame webs to which they
[7.5.1] to [7.5.3]. are connected.
When zone B is made up of different plate thicknesses, the Double continuous welding is to be adopted for the con-
lesser thickness is to be used for the application of the nections of tripping brackets to the side shell frames and
requirements in item [7]. shell plating.
Where side frames and side shell are made of Higher 7.6.2 Load model - Loading conditions (1/7/2008)
Strength Steel (HSS), Normal Strength Steel (NSS) tripping The following loading conditions are to be considered:
brackets may be accepted, provided the electrodes used for
a) Homogeneous heavy cargo (density greater than 1,78
welding are those required for the particular HSS grade, and
t/m3)
the thickness of the tripping brackets is equal to the frame
web thickness, regardless of the frame web material. b) Homogeneous light cargo (density less than 1,78 t/m3)
c) Non-homogeneous heavy cargo, if allowed
7.5.6 Weld throat thickness (1/1/2004)
d) Multiport loading/unloading conditions need not be
In the case of steel renewal, the welded connections are to
considered.
comply with the requirements in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [10.1].
7.6.3 Load model - Forces (1/1/2004)
7.5.7 Pitting and grooving (1/1/2004)
The forces Pfr,a and Pfr,b, in kN, to be considered for the
If pitting intensity is higher than 15% in an area (see Fig 7),
thickness measurement is to be taken to check pitting corro- strength checks at sections a) and b) of side frames (speci-
sion. fied in Fig 4; in the case of separate lower brackets, section
b) is at the top of the lower brackets), are given by:
The minimum acceptable remaining thickness in pits or
grooves is equal to: P fr a = P S + max P 1 P 2
• 75% of the as-built thickness, for pitting or grooving in h – 2h
P fr b = P fr a ------------------B
the frame and brackets, webs and flanges h
• 70% of the as-built thickness, for pitting or grooving in where:
the side shell, hopper tank and topside tank plating PS : still water force, in kN given by:
attached to the side frame, over a width up to 30 mm
p S U + p S L
from each side of it. • p S = sh ------------------------
- when the upper end of
2
7.5.8 Renewal of all frames in one or more cargo the side frame span h (see Fig 3) is below the
holds (1/7/2006) load waterline
When all frames in one or more holds are required to be
p S L
renewed according to item [7], compliance with the • p S = sh -------- when the upper end of the
2
requirements in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [3.2] and Pt E, Ch 4,
Sec 3, [6.2] may be accepted in lieu of compliance with the side frame span h (see Fig 3) is at or above
requirements in item [7], provided that: the load waterline
• it is applied at least to all the frames of the hold(s) p1 : wave force, in kN, in head sea given by:
• the coating requirements for side frames of "new ships" p 1 U + p 1 L
sh = ------------------------
-
are complied with 2
• the section modulus of side frames is calculated accord- p2 : wave force, in kN, in beam sea given by:
ing to the requirements in Pt B, Ch 7, Sec 2 or Pt B,
p 2 U + p 2 L
Ch 8, Sec 4, as applicable. sh = ------------------------
-
2
7.5.9 Renewal of damaged frames (1/7/2008)
h, hB : side frame span and lower bracket length, in m,
In the event of renewal of a damaged frame already com- defined in Fig 3 and Fig 4, respectively
plying with item [7], the following requirements apply:
h’ : distance, in m, between the lower end of side
a) The conditions accepted in compliance with item [7] frame span h (see Fig 7) and the load waterline
are to be restored as a minimum.
s : frame spacing, in m
b) For localised damage, the extension of the renewal is to
pS,U, p2,L : still water pressure, in kN/m2, at the upper and
be carried out according to the standard practice of the
lower ends of the side frame span h (see Fig 3),
Society.
respectively
p1,U, p1,L : wave pressure, in kN/m2, as defined in [7.6.4] a)
7.6 Strength check criteria
below for the upper and lower ends of the side
7.6.1 General (1/1/2004) frame span h, respectively
In general, loads are to be calculated and strength checks p2,U, p2,L : wave pressure, in kN/m2, as defined in [7.6.4] b)
are to be carried out for the aft, middle and forward frames below for the upper and lower ends of the side
of each hold. The scantlings required for frames in interme- frame span h, respectively.
diate positions are to be obtained by linear interpolation
between the results obtained for the above frames. 7.6.4 Load model - Wave pressure (1/1/2004)
a) Wave pressure p1
When scantlings of side frames vary within a hold, the
required scantlings are also to be calculated for the mid- The wave pressure p1, in kN/m2, at and below the water-
frame of each group of frames having the same scantlings. line is given by:
The scantlings required for frames in intermediate positions
B
are to be obtained by linear interpolation between the p 1 = 1 50 p 11 + 135 ------------------------- – 1 2 T – z
2 B + 75
results obtained for the calculated frames.
50c r 0 5B + k
- + C B ------------------------f 0 7 + 2 ---
z
p 2 = 13 0 0 5B ------------------------
2 B + 75 14 T Between the above specified points, ks is to
be interpolated linearly
The wave pressure p2, in kN/m2, above the waterline is
given by: kf : 0,8 C
p 2 = p 2wl – 5 0 z – T
7.6.5 Allowable stresses (1/1/2004)
where: The allowable normal and shear stresses a and a, in
p1wl : p1 wave sea pressure at the waterline N/mm2, in the side shell frames and brackets are given by:
2k f
1 25 – 0 025 -------------
Cr : - k 1000k P
GM
s fr b
• at section b): t REN Sb = ---------------------------
-
d b sin a
k : • 1,2 for ships without bilge keel
where:
• 1,0 for ships with bilge keel
kS : shear force distribution factor, to be taken equal
kr : roll radius of gyration. If the actual value of to 0,6
kr is not available:
Pfr,a, Pfr,b : forces defined in [7.6.3]
• 0,39 B for ships with even distribution of
mass in transverse section (e.g. alternate da, db : bracket and frame web depth, in mm, at sec-
heavy cargo loading or homogeneous tions a) and b), respectively (see Fig 4); in the
light cargo loading) case of separate (non integral) brackets, db is to
be taken as the minimum web depth deducting
• 0,25 B for ships with uneven distribution possible scallops
of mass in transverse section (e.g. homo-
genous heavy cargo distribution) : angle between frame web and shell plate
GM : 0,12 B if the actual value of GM is not avail- a : allowable shear stress, in N/mm2, defined in
able [7.6.5].
hB
da d b = frame web depth
Section a)
Figure 5 : Definition of the lower bracket web depth section modulus, in cm3, of the brackets and side frames at
for determining tREN,S (1/1/2004) sections a) and b) is to be not less than:
1000P h fr a
• at section a): Z a = --------------------------
-
ma a
1000P fr a h
• at section b): Z b = --------------------------
-
mb a
where:
LOWER BRACKET Pfr,a : force defined in [7.6.3]
90° WEB DEPTH
h : side frame span, in m, defined in Fig 3
a : allowable normal stress, in N/mm2, defined in
[7.6.5]
ma, mb : bending moment coefficients defined inTab 3.
The actual section modulus of the brackets and side frames
is to be calculated about an axis parallel to the attached
SOFT T OE plate, based on the measured thicknesses. For pre-calcula-
tions, alternative thickness values may be used, provided
they are not less than:
• tREN, for the web thickness
• the minimum thicknesses allowed by the Society
renewal criteria for flange and attached plating.
ma mb
Tripping brackets
- 50 mm
15% SCATTERED
3 Side Shell Doors, Stern Doors, Bow 3.2 Bow Doors and Inner Doors
Doors and Inner Doors 3.2.1 (1/7/2001)
The structural condition of bow doors and inner doors,
3.1 Side Shell Doors and Stern Doors especially the primary structure, the securing and support-
ing arrangements and the hull structure alongside and
3.1.1 (1/7/2001) above the doors, are to be specially examined and any
defects rectified.
The structural condition of side shell doors and stern doors,
especially the primary structure, the securing and support- 3.2.2 (1/7/2001)
ing arrangements and the hull structure alongside and
above the doors, are to be specially examined and any The requirements of Pt B, Ch 9, Sec 5, [8] concerning oper-
ating procedures of the bow doors and inner doors are to be
defects rectified.
complied with.
3.1.2 (1/1/2005)
3.2.3 (1/1/2005)
The following measures are to be complied with by all The following measures are to be complied with by all
existing ro-ro passenger ships with the date of building existing ro-ro passenger ships with the date of building
before 30th June 1996, including ships only engaged on before the 30th June 1996 including ships only engaged on
domestic sea voyages unless otherwise decided by the com- domestic sea voyages, unless otherwise decided by the
petent flag Administrations. competent flag Administrations.
a) The structural arrangement of securing devices and sup- a) The location and arrangement of inner doors are to
porting devices of inwards opening doors in way of comply with the applicable requirements of the SOLAS
these securing devices and, where applicable, of the Convention and with Pt B, Ch 9, Sec 5, [1.3.4].
surrounding hull structure is to be re-assessed in accord-
b) Ships with visor door are to comply with Pt B, Ch 9,
ance with the applicable requirements of Pt B, Ch 9,
Sec 5, [5.2.7] requiring redundant provision of securing
Sec 6, [4] and modified accordingly.
devices preventing the upward opening of the bow
b) The securing and locking arrangements for side shell door. In addition, where the visor door is not self-clos-
ing under external loads (i.e. the closing moment My
doors and stern doors which may lead to the flooding of
calculated in accordance with Pt B, Ch 9, Sec 5, [2.1.3]
a special category space or ro-ro cargo space as defined
is less than zero) then the opening moment Mo is not to
in Pt E, Ch 12, Sec 2, [1.2.7] are to comply with the fol-
be taken less than -My. If drainage arrangements in the
lowing requirements:
space between the inner and bow doors are not fitted,
- separate indicator lights and audible alarms are to the value of Mo is to be specially considered. Where
be provided on the navigation bridge and on each available space above the tank top does not enable the
operating panel to indicate that the doors are closed full application of Pt B, Ch 9, Sec 5, [5.2.7], equivalent
and that their securing and locking devices are prop- measures are to be taken to ensure that the door has
erly positioned, positive means for being kept closed during seagoing
operation.
- the indication panel is to be provided with a lamp
c) Ships with visor door are to comply with Pt B, Ch 9,
test function. It is not to be possible to turn off the
Sec 5, [5.2.8] requiring securing and supporting devices
indicator light,
excluding hinges to be capable of bearing the vertical
- the indication panel on the navigation bridge is to design force (Fz - 10W) without exceeding the permissi-
be equipped with a mode selection function "har- ble stresses given in Pt B, Ch 9, Sec 5, [6.1.1].
bour/sea voyage", so arranged that audible alarm is d) For side-opening doors, the structural arrangements for
given if the vessel leaves harbour with side shell or supporting vertical loads, including securing devices,
stern doors not closed or with any of the securing supporting devices and, where applicable, hull structure
devices not in the correct position, above the door, are to be re-assessed in accordance
with the applicable requirements of Pt B, Ch 9, Sec 5,
- a water leakage detection system with audible alarm
[5] and modified accordingly.
and television surveillance is to be arranged to pro-
vide an indication to the navigation bridge and to e) The securing and locking arrangements for bow doors
the engine control room of any leakage through the and inner doors which may lead to the flooding of a
doors. special category space or ro-ro space as defined in Pt E,
Ch 12, Sec 2, [1.2.7] are to comply with the following
3.1.3 (1/7/2001) requirements:
Documented operating procedures for closing and securing • Separate indicator lights and audible alarms are to
side shell and stern doors are to be kept on board and be provided on the navigation bridge and on each
posted at the appropriate places. panel to indicate that the doors are closed and that
their securing and locking devices are properly posi- given if the vessel leaves harbour with the bow
tioned. doors or inner doors not closed or with any of the
• The indication panel is to be provided with a lamp securing devices not in the correct position.
test function. It is not to be possible to turn off the • A water leakage detection system with audible
indicator light. alarm and television surveillance is to be arranged
• The indication panel on the navigation bridge is to to provide an indication to the navigation bridge and
be equipped with a mode selection function "har- to the engine control station of any leakage through
bour/sea voyage", so arranged that audible alarm is the doors.
• for ships less than 10 years of age on 1 January 2004, by cannot be used to postpone compliance. However, comple-
the date on which the ship reaches 10 years of age. tion prior to 1 January 2004 of an intermediate survey
Completion prior to 1 January 2004 of an intermediate or whose window for straddles 1 January 2004 can be
class renewal survey with a due date after 1 January 2004 accepted.
1 General For ICE CLASS IA SUPER, for ships without a bulb, C1 and
C2 are to be calculated as follows:
1.1 Definitions
1.1.1 (1/7/2005) BL
C 1 = f 1 ----------------- + 1 84 f 2 B + f 3 L + f 4 BL
T
For general information and definitions, see Pt F, Ch 9, 2 --- + 1
B
Sec 1, [3.1.1]
B L
1.2.1 (1/7/2005)
Ships which have been assigned the additional class nota- For ICE CLASS IA SUPER, for ships with a bulb, C1 and C2
tions ICE CLASS IB or ICE CLASS IC, the keel of which was are to be calculated as follows:
laid or was at a similar stage of construction before 1st Sep-
tember 2003, are to comply with the requirements indi-
BL
cated in [2.1.1]. C 1 = f 1 ----------------- + 2 89 f 2 B + f 3 L + f 4 BL
T
1.2.2 (1/7/2005) 2 --- + 1
B
Ships which have been assigned the additional class nota-
tions ICE CLASS IA SUPER or ICE CLASS IA, the keel of 2
C 2 = 6 67 g 1 + g 2 B + g 3 1 + 1 2 --- -------
T B
which was laid or was at a similar stage of construction
B L
before 1st September 2003, are to comply with the require-
ments indicated in [2.1.2]. C3= 460 kg/m2s2
C4= 18,7 kg/m2s2
2 Requirements to retain ICE CLASS
notations C5= 825 kg/s2
f1 = 10,3 N/m2
2.1 General f2 = 45,8 N/m
2.1.1 (1/7/2005) f3 = 2,94 N/m
Ships referred to in [1.2.1] are to comply with the provi-
sions of Pt F, Ch 9, Sec 1, [3.1.2] of RINA Rules, 2000 edi- f4= 5,8 N/m2
tion, in order to retain their additional class notations ICE g1 = 1530 N
CLASS IB or ICE CLASS IC.
g2 = 170 N/m
2.1.2 (1/7/2020)
g3 = 400 N/m 1,5
Ships referred to in [1.2.2] are to comply with the provi-
sions of Pt F, Ch 9, Sec 1, [3.1.2], in order to retain their
additional class notations ICE CLASS IA SUPER or ICE LT
3
------ is not to be taken less than 5 or more than 20
CLASS IA, no later than 1st January in the year when 20 B2
years have elapsed since the ship was delivered.
The other parameters are those defined in Pt F, Ch 9, Sec 1
If the ship does not comply with the requirements in Pt F,
Ch 9, Sec 1, [3.1.2] on the date given above, the highest
lower ice class for which the engine output is sufficient can 3 Other methods of determining KC or
be confirmed for the ship. RCH
When, for an existing ship, the values for some of the hull
form parameters required for the calculation method in Pt F, 3.1 General
Ch 9, Sec 1, [3.1.2] are difficult to obtain, the following
alternative formulae can be used: 3.1.1 (1/7/2005)
For an individual ship, in lieu of the KC or RCH values
R CH = C 1 + C 2 + C 3 H F + H M 2 B + 0 658H F defined in Pt F, Ch 9, Sec 1, [3.1.2], the Society may
LT 3 B
approve the use of KC values based on more exact calcula-
+ C 4 LH 2F + C 5 ------2 --- tions or RCH values based on model tests. Such approval will
B 4
be given on the understanding that it may be revoked if
The parameters in the above formula are given below. experience of the ship's performance in practice warrants
For ICE CLASS IA, C1 and C2 are to be taken as zero. this.
4 Draught limitation in ice The upper edge of the warning triangle is to be located ver-
tically above the "ICE" mark, 1000 mm higher than the sum-
mer load line in fresh water but in no case higher than the
4.1 Warning triangle
deck line. The sides of the triangle are to be 300 mm in
4.1.1 (1/7/2007) length.
For ships built before 1 July 2007, if the UIWL (see Pt F,
The ice class draught mark is to be located 540 mm abaft
Ch 9, Sec 1, [2.1.1]) is below the summer load line, the
the centre of the load line ring or 540 mm abaft the vertical
ship's sides are to be provided with a warning triangle and
line of the timber load line mark, if applicable.
with an ice class draught mark at the maximum permissible
ice class draught amidships (see Fig 1), not later than the The marks and figures are to be cut out of 5 - 8 mm plate
first scheduled dry docking after 1 July 2007. The purpose and then welded to the ship's side. The marks and figures
of the warning triangle is to provide information on the are to be painted in a red or yellow reflecting colour so that
draught limitation of the ship when it is sailing in ice for they are plainly visible even in ice conditions.
Masters of icebreakers and for inspection personnel in The dimensions of all figures are to be the same as those
ports. used in the load line mark.
300
ICE 25
1000
540 mm aft
F
R I S
ICE
25
230
hf
D
df
hl
V
dl
P
V = Volume of cargo
P = Calculation point
2.2.3 Pressure in the flooded hold: bulk cargo perm : Permeability of cargo, to be taken as 0,3 for
loaded hold ore (corresponding bulk cargo density for
Two cases are to be considered, depending on the values of iron ore may generally be taken as 3,0 t/m3)
dl and df , dl (see Fig 1) being a distance from the base line hl : Vertical distance, in m, from the calculation
given, in m, by: point to a level located at a distance dl , as
Mc v LS b HT defined above, from the base line (see Fig 1)
d l = ------------
- + ------- + h HT – h DB -------
- + h DB
c lc B lc B B : = 45° - (/2)
where: : Angle of repose of the cargo, in degrees,
Mc : Mass of cargo, in t, in the foremost cargo hold and may generally be taken as 35° for iron
ore.
c : Bulk cargo density, in t/m3
The force Fc,f , in kN, acting on a corrugation is given by:
lc : Length of the foremost cargo hold, in m
B : Ship’s breadth amidships, in m d f -d l 2 g d f -d l + p c f le
F c f =s 1 g ------------------
- + ---------------------------------------------- d l -h DB -h LS
vLS : Volume, in m3, of the bottom stool above the 2 2
inner bottom where:
hHT : Height of the hopper tanks amidships, in m, s1 : Spacing of corrugations, in m (see Fig 2)
from the base line , g, dl, hDB : As given above
hDB : Height of the double bottom, in m df : As given in [2.2.2]
bHT : Breadth of the hopper tanks amidships, in m. (pc,f)le : Pressure, in kN/m2, at the lower end of the
a) Case when df dl corrugation
At each point of the bulkhead located at a distance hLS : Height of the lower stool, in m, from the
between dl and df from the base line, the pressure pc,f , in inner bottom.
kN/m2, is given by: b) Case when df < dl
p c f = gh f At each point of the bulkhead located at a distance
where: between df and dl from the base line, the pressure pc,f , in
: Sea water density, in t/m3 kN/m2, is given by:
g : 9,81 m/s2, gravity acceleration p c f = c gh l tan2
hf : Flooding head as defined in [2.2.2]. where:
At each point of the bulkhead located at a distance c, g, hl, : as given in a) above
lower than dl from the base line, the pressure pc,f , in At each point of the bulkhead located at a distance
kN/m2, is given by: lower than df from the base line, the pressure pc,f , in
p c f = gh f + c – 1 – perm gh l tan2 kN/m2, is given by:
where: p c f = gh f + c h l – 1 – perm h f g tan2
, g, hf : As given above where:
c : Bulk cargo density, in t/m3 , g, hf, c, hlperm, : as given in a) above
The force Fc,f , in kN, acting on a corrugation is given by: 2.2.7 Resultant pressure in non-homogeneous
loading conditions
dl – df 2
- tan2
F c f = s 1 c g --------------------- At each point of the bulkhead structures, the resultant pres-
2
c g d l – d f tan + p c f le
2 sure p, in kN/m2, to be considered for the scantlings of the
- d f – h DB – h LS
+s 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------- bulkhead is given by:
2
where: p = pc,f
s1, c, g, , (pc,f)le , hLS : As given in a) above The resultant force F, in kN, acting on a corrugation is given
by:
dl, hDB : as given in [2.2.3]
df : as given in [2.2.2]. F = Fc,f
d l – h DB – h LS 2 Fl
- tan2
F c = s 1 c g -------------------------------------- M = -----
2 8
where: where:
c , g, s1, hLS : as given in [2.2.3] a) F : Resultant force in kN, as given in [2.2.6] or
[2.2.7]
dl, hDB : as given in [2.2.3].
: Span of the corrugation, in m, to be taken
2.2.6 Resultant pressure in homogeneous loading according to Fig 2 and Fig 3.
conditions
At each point of the bulkhead structures, the resultant pres- 2.3.3 Shear force
sure p, in kN/m2, to be considered for the scantlings of the
bulkhead is given by: The shear force Q, in kN, at the lower end of the bulkhead
corrugations is given by:
p = pc,f - 0,8 pc
Q = 0,8 F
The resultant force F, in kN, acting on a corrugation is given
by: where:
Shedder Plates
When 50
n
S1 tf
(): For the definition of , the internal end of the upper stool is not to be taken more than a distance from the deck at the centreline equal to:
- three times the depth of corrugations, in general
- twice the depth of corrugations, for rectangular stool.
Requirements for local net plate thickness are given in the section modulus Zle , in cm3, is to be taken not larger
[2.4.8]. than the value Z’le , in cm3, given by:
In addition, the criteria given in [2.4.2] and [2.4.5] are to be
Qh g – 0 5h g2 s 1 p g
complied with. Z le = Z g + 10 3 ------------------------------------------
-
a
Where the corrugation angle shown in Fig 2 is less than
50°, a horizontal row of staggered shedder plates is to be fit- where:
ted at approximately mid-depth of the corrugations (see Zg : Section modulus of one half pitch corrugation,
Fig 2) to help preserve dimensional stability of the bulkhead in cm3, according to [2.4.4], in way of the upper
under flooding loads. The shedder plates are to be welded end of shedder or gusset plates, as applicable
to the corrugations by double continuous welding, but they
are not to be welded to the side shell. Q : Shear force, in kN, as given in [2.3.3]
The thicknesses of the lower part of corrugations considered hg : Height, in m, of shedders or gusset plates, as
in the application of [2.4.2] and [2.4.3] are to be main- applicable (see Fig 4, Fig 5, Fig 6, Fig 7 and
tained for a distance from the inner bottom (if no lower Fig 8)
stool is fitted) or the top of the lower stool not less than
s1 : As given in [2.2.3] a)
0,15.
pg : Resultant pressure, in kN/m2, as defined in
The thicknesses of the middle part of corrugations consid-
[2.2.6] and [2.2.7], calculated in way of the
ered in the application of [2.4.2] and [2.4.4] are to be main-
middle of the shedders or gusset plates, as
tained to a distance from the deck (if no upper stool is fitted)
applicable
or the bottom of the upper stool not greater than 0,3.
a : Allowable stress, in N/mm2, as given in [2.4.5].
2.4.2 Bending capacity and shear stress
Stresses are obtained by dividing the shear force Q by the
The bending capacity is to comply with the following rela- shear area. The shear area is to be reduced in order to
tionship: account for possible non-perpendicularity between the cor-
rugation webs and flanges. In general, the reduced shear
M
10 3 --------------------------------------------------- 1 0 area may be obtained by multiplying the web sectional area
0 5Z le a le + Z m a m
by (sin), being the angle between the web and the flange.
where:
When calculating the section moduli and the shear area,
M : Bending moment, in kN.m, as given in [2.3.2] the net plate thicknesses are to be used.
Zle : Section modulus of one half pitch corrugation, The section moduli of corrugations are to be calculated on
in cm3, at the lower end of corrugations, to be the basis of the requirements given in [2.4.3] and [2.4.4].
calculated according to [2.4.3]
Zm : Section modulus of one half pitch corrugation, 2.4.3 Section modulus at the lower end of
in cm3, at the mid-span of corrugations, to be corrugations
calculated according to [2.4.4]. The section modulus is to be calculated with the compres-
a,le 2
: Allowable stress, in N/mm , as given in [2.4.5], sion flange having an effective flange width, bef , not larger
for the lower end of corrugations than as given in [2.4.6].
a,m : Allowable stress, in N/mm2, as given in [2.4.5], If the corrugation webs are not supported by local brackets
for the mid-span of corrugations. below the stool top (or below the inner bottom) in the lower
part, the section modulus of the corrugations is to be calcu-
In no case is Zm to be taken greater than the lesser of 1,15Zle lated considering the corrugation webs 30% effective.
and 1,15Z’le for calculation of the bending capacity, Z’le
being defined below. a) Provided that effective shedder plates, as defined in
[2.4.2], are fitted (see Fig 4 and Fig 5), when calculating
Where effective shedders plates are fitted which: the section modulus of corrugations at the lower end
- are not knuckled (cross-section 1 in Fig 4 and Fig 5, the area of flange
plates, in cm2, may be increased by the following value
- are welded to the corrugations and the top of the lower (which is not to be taken greater than: 2,5 a tf )
stool by one side penetration welds or equivalent
- are fitted with a minimum slope of 45° and their lower Fsh
2 5a t f t sh --------
-
edge is in line with the stool side plating, Ffl
Figure 4 : Symmetrical shedder plates tgu : Net gusset plate thickness, in mm, not to be
taken greater than tf
tf : Net flange thickness, in mm, based on the
as-built condition.
c) If the corrugation webs are welded to a sloping stool top
plate, which is at an angle not less than 45° with the
shedder
plate horizontal plane, the section modulus of the corruga-
hg tions may be calculated considering the corrugation
webs fully effective. Where effective gusset plates are
fitted, when calculating the section modulus of corruga-
1 tions the area of flange plates may be increased as spec-
ified in b) above. No credit can be given to shedder
Lower plates only.
stool
For angles less than 45°, the effectiveness of the web
may be obtained by linear interporation between 30%
for 0° and 100% for 45°.
gusset
plate
shedder
plate
hg
hg
1
1
Lower
stool Lower
stool
where:
a : Width, in m, of the corrugation flange (see
Fig 2) Figure 7 : Asymmetrical gusset/shedder plates
where: where:
F : Minimum upper yield stress, in N/mm , of the 2 F : Minimum upper yield stress, in N/mm2, of the
material. material
2
E = 0 9k t E ----------------
t
Figure 8 : Asymmetrical gusset/shedder plates 1000c
Sloping stool top plate k t = 6 ,34
E : Modulus of elasticity, in N/mm2, as given in
[2.4.6]
t : Net thickness, in mm, of corrugation web
c : Width, in m, of corrugation web (see Fig 2).
hg = where:
1 sw : Plate width, in m, to be taken equal to the width
= of the corrugation flange or web, whichever is
the greater (see Fig 2)
lower
stool p : Resultant pressure, in kN/m2, as defined in
[2.2.6] and [2.2.7], at the bottom of each strake
of plating; in all cases, the net thickness of the
lowest strake is to be determined using the
resultant pressure at the top of the lower stool or
at the inner bottom, if no lower stool is fitted, or
at the top of shedders, if shedder or gusset/shed-
2.4.6 Effective width of the compression flange of
der plates are fitted
corrugations
The effective width bef , in m, of the corrugation flange is F : Minimum upper yield stress, in N/mm2, of the
material.
given by:
For built-up corrugation bulkheads, when the thicknesses of
bef = Ce a
the flange and web are different, the net thickness of the
where: narrower plating is to be not less than tn , in mm, given by:
2 25 1 25- p
C e = ------------- – ------------ for 1 25 t n = 14 9s n -----
2 F
Ce = 1 for 1 25 where:
a sn : Width, in m, of the narrower plating.
= 10 3 --- -----F
tf E The net thickness of the wider plating, in mm, is not to be
tf : Net flange thickness, in mm taken less than the maximum of the following values:
a : As given in [2.4.3] p-
t w = 14 9s w ----
F : Minimum upper yield stress, in N/mm2, of the F
material 440s w2 p 2
tw = ------------------- – t np
E : Modulus of elasticity, in N/mm2, to be assumed F
equal to 206000 N/mm2 for steel. where:
tnp : thickness, in mm, less than or equal to the fitted) are to be made at least by deep penetration welds
actual net thickness of the narrower plating and (see Fig 9).
not to be greater than: Where the gauged thickness is within the range (tnet+0,5)
p mm and (tnet+1,0) mm, coating (applied in accordance with
14 9s w ----- the coating Manufacturer’s specifications) or annual gaug-
F
ing may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal.
T T
f
f
3.1.2 In addition to Rule requirements, the assessment of 3.1.6 Fig 10 gives a general arrangement of structural
the transverse corrugated bulkhead based on the criteria reinforcement. When such reinforcement is carried out, the
given in [2] will take into account the following: following applies:
• scantlings of individual vertical corrugations will be • square or trapezoidal corrugations are to be reinforced
assessed for reinforcement/renewal based on thickness with plate strips fitted to each corrugation flange suffi-
measurements obtained in accordance with Sec 2, [1.3] cient to meet the requirements given in [2]
at their lower end, at mid-depth and in way of plate • the number of strips fitted to each corrugation flange is
thickness changes in the lower 70%. These considera- to be sufficient to meet the requirements given in [2]
tions will take into account the provision of gussets and
shedder plates and the benefits they offer, provided that • the shedder plate may be fitted in one piece or prefabri-
they comply with [2.4.2] and [2.6]. cated with a welded knuckle (gusset plate)
• taking into account the scantlings and arrangements for • gusset plates, where fitted, are to be welded to the shelf
each case, permissible levels of diminution will be plate in line with the flange of the corrugation, to
determined and appropriate measures taken in accord- reduce the stress concentrations at the corrugation cor-
ance with [2.6]. ners. Good alignment is to be ensured between gusset
plates, corrugation flanges and lower stool sloping
3.1.3 Where renewal is required, its extent is to be shown plates. Deep penetration welding is to be used at all
clearly in plans. The vertical distance of each renewal zone connections. Start and stop of welding are to be as far
is to be determined by considering the criteria given in [2] away as possible from corners of corrugations
and is generally to be not less than 15% of the vertical dis-
• shedder plates are to be attached by one side full pene-
tance between the upper and lower end of the corrugation
tration welds onto backing bars
measured at the ship’s centreline.
• shedder and gusset plates are to have a thickness equal
3.1.4 Where the reinforcement is accepted by adding to or greater than the original bulkhead thickness. Gus-
strips, the length of the reinforcing strips is to be sufficient to set plates are to have a minimum height (on the vertical
extend over the whole depth of the diminished plating. In part) equal to half of the width of the corrugation flange.
general, the width and thickness of strips are to be sufficient Shedders and gussets are to be of the same material as
to comply with the criteria given in [2]. The material of the that of the flange.
Reinforcement strips with shedder plate Weld of reinforcement strip to shelf plate
Upper end to be
suitably tapered
Reinforcement
strip
Gusset
plate
Gusset plate
- D in general
4.1.1 These requirements apply to bulk carriers:
• of single side skin construction - 0,95D for ships less than 50000 tonnes deadweight with
• of 150 metres in length and above type B freeboard,
• intended to carry solid bulk cargoes having a bulk den-
D being the distance, in m, from the base line to the free-
sity of 1,78 t/m3 or above
board deck at side amidships (see Fig 11).
• contracted for construction prior to 1st July 1998, and
not constructed in compliance with the applicable
requirements for new buildings contracted after that 4.3 Shear capacity of the double bottom of
date, and given in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3. the foremost cargo hold
4.1.2 The loading in the foremost cargo hold is not to
4.3.1 General
exceed the allowable hold loading in the flooded condition,
calculated as per [4.4], using the loads given in [4.2] and The shear capacity C of the double bottom of the foremost
the shear capacity of the double bottom given in [4.3]. cargo hold is defined as the sum of the shear strength at
In no case is the allowable hold loading in flooding condi- each end of:
tion to be taken greater than the design hold loading in
• all floors adjacent to both hoppers, less one half of the
intact condition.
strength of the two floors adjacent to each stool, or
transverse bulkhead if no stool is fitted (see Fig 12)
4.2 Load model
• all double bottom girders adjacent to both stools, or
4.2.1 General transverse bulkheads if no stool is fitted.
The loads to be considered as acting on the double bottom
of the foremost cargo hold are those given by the external The strength of girders or floors which run out and are not
sea pressures and the combination of the cargo loads with directly attached to the boundary stool or hopper girder is
those induced by the flooding of the foremost cargo hold to be evaluated for the one end only.
itself.
Note 1: The floors and girders to be considered are those inside the
The most severe combinations of cargo induced loads and hold boundaries formed by the hoppers and stools (or transverse
flooding loads are to be used, depending on the loading bulkheads if no stool is fitted). The hopper side girders and the
conditions included in the loading manual: floors directly below the connection of the bulkhead stools (or
• homogeneous loading conditions transverse bulkheads if no stool is fitted) to the inner bottom are not
to be included.
• non-homogeneous loading conditions
• packed cargo conditions, such as steel mill products. Note 2: When the geometry and/or the structural arrangement of
the double bottom is such as to make the above assumptions inad-
For each loading condition, the maximum bulk cargo den- equate, at the Society’s discretion, the shear capacity C of the dou-
sity to be carried is to be considered in calculating the ble bottom is to be calculated by means of direct calculations to be
allowable hold limit. carried out according to Pt B, Ch 7, App 1, as far as applicable.
Figure 11 : Calculation of pressure on the inner bottom in the flooded cargo hold
hf
D df
hl
V
V = Volume of cargo
Lower stool
Transverse bulkhead
Girders
Floors
In calculating the shear strength, the net thicknesses of F : Minimum upper yield stress, in N/mm2, of the
floors and girders are to be used. The net thickness tnet , in material
mm, is given by:
1 : 1 = 1,10
tnet = t - tC
2 : 2 = 1,20
where:
2 may be reduced, at the Society’s discretion,
t : As-built thickness, in mm, of floors and girders
down to 1,10 where appropriate reinforcements
tC : Corrosion diminution, equal to 2 mm, in gen- are fitted to the Society’s satisfaction.
eral; a lower value of tC may be adopted, pro-
vided that measures are taken, to the Society’s 4.3.3 Girder shear strength
satisfaction, to justify the assumption made. The girder shear strength in way of the girder panel adjacent
to stools (or transverse bulkheads, if no stool is fitted) Sg1 , in
4.3.2 Floor shear strength
kN, and the girder shear strength in way of the largest open-
The floor shear strength in way of the floor panel adjacent to
ing in the outermost bay (i.e. that bay which is closest to the
hoppers Sf1 , in kN, and the floor shear strength in way of
stool, or transverse bulkhead, if no stool is fitted) Sg2 , in kN,
the openings in the outermost bay (i.e. that bay which is
are given by the following expressions:
closest to the hopper) Sf2 , in kN, are given by the following
expressions:
S g1 = 10 –3 A g -----a
1
S f1 = 10 –3 A f -----a
1 S g2 = 10 –3 A g h -----a
2
S f2 = 10 –3 A f h -----a
2 where:
where: Ag : Minimum sectional area, in mm2, of the girder
Af 2
: Sectional area, in mm , of the floor panel adja- panel adjacent to stools (or transverse bulk-
cent to hoppers heads if no stools are fitted)
Af,h : Net sectional area, in mm2, of the floor panels Ag,h : Net sectional area, in mm2, of the girder panel
in way of the openings in the outermost bay (i.e. in way of the largest opening in the outermost
that bay which is closest to the hopper) bay (i.e. that bay which is closest to the stool, or
a : Allowable shear stress, in N/mm2, to be taken transverse bulkhead, if no stool is fitted)
equal to : a : Allowable shear stress, in N/mm2, as given in
[4.3.2]
a = ------F-
3 1 : 1 = 1,10
2 : 2 = 1,15 with:
2 may be reduced, at the Society’s discretion, Ch : Shear capacity of the double bottom, in kN, as
down to 1,10 where appropriate reinforcements defined in [4.3], considering, for each floor, the
are fitted to the Society’s satisfaction. lesser of the shear strengths Sf1 and Sf2 (see
[4.3.2]) and, for each girder, the lesser of the
4.4 Allowable hold loading shear strengths Sg1 and Sg2 (see [4.3.3])
Ce : Shear capacity of the double bottom, in kN, as
4.4.1 The allowable hold loading W, in t, is given by: defined in [4.3], considering, for each floor, the
1 shear strength Sf1 (see [4.3.2]) and, for each
W = c V ---
F girder, the lesser of the shear strengths Sg1 and
where: Sg2 (see [4.3.3])
F : equal to 1,05 in general (for steel mill products, i=n
X where:
h 1 = --------
c g n : number of floors between stools (or transverse
where: bulkheads, if no stools are fitted)
X : for bulk cargoes, is the lesser of X1 and X2 given Si : Space of ith-floor, in m
by: BDB,i : • for floors whose shear strength is given by
Sf1 (see [4.3.2]) : BDB,i = BDB - s
Z + g E – h f
X 1 = -------------------------------------------
- • for floors whose shear strength is given by
1 + ----- perm – 1 Sf2 (see [4.3.2]) : BDB,i = BDB,h
c
X 2 = Z + g E – h f perm where BDB,h is the distance, in m, between the
Note 1: For steel products, X may be taken equal to X1, using
two openings considered (see Fig 13)
perm=0. BDB : Breadth of double bottom, in m, between hop-
: Sea water density, in t/m3 pers (see Fig 13)
g : 9,81 m/s2, gravity acceleration s : Spacing, in m, of double bottom longitudinals
adjacent to hoppers.
E : E = df - 0,1 D
with df and D as given in [4.2.2] Figure 13 : Dimensions BDB and BDB,h
hf : Flooding head, in m, as defined in [4.2.2]
perm : Permeability of cargo, to be taken as 0,3 for ore B DB,h
(corresponding bulk cargo density for iron ore
may generally be taken as 3,0 t/m3)
Z : The lesser of Z1 and Z2 given by:
Ch
Z 1 = ------------
-
A DB h B DB
Ce
Z 2 = ------------
A DB e
3.1 General
3.1.1 (2/4/2004)
0 ,2 5 h
D
Pits can grow in a variety of shapes, some of which would
need to be ground before assessment. Pitting corrosion may
be found under coating blisters, which are to be removed
before inspection. To measure the remaining thickness of
pits or grooving the normal ultrasonic transducer (generally
10mm diameter) will not suffice. A miniature transducer (3
h
B
3.2.1 (1/7/2006) Lower part of
A
This is the method specified in Sec 2, [7.5.7] and is based side frame
upon the intensity determined from Figure 2.
If pitting intensity is higher than 15% in an area (see Fig 2),
then thickness measurements are to be taken to check the
extent of the pitting corrosion. The 15% is based upon pit-
ting or grooving on only one side of the plate.
15% SCATTERED
is to be compared with the allowable thickness. If the web shell plating is to be taken on each side of the frame (i.e.
plating has general corrosion then this pattern should be fore and aft) in way of section a) and section b).
expanded to a five-point pattern as noted above.
5 Report on thickness measurements
4.4 Gauging for sections a) and b) (flanges of cargo hold frames
and side shell plating)
4.4.1 (2/4/2004) 5.1
Where the lower bracket length or depth does not meet the
requirements in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [6.2], gauging readings 5.1.1 (2/4/2004)
are to be taken at sections a) and b) to calculate the actual The thickness measurements of the cargo hold frames taken
section modulus required in Sec 2, [7.6.7] (see Fig 4). At as required above for verification of compliance with the
least 2 readings on the flange/faceplate are to be taken in requirements of Sec 2, [7] are recorded in the appropriate
way of each section. At least one reading of the attached form where the four zones A, B, C and D are indicated.
hB
da d b = frame web depth
Section a)